Aluminum Blade Overhaul Manual Hartzell Prop R32 PDF

Manual No.
133C
61-13-33
Revision 34
January 2017
ALUMINUM BLADE
OVERHAUL MANUAL
Hartzell Propeller Inc.

One Propeller Place
Piqua, Ohio 45356-2634 U.S.A.
Phone: 937.778.4200
Fax: 937.778.4215
ALUMINUM BLADE MANUAL
133C
© 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2011, 2012, 2013,
2014, 2015, 2016, 2017 - Hartzell Propeller Inc. - All rights reserved
Inside Cover
61-13-33 Rev. 34 Jan/17
133C
REVISION 34 HIGHLIGHTS
• COVER
• Revised to match the manual revision
• REVISION HIGHLIGHTS
• LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
• TABLE OF CONTENTS
• INTRODUCTION
• Revised the section, “General”
• Revised the section, “Hartzell Propeller Inc. Publications”
• Made other minor language/format changes
• BLADE SHANK OVERHAUL
• Revised the section, “Overhaul Procedures”
• Revised Table 2-4, “Pitch Change Knob Location (Degrees)”
• Revised the section, “Counterweight Disassembly”
• Revised the section, “Counterweight Installation”
• BLADE AIRFOIL OVERHAUL
• Revised the section, “Reduction in Blade Length”
• Revised Table 3-9, “Shot Peened Aluminum Blades”
• SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES
• Revised section, “Use of Oversize Internal Blade Needle Bearing”
• BLADE BALANCING
• Incorporated TR-087 that revised the warning about using melted lead in the
balance bore
• APPENDIX A - OPTICAL COMPARATOR
• Revised the section, “Approved Optical Comparators”
• Revised Table 9-1, “Optical Comparator Overlays”
• APPENDIX C - BLADE SPECIFICATIONS
• Incorporated TR-086 that clarifies the rule of 0.030 inch thickness for all “D” and
“E” Shank Blades.
• Revised Figure 11-9, “Blade Models 7392(D), 7392(S)-1, 7392-2 Blade Tip”
• Revised the section, “7392, 7392(S)-1, 7392-2 Blade “Y” Shank”
• Revised the section, “7693DF, -2, +2 Blade “Y” Shank”
• Revised the section, “7693F, -1, -2, +1, +2 Blade “Y” Shank”
• Revised the section, “8468(A)-5R, -6R, -6 Blade “Y” Shank”
• Incorporated TR-088 that revised the 8745+2 Blade table and added the 8475T+2
Blade table to Appendix C - Blade Specifications
• Revised the section, “9512 (A, AE, AF, C, D, G), -1* Blade “D”, ”E” Shank”
Page 1
REVISION HIGHLIGHTS 61-13-33 Rev. 34 Jan/17
133C
REVISIONS ISSUED
Introduction
A. General
(1) This is a list of current revisions that have been issued against this manual.
Please compare to the RECORD OF REVISIONS page to make sure that all
revisions have been added to the manual.
B. Components
(1) Revision No. indicates the revisions incorporated in this manual.
(2) Issue Date is the date of the revision.
(3) Comments indicates the level of the revision.
1 New Issue is a new manual distribution. The manual is distributed in its
entirety. All the page revision dates are the same and no change bars are
used.
2 Reissue is a revision to an existing manual that includes major content
and/or major format changes. The manual is distributed in its entirety. All
the page revision dates are the same and no change bars are used.
3 Major Revision is a revision to an existing manual that includes major
content or minor format changes over a large portion of the manual. The
manual is distributed in its entirety. All the page revision dates are the
same, but change bars are used to indicate the changes incorporated in
the latest revision of the manual.
4 Minor Revision is a revision to an existing manual that includes minor
content changes to the manual. Only the revised pages of the manual are
distributed. Each page retains the date and the change bars associated
with the last revision to that page.
Revision No. Issue Date Comments
Rev. 22 Jun/07 Manual Reissue
Rev. 23 Mar/08 Minor Revision
Rev. 24 Nov/08 Minor Revision
Rev. 25 Apr/09 Minor Revision
Rev. 26 Oct/09 Minor Revision
Rev. 27 Sep/11 Minor Revision
Rev. 28 Sep/12 Minor Revision
Rev. 30 Apr/13 Minor Revision
Rev. 31 Jul/14 Minor Revision
Rev. 33 Jun/16 Minor Revision
Rev. 34 Jan/17 Minor Revision
Page 2
REVISION HIGHLIGHTS 61-13-33 Rev. 34 Jan/17
ALUMINUM BLADE OVERHAUL
133C
RECORD OF REVISIONS
This is a permanent historical record of revisions inserted into this manual.
Revision 22 includes all prior revisions, up to and including Revision 21.
Revision Issue Date Inserted Revision Issue Date Inserted
Number Date Inserted By Number Date Inserted By
22 Jun/07 Jun/07 HPI
23 Mar/08 Mar/08 HPI
24 Nov/08 Nov/08 HPI
25 Apr/09 Apr/09 HPI
26 Oct/09 Oct/09 HPI
27 Sep/11 Sep/11 HPI
28 Sep/12 Sep/12 HPI
30 Apr/13 Apr/13 HPI
31 Jul/14 Jul/14 HPI
33 Jul/16 Jul/16 HPI
34 Jan/17 Jan/17 HPI
RECORD OF REVISIONS 61-13-33 Page 1

Rev. 22 Jun/07
133C
RECORD OF REVISIONS
This is a permanent historical record of revisions inserted into this manual.
Revision 22 includes all prior revisions, up to and including Revision 21.
Revision Issue Date Inserted Revision Issue Date Inserted
Number Date Inserted By Number Date Inserted By
Page 2
RECORD OF REVISIONS 61-13-33 Rev. 22 Jun/07
133C
RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS

Update this page to show all temporary revisions inserted into this manual.
Revision 27 includes all prior temporary revisions, up to and including TR-071.
Temporary Section/ Issue Inserted Date Removed
Revision No. Page Date By Removed By
TR-072 2-24 Nov/11 HPI Sep/12 HPI
TR-073 3-52 Nov/11 HPI Sep/12 HPI
TR-074 1-151 Dec/11 HPI Sep/12 HPI
TR-075 11-84 Jun/13 HPI Jul/14 HPI
TR-076 3-40 Jun/13 HPI Oct/13 HPI
TR-077 3-40 Oct/13 HPI Jul/14 HPI
TR-080 11-134 Mar/14 HPI Apr/14 HPI
TR-081 11-260 Mar/14 HPI Jul/14 HPI
TR-082 11-134 Apr/14 HPI Jul/14 HPI
TR-083 3-25 Aug/14 HPI Nov/15 HPI
TR-084 11-82.2 Mar/15 HPI Nov/15 HPI
TR-085 2-152 Apr/15 HPI Nov/15 HPI
TR-086 11-16 Jan/16 HPI Jan/17 HPI
TR-087 7-4 Feb/16 HPI Jan/17 HPI
TR-088 11-125 May/16 HPI Jan/17 HPI
TR-089 11-172.1 Nov/16 HPI Jan/17 HPI
RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS 61-13-33 Page 1

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS

Update this page to show all temporary revisions inserted into this manual.
Revision 27 includes all prior temporary revisions, up to and including TR-071.
Temporary Section/ Issue Date Inserted Date Removed
Revision No. Page Date Inserted By Removed By
Page 2
RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS 61-13-33 Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
SERVICE DOCUMENT LIST
CAUTION 1: DO NOT USE OBSOLETE OR OUTDATED INFORMATION. PERFORM

ALL INSPECTIONS OR WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MOST
RECENT REVISION OF THE SERVICE DOCUMENT. INFORMATION
CONTAINED IN A SERVICE DOCUMENT MAY BE SIGNIFICANTLY
CHANGED FROM EARLIER REVISIONS. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH
INFORMATION CONTAINED IN A SERVICE DOCUMENT OR THE USE
OF OBSOLETE INFORMATION MAY CREATE AN UNSAFE CONDITION
THAT MAY RESULT IN DEATH, SERIOUS BODILY INJURY, AND/OR
SUBSTANTIAL PROPERTY DAMAGE.
CAUTION 2: THE INFORMATION FOR THE DOCUMENTS LISTED INDICATES THE

REVISION LEVEL AND DATE AT THE TIME THAT THE DOCUMENT
WAS INITIALLY INCORPORATED INTO THIS MANUAL. INFORMATION
CONTAINED IN A SERVICE DOCUMENT MAY BE SIGNIFICANTLY
CHANGED FROM EARLIER REVISIONS. REFER TO THE APPLICABLE
SERVICE DOCUMENT INDEX FOR THE MOST RECENT REVISION
LEVEL OF THE SERVICE DOCUMENT.LEVEL OF THE SERVICE
DOCUMENT.
Service Document Incorporation Service Document Incorporation

Number Rev./Date Number Rev./Date
Service Bulletins: Service Letters:
SB118D Rev. 1 Feb/97 HC-SL-61-180 Rev. 4 Feb/99
SB131D Rev. 1 Feb/97 HC-SL-61-204 Rev. 8 Aug/00
SB136H Rev. 1 Feb/97 HC-SL-61-232 Rev. 27 Sep/11
SB146B Rev. 1 Feb/97 HC-SL-61-245 Rev. 23 Mar/08
SB154A Rev. 1 Feb/97 HC-SL-30-295, R2 Rev. 27 Sep/11
SB178 Rev. 1 Feb/97
HC-SB-61-252, R2 Rev. 29, Nov/12
HC-SB-61-301 Rev. 23, Mar/08
HC-SB-61-304, R1 Rev. 29, Nov/12
Service Advisories:
SA75 Rev. 1 Feb/97
Page 1
SERVICE DOCUMENT LIST 61-13-33 Rev. 31 Jul/14
133C
SERVICE DOCUMENT LIST

Service Document Incorporation Service Document Incorporation
Number Rev./Date Number Rev./Date
Page 2
SERVICE DOCUMENT LIST 61-13-33 Rev. 31 Jul/14
133C
AIRWORTHINESS LIMITATIONS
1. Certain component parts, as well as the entire propeller, may have specific life limits
established by the FAA. Such limits require replacement of items after a specific number
of hours of use.
2. For airworthiness limitations information, refer to the applicable Hartzell Propeller

Owner's manual or Hartzell Overhaul manual.
AIRWORTHINESS LIMITATIONS 61-13-33 Page 1

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
(This page is intentionally blank.)
AIRWORTHINESS LIMITATIONS 61-13-33 Page 2

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
Chapter Page Revision Level Date
Cover Cover and Inside Cover Rev. 34 Jan/17

Revision Highlights 1 and 2 Rev. 34 Jan/17
Record of Revisions 1 and 2 Rev. 22 Jun/07
Record of Temporary Revisions 1 and 2 Rev. 27 Sep/11
Service Document List 1 and 2 Rev. 31 Jul/14
Airworthiness Limitations 1 and 2 Rev. 27 Sep/11
List of Effective Pages 1 thru 8 Rev. 34 Jan/17
Table of Contents 1 and 2 Rev. 23 Mar/08
Table of Contents 3 and 4 Rev. 31 Jul/14
Table of Contents 5 Rev. 32 Nov/15
Table of Contents 6 Rev. 31 Jul/14
Table of Contents 7 Rev. 34 Jan/17
Table of Contents 8 and 9 Rev. 31 Jul/14
Table of Contents 10 Rev. 33 Jun/16
Table of Contents 11 and 12 Rev. 34 Jan/17
Table of Contents 15 Rev. 34 Jan/17
Table of Contents 16 thru 18 Rev. 31 Jul/14
Introduction 1 and 2 Rev. 28 Sep/12
Introduction 3 Rev. 34 Jan/17
Introduction 4 Rev. 31 Jul/14
Introduction 5 Rev. 32 Nov/15
Introduction 6 and 7 Rev. 34 Jan/17
Introduction 8 and 9 Rev. 28 Sep/12
Introduction 10 and 11 Rev. 34 Jan/17
Introduction 12 thru 14 Rev. 28 Sep/12
Description and Operation 1-1 and 1-2 Rev. 27 Sep/11
Description and Operation 1-3 Rev. 28 Sep/12
Description and Operation 1-4 Rev. 30 Apr/13
Description and Operation 1-5 and 1-6 Rev. 28 Sep/12
Description and Operation 1-7 thru 1-10 Rev. 27 Sep/11
Blade Shank Overhaul 2-1 Rev. 25 Apr/09
Blade Shank Overhaul 2-2 thru 2-3 Rev. 31 Jul/14
Blade Shank Overhaul 2-4 Rev. 34 Jan/17
Blade Shank Overhaul 2-5 and 2-6 Rev. 23 Mar/08
Page 1
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES 61-13-33 Rev. 34 Jan/17
133C
Blade Shank Overhaul 2-7 Rev. 27 Sep/11

Blade Shank Overhaul 2-8 Rev. 31 Jul/14
Blade Shank Overhaul 2-12 Rev. 31 Jul/14
Blade Shank Overhaul 2-13 Rev. 23 Mar/08
Blade Shank Overhaul 2-14 and 2-15 Rev. 24 Nov/08
Blade Shank Overhaul 2-16 and 2-17 Rev. 27 Sep/11
Blade Shank Overhaul 2-18 thru 2-23 Rev. 23 Mar/08
Blade Shank Overhaul 2-25 Rev. 32 Nov/15
Blade Shank Overhaul 2-26 thru 2-28 Rev. 28 Sep/12
Blade Shank Overhaul 2-37 thru 2-39 Rev. 25 Apr/09
Blade Shank Overhaul 2-76.1 and 2.76.2 Rev. 34 Jan/17
Blade Shank Overhaul 2-85 thru 2-87 Rev. 31 Jul/14
Blade Shank Overhaul 2-89 and 2-90 Rev. 31 Jul/14
Blade Shank Overhaul 2-90.1 and 2-90.2 Rev. 31 Jul/14
Blade Shank Overhaul 2-91 and 2-92 Rev. 31 Jul/14
Page 2
133C

Blade Shank Overhaul 2-137 and 2-138 Rev. 27 Sep/11
Blade Shank Overhaul 2-151 and 2-152 Rev. 34 Jan/17
Blade Shank Overhaul 2-155 thru 2-157 Rev. 34 Jan/17
Blade Shank Overhaul 2-161 thru 2-167 Rev. 34 Jan/17
Blade Shank Overhaul 2-169 thru 2-180 Rev. 25 Apr/09
Blade Airfoil Overhaul 3-1 Rev. 27 Sep/11
Blade Airfoil Overhaul 3-2 Rev. 32 Nov/15
Blade Airfoil Overhaul 3-4 thru 3-9 Rev. 27 Sep/11
Blade Airfoil Overhaul 3-10 Rev. 23 Mar/08
Blade Airfoil Overhaul 3-12 and 3-13 Rev. 23 Mar/08
Blade Airfoil Overhaul 3-15 and 3-16 Rev. 29 Nov/12
Blade Airfoil Overhaul 3-17 and 3-18 Rev. 27 Sep/11
Blade Airfoil Overhaul 3-21 thru 3-23 Rev. 28 Sep/12
Blade Airfoil Overhaul 3-25 and 3-26 Rev. 32 Nov/15
Blade Airfoil Overhaul 3-26.1 and 3-26.2 Rev. 32 Nov/15
Page 3
133C

Blade Airfoil Overhaul 3-28.1 and 3-28.2 Rev. 32 Nov/15
Blade Airfoil Overhaul 3-30 thru 3-34 Rev. 23 Mar/08
Blade Airfoil Overhaul 3-37 and 3-38 Rev. 23 Mar/08
Blade Airfoil Overhaul 3-39 and 3-40 Rev. 34 Jan/17
Blade Airfoil Overhaul 3-42 Rev. 31 Jul/14
Blade Airfoil Overhaul 3-46 thru 3-49 Rev. 32 Nov/15
Special Inspections and Procedures 4-1 and 4-2 Rev. 28 Sep/12
Special Inspections and Procedures 4-3 Rev. 29 Nov/12
Special Inspections and Procedures 4-5 thru 4-12 Rev. 28 Sep/12
Special Inspections and Procedures 4-13 and 4-14 Rev. 22 Jun/07
Special Inspections and Procedures 4-23 Rev. 23 Mar/08
Special Inspections and Procedures 4-26 Rev. 34 Jan/17
Special Inspections and Procedures 4-27 Rev. 28 Sep/12
Special Inspections and Procedures 4-28 and 4-29 Rev. 22 Jun/07
Special Inspections and Procedures 4-35 and 4-36 Rev. 31 Jul/14
Special Inspections and Procedures 4-37 Rev. 28 Sep/12
Page 4
133C

Finish 5-1 Rev. 28 Sep/12
Finish 5-4 Rev. 23 Mar/08
Finish 5-5 and 5-6 Rev. 28 Sep/12
Finish 5-7 and 5-8 Rev. 23 Mar/08
Finish 5-9 thru 5-12 Rev. 28 Sep/12
De-ice Boot 6-1 and 6-2 Rev. 23 Mar/08
Blade Balancing 7-1 and 7-2 Rev. 22 Jun/07
Blade Balancing 7-3 Rev. 28 Sep/12
Blade Balancing 7-4 Rev. 34 Jan/17
Blade Balancing 7-5 and 7-6 Rev. 22 Jun/07
Blade Balancing 7-7 and 7-8 Rev. 28 Sep/12
Illustrated Parts List 8-1 and 8-2 Rev. 27 Sep/11
Illustrated Parts List 8-3 and 8-4 Rev. 28 Sep/12
Illustrated Parts List 8-5 Rev. 23 Mar/08
Illustrated Parts List 8-6 Rev. 28 Sep/12
Illustrated Parts List 8-7 thru 8-10 Rev. 23 Mar/08
Illustrated Parts List 8-11 thru 8-14 Rev. 27 Sep/11
Illustrated Parts List 8-15 Rev. 28 Sep/12
Illustrated Parts List 8-16 and 8-17 Rev. 29 Nov/12
Illustrated Parts List 8-18 thru 8-25 Rev. 23 Mar/08
Illustrated Parts List 8-26 thru 8-28 Rev. 27 Sep/11
Illustrated Parts List 8-29 and 8-30 Rev. 29 Nov/12
Appendix A - Optical Comparator 9-1 and 9-2 Rev. 25 Apr/09
Appendix A - Optical Comparator 9-3 Rev. 28 Sep/12
Appendix A - Optical Comparator 9-4 and 9-5 Rev. 34 Jan/17
Appendix A - Optical Comparator 9-6 Rev. 28 Sep/12
Appendix A - Optical Comparator 9-7 and 9-8 Rev. 25 Apr/09
Appendix B - Travelers 10-1 Rev. 24 Nov/08
Appendix B - Travelers 10-2 Rev. 23 Mar/08
Appendix B - Travelers 10-3 and 10-4 Rev. 28 Sep/12
Appendix B - Travelers 10-5 thru 10-14 Rev. 27 Sep/11
Appendix C - Blade Specification Tables 11-1 Rev. 34 Jan/17
Appendix C - Blade Specification Tables 11-2 and 11-3 Rev. 31 Jul/14
Appendix C - Blade Specification Tables 11-4 Rev. 32 Nov/15
Page 5
133C

Appendix C - Blade Specification Tables 11-8 thru 11-10 Rev. 31 Jul/14
Appendix C - Blade Specification Tables 11-11 and 11-12 Rev. 32 Nov/15
Appendix C - Blade Specification Tables 11-13 thru 11-15 Rev. 28 Sep/12
Appendix C - Blade Specification Tables 11-34 and 11-35 Rev. 34 Jan/17
Appendix C - Blade Specification Tables 11-64 Rev. 28 Sep/12
Appendix C - Blade Specification Tables 11-82.1 Rev. 31 Jul/14
Appendix C - Blade Specification Tables 11-82.2 Rev. 32 Nov/15
Appendix C - Blade Specification Tables 11-132.1 and 11-132.2 Rev. 31 Jul/14
Appendix C - Blade Specification Tables 11-133 Rev. 31 Jul/14
Appendix C - Blade Specification Tables 11-170 and 11-171 Rev. 29 Nov/12
Appendix C - Blade Specification Tables 11-172 Rev. 30 Apr/13
Appendix C - Blade Specification Tables 11-172.1 Rev. 34 Jan/17
Appendix C - Blade Specification Tables 11-172.2 Rev. 29 Nov/12
Appendix C - Blade Specification Tables 11-178.1 and 11-178.2 Rev. 30 Apr/13
Page 6
133C

Appendix C - Blade Specification Tables 11-234 and 11-235 Rev. 31 Jul/14
Appendix C - Blade Specification Tables 11-252.1 and 11-252.2 Rev. 32 Nov/15
Appendix D - Blade Tip Specifications 12-1 and 12-2 Rev. 27 Sep/11
Appendix E - Rolling Machine 13-1 and 13-2 Rev. 33 Jun/16
Appendix E - Rolling Machine 13-3 and 13-4 Rev. 28 Sep/12
Appendix E - Rolling Machine 13-5 Rev. 27 Sep/11
Appendix E - Rolling Machine 13-6 thru 13-8 Rev. 22 Jun/07
Appendix E - Rolling Machine 13-9 Rev. 33 Jun/16
Appendix E - Rolling Machine 13-11 thru 13-14 Rev. 27 Sep/11
Appendix E - Rolling Machine 13-14.1 and 13-14.2 Rev. 33 Jun/16
Appendix E - Rolling Machine 13-15 and 13-16 Rev. 33 Jun/16
Appendix E - Rolling Machine 13-17 thru 13-20 Rev. 28 Sep/12
Appendix E - Rolling Machine 13-21 Rev. 31 Jul/14
Appendix E - Rolling Machine 13-22.1 and 13-22.2 Rev. 33 Jun/16
Appendix E - Rolling Machine 13-23 thru 13-25 Rev. 33 Jun/16
Appendix E - Rolling Machine 13-27 Rev. 32 Nov/15
Page 7
133C
Page 8
133C
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Revision Highlights......................................................................................................1
Record of Revisions.....................................................................................................1
Record of Temporary Revisions...................................................................................1
Service Document List.................................................................................................1
Airworthiness Limitations.............................................................................................1
List of Effective Pages..................................................................................................1
Table of Contents.........................................................................................................1
Introduction..................................................................................................................1
Description and Operation........................................................................................1-1
Blade Shank Overhaul..............................................................................................2-1
Blade Airfoil Overhaul...............................................................................................3-1
Special Inspections and Procedures.........................................................................4-1
Finish........................................................................................................................5-1
De-Ice Boot...............................................................................................................6-1
De-ice boot instructions have been relocated to the Hartzell Propeller Electrical
De-ice Boot Removal and Installation Manual 182 (61-12-82).
Anti-icing boot instructions have been relocated to the Hartzell Propeller
Anti-icing Boot Removal and Installation Manual 183 (61-12-83).
Blade Balancing........................................................................................................7-1
Illustrated Parts List..................................................................................................8-1
Appendix A - Optical Comparator..............................................................................9-1
Appendix B - Travelers............................................................................................10-1
Appendix C - Blade Specification Tables................................................................ 11-1
Appendix D - Blade Tip Specifications....................................................................12-1
Appendix E - Rolling Machine.................................................................................13-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS 61-13-33 Page 1

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
TABLE OF CONTENTS 61-13-33 Page 2

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
LIST OF FIGURES
Blade Nomenclature ................................................................Figure 1-1 .....................1-3
Blade Shank Diagrams ............................................................Figure 1-2 .....................1-7
"Y", "D" and "E" Shank Dimensional Inspection ......................Figure 2-1 .....................2-6
Measuring Points for Shank Diameters ...................................Figure 2-2 .....................2-6
Rework Area for Single Shoulder Retention Radius ................Figure 2-3 ...................2-10
"T", "W", and "Z" Shank Minimum Height ................................Figure 2-4 ...................2-12
"P", "R", and "M" Shank Minimum Height ................................Figure 2-5 ...................2-12
"Y", "D", and "E" Shank Minimum Height and Lip Thickness ..Figure 2-6 ...................2-13
Bearing Retention Lip Repair Limits ........................................Figure 2-7 ...................2-13
"D", "E", and "Y" Shank Blade Shoulder Repair Area..............Figure 2-7.1 ................2-15
"MV" Shank Minimum Height ..................................................Figure 2-8 ...................2-19
"V" Shank Modified to "MV" Shank Dimensions ......................Figure 2-9 ...................2-20
Electronic Profilometer TE436 and Probe Housing
Component TE437 .............................................................Figure 2-10 .................2-23
Double Shoulder Shank Diameter Dimensions .......................Figure 2-11 .................2-30
Double Shoulder Shank Inspection .........................................Figure 2-12 .................2-34
Blade Shank Shot Peen Coverage Specifications ..................Figure 2-13 .................2-42
Pitch Change Knob Inspection and Damage Limits ................Figure 2-14 .................2-45
Perpendicularity of the Pitch Change Knob .............................Figure 2-15 .................2-50
"F" Pitch Change Knob Inspection Criteria ..............................Figure 2-16 .................2-52
Non "F" Pitch Change Knob Inspection Criteria ......................Figure 2-17 .................2-56
Almen Strip Holder (DST-5855+35).........................................Figure 2-18 .................2-62
Angle of Incidence and Vertical Axis........................................Figure 2-19 .................2-64
Align Mark................................................................................Figure 2-20 .................2-68
Blade Butt Mask (DST-5855+48).............................................Figure 2-21 .................2-70
Pitch Change Knob Location ...................................................Figure 2-22 .................2-74
Blade Plug or Spacer Inspection Area .....................................Figure 2-22.1 ..............2-86
Critical Area of the Balance Hole ............................................Figure 2-23 .................2-90
Tool for Balance Hole Polishing ...............................................Figure 2-23.1 ...........2-90.2
3M Scotch Brite® Grinding Wheel Modification ........................Figure 2-23.2 ..............2-91
Shot Peening Lead Balance Hole in Blade .............................Figure 2-24 .................2-95
Shot Peening Lead Balance Hole............................................Figure 2-25 .................2-96
Page 3
TABLE OF CONTENTS 61-13-33 Rev. 31 Jul/14
133C
LIST OF FIGURES - CONTINUED
Visual Inspection Area Of Blade Bore .....................................Figure 2-26 ...............2-100

"X", "X" Modified to "V", or "X" Modified to "MV" Shank ..........Figure 2-27 ...............2-105
"V" or "V" Modified To "MV" Shank ..........................................Figure 2-28 ...............2-106
"V" and "V" Modified To "MV" With "N" Modification ................Figure 2-29 ...............2-107
"MV" Shank With "N" Modification ...........................................Figure 2-30 ...............2-109
"R" or "W" Shank .....................................................................Figure 2-31 ............... 2-110
"P", "P" Modified to "R", "Z", or "Z" Modified to "W" Shank .....Figure 2-32 ............... 2-111
"R" or "W" Shank with "N" Modification ...................................Figure 2-33 ............... 2-112
"P" and "Z" Shank with "N" Modification ..................................Figure 2-34 ............... 2-114
"T" or "M" Shank ......................................................................Figure 2-35 ............... 2-115
"T" or "M" Shank With "N" Modification ...................................Figure 2-36 ............... 2-116
"T" or "M" Shank Rework Tolerances for Tapered "X" Area
of Blade Bore .....................................................................Figure 2-37 ............... 2-117
"T" or "M" Shank With "N" Modification Rework Tolerances
for Tapered "X" Area of Blade Bore ....................................Figure 2-38 ............... 2-119
"D" Shank ................................................................................Figure 2-39 ...............2-120
"Y" Shank ................................................................................Figure 2-40 ...............2-121
"E" Shank ................................................................................Figure 2-41 ...............2-122
Installing CM46 Gasket Sealant ..............................................Figure 2-42 ...............2-138
Bearing Installation on "T" and "M" Shank Blades
with "N" Conversion ...........................................................Figure 2-43 ...............2-140
Reading Runout.......................................................................Figure 2-44 ...............2-142
"X" to "V" Shank Bearing Press Tool .......................................Figure 2-45 ...............2-144
"Z" Shank Converted to "W" Shank Blade...............................Figure 2-46 ...............2-146
"P" Shank Converted to "R" Shank Blade ...............................Figure 2-47 ...............2-148
Counterweight Inspection ........................................................Figure 2-48 ...............2-150
Drilling the Counterweight Assembly for Spring Pin
Installation ..........................................................................Figure 2-49 ...............2-150
Counterweight Assembly .........................................................Figure 2-50 ...............2-153
Counterweight Bolt Installation ................................................Figure 2-51 ...............2-153
Counterweight Spring Pin Installation......................................Figure 2-52 ...............2-158
Drilling the Dowel Pin Hole Into the Blade ...............................Figure 2-53 ...............2-160
Page 4
133C
Expanding Arbor Fixture ..........................................................Figure 2-54 ...............2-168

Measuring the Angle of a Bend on an Aluminum Blade ..........Figure 3-1 ...................3-12
Leading Edge Profile ...............................................................Figure 3-2 ...................3-14
Using Dowel Pins to Measure Blade Angle .............................Figure 3-3 ...................3-24
Blade Pitch Fixture TE438 .......................................................Figure 3-4 ...................3-25
Measuring Blade Angle............................................................Figure 3-5 ...................3-25
Measuring Face Alignment ......................................................Figure 3-6 ...................3-32
Aluminum Blade Shot Peen Intensity Zone Specifications
Option A Curved Trailing Edge ...........................................Figure 3-7 ...................3-46
Option B Parallel Trailing Edge ..........................................Figure 3-8 ...................3-47
Shot Peening Shank Coverage ...............................................Figure 3-9 ...................3-51
"Q" Tip Aluminum Propeller Blades .........................................Figure 3-10 .................3-52
"V" Shank Modification ............................................................Figure 4-1 ...................4-14
TE131 Blade Inspection Tool ...................................................Figure 4-2 ...................4-20
10574F(S)(B) Blade Modification Template .............................Figure 4-3 ...................4-29
Modification of Counterweight for Terminal Strip
and Spring Pin Attaching Holes..........................................Figure 4-4 ...................4-35
Modification of Counterweight for Tie Mount
Attaching Hole ....................................................................Figure 4-5 ...................4-36
Blade Shank Teflon® Tape .......................................................Figure 5-1 .....................5-4
Blade Shank Teflon® Tape Location .........................................Figure 5-2 .....................5-4
Application of CM49 on Aluminum Blade Shanks ...................Figure 5-3 .....................5-8
Application of Approved Lubricant Within the Blade Bore .......Figure 5-4 ................... 5-11
Blade Balancing, Horizontal Position.......................................Figure 7-1 .....................7-3
Blade Balancing, Vertical Position ...........................................Figure 7-2 .....................7-6
"P" Shank ................................................................................Figure 8-1 .....................8-7
"P" Shank Modified to "R" Shank ............................................Figure 8-2 .....................8-8
"R" Shank ................................................................................Figure 8-3 .....................8-9
"M" Shank ................................................................................Figure 8-4 ................... 8-11
"T" Shank.................................................................................Figure 8-5 ...................8-12
"M" or "T" Shank with "N" Modification ....................................Figure 8-6 ...................8-13
"Y" Shank ................................................................................Figure 8-7 ...................8-15
Page 5
TABLE OF CONTENTS 61-13-33 Rev. 32 Nov/15
133C
"D" and "E" Shank ..................................................................Figure 8-8 ...................8-16

"Z" Shank.................................................................................Figure 8-9 ...................8-18
"Z" Shank Modified to "W" Shank ............................................Figure 8-10 .................8-19
"W" Shank ...............................................................................Figure 8-11 .................8-20
"X" Shank ................................................................................Figure 8-12 .................8-21
"X" Shank Modified to "V" Shank.............................................Figure 8-13 .................8-23
"V" Shank ................................................................................Figure 8-14 .................8-24
"V" Shank with "N" Modification...............................................Figure 8-15 .................8-25
"MV" Shank with "N" Modification............................................Figure 8-16 .................8-26
"P" or "Z" Shank with "N" Modification .....................................Figure 8-17 .................8-27
"R" or "W" Shank with "N" Modification ...................................Figure 8-18 .................8-28
Miscellaneous Blade Parts ......................................................Figure 8-19 .................8-30
Sample Optical Comparator (S-T Industries, Inc.) ..................Figure 9-1 .....................9-5
*Sample of a Blade Overhaul Traveler - D, E, or Y
Shank Blade .......................................................................Figure 10-1 .................10-5
*Sample of a Blade Dimensional Traveler - D, E, or Y Shank .Figure 10-2 .................10-6
*Sample of a Blade Overhaul Traveler - M, P, R, T, W, or Z
Shank Blade .......................................................................Figure 10-3 .................10-7
*Sample of a Blade Dimensional Traveler - M, P, or R Shank .Figure 10-4 .................10-8
*Sample of a Blade Dimensional Traveler - T, W, or Z Shank .Figure 10-5 .................10-9
*Sample of a Blade Overhaul Traveler - MV Shank Blade ......Figure 10-6 ...............10-10
*Sample of a Blade Dimensional Traveler - MV Shank ...........Figure 10-7 ............... 10-11
*Sample of a Blade Overhaul Traveler - X and V Shank
Blade ..................................................................................Figure 10-8 ...............10-12
*Sample of a Blade Dimensional Traveler - X and V Shank ....Figure 10-9 ...............10-13
*Sample of a Blade Dimensional Traveler - V Shank with N
Modification ........................................................................Figure 10-10 .............10-14
Blade Model 6660 Blade Tip....................................................Figure 11-1 ............... 11-18
*Travelers are available on the Hartzell Propeller website at www.hartzellprop.com
Page 6
133C

Blade Models 7392(D), 7392(S)-1, 7392-2 Blade Tip .............Figure 11-9 ............... 11-34
Blade Model 7451 Blade Tip....................................................Figure 11-10 ............. 11-36
Blade Models 7468(D), 7468D-2, 7468D-4 Blade Tip .............Figure 11-12 ............. 11-40
Blade Model 7479-2R Blade Tip ..............................................Figure 11-13 ............. 11-42
Blade Models 7497(D), 7497(D)-1, 7497(D)-2 Blade Tip ........Figure 11-17 ............. 11-50
Blade Model 7691(D) Blade Tip...............................................Figure 11-24 ............. 11-70
Blade Models 7693(D), 7693(D)-1, 7693(D)-2,
7693(D)+2 Blade Tip ..........................................................Figure 11-26 ............. 11-74
Blade Models 7693(D)F, 7693F-1, 7693(D)F-2, 7693(D)F+1,
7693(D)F+2 Blade Tip ........................................................Figure 11-27 ............. 11-76
Blade Models 7694, 7694-1, 7694-2, 7694-4T,
7694-6T Blade Tip ..............................................................Figure 11-28 ............. 11-78
Blade Model 7894 Blade Tip....................................................Figure 11-30.1 ....... 11-82.2
Page 7
TABLE OF CONTENTS 61-13-33 Rev. 34 Jan/17
133C

Blade Model 8447 Blade Tip....................................................Figure 11-37 ........... 11-100
Blade Models 8459-8Q, 8459-8R, 8459-9R,
8459-10R Blade Tip ...........................................................Figure 11-39 ........... 11-106
Blade Models 8465, 8465-2, 8465-4, 8465-6,
8465-10 Blade Tip ..............................................................Figure 11-40 ........... 11-108
Blade Models 8465-7R, 8465-8R Blade Tip ............................Figure 11-41 ........... 11-110
Blade Models 8467, 8467S Blade Tip .....................................Figure 11-42 ........... 11-112
Blade Models 8467-7R, 8467-8R Blade Tip ............................Figure 11-43 ........... 11-114
Blade Model 8492 Blade Tip....................................................Figure 11-47.1 ..... 11-132.2
Blade Models 8833, 8833-2 Blade Tip.....................................Figure 11-49 ........... 11-136
Blade Model 8833-4 Blade Tip ................................................Figure 11-50 ........... 11-138
Blade Models 8847, 8847-2 Blade Tip.....................................Figure 11-51 ........... 11-140
Blade Model 9290CR Blade Tip ..............................................Figure 11-58 ........... 11-154
Page 8
133C

Blade Model 9511F(A) Blade Tip .............................................Figure 11-66 ........... 11-170
Blade Model 9673( ) Blade Tip ................................................Figure 11-69.1 ..... 11-178.2
Blade Model 9990N Blade Tip .................................................Figure 11-73 ........... 11-186
Blade Model 10133 Blade Tip..................................................Figure 11-74 ........... 11-188
Blade Models 10160-6.5R, 10160-8.5R Blade Tip ..................Figure 11-78 ........... 11-196
Blade Model 10160-12E Blade Tip ..........................................Figure 11-79 ........... 11-198
Blade Model 10173A Blade Tip ...............................................Figure 11-81 ........... 11-202
Blade Model 10173D Blade Tip ...............................................Figure 11-82 ........... 11-206
Blade Model 10173F Blade Tip ...............................................Figure 11-83 ........... 11-208
Blade Model (T)10173 Blade Tip .............................................Figure 11-84 ........... 11-212
Blade Model 10282(A) Blade Tip .............................................Figure 11-88 ........... 11-240
Page 9
133C

Blade Model 10479S Blade Tip ...............................................Figure 11-93.1..... 11-252.2
Blade Model 10574F Blade Tip ...............................................Figure 11-95 ........... 11-256
Blade Model 10702 Blade Tip..................................................Figure 11-96.1 ..... 11-258.2
Blade Models 10890, 10890( )-2 Blade Tip .............................Figure 11-98 ........... 11-264
Blade Model 10891N Blade Tip ...............................................Figure 11-99 ........... 11-266
Blade Model 11276 Blade Tip ..................................................Figure 11-100 ......... 11-268
Blade Model 11693N(S) Blade Tip ..........................................Figure 11-104 ......... 11-276
Rolling Machine DT-1724-( )....................................................Figure 13-1 .................13-5
Rolling Machine DT-1724-( ) Roller Head Assembly ...............Figure 13-2 .................13-6
Rolling Machine DT-1724-( ) Carriage Traverse Motor............Figure 13-3 .................13-7
"M", P", and "R" Shank Rolling Characteristics .......................Figure 13-4 ............... 13-11
"T", "W", and "Z" Shank Rolling Characteristics ......................Figure 13-5 ...............13-12
"D" and "Y" Shank Rolling Characteristics .............................Figure 13-6 ...............13-13
"E" Shank Metal Blade Rolling Characteristics .......................Figure 13-7 ...............13-14
"MV" Shank Rolling Characteristics.........................................Figure 13-8 ............13-14.1
"C" Shank Rolling Characteristics ...........................................Figure 13-8.1 .........13-14.2
DT-1724-34 Blade Holding Fixture Modification ......................Figure 13-9 ...............13-20
Page 10
133C
LIST OF TABLES
Blade Model Designation.........................................................Table 1-1.......................1-4

Blade Shank Specifications .....................................................Table 1-2.......................1-6
Transition Region for Anodize to Chemical Conversion
Coating ...............................................................................Table 2-1.....................2-30
Coating ...............................................................................Table 2-2.....................2-47
Rework Dimensions for "F" and Non-"F" Pitch
Change Knobs ...................................................................Table 2-3.....................2-49
Pitch Change Knob Location (Degrees) ..................................Table 2-4.....................2-76
Blade Plug and Spacer Inspection Criteria ..............................Table 2-4.1..................2-85
Blades that Cannot Use the TE208( ) Reamer ........................Table 2-5..................2-90.1
Balance Hole Shot Peen Specifications ..................................Table 2-6.....................2-97
Bore Dimensions .....................................................................Table 2-7...................2-104
Blade Bushing Diameters ........................................................Table 2-8...................2-138
Counterweight Mounting Hardware .........................................Table 2-9...................2-154
Counterweight Dowel Pin Hole Requirements for Press Fit ....Table 2-10.................2-154
Counterweight Slug Mounting Hardware Torques ...................Table 2-11 .................2-156
Distance From Blade Butt to 0-Inch Station ............................Table 3-1.......................3-4
Station Setup for Aluminum Hub "Lightweight"
Turbine Propeller Assembly ...............................................Table 3-2.......................3-6
Station Setup for Aluminum Hub "Compact" (Y Shank)
Propeller Assembly ...........................................................Table 3-3.......................3-6
Station Setup for Steel Hub Turbine Engine
Station Setup for Steel Hub Piston Engine
Aluminum Blade Bend Limits ..................................................Table 3-6.....................3-10
Dowel Pin Placement ..............................................................Table 3-7.....................3-28
Blade Twist Limits ....................................................................Table 3-8.....................3-30
Shot Peened Aluminum Blades ...............................................Table 3-9.....................3-40
Page 11
133C
LIST OF TABLES - CONTINUED
Hard Alloy Blades Requiring Eddy Current Inspection ............Table 4-1.....................4-10

Blade Changes for "V" with "N" Modification Shanks ..............Table 4-2.....................4-14
Inspection Requirements for M10282A(B)+6 Blades ..............Table 4-3.....................4-16
Counterweight Parts Removed From
BHC-L2YF-4F/FC8468AR Propellers ................................Table 4-4.....................4-19
Non-Standard C7479-2R Aluminum Propeller Blades.............Table 4-5.....................4-24
10574F(S)(B) Blade Conversion .............................................Table 4-6.....................4-28
Optical Comparator Overlays .................................................Table 9-1......................9-5
6660 Blade ................................................................................................................ 11-19
6660D Blade .............................................................................................................. 11-19
6890 Blade ................................................................................................................ 11-21
7023 Blade ................................................................................................................ 11-23
7063Q Blade.............................................................................................................. 11-25
7068-2 Blade ............................................................................................................. 11-27
7282 Blade ................................................................................................................ 11-29
7382 Blade ................................................................................................................ 11-31
7391, -3 Blade ........................................................................................................... 11-33
7391D, -3 Blade......................................................................................................... 11-33
7392, 7392(S)-1, 7392-2 Blade ................................................................................. 11-35
7392D Blade .............................................................................................................. 11-35
7451 Blade ................................................................................................................ 11-37
7453 Blade ................................................................................................................ 11-39
7468 Blade ................................................................................................................ 11-41
7468D, -2, -4 Blade ................................................................................................... 11-41
7479-2R Blade........................................................................................................... 11-43
7490 Blade ................................................................................................................ 11-45
7495 Blade ................................................................................................................ 11-47
7496, -1, -2 Blade ...................................................................................................... 11-49
7497D, 7497D-1, 7497D-2 Blade .............................................................................. 11-51
7497, 7497-1, 7497-2 Blade ...................................................................................... 11-51
Page 12
133C
7498 Blade ................................................................................................................ 11-53

7590 Blade ................................................................................................................ 11-55
7590D Blade .............................................................................................................. 11-55
7636D, -2, -4 Blade ................................................................................................... 11-57
7636N -2Q* Blade ..................................................................................................... 11-57
7636N, -2, -4 Blade ................................................................................................... 11-58
7663, -4(T), 7663A-4 Blade ....................................................................................... 11-61
7663R, 7663-2R, 7663-2Q Blade .............................................................................. 11-61
7663-5(R), -6(R) Blade .............................................................................................. 11-62
7663DR Blade ........................................................................................................... 11-62
7663-4Q, -6Q Blade .................................................................................................. 11-63
7663D-2, -2R, -2Q Blade ........................................................................................... 11-63
7663D-6Q Blade ........................................................................................................ 11-64
7663D-3, -4 Blade ..................................................................................................... 11-64
7666(A), -2(Q,R), -3(Q,R), -4(Q) Blade ..................................................................... 11-67
7666C, -3R, -4 Blade ................................................................................................. 11-67
7673D Blade .............................................................................................................. 11-69
7691, +2 Blade .......................................................................................................... 11-71
7691D, -1, -3 Blade ................................................................................................... 11-71
7692 Blade ................................................................................................................ 11-73
7693, -1, -2, +2 Blade ................................................................................................ 11-75
7693DF, -2, +2 Blade................................................................................................. 11-77
7693F, -1, -2, +1, +2 Blade ........................................................................................ 11-77
7694,-1,-2, -4T Blade................................................................................................. 11-79
7694D-6T Blade ........................................................................................................ 11-79
7818 Blade ................................................................................................................ 11-81
7854 Blade ............................................................................................................. 11-82.1
7894, 7894-1.5, 7894-4 Blade ................................................................................... 11-83
8052 Blade ................................................................................................................ 11-85
8068, -2, +2 Blade ..................................................................................................... 11-87
Page 13
133C
8068D, -2, +2 Blade .................................................................................................. 11-87

8074 Blade ................................................................................................................ 11-89
8218 Blade ................................................................................................................ 11-91
8292* , -2, -4 Blade.................................................................................................... 11-93
8433(A)(S), -2, 2R, -4, 4R Blade ............................................................................... 11-96
8433(A)-6, -7, -10, -12 Blade ..................................................................................... 11-96
8433N, -2, -4 Blade ................................................................................................... 11-97
8433N-6Q* Blade ...................................................................................................... 11-97
8433N-6, -7, -10, -12 Blade ....................................................................................... 11-98
8447(A) Blade.......................................................................................................... 11-101
8447A-8 Blade ......................................................................................................... 11-101
8447A-8Q* Blade..................................................................................................... 11-102
8447(A)-12A Blade .................................................................................................. 11-102
8459(A), -4, -6 Blade ............................................................................................... 11-105
8459-18 Blade ......................................................................................................... 11-105
8459(A)-8R Blade .................................................................................................... 11-107
8459-11Q Blade....................................................................................................... 11-107
8465 Blade .............................................................................................................. 11-109
8465-6 Blade ........................................................................................................... 11-109
8465-7R, 8465-8R Blade ......................................................................................... 11-111
8467 Blade .............................................................................................................. 11-113
8467-7R, -8R Blade ................................................................................................. 11-115
8468(A)(-2)(R) Blade ............................................................................................... 11-119
8468(A)-3(R), -4(R) Blade ....................................................................................... 11-119
8468(A)-5R, -6R, -6 Blade ....................................................................................... 11-120
8468(A)-8R, -10R Blade .......................................................................................... 11-120
8468D-6R Blade ...................................................................................................... 11-121
8468D-8R Blade ...................................................................................................... 11-121
8468D-14 Blade....................................................................................................... 11-122
8468T-12 Blade ....................................................................................................... 11-122
Page 14
133C
8468-8Q, -10Q Blade .............................................................................................. 11-123

8475+2 Blade .......................................................................................................... 11-125
8475-5Q*, -6 Blade .................................................................................................. 11-125
8475F-6 Blade ......................................................................................................... 11-126
8475J-4 Blade ......................................................................................................... 11-126
8475R, 8475(D)-2, -4 Blade .................................................................................... 11-127
8475T+2 Blade ........................................................................................................ 11-127
8477(A), -2, -4 Blade ............................................................................................... 11-129
8477(A)-6(Q*) Blade ................................................................................................ 11-129
8477(A)-7, 8477(A)-8R Blade .................................................................................. 11-130
8477D-5R, 8477D-6 Blade ...................................................................................... 11-130
8483 Blade ........................................................................................................... 11-132.1
8492* Blade ............................................................................................................. 11-133
8501* Blade ............................................................................................................. 11-135
8501-3.5* Blade ....................................................................................................... 11-135
8833(H), -2 Blade .................................................................................................... 11-137
8833(H)N, -2 Blade.................................................................................................. 11-137
8833(H)-4 Blade ...................................................................................................... 11-139
8833(H)N-4 Blade.................................................................................................... 11-139
8847 Blade .............................................................................................................. 11-141
8990* Blade ............................................................................................................. 11-143
9083* Blade ............................................................................................................. 11-145
9128(A)N Blade ....................................................................................................... 11-147
9212* Blade ............................................................................................................. 11-149
9212-2, -4 Blade ...................................................................................................... 11-149
9216(N)* Blade ........................................................................................................ 11-151
9290* Blade ............................................................................................................. 11-153
9290CR* Blade ........................................................................................................ 11-155
9327* Blade ............................................................................................................. 11-157
9333(C,N) -3, -4, -5, -6, -6Q*, -7Q* Blade ............................................................... 11-159
9349, +1/2 Blade ..................................................................................................... 11-161
Page 15
133C
9349-4.6, -6.5 Blade ................................................................................................ 11-161

9350, -4.6 Blade ...................................................................................................... 11-163
9383* Blade ............................................................................................................. 11-165
9390* Blade ............................................................................................................. 11-167
9390-1R* Blade ....................................................................................................... 11-167
9391* Blade .......................................................................................................... 11-168.1
9510S Blade ............................................................................................................ 11-169
9511F(A)-4 Blade .................................................................................................... 11-171
9511F(A)-11 Blade ................................................................................................... 11-171
9512 (A, AE, AF, C, D)-1* Blade .......................................................................... 11-172.1
9515 Blade .............................................................................................................. 11-173
9587A Blade ............................................................................................................ 11-175
9587A-10 Blade ....................................................................................................... 11-175
9587D-2 Blade......................................................................................................... 11-176
9587D-7 Blade......................................................................................................... 11-176
9587C-15(S) Blade .................................................................................................. 11-177
9587C-17S Blade .................................................................................................... 11-177
9612* Blade .......................................................................................................... 11-178.1
9673* Blade ............................................................................................................. 11-179
9684, -3R Blade....................................................................................................... 11-181
9684-12 Blade ......................................................................................................... 11-181
9690* Blade ............................................................................................................. 11-183
9900* Blade ............................................................................................................. 11-185
9990N* Blade .......................................................................................................... 11-187
10133D, -3 Blade..................................................................................................... 11-189
10133N, -3 Blade..................................................................................................... 11-189
10133D-11 Blade ..................................................................................................... 11-189
10133N-11 Blade ..................................................................................................... 11-189
10151-8(R) Blade .................................................................................................... 11-191
10151-10(R) Blade .................................................................................................. 11-191
Page 16
133C
10151C-5 Blade....................................................................................................... 11-191

10152-5.5 Blade ...................................................................................................... 11-193
10160-1, -3 Blade .................................................................................................... 11-195
10160-6 Blade ......................................................................................................... 11-195
10160-8.5R Blade.................................................................................................... 11-197
10160-12E Blade ..................................................................................................... 11-199
10172 Blade ............................................................................................................ 11-201
10172C Blade .......................................................................................................... 11-201
10173A(N) Blade ..................................................................................................... 11-203
10173A(N)-6, -6Q* Blade ........................................................................................ 11-203
10173AN-12.5* Blade .............................................................................................. 11-204
10173D(N)-6Q* Blade ............................................................................................. 11-207
10173F(N)-10.5*, -11R Blade and ........................................................................... 11-209
10173F(N)-12.5* on all aircraft except Beech A100 ................................................ 11-209
10173F(N)-12.5* Blade on Beech A100 applications only ...................................... 11-209
10173F(N)-21R Blade ............................................................................................. 11-210
10173 and +1 Blade ................................................................................................ 11-213
10173(N) and +1 Blade ........................................................................................... 11-213
10173(N)-3 Blade .................................................................................................... 11-214
10173-3 Blade ......................................................................................................... 11-214
10173-8(R) Blade .................................................................................................... 11-215
10173(N)-8(R), -9 Blade .......................................................................................... 11-215
10173-11 Blade ....................................................................................................... 11-216
10173(N)-11(R) Blade ............................................................................................. 11-216
10173(N)-13Q* Blade .............................................................................................. 11-217
10173(N)-15 Blade .................................................................................................. 11-217
10173(N)-17R Blade................................................................................................ 11-218
10173(N)-18 Blade .................................................................................................. 11-218
10173(N)-21R Blade................................................................................................ 11-219
10173(N)-25R Blade................................................................................................ 11-219
Page 17
133C
10173C and +1 Blade.............................................................................................. 11-220

10173C(N) and +1 Blade......................................................................................... 11-220
10173C(N)-8 Blade.................................................................................................. 11-221
10176(H)(S)-6, -5 Blade .......................................................................................... 11-223
10176(H)(N)(S)-6, -5, -8 Blade ................................................................................ 11-223
10176 and +1 & -3 Blade......................................................................................... 11-224
10176C and +1 Blade.............................................................................................. 11-224
10176(N) and +1 & -3 Blade.................................................................................... 11-225
10178(H)(N)(R) Blade ............................................................................................. 11-227
10178C(H)(N)(R), +1 Blade..................................................................................... 11-227
10178(H)(N)-3R Blade............................................................................................. 11-228
10178(H)(N)-5 and -6 Blade .................................................................................... 11-228
10178(H)(N)-5R Blade............................................................................................. 11-229
10178(H)(N)-4R Blade............................................................................................. 11-229
10178(H)(N)-8R Blade............................................................................................. 11-230
10178(H)(N)-10Q* Blade ......................................................................................... 11-230
10178(H)(N)-11 Blade ............................................................................................. 11-231
10178(H)(N)-11R Blade ........................................................................................... 11-231
10178(H)(N)-13R Blade........................................................................................... 11-232
10178(N)-5Q, -7Q Blade ......................................................................................... 11-232
10178(N)-13Q Blade ............................................................................................... 11-233
10178(N)-15 Blade .................................................................................................. 11-233
10282(N)+4 Blade ................................................................................................... 11-235
10282(N)-4P, 4R Blade............................................................................................ 11-235
10282(N)R Blade ..................................................................................................... 11-236
10282(N)+6 Blade ................................................................................................... 11-236
10282(N)-6R Blade.................................................................................................. 11-237
10282D(N) Blade ..................................................................................................... 11-237
10282D(N)-4R Blade ............................................................................................... 11-238
10282(N) Blade ....................................................................................................... 11-238
Page 18
133C
10282NS-5.3R* Blade ............................................................................................. 11-239

10282(N)-9.5R Blade............................................................................................... 11-239
10282A(N)+2.5* Blade ............................................................................................ 11-241
10282A(N)+4* Blade ............................................................................................... 11-241
10282A(N)+6* Blade ............................................................................................... 11-242
10290N, +2 Blade.................................................................................................... 11-245
10305 Blade ............................................................................................................ 11-247
10476(N)S* Blade.................................................................................................... 11-249
10477(A)(S)* Blade ................................................................................................. 11-251
10478S Blade ....................................................................................................... 11-252.1
E10479S Blade........................................................................................................ 11-253
10541* Blade ........................................................................................................... 11-255
10574* Blade ........................................................................................................... 11-257
10574A(S)* Blade .................................................................................................... 11-257
10574F(N)S* Blade ................................................................................................. 11-257
10673(N), -2Q* Blade ........................................................................................... 11-258.1
10702(N)(S)* ........................................................................................................... 11-259
10876(N)* Blade ...................................................................................................... 11-261
10876A(N)(S)* Blade ............................................................................................... 11-261
10876A(N)(S)-2Q Blade .......................................................................................... 11-262
10890N* Blade ........................................................................................................ 11-265
10890CN-2 Blade .................................................................................................... 11-265
10891N* Blade ........................................................................................................ 11-267
11276N(S)* Blade .................................................................................................... 11-269
11276(C)N-3* Blade**.............................................................................................. 11-269
11276NSA Blade ..................................................................................................... 11-269
11296N* Blade......................................................................................................... 11-271
11691N(S)* Blade .................................................................................................... 11-273
11692N* Blade......................................................................................................... 11-275
11693N(S)* Blade .................................................................................................... 11-277
Rolling Machine DT-1724-( ) Spacer, Expansion Sleeve,
and Clamp Applications .....................................................Table 13-1.................13-16
Page 19
133C
Page 20
133C
INTRODUCTION - CONTENTS
1. Introduction.............................................................................................................3
A. General.............................................................................................................3
2. Required Publications.............................................................................................5
A. Hartzell Propeller Inc. Publications...................................................................5
B. References Contained in Hartzell Propeller Inc. Publications...........................6
C. Vendor Publications..........................................................................................6
3. Personnel Requirements........................................................................................7
A. Inspection, Repair, and Overhaul......................................................................7
4. Safe Handling of Paints and Chemicals.................................................................7
5. Minimum Facility and Tooling Requirements..........................................................7
A. Tooling...............................................................................................................7
B. Facilities............................................................................................................8
6. Component Life and Service..................................................................................9
A. Overhaul............................................................................................................9
B. Damage.............................................................................................................9
C. Repair..............................................................................................................10
D. Life Limits........................................................................................................10
E. Time in Service................................................................................................10
F. Propeller Critical Parts.................................................................................... 11
G. Long Term Storage.......................................................................................... 11
7. Definitions.............................................................................................................12
8. Abbreviations........................................................................................................14
9. Dimensions...........................................................................................................14
INTRODUCTION 61-13-33 Page 1

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
1. Introduction
A. General
(1) This manual has been reviewed and accepted by the FAA. Additionally, this
manual contains data that has been approved in a manner acceptable to
the FAA Administrator.
(2) This manual provides inspection, repair, and overhaul procedures for all
aluminum propeller blades manufactured by Hartzell Propeller Inc. This manual
assumes that the blade has been removed from the propeller assembly unless
specified otherwise.
(3) Contact the Product Support Department of Hartzell Propeller Inc. about any
maintenance problems or to request information not covered in this publication.
(a) Hartzell Propeller Inc. Product Support may be reached during business
hours (8:00 a.m. through 5:00 p.m., United States Eastern Time) at
(937) 778-4379 or at (800) 942-7767, toll free from the United States and
Canada.
(b) Hartzell Propeller Inc. Product Support can also be reached by fax at
(937) 778-4215, and by e-mail at techsupport@hartzellprop.com.
(c) After business hours, you may leave a message on our 24 hour product
support line at (937) 778-4376 or at (800) 942-7767, toll free from the
United States and Canada. A technical representative will contact you
during normal business hours. Urgent AOG support is also available
24 hours per day, seven days per week via this message service.
(d) Additional information is available on the Hartzell Propeller Inc. website at
www.hartzellprop.com.
(4) This manual is not ordered sequentially in the steps of the overhaul process. The
sequence is provided in a blade overhaul traveler. Refer to the
Appendix B - Travelers chapter of this manual. Different blade conditions, as well
as individual shop requirements, may dictate a need for variation in the sequence
of blade overhaul. Although the sequence of procedures is not mandatory and
may be rearranged to fit individual blade or shop requirements, it is required that
all steps of the overhaul process be completed during overhaul.
NOTE: Certain procedures are designed to be performed sequentially. For

example, chemical etching of a component must be completed
before penetrant inspection. In this instance, sequence of procedures
is mandatory.
(5) This manual is to be used by propeller repair stations with personnel who are
trained and experienced with Hartzell Propeller Inc. products.
(a) This manual does not provide complete information for an inexperienced
technician to attempt aluminum blade overhaul without supervision.

Rev. 34 Jan/17
133C
(6) This manual is intended to be the primary source for aluminum blade repair and
overhaul information.
(a) Information in this manual supersedes all previously published data
concerning aluminum blades.
(b) Some older Hartzell Propeller Inc. propeller manuals may contain
aluminum blade dimensional limits; such data is no longer to be used. All
older propeller manuals will be revised to refer the reader to this manual
for aluminum blade information.
(c) Information published in Service Bulletins, Service Letters, Service
Advisories, and Service Instructions may supersede information published
in this manual. The reader must consult active Service Bulletins, Service
Letters, Service Advisories, and Service Instructions for information that
may have not yet been incorporated into the latest revision of this manual.
(7) This manual is not a "stand alone" document. The applicable propeller manual
must be consulted for information relating to the entire propeller assembly.
(8) This manual makes reference to other Hartzell Propeller Inc. manuals
that provide important details for procedures such as anodizing, penetrant
inspection, etc.
(9) Where possible, this manual is written in the format specified by
ATA iSpec 2200.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE OBSOLETE OR OUTDATED INFORMATION.

PERFORM ALL INSPECTIONS OR WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH
THE MOST RECENT REVISION OF THIS MANUAL. INFORMATION
CONTAINED IN THIS MANUAL MAY BE SIGNIFICANTLY CHANGED
FROM EARLIER REVISIONS. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THIS
MANUAL OR THE USE OF OBSOLETE INFORMATION MAY
CREATE AN UNSAFE CONDITION THAT MAY RESULT IN DEATH,
SERIOUS BODILY INJURY, AND/OR SUBSTANTIAL PROPERTY
DAMAGE. FOR THE MOST RECENT REVISION LEVEL OF THIS
MANUAL, REFER TO THE HARTZELL PROPELLER INC. WEBSITE
AT WWW.HARTZELLPROP.COM.
(10) The information in this manual revision supersedes data in all previously
published revisions of this manual.
Page 4
INTRODUCTION 61-13-33 Rev. 31 Jul/14
133C
2. Required Publications
A. Hartzell Propeller Inc. Publications

(1) In addition to this manual, the following publications provide information
relevant to maintenance of aluminum blades and are required publications
for the performance of aluminum blade overhaul. Consult the latest version
of the applicable publications for additional information regarding specific
recommendations and procedures.
(2) Information published in Service Bulletins, Service Letters, Service Advisories,
and Service Instructions may supersede information published in this manual.
The reader must consult active Service Bulletins, Service Letters, Service
Advisories, and Service Instructions for information that may have not yet been
incorporated into the latest revision of this manual.
Hartzell
Manual No. ATA No. Title
n/a n/a All active Hartzell Propeller Inc. Service Bulletins,
Service Letters, Service Instructions, and Service
Advisories
128 61-00-28 Blade Shank Rolling Machine Maintenance Manual
165A 61-00-65 Illustrated Tool and Equipment Manual (Also available
on the Hartzell Propeller Inc. website at
www.hartzellprop.com)
159 61-02-59 Hartzell Propeller Inc. Application Guide Manual
(Also available on the Hartzell Propeller Inc. website at
180 30-61-80 Propeller Ice Protection System Manual
(Also available on the Hartzell Propeller Inc. website at
181 30-60-81 Propeller Ice Protection Component Maintenance
Manual (Also available on the Hartzell Propeller Inc.
website at www.hartzellprop.com)
182 61-12-82 Propeller Electrical De-ice Boot Removal and
Installation Manual (Also available on the Hartzell
Propeller Inc. website at www.hartzellprop.com)
183 61-12-83 Propeller Anti-icing Boot Removal and Installation

Manual (Also available on the Hartzell Propeller Inc.
202A 61-01-02 Standard Practices Manual Volumes 1 through 11
(Volume 7, Consumable Materials and Packaging and
Storage is available on the Hartzell Propeller Inc.

Rev. 32 Nov/15
133C
(3) In addition to manuals, Hartzell Propeller Inc. also publishes Service Bulletins,
Service Instructions, Service Advisories, and Service Letters. It is important for
propeller repair stations to maintain a subscription service for these documents
in addition to maintaining current service manuals. Existing documents
applicable to aluminum blades have been incorporated into this manual
revision, but some of these documents may remain as active documents
because they relate to other Hartzell Propeller Inc. publications or are
addressed in Airworthiness Directives.
(4) For Hartzell Propeller Inc. service literature and revisions, contact:
Hartzell Propeller Inc. Telephone: 937.778.4200
Attn: Technical Publication Secretary Fax: 937.778.4215
One Propeller Place E-mail: manuals@hartzellprop.com
Piqua, Ohio 45356-2634 USA
(a) Selected information is also available on the Hartzell Propeller Inc. website
at www.hartzellprop.com.
B. References to Hartzell Propeller Inc. Publications

(1) Special Tooling
(a) Special tooling may be required for procedures in this manual. For further
tooling information, refer to Hartzell Propeller Inc. Illustrated Tool and
Equipment Manual 165A (61-00-65).
(b) The reference numbers for tooling appear with the prefix "TE" directly
following the tool name to which they apply. For example, a template that
is reference number 133 will appear as: template TE133.
(2) Consumable Materials
(a) Consumable materials are referenced in certain sections throughout
this manual. Specific approved materials are listed in the Consumable
Materials chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02).
(b) The reference numbers for consumable materials appear with the prefix
"CM" directly following the material to which they apply. For example, an
adhesive that is reference number 16 will appear as: adhesive CM16. Only
those items specified may be used.
C. Vendor Publications
(1) None
Page 6
INTRODUCTION 61-13-33 Rev. 34 Jan/17
133C
3. Personnel Requirements
A. Inspection, Repair, and Overhaul

(1) Compliance to the personnel requirements established by the Federal Aviation
Administration (FAA) or international equivalent, is mandatory for anyone
performing or accepting responsibility for any inspection and/or repair and/or
overhaul of any Hartzell Propeller Inc. product.
(2) Personnel inspecting, repairing, and overhauling Hartzell Propeller Inc.
aluminum propeller blades must have adequate training and experience.
(3) Blade rework procedures such as bending/straightening and grinding/polishing
require a high degree of skill. Procedures must be performed by qualified
personnel at an appropriately licensed propeller repair facility.
(4) Rework and inspection of critical areas, such as blade bearing bores, demand
extensive technical knowledge and familiarity with the product. Personnel with
inspection and supervisory responsibility are expected to have a minimum of
18 months practical experience with Hartzell Propeller Inc. aluminum blade
overhaul.
(5) Participation in Hartzell Propeller Inc. training classes is strongly recommended.
4. Safe Handling of Paints and Chemicals
A. Always use caution when handling or being exposed to paints and/or chemicals
during propeller overhaul and maintenance procedures.
B. Before using paint or chemicals, always read the manufacturer’s label on the
container and follow specified instructions and procedures for storage, preparation,
mixing, and application.
C. Refer to the product’s Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for detailed information
about physical properties, health, and physical hazards of any chemical.
5. Minimum Facility and Tooling Requirements
A. Tooling
(1) Propeller repair stations approved to overhaul Hartzell Propeller Inc. aluminum
blades are expected to possess precision fixtures, tools, and blade tables for
blade inspection and rework.
(2) Except as specifically required in this manual, locally fabricated tooling is
permitted for most repair and inspection operations.

Rev. 34 Jan/17
133C
(3) In addition, Hartzell Propeller Inc. strongly recommends that a propeller repair
facility approved to overhaul Hartzell Propeller Inc. aluminum blades own,
maintain, and use the following equipment as their use may be required by
certain airworthiness directives:
(a) A Hartzell Propeller Inc. blade cold rolling machine, part number
DT-1724-( )
(b) An optical comparator with blade shank overlays as described in this
manual
(c) A profilometer
(d) A “Y” shank pitch change knob shot peen cabinet, part number DST-5855-( )
(4) Some facilities may choose to subcontract some specialized processes such as
cadmium plating, anodizing, cold rolling, or shot peening. Cold rolling and shot
peening must only be performed by a facility approved by Hartzell Propeller
Inc. For information about approved facilities, contact the Hartzell Propeller Inc.
Product Support department or visit the Hartzell Propeller Inc. website at
www.hartzellprop.com.
B. Facilities
(1) Blade grinding, plating, and painting have the potential for health and safety
hazards beyond that of other areas of a typical workshop. It is expected
that such areas be in compliance with industry standards and governmental
regulations concerning occupational safety and health, as well as
environmental protection.
(2) Workshop areas must be segregated to prevent contamination. Separate
areas must be designated for painting, plating, inspection, and blade grinding/
polishing.
(3) A draft free area must be provided for static balancing operations.
Page 8
INTRODUCTION 61-13-33 Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
6. Component Life and Service
A. Overhaul
(1) Overhaul is the periodic disassembly, inspection, reconditioning, and
reassembly of a component.
(2) The overhaul interval is based on hours of service (operating time) and/or on
calendar time.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE OBSOLETE OR OUTDATED INFORMATION.

PERFORM ALL INSPECTIONS OR WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH
THE MOST RECENT REVISION OF THIS MANUAL. INFORMATION
CONTAINED IN THIS MANUAL MAY BE SIGNIFICANTLY
CHANGED FROM EARLIER REVISIONS. FAILURE TO
COMPLY WITH THIS MANUAL OR THE USE OF OBSOLETE
INFORMATION MAY CREATE AN UNSAFE CONDITION THAT
MAY RESULT IN DEATH, SERIOUS BODILY INJURY, AND/OR
SUBSTANTIAL PROPERTY DAMAGE. FOR THE MOST RECENT
REVISION LEVEL OF THIS MANUAL, REFER TO THE HARTZELL
PROPELLER INC. WEBSITE AT WWW.HARTZELLPROP.COM.
(3) The information in this manual supersedes data in all previously published
revisions of this manual.
(4) Overhaul must be completed in accordance with the latest revision of the
applicable propeller maintenance manual and other publications applicable to,
or referenced in, the propeller maintenance manual.
B. Damage
(1) General procedures for overspeed, foreign object strike (including bent blades),
and fire/heat damage are found in the Special Inspections chapter of Hartzell
Propeller Inc. Standard Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02).
(2) The blade specification tables in this manual provide the minimum width and
thickness limits for aluminum blades.
(a) These are absolute minimums.
(b) Anytime widths and thicknesses are measured, if the width or thickness
limits are below published minimums, retire the blade.
(c) There is no difference between in-service limits and overhaul limits.

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
C. Repair
(1) Repair of small nicks and scratches can generally be performed by mechanics
in accordance with FAA Advisory Circular 43.13-1B without consulting this
manual.
(2) Whenever significant amounts of metal are removed, which may bring into
question if the blade is below minimum width or thickness, then the propeller
needs to be inspected by an approved propeller repair station to determine if it
is below published minimums.
D. Life Limits
(1) Aluminum blades may be life limited. In some cases an entire propeller is life
limited, but often only the blades of a propeller assembly are life limited.
(2) Airworthiness limitations, which include blade life limits, for specific propeller
blades are addressed in the Airworthiness Limitations section of the Owner's
manual for the applicable propeller assembly.
(3) For life limits of Hartzell Propeller Inc. products, refer to the applicable Owner's
manual. Refer to the "Required Publications" section of this chapter.
(4) It is a regulatory requirement that a record of the total time in service be
maintained for all life limited parts.
E. Time in Service
(1) Component life is expressed in terms of total hours of service (Time Since New,
TSN) and in terms of hours of service since overhaul (Time Since Overhaul,
TSO).
NOTE: TSN/TSO is considered as the time accumulated between rotation

and landing, i.e., flight time.
(2) Both TSN and TSO are necessary for defining the life of the component. Some
parts are "life limited" which means that they must be replaced after a specified
period of use (TSN).
(3) When a component or assembly undergoes an overhaul, the TSO is returned to
zero hours.
(a) Time Since New (TSN) can never be returned to zero.
(b) Repair without overhaul does not affect TSO or TSN.
(4) Time Since New (TSN) and Time Since Overhaul (TSO) records must be
maintained in the propeller logbook.
(5) Blades are sometimes replaced while in service or at overhaul.
(a) Maintaining separate TSN and TSO histories for a replacement hub or
blade is required.
Page 10
INTRODUCTION 61-13-33 Rev. 34 Jan/17
133C
F. Propeller Critical Parts

(1) Procedures in this manual may involve Propeller Critical Parts (PCP).
(a) These procedures have been substantiated based on Engineering
analysis that expects this product will be operated and maintained using
the procedures and inspections provided in the Instructions for Continued
Airworthiness (ICA) for this product.
(b) Refer to the Illustrated Parts List chapter for the applicable propeller model
for the identification of Propeller Critical Parts.
(2) Numerous propeller system parts can produce an aircraft Major or Hazardous
effect, even though those parts may not be considered as Propeller Critical
Parts. The operating and maintenance procedures and inspections provided
in the ICA for this product are, therefore, expected to be accomplished for all
propeller system parts.
G. Long Term Storage

(1) Refer to the Packaging and Storage chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard
Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02) for Long Term Storage procedures.

Rev. 34 Jan/17
133C
7. Definitions
Term Definition
Blade Station ..................... refers to the station on a bare blade; e.g., 30-inch station.
A measurement from the blade "zero" station to a point on
a blade, used for all blade specification data. (Note: do not
confuse blade station with reference blade radius; they may
not originate at the same point.)
Chord Line......................... a straight line drawn between the lead and trail edges of
the blade. A chord line must be perpendicular to the blade
centerline.
Corrosion........................... gradual wearing away or deterioration caused by chemical

action.
Crack ................................. physical separation of two adjoining portions of metal caused

by excessive stress, cuts, nicks, scratches, or corrosion at
that point.
Edge Alignment ................. distance from the blade centerline to the leading edge of the
blade.
Erosion .............................. gradual wearing away or deterioration due to action of the

elements.
Face Alignment ................. distance from the blade centerline to the highest point on the
face side perpendicular to the chord line.
Fretting .............................. corrosion that develops when relative motion of small

amplitude takes place between close fitting parts.
Gouge ............................... surface area where material has been removed.
Hazardous Propeller
Effect ................................. The hazardous propeller effects are defined in Title 14 CFR
section 35.15(g)(1).
Horizontal Balance ............ balance between the tip and the butt of the blade.
Impact Damage ................. damage that occurs when the propeller blade or hub
assembly strikes, or is struck by, an object while in flight or
on the ground.
Page 12
133C
Intergranular Corrosion ..... corrosion that attacks along the grain boundaries of metal
alloys.
Major Propeller Effect........ The major propeller effects are defined in Title 14 CFR
section 35.15(g)(2).
Nick ................................... a sharp, notch-like displacement of material.
Overhaul............................ the periodic disassembly, inspection, repair, refinish, and

reassembly of a propeller assembly.
Pitting ................................ formation of a number of small, irregularly shaped cavities in

surface material caused by corrosion or wear.
Propeller Critical Part ..........A part on the propeller whose primary failure can result in
a hazardous propeller effect, as determined by the safety
analysis required by Title 14 CFR section 35.15.
Reference Blade Radius .....refers to the propeller reference blade radius in an

assembled propeller; e.g., 30-inch radius. A measurement
from the propeller hub centerline to a point on a blade, used
for blade angle measurement in an assembled propeller. A
yellow adhesive stripe (blade angle reference tape CM160) is
usually located at the reference blade radius location.
NOTE: Do not confuse reference blade radius with blade
station; they may not originate at the same point.
Rolling ............................... compressive rolling process for the retention area of single
shoulder blades that provides improved strength and
resistance to fatigue.
Scratch .............................. a thin, shallow cut caused by the movement of a sharp

object across a surface.
Shot Peening..................... process where steel shot is impinged on a surface to create

compressive surface stress which provides improved
strength and resistance to fatigue.
Station Line ....................... see Blade Station
Track ................................. in an assembled propeller, a measurement of the location

of the blade tip with respect to the plane of rotation, used to
verify face alignment and check for bent blades.
Vertical Balance ................ balance between the leading and trailing edges.

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
8. Abbreviations
Abbreviation Term
AN ................................Army-Navy
AOG .............................Aircraft On Ground
ATA ...............................Air Transport Association
FAA...............................Federal Aviation Administration
Ft-Lb .............................Foot-Pound
ICA ...............................Instructions for Continued Airworthiness
ID..................................Inside Diameter
In-Lb .............................Inch-Pound
IPL ................................Illustrated Parts List
Lbs ...............................Pounds
MIL-SPEC ....................Military Specification
MPI ...............................Major Periodic Inspection
MS ................................Military Standard
MSDS ...........................Material Safety Data Sheet
OD ................................Outside Diameter
NAS ..............................National Aircraft Standards
N•m ..............................Newton Meter
NDT ..............................Nondestructive Testing
PCP ..............................Propeller Critical Part
PMB .............................Plastic Media Blasting (Cleaning)
PSI ...............................Pounds per Square Inch
RPM .............................Revolutions per Minute
SAE ..............................Society of Automotive Engineers
STC ..............................Supplemental Type Certificate
TBO ..............................Time Between Overhaul
TC ................................Type Certificate
TSN ..............................Time Since New
TSO ..............................Time Since Overhaul
9. Dimensions
A. SAE units of measure are used throughout this manual. In many cases, metric
equivalents are also provided.
B. When a metric unit of measure does not provide an exact conversion, the SAE unit
takes precedence.
C. SAE units of measure supersede metric units of measure.
Page 14
133C
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION - CONTENTS
1. Overview of Aluminum Blades.............................................................................1-3

A. General..........................................................................................................1-3
2. Model Designation System .................................................................................1-5
A. Propeller Model Designation ........................................................................1-5
B. Blade Model Designation ..............................................................................1-5
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION - LIST OF FIGURES
Blade Nomenclature................................................................... Figure 1-1...................1-3

Blade Shank Diagrams............................................................... Figure 1-2...................1-7
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION - LIST OF TABLES
Blade Model Designation............................................................ Table 1-1....................1-4

Blade Shank Specifications......................................................... Table 1-2....................1-6
Page 1-1
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 61-13-33 Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 61-13-33 Page 1-2

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
1. Overview of Aluminum Blades
CAUTION: INFORMATION IN THIS CHAPTER INVOLVES PROPELLER CRITICAL

PARTS. REFER TO THE INTRODUCTION CHAPTER OF THIS
MANUAL FOR INFORMATION ABOUT PROPELLER CRITICAL PARTS.
A. General
(1) Aluminum propeller blades are manufactured from one solid piece of aluminum
that has been forged and heat treated prior to manufacture.
(2) Aluminum blades are used in both steel and aluminum hub propellers in a
variety of designs which require the use of various models of blade shanks.
Therefore, blades are distinguished by shank design, propeller diameter, tip
configuration, and other characteristics of the blade (refer to Table 1-1).
APS2047
APS2048
Shank Section
Airfoil Section
Blade Butt Blade Retention Radius
Camber Side
Leading Edge Trailing Edge

Face Side
Blade Nomenclature
Figure 1-1

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
EXAMPLE: propeller model FJC 8475 CH-3 Q *1

Prefix of up to 3 Letters:
C - counterweighted "Y" shank
F - large pitch change knob "Y" shank
H - right hand rotation, pusher
J - left hand rotation, tractor
L - left hand rotation
D,E,M,MV,P,R,T,V,W - shank design
blank - standard blade, right hand rotation, tractor ("X", "Y", and "Z" shanks + few others)
The first 2 or 3 numbers indicate basic design diameter (in inches), the last
2 numbers indicate a specific model
Suffix Letters:
A - Dimensional change to basic blade or "Y" shank pitch knob location
B - anti-icing or de-ice boot
C - modified blade, dimensional or blade twist modification from initial blade design
D - modified blade, blade twist or thickness change; for E9512D-1 blade, identical to E9512C-1
except service life
E - de-ice boot , elliptical tip, or alternate life limit
F - modified blade, dimensional modification (width/thickness)
G - for 7663 and 8468 blades, a negative pitch change knob angle; for E9512G-1( ), identical to
E9512C-1( ) except service life
H - hard alloy (7076)
K - de-ice boot
N - shank modification (pilot tube hole), thickness added to certain blade shanks
Q - Q-tip, factory 90 degree formed tip
R - specifically rounded tips
S - shot peening of blade surface, or square tip
(Exception: Blade model M10476 was manufactured with a shot peened surface;
however, the “S” shot peen designator was not included in the model number.
The “S” designator will be added to M10476 blades at overhaul.)
T - twist
blank - original design, no changes
other letters - location of pitch change knob ("Y" shank), twist
Dash or Plus Number:
Change from basic propeller diameter. There may be a letter following the dash or plus number.
(Note: This basic diameter may not reflect the actual prop diameter, depending on the hub model used.)
A - slightly thinner & narrower tip fairing
E - elliptical tip
Q - Q-tip, factory 90 degree formed tip
R - specifically rounded tip
S - square tip
T - specifically rounded tip
Asterisk/number - An asterisk and number to the right of the blade model number are added
when there is a difference in paint, de-ice, or counterweight from the “standard” blade configuration.
The specific meaning applies only to an individual blade configuration and does not necessarily represent
the same change(s) in blade design for other blade models.
(NOTE: This Blade Finish Table is a general guideline. There may be exceptions that are not listed.)
Blade Model Designation

Table 1-1

Rev. 30 Apr/13
133C
2. Model Designation System

A. Propeller Model Designation
(1) Hartzell Propeller Inc. uses a model designation to identify specific propeller
and blade assemblies (Table 1-1). Example: HC-B5MP-3A/M10282A+6. A
slash mark separates the propeller and blade designations. The propeller model
designation is impression stamped or permanently marked on the propeller hub.
The blade designation is impression stamped or permanently marked on the butt
end as well as ink stamped or labeled on the camber side of the blade.
B. Blade Model Designation
(1) Hartzell Propeller Inc. blades are often referred to as “D” shank, “Y” shank, etc.
NOTE: It is useful to understand the basic differences between shank types.
Refer to Table 1-1 and Figure 1-2
(a) For most blades, the shank type is identified in the prefix letters of the blade
model designation. For example, T10282 denotes this is a
“T” shank blade.
1 There are exceptions to this rule. For example, “Y” shank blades do not
use the letter “Y” in the model designation. .
(2) The dash (-) or plus (+) number in the blade model designation of an aluminum
blade indicates the amount of diameter change from the blade’s basic design.
For example, a T10173-8 blade designates that the propeller diameter has been
reduced 8 inches from its basic design.
NOTE: For more information on blade model designations and reduction of the
propeller diameter, refer to paragraph 2.K. of the Blade Airfoil Overhaul
chapter of this manual.
(a) An additional letter following the dash (-) number, if present, indicates
alternate tip shapes.
(3) An asterisk and number to the right of the blade model number indicates that
there is a difference in paint, de-ice, or counterweight from the “standard” blade
configuration.
(a) The specific meaning applies only to an individual blade configuration and
does not necessarily represent the same change(s) in blade design for other
blade models.
(b) For specific blade paint information, refer to the Blade Finish Table in the Paint
and Finish chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices Manual 202A
(61-01-02).
(c) For de-ice boot location, refer to Hartzell Propeller Inc. Propeller Electrical
De-ice Boot Removal and Installation Manual 182 (61-12-82). (Also
available on the Hartzell Propeller Inc. website at www.hartzellprop.com)
(d) For anti-icing boot location, refer to Hartzell Propeller Inc. Anti-icing Boot
Removal and Installation Manual 183 (61-12-83). (Also available on the
Hartzell Propeller Inc. website at www.hartzellprop.com)

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
SHANK HUB TYPE RETENTION INTERNAL BEARING PITCH CHANGE
"Y" “compact” single shoulder 1 needle bearing integral knob

"D" “lightweight” single shoulder 1 needle bearing bolt-on bracket
"E" “lightweight” single shoulder 1 needle bearing bolt-on bracket
Blade Clamp
"X" steel double shoulder 1 blade bushing C-3-( )
1 blade bushing
"V" steel double shoulder and C-3-( )
1 needle bearing
1 blade bushing
"MV" steel single shoulder and D-6831-( )
1 needle bearing
1 blade bushing
"W" steel single shoulder and C-1301-( )
1 needle bearing
"Z" steel single shoulder 1 blade bushing C-1301-( )
"M" steel single shoulder 2 needle bearings C-1977-( )
"P" steel single shoulder 1 blade bushing C-1977-( )
1 blade bushing
"R" steel single shoulder and C-1977-( )
1 needle bearing
"T" steel single shoulder 2 needle bearings C-1301-( )
NOTE: There are other shank types that are used for composite blades such as "A",
"B", "E", or "M" shank. For information about composite blades, refer to
Hartzell Propeller Inc. Maintenance Manual for Composite Propeller Blades
135F (61-13-35)
Blade Shank Specifications

Table 1-2
Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
APS0641, APS0651, APS0650,

TI-133001, TI-133001
"P" Shank "P" Shank Modified to "R" Shank
"P" Shank with "N" Modification "R" Shank
"R" Shank with "N" Modification
Blade Shank Diagrams

Figure 1-2, Page 1 of 4
Page 1-7
133C
APS0640, APS0645, APS0647,

APS0655, APS0656
"M" Shank "T" Shank
"M" or "T" Shank with "N" Modification "Y" Shank
"D" or "E" Shank


Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
APS0642, APS0644, TI-133001,

APS0643, TI-133002
"Z" Shank "Z" Shank Modified to "W" Shank
"Z" Shank with "N" Modification "W" Shank
"W" Shank with "N" Modification

Page 1-9
133C
APS0648 APS0652
APS0653 APS0654
"X" Shank "X" Shank Modified to "V" Shank
"V" Shank "V" Shank with "N" Modification
"MV" Shank with "N" Modification


Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
BLADE SHANK OVERHAUL - CONTENTS
1. Special Inspections and Procedures...................................................................2-5

2. Overhaul Procedures...........................................................................................2-7
A. General..........................................................................................................2-7
B. Single Shoulder Blade Shank Inspection and Overhaul................................2-7
C. Double Shoulder Blade Shank Inspection and Overhaul.............................2-33
D. Pitch Change Knob Inspection and Overhaul..............................................2-49
E. Pitch Change Bracket Mounting Holes........................................................2-78
F. Blade Balance Hole Inspection and Overhaul..............................................2-86
G. Blade Bore Inspection and Overhaul...........................................................2-97
H. Blade Shank Conversion............................................................................2-145
I. Counterweight Disassembly.......................................................................2-151
J. Counterweight Installation..........................................................................2-155
K. Repair of Oversized 7/16-20UNF-3B Tapped Holes in
"Y", "D", and "E" Shank Blade Counterweight Knob..................................2-169
L. Repair of Oversized 1/2-20UNF-3B Tapped Holes in
"D" and "E" Shank Blade Counterweight Knob..........................................2-175
M. B-6143-( ) Thread Insert Removal..............................................................2-179
BLADE SHANK OVERHAUL 61-13-33 Page 2-1

Rev. 25 Apr/09
133C
BLADE SHANK OVERHAUL - LIST OF FIGURES
"Y", "D" and "E" Shank Dimensional Inspection...............................Figure 2-1..............2-6

Measuring Points for Shank Diameters............................................Figure 2-2..............2-6
Rework Area for Single Shoulder Retention Radius.........................Figure 2-3............2-10
"T", "W", and "Z" Shank Minimum Height.........................................Figure 2-4............2-12
"P", "R", and "M" Shank Minimum Height.........................................Figure 2-5............2-12
"Y", "D" and "E" Shank Minimum Height and Lip Thickness............Figure 2-6............2-13
Bearing Retention Lip Repair Limits.................................................Figure 2-7............2-13
"D", "E", and "Y" Shank Blade Shoulder Repair Area.......................Figure 2-7.1.........2-15
"MV" Shank Minimum Height...........................................................Figure 2-8............2-19
"V" Shank Modified to "MV" Shank Dimensions...............................Figure 2-9............2-20
Electronic Profilometer TE436 and Probe Housing
Component TE437......................................................................Figure 2-10..........2-23
Double Shoulder Shank Diameter Dimensions................................Figure 2-11..........2-30
Double Shoulder Shank Inspection..................................................Figure 2-12..........2-34
Blade Shank Shot Peen Coverage Specifications...........................Figure 2-13..........2-42
Pitch Change Knob Inspection and Damage Limits.........................Figure 2-14..........2-45
Perpendicularity of the Pitch Change Knob......................................Figure 2-15..........2-50
"F" Pitch Change Knob Inspection Criteria.......................................Figure 2-16..........2-52
Non "F" Pitch Change Knob Inspection Criteria...............................Figure 2-17..........2-56
Almen Strip Holder (DST-5855+35)..................................................Figure 2-18..........2-62
Angle of Incidence and Vertical Axis................................................Figure 2-19..........2-64
Align Mark........................................................................................Figure 2-20..........2-68
Blade Butt Mask (DST-5855+48)......................................................Figure 2-21..........2-70
Pitch Change Knob Location............................................................Figure 2-22..........2-74
Blade Plug or Spacer Inspection Area..............................................Figure 2-22.1.......2-86
Critical Area of the Balance Hole .....................................................Figure 2-23..........2-90
Tool for Balance Hole Polishing........................................................Figure 2-23.1....2-90.2
3M Scotch Brite® Grinding Wheel Modification.................................Figure 2-23.2.......2-91
Shot Peening Lead Balance Hole in Blade......................................Figure 2-24..........2-95
Shot Peening Lead Balance Hole....................................................Figure 2-25..........2-96
Visual Inspection Area Of Blade Bore..............................................Figure 2-26........2-100

Rev. 31 Jul/14
133C
BLADE SHANK OVERHAUL - LIST OF FIGURES, CONTINUED
"X", "X" Modified to "V", or "X" Modified to "MV" Shank ..................Figure 2-27 .......2-105
"V" or "V" Modified To "MV" Shank ..................................................Figure 2-28 .......2-106
"V" and "V" Modified To "MV" With "N" Modification ........................Figure 2-29 .......2-107
"MV" Shank With "N" Modification ...................................................Figure 2-30 .......2-109
"R" or "W" Shank .............................................................................Figure 2-31 ....... 2-110
"P", "P" Modified to "R", "Z", or "Z" Modified to "W" Shank .............Figure 2-32 ....... 2-111
"R" or "W" Shank with "N" Modification ...........................................Figure 2-33 ....... 2-112
"P" and "Z" Shank with "N" Modification ..........................................Figure 2-34 ....... 2-114
"T" or "M" Shank ..............................................................................Figure 2-35 ....... 2-115
"T" or "M" Shank With "N" Modification ...........................................Figure 2-36 ....... 2-116
"T" or "M" Shank Rework Tolerances for Tapered "X" Area
of Blade Bore .............................................................................Figure 2-37 ....... 2-117
"T" or "M" Shank With "N" Modification Rework Tolerances
for Tapered "X" Area of Blade Bore ............................................Figure 2-38 ....... 2-119
"D" Shank ........................................................................................Figure 2-39 .......2-120
"Y" Shank ........................................................................................Figure 2-40 .......2-121
"E" Shank ........................................................................................Figure 2-41 .......2-122
Installing CM46 Gasket Sealant ......................................................Figure 2-42 .......2-138
Bearing Installation on "T" and "M" Shank Blades
with "N" Conversion ...................................................................Figure 2-43 .......2-140
Reading Runout...............................................................................Figure 2-44 .......2-142
"X" to "V" Shank Bearing Press Tool ...............................................Figure 2-45 .......2-144
"Z" Shank Converted to "W" Shank Blade.......................................Figure 2-46 .......2-146
"P" Shank Converted to "R" Shank Blade .......................................Figure 2-47 .......2-148
Counterweight Inspection ................................................................Figure 2-48 .......2-150
Drilling the Counterweight Assembly for Spring Pin
Installation ..................................................................................Figure 2-49 .......2-150
Counterweight Assembly .................................................................Figure 2-50 .......2-153
Counterweight Bolt Installation ........................................................Figure 2-51 .......2-153
Counterweight Spring Pin Installation..............................................Figure 2-52 .......2-158
Drilling the Dowel Pin Hole Into the Blade .......................................Figure 2-53 .......2-160
Expanding Arbor Fixture ..................................................................Figure 2-54 .......2-168

Rev. 31 Jul/14
133C
BLADE SHANK OVERHAUL - LIST OF TABLES

Coating .......................................................................................Table 2-1 ............2-30
Coating .......................................................................................Table 2-2 ............2-47
Rework Dimensions for "F" and Non-"F" Pitch Change Knobs .......Table 2-3 ............2-49
Pitch Change Knob Location (Degrees) ..........................................Table 2-4 ............2-76
Blade Plug and Spacer Inspection Criteria ......................................Table 2-4.1 .........2-85
Blades that Cannot Use the TE208( ) Reamer ................................Table 2-5 .........2-90.1
Balance Hole Shot Peen Specifications ..........................................Table 2-6 ............2-97
Bore Dimensions .............................................................................Table 2-7 ..........2-104
Blade Bushing Diameters ................................................................Table 2-8 ..........2-138
Counterweight Mounting Hardware .................................................Table 2-9 ..........2-154
Counterweight Dowel Pin Hole Requirements for Press Fit ............Table 2-10 ........2-154
Counterweight Slug Mounting Hardware Torques ...........................Table 2-11 .........2-156

Rev. 34 Jan/17
133C
1. Special Inspections and Procedures
WARNING: THERE ARE MANDATORY INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES

FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATIONS THAT MUST BE COMPLIED WITH
IN ADDITION TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS CHAPTER. A LIST
OF THESE APPLICATIONS CAN BE FOUND IN THE TABLE OF
CONTENTS OF THE SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES
CHAPTER OF THIS MANUAL. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THE
REQUIREMENTS WILL RESULT IN IMPROPER INSPECTION,
REPAIR, AND OVERHAUL OF THE AFFECTED COMPONENT.
A. Refer to the Table of Contents of the Special Inspections and Procedures chapter of
this manual for additional requirements that apply to certain assemblies.
B. If the requirements are applicable, they must be complied with in addition to
those listed in this chapter.

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
DYDIMS
Radius
Transition
Area B 1.375 inch
(34.93 mm)
"Y", "D" and "E" Shank Dimensional Inspection

Figure 2-1
APS6117
Shank Diameter
Leading Edge
Trailing Edge
Measuring Points for Shank Diameters

Figure 2-2

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
2. Overhaul Procedures
WARNING: ADHESIVES AND SOLVENTS ARE FLAMMABLE AND TOXIC TO

THE SKIN, EYES, AND RESPIRATORY TRACT. SKIN AND EYE
PROTECTION ARE REQUIRED. AVOID PROLONGED CONTACT AND
BREATHING OF VAPORS. USE SOLVENT RESISTANT GLOVES TO
MINIMIZE SKIN CONTACT AND WEAR SAFETY GLASSES FOR EYE
PROTECTION. USE IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA AWAY FROM
SPARKS AND FLAME. READ AND OBSERVE ALL WARNING LABELS.
A. General
(1) The following procedures are to be performed during overhaul.
(2) To determine the specific steps that apply to a particular blade model, refer to
the traveler for that blade. Refer to the Appendix B - Travelers chapter of this
manual.
(3) If a blade does not meet the serviceable limits, retire the blade.
B. Single Shoulder Blade Shank Inspection and Overhaul

(1) Clean Shank
(a) Using cleaning agent CM106 or plastic media cleaning, remove paint and
sealant from the retention radius. Refer to the Cleaning chapter of Hartzell
Standard Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02) for plastic media cleaning
requirements and procedures.
(b) For "D", "E", and "Y" shank blades: Using plastic media cleaning , remove
paint and epoxy resin from the retention radius. For plastic media
cleaning, refer to the Cleaning chapter of Hartzell Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02)
1 Remove threaded staked inserts in the counterweight knob, if
required.
(c) Using a cloth dampened with solvent CM23, wipe the shank area. Permit
the shank area to thoroughly dry.
(2) Inspect Outside Diameter
(a) "D", "E", and "Y" shank blades only. Refer to Figure 2-1.
1 Using a Knife Edge or Ball End Micrometer, measure the OD of the
blade shank.
2 Blades that receive compression rolling of the retention radius during
manufacture (all "D" and "E" shank blades and "Y" shank blades
with serial number D47534 or higher) must maintain a diameter of
3.334 inches (84.69 mm) or greater in the "B" area above the bearing
shoulder. Refer to Figure 2-1.

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
3 Earlier production blades that received shot peening in the retention

area during manufacture (serial number D47533 or lower) must
maintain a diameter of 3.344 inches (84.94 mm) or greater in the "B"
area above the bearing shoulder. Refer to Figure 2-1.
4 Dimensionally inspect the shank in 45 degree increments at the
area labelled "B" in Figure 2-1. Refer to Figure 2-2 for dimensional
inspection points. "Undercutting" (diameter less than area "B") is not
permitted in the radius.
5 If the blade is below the permitted dimensional limits, retire the blade
from service.
(b) "T", "W", and "Z" Shanks Immediately Outboard of the Clamping Area
1 Inspect the blade in 45 degree increments as shown in Figure 2-2.
2 Because of their tapered shanks, "T", "W", and "Z" shanks have
special repair limits immediately outboard of the clamping area. The
following limits apply to all three shanks:
Distance from Shoulder Minimum Diameter
0.250 inch (6.35 mm) 3.395 (86.24 mm)
0.500 inch (12.70 mm) 3.345 (84.97 mm)
0.875 inch (22.22 mm) 3.345 (84.97 mm)
3 If the blade does not meet the permitted limits, retire the blade.
(c) "M", "P", and "R" Shanks
1 Measure the shank in 45 degree increments at the area labeled
OD "A" in Figure 2-5. Refer to Figure 2-2 for dimensional inspection
points.
2 Measure the shank in 45 degree increments at the area labeled
OD "B" in Figure 2-5. Refer to Figure 2-2 for dimensional inspection
points.
3 In the area immediately outboard of the retention shoulder, a
minimum of 3.538 inches (89.87 mm) outside diameter is permitted
to a distance of 0.750 inch (19.05 mm) outboard from the retention
shoulder to permit for repair of the blade in this area.
4 If the blade does not meet the permitted limits, retire the blade.

Rev. 31 Jul/14
133C
(3) Inspect Retention Radius

(a) Visually inspect the retention radius for damage or corrosion. A very high
quality, smooth finish is required in the retention radius.
(b) Inspect the blade retention radius using an optical comparator. Refer to
the Appendix A - Optical Comparator chapter of this manual.
1 Deviations of the radius area are not permitted regardless of shank
diameter.
2 The transition between the straight surface of the blade and the
area where the optical comparator inspection ends must maintain a
smooth blend with no steps or irregularities.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE THE OPTICAL COMPARATOR TO
INSPECT THE SHANK DIMENSIONS.
3 Use the optical comparator to inspect the retention region only,
as defined in the Appendix A - Optical Comparator chapter of this
manual.
(c) If the retention radius is not satisfactory, rework the radius until it meets
proper optical comparator overlay shape.
(d) If the retention radius cannot be reworked to meet the optical comparator
overlay shape, retire the blade from service.

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
(4) Rework Retention Radius as Required
CAUTION: THE MOST CRITICAL ELEMENT IN THE REWORK OF A

BLADE SHANK IS TO MAINTAIN A SMOOTH, HIGH QUALITY
SURFACE FINISH WITH NO SCRATCHES, PITTING, OR
SIMILAR DEFECTS THAT CAN CAUSE BLADE FAILURE.
(a) Rework the retention radius to remove nicks, scratches, and corrosion
found during visual inspection.
1 Rework performed must match the optical comparator overlay.
2 If the retention radius cannot be reworked to meet the optical
comparator overlay shape, retire the blade from service.
(b) Tooling marks are permitted outboard of the retention radius and the rolled
area.
1 Tooling marks are characterized as multiple spanwise lines, flats, or
facets around all or a portion of the shank circumference that may
result in a shank diameter that is not uniform. Refer to Figure 2-3.
BSK735-2
Spanwise Spanwise Tooling Marks are

Tooling Marks Permitted in This Area
Polish This Area on All Shank Types

Spanwise Tooling Marks are Not
Permitted in This Area
Do Not Polish This Area on

"Y", "D", or "E" Shank Blades
NOTE: "Y" shank blade shown.
Rework Area for Single Shoulder Retention Radius

Figure 2-3

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
(c) If there are tooling marks in the rolled area, perform rework in the rolled
area. Rework in accordance with section 2.B.(6) of this chapter for the
specific shank.
(d) Surface imperfections with a depth of less than 0.002 inch (0.05 mm) may
be reworked by sanding with fine sandpaper (320-grit or finer).
WARNING: ROTATING A BLADE IN A LATHE IS POTENTIALLY

DANGEROUS. APPROPRIATE SAFETY DEVICES AND
OPERATOR TRAINING ARE REQUIRED.
(e) Blades that require rework for larger imperfections (including "Y" shank
blades that were shot peened during manufacture and have never been
compression rolled) must be mechanically rotated at a slow RPM to make
sure that there is equal removal of material in the rework area.
1 This may be accomplished by chucking the blade in a lathe or other
suitable means.
2 Using a rotating abrasive cartridge to remove the material in the
rework area is recommended.
3 Rework in the flat area where the bearing race makes contact is not
permitted. Refer to Figure 2-3.
4 The flat area where the bearing race makes contact may be polished
to remove steps that occur in the transition from the retention radius
to the bearing seat area.
5 Maintain the lip thickness and the shank height limits. Refer to
Figure 2-6.
6 Sand the rough pebble grain until smooth. It is not necessary to
remove all of the previous shot peening.
7 The shank must meet the optical comparator inspection
requirements.
8 If the blade shank cannot be reworked to meet the optical comparator
overlay shape, retire the blade from service.

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
APS221
Retention Radius
0.845 Inch
(21.47 mm)
4.187 Inches (106.35 mm)
Minimum
or Greater OD
"T", "W", and "Z" Shank Minimum Height

Figure 2-4
0.250 Inch
(6.35 mm)
Maximum
0.030 Inch 4.179 Inches (106.15 mm)

(0.76 mm) R Minimum - OD "B"
Minimum
4.187 Inches (106.35 mm)

Minimum - OD "A"
Retention
Radius
0.830 Inch
4.187 Inches (106.35 mm)
(21.09 mm)
Minimum - OD "A"
Minimum
TPI-APS220 A
"P", "R", and "M" Shank Minimum Height

Figure 2-5

Rev. 31 Jul/14
133C
APS222A
Minimum of Minimum of
0.172 Inch (4.37 mm) 0.799 Inch (20.30 mm)
for "Y" and "D" Shank, for "Y" and "D" Shank,
0.336 Inch (8.54 mm) Retention Radius 0.959 Inch (24.36 mm)
for "E" Shank for "E" Shank
"Y", "D", and "E" Shank Minimum Height and Lip Thickness
Figure 2-6
APS6213
APS6214 0.375 Inch
1.000 Inch
(9.53 mm)
(25.40 mm)
Minimum
Maximum
Original
Circumferential 0.050 Inch
Material
Length ↓ (1.27 mm)
↑ Maximum
Depth
of Repair
Lip width
Bearing Retention Lip Repair Limits

Figure 2-7

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
(5) Bearing Retention Lip Repair

(a) "D", "E" and "Y" shank blades only
1 An unlimited number of local repairs to the bearing retention lip are
permitted if they fall within the limits below.
2 The maximum permitted damaged area that may be repaired is
0.050 inch (1.27 mm) deep and 1 inch (25.4 mm) in circumferential
length.
a The repair may extend the entire width of the bearing retention
lip. Refer to Figure 2-7.
3 Two adjacent repairs must be separated by a minimum of 0.375 inch
(9.53 mm) circumferential length of original material.
4 The minimum permitted lip diameter outside the local repair areas is
4.746 inches (120.55 mm).
a Measure the lip diameter in four places, at 45 degree intervals.
b If two or more measurements are below the minimum permitted
diameter, retire the blade from service.
5 Blend the repair(s) smoothly to the undamaged lip.
a The repaired area(s) must maintain a surface of 30 micro finish
or greater.
6 If all of the above limits are not met, retire the blade.
(b) After sanding, polish the area with a crocus cloth or abrasive pad CM47,
or equivalent.
(c) If rework was completed after the initial optical comparator inspection
(section 2.B.[3][b] of this chapter), reinspect the blade retention radius on
the optical comparator.
(d) For "D", "E", and "Y" shank blades, if rework was completed after the initial
dimensional inspection (section 2.B.[2] of this chapter), repeat dimensional
inspection procedures.
1 All imperfections must be repaired before the compression rolling
process.

Rev. 24 Nov/08
133C
(5.1) Blade Shoulder Repair

(a) "D", "E" and "Y" shank blades only
CAUTION 1: BE VERY CAREFUL NOT TO DAMAGE THE BLADE

RETENTION LIP WHEN REPAIRING THE BLADE
SHOULDER.
CAUTION 2: DO NOT UNDERCUT THE PITCH CHANGE KNOB.
1 Local repairs of pitting on the surface of the blade shoulder, between
the blade retention lip and the blade butt, to a maximum depth of
0.010 inch (0.25 mm) are permitted. Refer to Figure 2-7.1.
2 There is no limit to the number of repaired areas permitted on the
surface of the blade shoulder between the blade retention lip and the
blade butt.
APS222B
Blade Retention Lip

Pitting is permitted
in this area
Blade Shoulder
Pitch Change Knob
"D", "E", and "Y" Shank Blade Shoulder Repair Area

Figure 2-7.1

Rev. 24 Nov/08
133C
(6) Dimensionally Inspect Blade Shank
CAUTION: REQUIRED REPAIR AND REWORK PROCEDURES

PERFORMED ON BLADE SHANK RETENTION AREAS CAN
REDUCE THE OVERALL THICKNESS OF THE MATERIAL IN
THE AREA BETWEEN THE BLADE BUTT AND THE SHANK
RETENTION RADIUS. THIS CAN RESULT IN DIMENSIONS
THAT ARE LESS THAN THE PERMITTED LIMITS, WHILE
STILL MAINTAINING THE DESIRED SHAPE REQUIRED FOR
ACCEPTANCE BY OPTICAL COMPARATOR INSPECTION.
(a) Put the blade on a smooth, flat surface such as a propeller buildup table.
1 Before measuring remove raised areas on the blade butt that were
caused by stamping the blade after rework.
2 Permit the pitch change knob to hang over the edge of the work
surface for measurement of "Y" shank blades.
(b) Inspect the Blade Butt
1 Pitting on the face of the blade butt to a maximum depth of
0.004 inch (0.10 mm) is permitted.
(c) Using a height gage graduated in thousandths of an inch (hundredths of a
millimeter), dimensionally inspect the blade shank.
1 For "Z", "W", and "T" shank blades:
a Measure from the blade butt to the flat just outboard of the
radius. Refer to Figure 2-4. If the measurement is less than
0.845 inch (21.47 mm), retire the blade from service.
2 For "P", "R", and "M" shank blades:
a Measure from the blade butt to the outboard edge of the
shoulder just outboard of the radius. Refer to Figure 2-5. If the
measurement is less than 0.830 inch (21.09 mm), retire the
blade from service.

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
3 For "E" shank blades:

blade from service.
b Measure the thickness of the lip. Refer to Figure 2-6. If the
measurement is less than 0.336 inch (8.54 mm), retire the blade
from service.
4 For "Y" and "D" shank blades:
blade from service.
b Measure the thickness of the lip. Refer to Figure 2-6. If the
measurement is less than 0.172 inch (4.37 mm), retire the blade
from service.

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
5 For "MV" shank blades:

a Measure from the blade butt to the edge of a 0.25 inch
(6.35 mm) radius gage. lip. Refer to Figure 2-8. If the
measurement is less than 1.210 inches (30.74 mm), retire the
blade from service.
6 For "V" shank modified to "MV" shank blades:
a Measure from the blade butt to the flat of the first blade
shoulder, adjacent to the blade butt. Refer to Figure 2-9. This
measurement must be 0.515 inch (13.09 mm) or greater.
b Measure from the blade butt to the top of the "V" groove
notch area. This measurement must be less than 0.950 inch
(24.13 mm).
c Measure from the blade butt to the flat of the second blade
retention shoulder. This measurement must be 1.210 inches
(30.74 mm) or greater.
d If all of these tolerances in this section are not met, retire the
blade from service.
APS6080B
RETENTION
RADIUS 0.500 INCH
(12.70 mm)
DIAMETER
3.345 INCHES
(84.97 mm)
MINIMUM 2.000 INCHES
(50.80 mm)
1.210 INCHES 0.850 INCH
3.940 INCHES ± 0.003
MINIMUM (21.59 mm)
(100.08 mm ± 0.07 mm)
(30.74 mm)
WORK SURFACE
"MV" Shank Minimum Height

Figure 2-8

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
(d) Dimensionally inspect the OD of "T", "M", "W", "Z", "P", and "R" shank
blades at four positions. Refer to Figure 2-2.
1 If the OD of the shank is less than 4.187 inches (106.35 mm) at
three out of the four positions, retire the blade from service.
Refer to Figure 2-4 and 2-5.
(e) Dimensionally inspect the "MV" shank OD at four positions. Refer to
Figure 2-2.
1 Measure up from the blade butt 0.850 inch (21.59 mm). Refer to
Figure 2-8. At this point measure the diameter of the blade
shank. This measurement must be 3.940 inches ± 0.003
(100.08 mm ± 0.07 mm) at three out of the four positions or the blade
must be retired from service.
2 Measure up from the blade butt 2.000 inches (50.80 mm). At this
point measure the diameter of the blade shank. If this measurement
is less than 3.345 inches (84.97 mm) at three out of four positions,
retire the blade from service.
APS6227
RETENTION RADIUS
0.500 INCH (12.70 mm)
DIAMETER
3.345 INCHES (84.97 mm)
MINIMUM DIAMETER
BLADE RETENTION SHOULDER

2.000 INCHES
(50.80 mm) 3.940 INCHES ± 0.003 (100.08 mm ± 0.07 mm)
"V" GROOVE RADIUS

0.094 INCH ± 0.031 (2.38 mm ± 0.787 mm) 1.210 INCHES
"V" GROOVE AREA
(30.74 mm)
0.950 INCH MINIMUM
(24.13 mm)
MAXIMUM 0.242 INCH
0.515 INCH
(13.09 mm) BLADE SHOULDER (6.15 mm) MAXIMUM
MINIMUM
3.940 INCHES ± 0.003 (100.08 mm ± 0.07 mm)
WORK SURFACE
"V" Shank Modified to "MV" Shank Dimensions

Figure 2-9

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
(f) Dimensionally inspect the "V" shank converted to "MV" shank OD at four
positions (Refer to Figure 2-2 and Figure 2-9).
1 Measure the diameter of the blade shoulder adjacent to the butt end
of the blade. This measurement must be 3.940 inches ± 0.003
(100.08 mm ± 0.07 mm).
2 Measure the diameter of the blade retention shoulder farthest
away from the butt end of the blade. This measurement must be
3.940 inches ± 0.003 (100.08 mm ± 0.07 mm).
3 Measure up from the blade butt 2.000 inches (50.80 mm). At this
point, measure the diameter of the blade shank. This measurement
must be 3.345 inches (84.96 mm) or greater at three out of four
positions.
4 Measure the "V" groove radius. Refer to Figure 2-9. The radius must
be 0.094 ± 0.031 inch (2.38 mm ± 0.78 mm). Measure the thickness
from the flat of the "V" groove radius to the outside lip of the shank.
This measurement must be 0.242 inch (6.14 mm) or less.
5 If all of these tolerances in this section are not met, retire the blade
from service.
(g) For "V" shank converted to "MV" shank, the maximum depth for a local
repair in the "V" groove area is 0.010 inch (0.25 mm).
1 If the damaged area exceeds this maximum depth, retire the blade
from service.
(7) Chemically Etch Blade Shank
CAUTION 1: ETCHING IS AN ESSENTIAL PROCESS THAT IMPROVES

THE VISIBILITY OF DEFECTS DURING PENETRANT
INSPECTION. FAILURE TO CHEMICALLY ETCH BLADE
SHANKS BEFORE PENETRANT INSPECTION MAY RESULT
IN LACK OF DETECTION OF SMALL CRACKS.
CAUTION 2: DO NOT PERMIT CHEMICAL ETCHING SOLUTIONS

TO REMAIN ON THE BLADE LONGER THAN THE
RECOMMENDED TIME. CORROSIVE DESTRUCTION MAY
RESULT. THOROUGHLY RINSE ALL SOLUTIONS AFTER
ETCHING IS COMPLETED TO PREVENT CORROSION OF
THE BLADE MATERIAL.
(a) For chemical etching procedures, refer to the Penetrant Inspection chapter
of Hartzell Standard Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02).

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
(8) Inspect Blade Shank Using Penetrant
NOTE: During overhaul, perform a penetrant inspection of the blade, as

applicable. Refer to the Blade Airfoil Overhaul chapter of this manual
for instructions
(a) For required materials, penetrant application methods, and inspection and
acceptance criteria, refer to the Penetrant Inspection chapter of Hartzell
Standard Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02).
(b) Penetrant inspect the blade shank a minimum of four inches (101.6 mm)
outboard of the blade butt.
(c) Penetrant indications are not permitted in the blade retention radius area.
(d) Retire suspect blades from service and return them to Hartzell Propeller
Inc. for evaluation.
NOTE: Previous requirements called for stamping a "P" on the butt

of the blade after penetrant inspection was completed. This
procedure is no longer required.
W10444
TE436 Profilometer probe Probe housing

component TE437
Probe stylus
Stylus guard
Electronic Profilometer TE436 and Probe Housing Component TE437

Figure 2-10

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
(9) Cold Compression Roll Blade Retention Radius

CAUTION: COMPRESSIVE ROLLING IS A CRITICAL OPERATION THAT
MUST BE PERFORMED ONLY BY SHOPS APPROVED BY
HARTZELL PROPELLER INC.
(a) Compressive rolling operations must be performed by a shop approved by
Hartzell Propeller Inc.
1 A compression rolling approved facility is a facility approved by
Hartzell Propeller Inc. to perform the procedures required by this
manual and Service Bulletin HC-SB-61-118.
2 The approved facilities are the ONLY shops authorized by Hartzell
Propeller Inc. to return compression rolled parts to service.
3 Refer to the Approved Facilities chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc.
(b) Refer to Appendix E - Rolling Machine chapter of this manual for rolling
machine specifications, procedures, and repair station approval information.
(c) Hartzell Propeller Inc. Process Control H-S-23 for compression rolling of
single shoulder blades is an alternative method for compression rolling of
the blade retention radius in accordance with Appendix E of this manual.
CAUTION: ALL SINGLE SHOULDER BLADES REQUIRE COMPRESSION
ROLLING AT OVERHAUL.
(d) At overhaul, compression roll all single shoulder blades.
1 This includes older blades that received shot peening in the blade
retention area at manufacture.
2 During repair or overhaul, shot peening a single shoulder blade
retention radius is not permitted.
CAUTION: THE ROLLING MACHINE MUST BE TURNED OFF DURING
THIS INSPECTION.
(e) After the rolling process is completed, turn off the rolling machine.
(f) Use an electronic profilometer TE436 (Figure 2-10) or other approved
alternative to measure the surface finish of the rolled radius and the
transition area of the blade shank as defined in Figure 13-4 through
Figure 13-8 in the Appendix E - Rolling Machine chapter of this manual.
1 Support the probe of the TE436 profilometer using one of the
following methods:
a Housing component TE437, or equivalent holder
b Stand adapter TE496 and drive housing adapter TE497 with
a customer procured height stand

Rev. 34 Jan/17
133C
2 Leave the blade in the rolling machine chuck, position the blade
horizontally in a holding fixture, or set the blade vertically, with the
blade butt on a surface or inspection plate that has clearance for the
Y-shank knob, if applicable.
3 Visually inspect the blade retention radius and transition area and
make a record of any obvious discontinuities in the radius and
transition areas.
a Examples of unsatisfactory surface conditions are indents, pits,
ridges, or abrupt transitions.
b Using an abrasive pad that has 400-grit or finer, polish
unsatisfactory conditions in accordance with the limits specified
in this chapter.
c If the blade was polished after rolling, re-roll the blade retention
radius. Refer to the Appendix E - Rolling Machine chapter of
this manual.
4 Set up the profilometer TE436 according to the manufacturer's
instructions.
5 Configure the profilometer to read "Ra" with the units in
microinches or micrometers.
CAUTION: THE PROFILOMETER CALIBRATION MUST BE
CHECKED AGAINST THE MANUFACTURER SUPPLIED
REFERENCE STANDARD A MINIMUM OF ONCE EACH
SHIFT.
6 Before performing surface finish inspections, check the profilometer
calibration against the manufacturer reference standard or the
roughness standard TE498, as applicable.
a The profilometer "Ra" reading must be within two percent of the
"Ra" value specified by the manufacturer reference standard or
the roughness standard TE498, as applicable.
b If the profilometer reading is not within the specified
limits, recalibrate the profilometer in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions.
7 Profilometer setup
a Set "Lt" to 0.224 inch (5.68 mm).
b Set "cutoff" to 0.032 inch (0.81 mm) X 5.
c Set the number of samples to 5.
8 Using a clean cloth dampened with solvent CM11, clean the blade
shank.
9 Put the profilometer at the area where the most prominent of any
discontinuities in the transition area of the blade is located.
a Rotate the blade, if necessary.

Rev. 32 Nov/15
133C
10 If no discontinuities are found, the inspection may be performed

anywhere within the specified area.
11 Insert the profilometer probe into the TE437 probe housing, or
equivalent holder, in the vertical position so that the stylus is at the
6 o'clock ± 5 degrees position. Refer to Figure 2-10.
12 Put the TE437 probe housing on a nonslip surface or attach the
probe housing to a customer procured height stand using stand
adapter TE496 and drive housing adapter TE497.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE STYLUS GUARD DOES NOT
TOUCH THE BLADE.
13 Adjust the height of the probe housing legs or adjust the customer
procured height stand so that the probe stylus has positive contact
with the blade and is depressed approximately 0.06 inch (1.5 mm) on
the transition area, so that the probe stylus can move perpendicular
to the blade centerline and parallel with the surface of the blade butt.
14 Perform the surface finish inspection of the transition area in
accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
a If the rolling is performed in accordance with Appendix E of this
manual, the surface finish in the transition area must be 15 Ra
microinch (0.381 Ra micrometer) or smoother. If the surface
finish is coarser than 15 Ra microinch (0.381 Ra micrometer),
repeat steps 2.B.(2), 2.B.(4), and 2.B.(5), and steps 2.B.(9)(a)
through 2.B.(9)(e)13.
b If the rolling is performed in accordance with Hartzell
Process Control H-S-23 (alternative method of rolling), the
surface finish in the transition area must be 10 Ra microinch
(0.254 Ra micrometer) or smoother. If the surface finish is
coarser than 10 Ra microinch (0.254 Ra micrometer), repeat
steps 2.B.(2), 2.B.(4), and 2.B.(5), and steps 2.B.(9)(a) through
2.B.(9)(e)13.
15 Put the profilometer at the area where the most prominent of any
discontinuities in the retention radius of the blade is located.
a Rotate the blade, if necessary.
16 If no discontinuities are found, the inspection may be performed
anywhere within the specified area.
17 If measuring the surface finish in the middle of the blade retention
radius, remove and reinsert the probe into the TE437 probe
housing with the button on the probe stylus in the angled slot, or
position and rotate the drive unit at 45 ± 5 degrees within the drive
housing adapter TE497 and the stand adapter TE496, or equivalent
holder.

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
18 Put the probe housing TE437 on a nonslip surface or attach the

probe housing to a customer procured height stand using stand
adapter TE496 and drive housing adapter TE497.
19 Adjust the height of the legs on the probe housing TE437 or adjust
the customer procured height stand so that the probe stylus is in the
midpoint of the radius.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE STYLUS GUARD DOES NOT
TOUCH THE BLADE.
20 Move the probe housing so that the probe stylus has positive contact
with the blade and is depressed approximately 0.06 inch (1.5 mm) on
the radius area, so that the probe stylus moves perpendicular to the
blade centerline and parallel with the surface of the blade butt during
the measurement.
a If the stylus guard interferes with correct contact of the probe
stylus to the radius area, remove the guard.
21 Perform the surface finish inspection in the radius area in accordance
with the manufacturer's instructions.
a The surface finish in the radius area must be 10 Ra microinch
(0.254 Ra micrometer) or less.
b If the surface finish is greater than 10 Ra microinch
(0.254 Ra micrometer), repeat steps 2.B.(2), 2.B.(4), and
2.B.(5), and steps 2.B.(9)(a) through 2.B.(9)(e)20.
(g) After the surface finish measurement is successfully completed, inspect
the blade shank on the optical comparator. Refer to the Appendix A -
Optical Comparator chapter in this manual for instructions.
1 The retention radius must be inspected at a minimum of two
locations, 180 degrees apart.
a More locations are required to be inspected if the retention
radius or shank shoulder appears to be non-uniform.
2 If the shank does not meet the optical comparator overlay in any of
the inspected locations, rework the blade shank or remove the blade
from service.
(h) For "D", "E", and "Y" shank blades only:
1 If the shank diameter was near the minimum limit before
compression, measure the shank diameter in accordance with the
Overhaul Procedures section of this chapter.
NOTE: Previous requirements called for stamping an "RD" on the
butt of the blade after compression rolling was completed.
This procedure is no longer required.

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
(10) Apply Chemical Conversion Coating
NOTE: This manual breaks the overhaul procedures into specific sections for
simplicity, but individual shops may decide to chemically treat these
areas simultaneously.
(a) At overhaul, apply a chemical conversion coating to the retention radius
and the entire blade butt, including bore, balance hole, and pitch change
knob, if present. Refer to the Chromic Acid Anodizing chapter of Hartzell
(b) Follow the product manufacturer's instructions about storage temperature
and pH level to maintain the integrity of the chemical conversion coating.
(c) Apply the chemical conversion coating in accordance with the instructions
provided by the product manufacturer.
CAUTION: WHEN THE AREA TO BE CHEMICAL CONVERSION COATED

HAS BEEN CLEANED, DO NOT TOUCH THE SURFACE WITH
FINGERS OR ANY OILY SUBSTANCE. THIS WILL CAUSE
CONTAMINATION OF THE SURFACE AND THE CHEMICAL
CONVERSION COAT WILL NOT BOND TO IT.
(d) After compression rolling, clean the blade shank using a noncorrosive
cleaner such as "Bon Ami", "Radiaze L.F.", or another similar cleaner that
does not contain chlorine or corrosive agents.
(e) Using a grease-free and lint-free cloth such as cheese cloth CM159, apply
the cleaner.
(f) Using water, rinse the shank area.
1 If the water beads on the shank area, grease is still present.
2 Repeat the cleaning process until no grease or residue is apparent.
(g) Using cheese cloth CM159 or equivalent, thoroughly dry the shank area.

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
DBLSHLD
3.380 Inches ± 0.035

(85.85 mm ± 0.88 mm)
0.250 Inch
(6.35 mm)
3.450 Inches ± 0.010
(87.63 mm ± 0.25 mm) 0.250 Inch
(6.35 mm)
3.940 Inches ± 0.003

(100.07 mm ± 0.07 mm)
Double Shoulder Shank Diameter Dimensions

Figure 2-11
Distance From the Blade Butt

Shank Inboard Boundary Outboard Boundary
"T", "W", "Z" 2.0 Inches (50 mm) 3.0 Inches (76 mm)
"M", "P", "R" 2.0 Inches (50 mm) 3.0 Inches (76 mm)
"MV" with "N" modification 2.0 Inches (50 mm) 3.0 Inches (76 mm)
"D", "E", "Y" 1.7 Inches (43 mm) 2.7 Inches (68 mm)
Transition Region for Anodize to Chemical Conversion Coating

Table 2-1

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
(h) At overhaul, apply a chemical conversion coating to the retention radius

and to the entire blade butt, including bore, balance hole, and pitch
change knob if present. Refer to the Chromic Acid Anodizing chapter of
Hartzell Standard Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02).
1 To make sure of proper bearing installation and corrosion protection,
apply the minimum chemical conversion coating thickness necessary.
(i) The transition between the chemical conversion coating region and the
anodized portion of the blade is defined in Table 2-1.
1 Overlap of the chemical conversion coating and anodize within this
region is required.

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
C. Double Shoulder Blade Shank Inspection and Overhaul

(1) Clean Shank
(a) Using plastic media, clean the shank area to remove paint and sealant
material.
(b) Using a cloth dampened with solvent CM23, wipe the shank area.
(c) Permit the solvent to thoroughly dry.
(2) Dimensionally Inspect Shank
(a) Measure the Outside Diameter of the Blade Shank. Refer to Figure 2-11.
1 Before measuring, remove any raised area on the blade butt that is
2 With the blade butt down, put the blade in a vertical position on a
smooth, flat surface such as a propeller buildup table.
3 Measure the shank outside diameter in 45 degree increments. Refer
to Figure 2-2.
4 Measure up 0.25 inch (6.3 mm) from the flat of the outboard retention
radius.
a At this point, measure the shank outside diameter.
b The minimum permitted shank outside diameter is 3.440 inch
(87.38 mm).
c If the measurement is not within the limits specified, retire the
blade from service.
5 If the first measurement of the shank outside diameter is within
tolerance, measure up 0.25 inch (6.3 mm) from the first measurement
(0.50 inch [12.7 mm] inch from the flat of the outboard retention radius).
a At this point, measure the shank outside diameter.
b The minimum permitted shank outside diameter is 3.345 inches
(84.98 mm).
c If the measurement is not within the permitted limits, retire the
blade from service.
6 Measure the outside diameter of the blade butt below the inboard "V"
groove retention radius.
a The minimum permitted shank outside diameter is 3.937 inches
(100.00 mm).
b If the measurement is not within the permitted limits, retire the
blade from service.

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
APS0223A
Area "A"
Outboard Inboard "V" Groove

Retention Retention Radius
Radius
Flat of the Outboard Retention

Radius
Outboard
Shank Height "D"
0.801±0.001 inch
(20.34 ± 0.025 mm)
minimum
Total Shank
Height "C"
1.337 inches
(33.96 mm)
minimum Flat of the Inboard Retention
Height Radius
"E"
Double Shoulder Shank Inspection

Figure 2-12

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
(b) Measure the shank height. Refer to Figure 2-12.

1 Before measuring, remove any raised area on the blade butt that is
CAUTION: REQUIRED REPAIR AND REWORK PROCEDURES
PERFORMED ON BLADE SHANK RETENTION AREAS
CAN REDUCE THE OVERALL THICKNESS OF THE
MATERIAL IN THE AREA BETWEEN THE BLADE BUTT
AND THE SHANK RETENTION RADIUS. THIS REPAIR
CAN RESULT IN DIMENSIONS THAT ARE LESS THAN
SATISFACTORY LIMITS WHILE STILL MAINTAINING
DESIRED SHAPE REQUIRED FOR ACCEPTANCE BY
OPTICAL COMPARATOR INSPECTION.
2 With the blade butt down, put the blade in a vertical position on a
smooth, flat surface such as a propeller buildup table.
3 Using a height gauge that can measure to the number of decimal
places specified, dimensionally inspect the blade shank height.
4 Measure from the blade butt to the flat of the outboard retention
radius.
a The minimum permitted total shank height (Height "C")
measurement is 1.337 inches (33.96 mm).
b If the measurement is not within the permitted limits, retire the
blade from service.

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
5 If the dimension of the total shank height "C" from step 2.C.(2)(b)4 is
within the limits specified, measure from the blade butt to the flat of
the inboard retention radius (Height "E").
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE MINIMUM SHANK HEIGHT IS
WITHIN PERMITTED LIMITS AFTER REWORK.
a Subtract the measurement (Height "E") from the measurement of
the total shank height (Height "C").
b The permitted measurement difference is 0.801 ± 0.001 inch
(20.34 ± 0.02 mm).
c If the difference is less than 0.800 inch (20.32 mm), rework the
inboard retention radius to meet the permitted limits.
d If the difference is greater than 0.802 inch (20.37 mm), rework
the outboard retention radius by removing material from the
flat of the outboard retention radius until the blade is within the
permitted limits.
e The blade must have a minimum shank height of 1.337 inches
(33.96 mm) at all points on the shank.

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C

Rev. 25 Apr/09
133C
(3) Visually Inspect the Outboard Retention Radius

(a) There must be a smooth transition with no steps or irregularities where the
outboard retention radius blends into the straight surface of the blade.
(b) Visually examine the outboard retention radius for damage or corrosion.
1 Damage or corrosion is not permitted.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE REVISION LEVEL OF THE OVERLAY
BEING USED IS CORRECT.
(c) Using an optical comparator TE28, perform an inspection of the outboard
retention radius. Refer to Appendix A - Optical Comparator in this manual.
1 Refer to Table 9-1 for the correct revision level of the applicable
overlay.
(d) If the outboard retention radius does not meet the optical comparator
overlay requirements or if there is damage or corrosion, rework the radius
in accordance with the "Rework of the Outboard Retention Radius" section
in this chapter until it meets the correct optical comparator overlay shape.
1 If the outboard retention radius cannot be reworked to meet the
correct optical comparator overlay shape, retire the blade from
service.

Rev. 25 Apr/09
133C
(4) Visually Inspect the Inboard "V" Groove Retention Radius. Refer to Figure 2-12.
(a) Visually inspect the inboard "V" groove retention radius and area "A" for
damage or corrosion.
1 Damage or corrosion is not permitted.
(b) Using an optical comparator TE28, perform an inspection of the inboard
"V" groove retention radius and area "A". Refer to the Appendix A - Optical
Comparator chapter in this manual.
1 Refer to Table 9-1 for the correct revision level of the applicable
overlay.
(c) If the inboard "V" groove retention radius or area "A'" does not meet the
optical comparator overlay requirements or there is damage or corrosion,
rework in accordance with the "Rework of the Inboard "V" Groove
Retention Radius" section in this chapter until it meets the correct optical
comparator overlay shape.
1 If the inboard "V" groove retention radius or area "A'" cannot be
reworked to meet the correct optical comparator overlay shape, retire
the blade from service.
(5) Perform a Penetrant Inspection of the Outboard Retention Area and
the Inboard "V" Groove Retention Area.
(a) Refer to the Penetrant Inspection chapter of Hartzell Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02).
(6) Perform an Eddy Current Inspection of the Retention Area.
(a) Refer to the Eddy Current Inspection chapter of Hartzell Standard
Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02).

Rev. 25 Apr/09
133C
(7) Rework of the Outboard Retention Radius
CAUTION: SCRATCHES, PITTING, OR SIMILAR DEFECTS ARE NOT

PERMITTED, BECAUSE THESE CAN CAUSE BLADE
FAILURE. A SMOOTH, HIGH QUALITY SURFACE FINISH
IS THE MOST CRITICAL ELEMENT IN THE REWORK OF A
BLADE SHANK.
(a) Using 320-grit or finer sandpaper, rework the outboard retention radius to
remove nicks, scratches, and corrosion found during visual inspection.
1 Damage after rework is not permitted.
2 Rework must be performed to match the retention radius of the
optical comparator overlay.
(b) For blades that require rework for larger imperfections, mechanically
rotate the blade at a slow RPM to make sure that there is equal removal of
material.
(c) One local repair is permitted in the outboard retention radius of a blade.
1 The maximum permitted depth of repair is 0.020 inch (0.50 mm).
2 The maximum permitted length of repair is 0.50 inch (12.7 mm).
3 If the local repair is beyond the maximum permitted limits, retire the
blade from service.
(d) If damage to the shot peened surface has a depth of more than 0.003 inch
(0.07 mm), repair the area and re-shot peen before returning the blade to
service.
(e) After completion of rework, reinspect the outboard retention radius on the
optical comparator.
1 If the retention radius does not match the optical comparator overlay,

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
(8) Rework of the Inboard "V" Groove Retention Radius and Area "A"
CAUTION: SCRATCHES, PITTING, OR SIMILAR DEFECTS ARE NOT

PERMITTED, BECAUSE THESE CAN CAUSE BLADE FAILURE.
A SMOOTH, HIGH QUALITY SURFACE FINISH IS THE MOST
CRITICAL ELEMENT IN THE REWORK OF A BLADE SHANK.
(a) Using 320-grit or finer sandpaper, rework the inboard "V" groove retention
radius to remove nicks, scratches, and corrosion found during visual
inspection.
1 Damage after rework is not permitted.
2 Rework must be performed to match the inboard "V" groove retention
radius of the optical comparator overlay.
(b) For blades that require rework for larger imperfections, mechanically
rotate the blade at a slow RPM to make sure that there is equal removal of
material.
(c) Local repairs are permitted in Area "A" of the inboard "V" groove of a
blade. Refer to Figure 2-12.
1 The maximum permitted depth of repair is 0.015 inch (0.38 mm).
2 Blend the repair smoothly with the surrounding surface.
3 If the repair extends into the inboard "V" groove retention radius,
machine the radius to remove any indication of repair.
4 If the local repair is beyond the maximum permitted limits, retire the
blade from service.
(d) If damage to the shot peened surface has a depth of more than 0.003 inch
(0.07 mm), repair the area and re-shot peen before returning the blade to
service.
(e) After completion of rework, reinspect the inboard "V" groove retention
radius and Area "A" on the optical comparator.
1 If the retention radius or Area "A" does not match the optical
comparator overlay, retire the blade from service.

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
APS6321
Direction of Shot Blast, 45 degrees
1.750 ± 0.125 Inches

(44.45 ± 3.18 mm)
CAUTION: ALL CUT WIRE SHOT MUST BE CONDITIONED IN ACCORDANCE

WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS IN THE SHOT PEENING CHAPTER OF
HARTZELL STANDARD PRACTICES MANUAL 202A (61-01-02).
Description Shot Size
Almen Type Intensity
Double shoulder blade shank CW62 A 0.010 - 0.013 Inch
models "X" and "V" (0.25 - 0.33 mm)
or S390 A 0.016 - 0.019 Inch

(0.41 - 0.48 mm)
Blade Shank Shot Peen Coverage Specifications

Figure 2-13

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
(9) Shot Peen Shank as Required

(a) Some blades may have been shot peened outboard of the shot peen area
specified in this section.
1 At overhaul, re-shot peen the blade shank within the specified area of
1.750 ± 0.125 inches (44.45 ± 3.18 mm) from the blade butt.
(b) Shot peened areas that receive repairs to damage with a depth greater
than 0.003 inch (0.07 mm) must be re-shot peened at overhaul.
(c) Early production blades were not shot peened.
1 All non shot peened blades must be shot peened at overhaul.
2 Re-shot peening at subsequent overhauls is not required unless
dictated by damage or repairs.
(d) For the general shot peening procedure, refer to the Shot Peening chapter
(e) For shops approved to do the shot peening procedure, refer to the
Approved Facilities chapter of Hartzell Standard Practices Manual 202A
(61-01-02).
(f) For blade shank shot peen coverage specifications, refer to Figure 2-13.
1 Shot peen an area of 1.750 ± 0.125 inches (44.45 ± 3.18 mm) from
the blade butt.
2 Apply the shot to the inboard retention shoulder at an angle 45
degrees from the pitch change axis of the blade, and toward the
shank of the blade.

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
APS2049
On some blades, the edge of the bearing 0.110R inch

bore chamfer may intersect the knob radius. (2.80 mm) minimum
0.115R inch
(2.93 mm) minimum
Large Diameter
Small Diameter
Pitch Change Knob Inspection and Damage Limits

Figure 2-14

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C

(a) This manual breaks the overhaul procedures into specific sections for
simplicity, but individual shops may decide to chemically treat these areas
simultaneously.
(b) At overhaul apply a chemical conversion coating to the retention radius
and to the entire blade butt, including bore, balance hole, and pitch
change knob, if present. Refer to the Chromic Acid Anodizing chapter of
Hartzell Standard Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02).
(c) Follow the product manufacturer's instructions about storage temperature
(d) For approved chemical conversion coating products, refer to the
Chromic Acid Anodizing chapter of Hartzell Standard Practices Manual
202A (61-01-02).

HAS BEEN CLEANED, DO NOT TOUCH THE SURFACE WITH
FINGERS OR ANY OILY SUBSTANCE. THIS WILL CAUSE
CONTAMINATION OF THE SURFACE AND THE CHEMICAL
CONVERSION COAT WILL NOT BOND TO IT.
(e) After rework or shot peening, clean the blade shank using a noncorrosive
cleaner such as "Bon Ami", "Radiaze L.F.", or other similar cleaner that
does not contain chlorine or corrosive causing agents.
(f) Using a grease-free and lint-free cloth, such as cheese cloth CM159 or
equivalent, apply the cleaner.

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
(g) Using water, rinse the shank area.

1 If the water beads on the shank area, grease is still present.
2 Repeat the cleaning process until no grease or residue is apparent.
(h) Using a lint-free cloth, such as cheese cloth CM159, thoroughly dry the
shank area.
(i) Apply the chemical conversion coating in accordance with the instructions
(j) Apply the chemical conversion coating to the retention radius and entire
blade butt, including bore, balance hole, and pitch change knob if present.
(k) The transition between the chemical conversion coating region and the
1 Overlap of the chemical conversion coating and anodize within this
region is required.
Distance From the Blade Butt
Shank Inboard Boundary Outboard Boundary
"X", "V", "V" with "N" modification 2 Inches (50.8 mm) 3 Inches (76.2 mm)
Transition Region for Anodize to Chemical Conversion Coating

Table 2-2

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
D. Pitch Change Knob Inspection and Overhaul

(1) The pitch change knob of each Y shank aluminum propeller blade and each
"B" shank composite blade must undergo the following inspections to detect
and prevent pitch change knob failures.
(a) If a pitch change knob measurement is below the minimum permitted
dimensions, retire the blade from service.
NOTE: The most critical location for damage to occur is at the large
diameter portion of the knob in the radius adjacent to the blade
butt.
(2) Non "F" knobs were manufactured with a small diameter of 0.562 inch
(14.28 mm) and a large diameter of 0.750 inch (19.05 mm) through July 1971.
After July of 1971, the large diameter was changed to 0.812 inch (20.63 mm).
(3) In October 1971, the "F" pitch change knob, manufactured with a small
diameter of 0.625 inch (15.88 mm) and large diameter of 0.812 inch
(20.63 mm) superseded the non "F" knob.
(4) Inspect and rework each pitch change knob based on the pitch change knob
dimensions when manufactured. For example, a non "F" pitch change knob
manufactured with a large diameter of 0.812 (20.63 mm) cannot be converted
to a non "F" pitch change knob with a large diameter of 0.750 inch (19.05 mm).
Knob/Shank Small Dia. Large Dia. Small Dia. Large Dia.

Limit Limit (Mfg) (Mfg)
"F" Knob 0.621 inch 0.800 inch 0.625 inch 0.812 inch
("Y" and "B" shank) (15.78 mm) (20.32 mm) (15.88 mm) (20.63 mm)
Non "F" Knob 0.558 inch 0.800 inch 0.562 inch 0.812 inch
("Y" shank) (14.18 mm) (20.32 mm) (14.28 mm) (20.63 mm)
After July 1971
Non "F" Knob 0.558 inch 0.740 inch 0.562 inch 0.750 inch
("Y" shank) (14.18 mm) (18.80 mm) (14.28 mm) (19.05 mm)
Thru July 1971
Rework Dimensions for "F" and Non-"F" Pitch Change Knobs

Table 2-3

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
(5) Compliance with the following procedures is required during each propeller
overhaul and during inspection after a foreign object strike incident.
(6) Visually inspect for damage such as cracks, gouges, scratches, and corrosion
pits.
(a) Repair the damage (if repairable) before the blade is returned to service.
(b) If the damage exceeds the repair limits, retire the blade.
(7) Visually inspect for possible bent knob.
(a) Check perpendicularity of knob with blade butt. Refer to Figure 2-15.
(b) If the knob is bent, retire the blade.
TI-00042
90 degrees
Perpendicularity of the Pitch Change Knob

Figure 2-15

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
(8) Perform inspection and repair in accordance with the following guidelines:
CAUTION: DO NOT SHOT PEEN "F" PITCH CHANGE KNOBS ON

COMPOSITE "B" SHANK BLADES.
(a) "F" Pitch Change Knobs ("Y" and "B" shank blades)
1 Finish
a A pitch change knob that has not been shot peened must have
a smooth, high quality finish.
1) Remove all sharp corners and burrs on the knob.
2) Shot peen the knob in accordance with section 2.D.(9)
of this chapter after inspection and rework before being
returned to service.
b A shot peened pitch change knob must not show wear below
the shot peen pebble grain surface.
1) A shot peened pitch change knob with visible wear that
penetrates the shot peened surface must be re-shot
peened in accordance to the section 2.D.(9) in this chapter
after inspection and rework.
2 Large Diameter Cylindrical Surface (from blade butt to "step")
a One local spot repair of the large diameter up to 0.005 inch
(0.12 mm) below the minimum diameter is permitted.
b Blend smooth to 40 times the depth of the damage.
c The repaired area must not exceed 25 percent of the total
surface area and must not extend more than 120 degrees
around the knob.
d The minimum permitted diameter is 0.800 inch (20.32 mm).
e Local spot repair of 0.005 inch (0.12 mm) below the minimum
diameter as previously described is permitted.

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
3 Small Diameter Cylindrical Surface (area of pitch change knob

contact)
NOTE: Some early production blades were manufactured with a
small beveled area on the edge of the knob. This is not
cause to retire the blade. Refer to Figure 2-16.
a Repair all damage, scratches, and abrasions within 0.125 inch
(3.17 mm) of the small diameter radius.
b Damage can be repaired to 0.005 inch (0.12 mm) depth.
c Spot repairs must be blended so that the width of repair is a
minimum of 40 times the damage depth.
d For up to 50 percent of the remaining surface area, scratches
and abrasions up to 0.003 inch (0.07 mm) in depth are
permitted.
e One local spot repair of the small diameter up to 0.005 inch
(0.12 mm) below the minimum diameter is permitted.
f Blend smooth to 40 times the depth of the damage.
g The repaired area must not exceed 25 percent of the total
around the knob.
TI-00040
TI-00041 Location "B" must maintain the minimum
"small OD" of 0.621 inch (15.78 mm)
Location "C"
0.187 inch
(4.74 mm) Max.
0.156 X 0.156
inch
(3.96 mm
X 3.96 mm)
Max. 0.050 inch R 0.115 inch Min.
(1.27 mm) Max. (2.93 mm) Min. 0.621 inch
(15.78 mm)
0.800 inch
(20.32 mm)
0.525 inch
(13.34 mm) Min.
1.322 inch Location "A" must maintain the minimum
(33.58 mm) Min.
"large OD" of 0.800 inch (20.32 mm).
"F" Pitch Change Knob Inspection Criteria

Figure 2-16

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
h The minimum permitted diameter is 0.621 inch (15.78 mm).

i Local spot repair of 0.005 inch (0.12 mm) below the minimum
4 Large Diameter Fillet Radius:
CAUTION: DO NOT UNDERCUT THE BLADE BUTT SURFACE.
a The minimum permitted radius is 0.110 inch (2.80 mm).
b Rework as necessary.
c Repairs in location "A" (where the cylindrical surface and
the radius meet) must maintain the minimum "large OD" of
0.800 inch (20.32 mm). Refer to Figure 2-16.
5 Small Diameter Fillet Radius:
c Repairs in location "B" (where the cylindrical surface and the
radius meet) must maintain the minimum "small OD" of
6 If the repair enters the large diameter cylindrical surface no more
than 0.050 inch (1.27 mm) and extends no more than 0.187 inch
(4.74 mm), localized repair on the corner edge of the large diameter
cylindrical surface as shown in location "C" is permitted.
a The corner radius of the local repair must not be less than
b Localized repair is limited to one location and the repaired area
must not exceed 45 degrees of the knob circumference.
7 Knob length is measured from the blade butt to the end of the knob.
a The minimum permitted knob length is 1.322 inches
(33.58 mm).
8 The minimum distance from the blade butt to the corner of the small
diameter fillet radius is 0.525 inch (13.34 mm).
9 Penetrant inspect in accordance with the Penetrant Inspection
chapter of Hartzell Standard Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02).
10 "F" pitch change knobs on all aluminum blades must be shot peened
in accordance with the requirements specified in section 2.D.(9) in
this chapter.

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
(b) Non "F" Aluminum Blade Pitch Change Knobs

1 Finish
a A smooth high quality finish is required.
b Remove all sharp corners and burrs on the knob.
2 Large Diameter Cylindrical Surface (from blade butt to "step")
a One local spot repair of the large diameter up to 0.005 inch
(0.12 mm) below the minimum diameter is permitted. Blend
smooth to 40 times the depth of the damage.
b Repaired area must not exceed 25 percent of the total surface
area and must not extend more than 120 degrees around the
knob.
c Blades manufactured with a large OD of 0.812 inch (20.63 mm)
repairs must maintain a minimum "large OD" of 0.800 inch
(20.32 mm). Local spot repair of 0.005 inch (0.12 mm) below the
minimum diameter as previously described is permitted.
d Blades manufactured with a large OD of 0.750 inch
(19.05 mm) repairs must maintain a minimum "large OD"
of 0.740 inch (18.80 mm). Local spot repair of 0.005 inch
(0.12 mm) below the minimum diameter as previously described
is permitted.

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
3 Small Diameter Cylindrical Surface (area of pitch change knob

contact)
NOTE: Some early production blades were manufactured with a
small beveled area on the edge of the knob. This is not
cause to retire the blade. Refer to Figure 2-17.
a Repair all damage, scratches, and abrasions within 0.125 inch
(3.17 mm) of the small diameter radius. Damage can be
repaired to 0.005 inch (0.12 mm) depth.
b Spot repairs must be blended so that the width of repair is a
minimum of 40 times the damage depth.
c For up to 50 percent of the remaining surface area, scratches
and abrasions up to 0.003 inch (0.07 mm) in depth are
permitted.
d One local spot repair of the small diameter up to 0.005 inch
(0.12 mm) below the minimum diameter is permitted. Blend
smooth to 40 times the depth of the damage.
e The repaired area must not exceed 25 percent of the total
around the knob.
TI-00043
TI-00044 Location "B" must maintain the minimum
"small OD" of 0.558 inch (14.18 mm)
Location "C"
0.187 inch
(4.74 mm) Max
0.156 X 0.156
inch
(3.96 mm
X 3.96 mm) 0.558 inch
Max. 0.050 inch R 0.115 inch (14.18 mm)
(1.27 mm) Max (2.93 mm) Min
R 0.115 inch
(2.93 mm) Min R 0.110 inch
(2.80 mm) Min
If manufactured with a large OD of 0.812 inch

(20.62 mm), location "A" must maintain the
0.525 inch
minimum large OD of 0.800 inch (20.32 mm).
(13.34 mm) Min
1.322 inch If manufactured with a large OD of 0.750 inch
(33.58 mm) Min (19.05 mm), location "A" must maintain the
minimum large OD of 0.740 inch (18.8 mm).
Non "F" Pitch Change Knob Inspection Criteria

Figure 2-17

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
f The minimum permitted diameter is 0.558 inch (14.18 mm).

Local spot repair of 0.005 inch (0.12 mm) below the minimum
4 Large Diameter Fillet Radius:
CAUTION: DO NOT UNDERCUT THE BLADE BUTT SURFACE.
c Repairs in location "A" (where the cylindrical surface and
the radius meet) must maintain the minimum "large OD" in
accordance with Figure 2-17 if manufactured with a large OD of
0.750 (19.05 mm).
5 Small Diameter Fillet Radius:
b Rework as necessary. Refer to Figure 2-17.
c Repairs in location "B" (where the cylindrical surface and the
radius meet) must maintain the minimum "small OD" of
0.558 inch (14.18 mm).
6 If the repair enters the large diameter cylindrical surface no more
than 0.050 inch (1.27 mm) and extends no more than 0.187 inch
(4.74 mm), localized repair on the corner edge of the large diameter
cylindrical surface (location "C") is permitted.
a The corner radius of the local repair must not be less than
0.115 inch (2.93 mm).
b Localized repair is limited to one location and the repaired area
must not exceed 45 degrees of the knob circumference.
7 Knob length is measured from the blade butt to the end of the knob.
The minimum permitted knob length is 1.322 inches (33.58 mm).
8 The minimum distance from the blade butt to the corner of the small
diameter fillet radius is 0.525 inch (13.34 mm).
9 Penetrant inspect in accordance with the Penetrant Inspection
CAUTION: DO NOT SHOT PEEN NON "F" PITCH CHANGE
KNOBS. IF NON "F" PITCH CHANGE KNOBS ARE
SHOT PEENED THE BLADE MUST BE RETIRED FROM
SERVICE.
10 If a non "F" pitch change knob is shot peened, the blade must be
retired from service.

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
(9) Shot Peen Requirements and Procedures

(a) Authorization to perform pitch change knob shot peening is contingent on
approval from Hartzell Propeller Inc.
(b) For approved facilities and sampling program criteria, refer to the
Approved Facilities chapter, Volume 9, of Hartzell Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02).
(c) Almen test strips must be Almen "A" type.
(d) For information about necessary drawings and machine components to
build an approved shot peen cabinet, contact the Hartzell Product Support
department.
NOTE: The rolled compressive layer applied when a pitch change knob
is manufactured may be compromised by damage, in service
loads, rework, or wear.
(e) To reapply the compressive layer, "F" pitch change knobs must now be
shot peened in accordance with the following requirements:
1 All "F" knobs on "Y" shank aluminum blades must be shot peened at
next overhaul, if not previously accomplished.
2 All "F" knobs on "Y" shank aluminum blades used in aerobatic
applications must be shot peened at every overhaul.
3 All "F" knobs on "Y" shank aluminum blades used in agricultural
applications must be shot peened at every overhaul.
4 Damage, wear, or rework that exceeds the depth of the pebble grain
surface requires that the entire knob be reshot peened before being
returned to service.
5 All "F" knobs on "Y" shank aluminum blades involved in a foreign
object strike requiring disassembly as defined in the Special
Inspections chapter of Hartzell Standard Practices Manual 202A
(61-01-02) must be shot peened before being returned to service.

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
(f) Knob Preparation

1 Using 120-grit sandpaper, break the edge on the end of the pitch
change knob.
a The edge break must not be greater than 0.030 inch (0.76 mm).
2 Break the edge on the corner of the large diameter cylindrical surface
where it meets the small diameter radius.
NOTE 1: Breaking these edges will prevent them from expanding
during shot peening.
NOTE 2: Failure to break the edge of the pitch change knob end
will require additional sanding before installation of the
pitch change knob bushing after shot peening.
a The edge break must not be greater than 0.020 inch (0.51 mm).
3 Using solvent CM106, clean the blade shank, pitch change knob,
and blade bore in accordance with the Cleaning chapter of Hartzell

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
almemstripholder
Almen Strip Holder

(DST-5855+35)
Almen Strip
Almen Strip Holder (DST-5855+35)

Figure 2-18

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
(g) Shot Type

1 Use S-330 Cast Steel or CW41 cut wire stainless steel, in
accordance with the Shot Peening chapter, Volume 9, of Hartzell
CAUTION: USE HARTZELL DST-5855(F) SHOT PEEN ASSEMBLY AND
HARTZELL DST-5585-1F SHOT PEEN BLADE KNOB KIT
WHEN SHOT PEENING "F" PITCH CHANGE KNOBS.
(h) Intensity Requirement
1 A process intensity of 0.012 - 0.015 inch (0.30 - 0.38 mm) Almen A is
required.
2 For intensity determination and process control requirements, refer to
the Shot Peening chapter, Volume 9, of Hartzell Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02).
3 Fixture the Almen strips using Almen Strip Holder (DST-5855+35).
Refer to Figure 2-18.
4 Because of the geometry of the feature being peened and the nature
of its rotating exposure to the shot stream, it is required that peening
time be measured in complete revolutions of the machine's turntable.
Example: A curve may consist of intensity measurements for 1, 2, 3,
4, 6, and 8 revolutions of the turntable.
(i) Coverage Requirement
1 Full coverage is required on both knob radii and the knob barrel
between the radii.
2 Masking is required to protect the blade butt and bores from peening.
3 Partial coverage (overspray) is allowable on all knob surfaces not
specified for full coverage on the blade butt area near the edges of
the mask.

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
TI-00181
The vertical axis of the shot peen nozzle

must be centered between the knob radii.
Large
Diameter
Fillet Radius
x
e
nc
de
ci
In
Small Diameter
of
e
Fillet Radius
gl
An
Pitch Change Knob Centerline

45 degrees
Shot peen nozzle
Angle of Incidence and Vertical Axis

Figure 2-19

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
(j) Shot Peen Machine Settings

1 The following requirements must not be altered. Refer to Figure 2-19.
a The angle of incidence is 45 degrees.
b The vertical axis of the nozzle is a point centered between the
knob radii. Refer to Figure 2-19.
c The horizontal axis for the nozzle is the centerline of the knob.
d The required distance between the nozzle and shot peen
surface is 7.15 to 7.4 inches (181.7 to 188 mm).
2 The following settings are recommended for the first intensity
determination curve.
a To achieve the correct intensity, these settings may be adjusted
in accordance with the Troubleshooting section 2.D.(9)(j)3 of this
chapter.
b The metering valve (DST-5855+24) must be open approximately
75 percent.
c The vacuum produced in the nozzle must be a minimum of
12 in. Hg (40.6 KPA).
d Clean dry air, volume greater than 50 CFM (1415 liter/min.)
continuous capability with an 80 gallon (303 liter) minimum tank,
must be available from the air compressor system to the shot
peen cabinet.
e Adjust the regulator (DST-5855+29) until a deadhead
reading of 90 PSI and continuous reading of 85 PSI, on the
regulator gauge is achieved with the shot application valve
(DST-5855+26) completely open.

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
3 Troubleshooting
a Problem:
Pulsing or surging of shot is observed in the shot delivery tube.
Remedy:
1 If the metering valve is below 75 percent open, it can cause
the flow to begin pulsing.
2 If the shot is still pulsing at 75 percent open, increase the
amount that the metering valve is open.
3 Make sure that the shot is flowing through the shot delivery
tube smoothly, without a visible pulsing flow.
b Problem:
Vacuum pressure produced in the gun body is incorrect.
Remedy:
1 Pull the shot delivery hose off the gun shot inlet.
2 Attach the vacuum gage and tube to the gun shot inlet.
3 Turn on the shot application valve.
4 Loosen the DST-5855+21 locknut.
5 Adjust the DST-5855+22 air jet position until at least
12 in. Hg is achieved.
c Problem:
Intensity is not in the target range after the first intensity
determination curve.
CAUTION: IF INTENSITY CANNOT BE ACHIEVED, DO NOT
EXCEED 110 PSI INPUT PRESSURE. VERIFY
THE SHOT PEEN MACHINE SETTINGS AND
MAKE SURE THAT THE CORRECT SHOT IS
BEING USED.
Remedy:
1 Start the intensity determination curve procedure with input
pressure at 90 PSI and raise or lower the input pressure in
increments of 5 PSI.
2 Do not exceed 110 PSI.
3 After any adjustment to settings is made a new intensity
determination curve must be plotted.

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
alignmark
Alignment Mark
for Approximate
Centerline of Knob
Align Mark
Figure 2-20

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
(k) Knob Shot Peening Procedure
CAUTION: CLEAN THE SHOT PEEN MACHINE THOROUGHLY. SHANK

DAMAGE CAN RESULT IF THE BLADE IS CLAMPED INTO
POSITION WHILE THERE IS LOOSE SHOT IN THE BLADE
NESTING AREA.
1 Remove excess shot from any area of the machine that contacts the
blade.
2 Clean and lubricate the blade butt mask (DST-5855+48).
CAUTION 1: DO NOT ETCH, SCRIBE, PUNCH MARK, OR SIMILARLY
IDENTIFY PARTS IN ANY MANNER THAT MAY BE
HARMFUL TO THE STRENGTH OR FUNCTION OF THE
BLADE.
CAUTION 2: DO NOT MARK DIRECTLY ON THE BLADE SHANK
RETENTION RADIUS.
CAUTION 3: GRAPHITE (“LEAD”) PENCIL MARKS WILL CAUSE
CORROSION.
3 Using a non-graphite pencil CM162 or equivalent, make a mark
on the outer edge of the blade shank retention radius to indicate
the approximate centerline of the pitch change knob. Refer to
Figure 2-20.
NOTE: This mark will be used to position the blade when the pitch
change knob cannot be seen.

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
ButtBladeMask
Blade Butt Mask

(DST-5855+48)
Blade Butt Mask (DST-5855+48)

Figure 2-21

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
CAUTION: TO AVOID DAMAGE TO THE BLADE BORE, WIPE AWAY

ANY SHOT FROM THE GREASE USED TO LUBRICATE
THE O-RING IN THE BLADE BORE MASK BEFORE
INSTALLING THE NEXT BLADE.
4 Install the DST-5855+48 blade butt mask, centering the knob in the
cut out. Refer to Figure 2-21.
CAUTION: DO NOT DAMAGE THE PITCH CHANGE KNOB WHEN
PUTTING THE BLADE ON THE ROTATION PLATE.
5 Put the blade onto the rotation plate.
6 Position the pitch change knob so that the mark on the blade
retention area aligns with the alignment indicator on the rotation plate.
7 Using the clamps, secure the blade.
8 Using the rotation motor, move the timing indicator on the rotation
plate between the counter and the timing indicator on the top of the
cabinet.
9 Reset the counter to "zero".
WARNING 1: CLOSE THE SHOT PEEN CABINET DOOR BEFORE
USE. FAILURE TO CLOSE THE DOOR COULD CAUSE
SERIOUS INJURY TO THE OPERATOR.
WARNING 2: EYE PROTECTION MUST BE WORN WHEN
OPERATING THE SHOT PEEN CABINET. FAILURE TO
WEAR EYE PROTECTION COULD CAUSE SERIOUS
INJURY TO THE OPERATOR.
10 Turn on the rotation motor.
11 When the timing indicators are aligned, open the shot application
valve completely.
CAUTION: THE BLADE MUST ROTATE COMPLETE
REVOLUTIONS. PARTIAL REVOLUTIONS ARE
NOT PERMITTED.
12 The blade must rotate the number of complete revolutions as
determined by the process qualification as developed per the Shot
Peening chapter, Volume 9, of the Hartzell Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02).
13 When the timing indicator on the rotation plate and the timing
indicator on the top of the cabinet are aligned, close the shot
application valve.
14 Turn off the rotation motor.

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
15 Unlatch the clamps that secure the blade.

REMOVING THE BLADE FROM THE ROTATION PLATE.
16 Remove the blade from the shot peen cabinet.
REMOVING THE BLADE BUTT MASK FROM THE
BLADE. DO NOT PRY ON THE MASK, THIS WILL CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE BLADE.
17 Remove the blade butt mask by pulling on the short handle.
(10) Inspection - After Shot Peening
(a) Using 120-grit sandpaper or a file, deburr the peened edge of the blade
butt outside of the masked area.
1 A smooth, high quality finish is required.
(b) Break the edge on the end of the pitch change knob as required for
installation of the pitch change knob bushing.
1 The break must not be greater than 0.030 inch (0.76 mm).
2 Removal of the pebble grain on the edge of the end of the knob is
permitted.
(c) Using solvent CM106, clean the pitch change knob area and the
unmasked area to remove shot peen residue.
(d) Verify complete shot peen coverage on the surfaces required in the
Coverage Requirement section, 2.D.(9)(i) of this chapter, in accordance
with the Shot Peening chapter of Hartzell Standard Practices Manual 202A
(61-01-02). The knob end and chamfer do not require complete coverage.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE ANODIZE IN THE BLADE RETENTION RADIUS

OR THE PITCH CHANGE KNOB RADII.
(e) After inspection and rework to break the edge, apply a layer of chemical
conversion coating to the pitch change knob and adjacent area.
(f) For approved conversion coating products, refer to the Chromic Acid
Anodizing chapter of Hartzell Standard Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02).

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
3210
Trailing Edge Trailing Edge
Leading Edge
36° + knob angle 36° + knob angle
Leading Edge
LEFT HAND PUSHER ORIENTATION RIGHT HAND PUSHER ORIENTATION

“L” “H”
Leading Edge Leading Edge
Trailing Edge
36° + knob angle
Trailing Edge 36° + knob angle
LEFT HAND TRACTOR ORIENTATION RIGHT HAND TRACTOR ORIENTATION

“J”
Pitch Change Knob Location

Figure 2-22

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
(11) Pitch Change Knob Bushing Installation

(a) For information about pitch change knob bushing installation, refer to the
Special Adhesive and Bonding chapter of Hartzell Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02).
(b) Install the pitch change knob bushing, on the blade after completion of
blade overhaul, or immediately before propeller assembly.
(12) Interchangeability of "Y" Shank Blades
(a) The pitch change knob of a "Y" shank blade has a defined location that
depends on the blade model. Refer to Figure 2-22 and Table 2-4.
(b) All blades in a propeller assembly must have the same pitch change knob
angle.
1 Matching one blade to another blade that has a different knob angle
(by retwisting a blade to change a knob angle) is not permitted.
(c) Blades with shot peened knobs and blades with non-shot peened knobs
are interchangeable.
(d) A propeller may contain blades with any combination of shot peened and
non-shot peened knobs.
(e) Blades of one design may be reduced in length and substituted for a
different design.
1 Such substitution is permitted with blades that have different knob
angles (either higher or lower knob angle) as a complete set, but
knob angle issues can arise that make the practice undesirable.
2 For example, an 8468A-4 (9 degree knob angle) may be reduced in
length to -6S specification and used as a replacement for an 8468-6S
(manufactured with a 12 degree knob angle). If a blade replacement
is required in the future, there would be blade interchangeability
problems that may require that all of the blades be replaced.
3 Substitution of a set of blades with different knob angles is permitted
only if the low and high pitch angle limits of the propeller assembly
can be established.

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
Blade Angle Blade Angle Blade Angle

D10541 0 F(J)C7451 12 FC7663-6 9
D8292 3.6 F7453 9 FC7663-6Q 11
D8292-2 3.6 F(J)C7453 9 FC7663-8R 12
D8990 4.9 F(L)(C)7468 12 F(C)7663A-6 9
D9290 4.6 F7468D, -2, -4 10.5 FC7663D-2(R), (Q) 12
D9290C(R) 4.6 F(C)7479 16 FC7663D-3 11
D9327 5.5 FC7479-2R, -2Q 13 FC7663D-4, 4Q 9
D9383 5.6 F(C)7490 13 FC7663D-4(R) 9
D9391 6 F(C)7490D 13 FC7663D-4T 9
D9511F 6 F7492 9 FC7663(D)-6Q 12
D9511F-11 -3 F(C)7495S 10 FC7663D-8R 11
D9511F-2 6 F7496(-1, -2) 10 FC7663DR 12
D9511F-4 -3 F(C)7497(D) 10 FC7663E-6R 7
D9511FA(S) 6 F7497(D)-2 10 FJ7663 11
D9512A(E,F) 5.6 FJC7497D 10 FJ7663-4 11
D9515 4.5 F7498 11 FJ7663-6Q 11
D9690 6.3 F7499(-1, -2) 10 F(J)(C)7663 11
D9900 6 F7590 9 F(J)C7663-2R 12
E10477 -3 F7590D(-1) 9 F(J)C7663-4 9
E10479(S) 6 F7663 11 F(J)C7663-5R 9
E8501 4 F7663-2(R) 11 F(J)(C)7663D-6Q 12
E8501-3.5 4 F7663-3 11 F(J)7663D-4,-2R 9
E9512(C,D,G)-1 5.6 F7663-4 11 F(J)C7663D-4Q 9
E9612 12 F7663-4Q, -6Q 11 FJC7663G-8 -19
E9673S 12 F7663-4R 11 FL7663-2 9
FC6660 10 F7663A-2(R) 9 FL7663-4R,-6R 9
FC6660D 8 F7663A, -3, -3.5 9 FL7663-10R 11
FC6660DK 8 F7663A-4 9 F(L)C7663-4R 5
FC6660K 10 F7663A-6R 9 FL7663D-2Q,-3 9
FC6890 9 F7663C 12 FLC7663(D)F-2R 12
F(C)7063Q 12 F7663(D)-2Q 11 FLC7663DG-2Q -14
F(C)7068-2 11 F7663D-2R 9 FLC7663F-2R 12
F7280 10 F7663D-3 11 FLC7663G-4R -14
F(C)7282 9 F7663D-4 9 F7666 11
FC7382 11 F7663DR 9 F7666-2,-2R-4 11
F7391 9 F7663R 11 F7666A 10
FC7391D 9 F(C)7663R 11 F7666A-2, -2R 10
F(C)7391D-3 12 FC7663-2Q 12 F7666A-3Q, -3R 10
F7392 9 FC7663-4 9 F7666A-4, -4Q 10
F7392D 9 FC7663-4Q 11 F7666C-4 14
F7392-1 9 FC7663-4T 9 FJC7666A 10
Pitch Change Knob Location (Degrees)

Table 2-4

Rev. 34 Jan/17
133C

F(J)C7666A-2(R) 10 F8074 12 F8468A-4(R) 9
F(J)(C)7666A-2Q 10 F8459-2R 10 F8468A-5R 9
F(J)(C)7666A-3Q 10 F8459-4,-8R 10 F8468A-6(R) 9
F(J)(L)C7666A 10 F8459-11Q 14 F8468A-6Q 9
F(J)(L)(C)7666A-4 10 F8459-18 13 F8468A-8(R) 9
F(J)(L)(C)7666A-4(Q) 10 F8459A-4 9 F8468A-8Q 9
F(J)(L)(C)7666D 10 F8459A-4Q 10 F8468A-10Q 9
FL7666A 10 F8459A-6 9 F8468A-12Q 9
FL7666A-2 10 F8459A-8R 9 F8468AD-2R 9
FL7666AS 10 F8459A-9R 9 F8468A-6Q 9
FL7666D-2 10 F8459A-11Q 9 F8468AR 9
FLC7666G-2 -14 FC8459A-4 9 F8468C 0
F7673-2R 9 FC8459-10R 10 F8468C-4 0
F7673DR 9 FC8459-12R 9 F8468D-10R 12
FC7673DR 12 FC8459-16R 9 F8468R 12
F7681 11 F(C)8459-18 9 F8468T-12 12
F7691 9 F(J)C8459-4,-8R 10 F(C)8468(R) 12
F7691+2 9 FL8459A-10 9 F(C)8468-2R 10
F7691D 9 F8465 10 FC8468-3 12
F7691D-3 9 F8465-2 16 F(C)8468-6R,-7R 12
7692(A) 10 F8465-6 13 F(C)8468-8(R),-10R 12
F7693(F)(-1, -2) 11 F8465-7R, -8R 12 F(C)8468-10Q 9
F7693DF(-2) 11 F8465-10 10 FC8468A-6R 9
F7693(D)F+2 10 FC8465 14 FC8468A-8R 9
FC7693DF(+1, +2, -2) 11 FC8465-6 14 FC8468AR 10
FJC7693F(+1, +2) 11 F8467-7R, -8R 11 FC8468D-6R 12
FLC7693DF(-2) 11 F(C)8467-7R 11 FC8468D-8R 12
F7694 11 FLC8467A-7R 15 FC8468(R) 12
F7694-1 11 F8468 12 F(J)8468-10Q 12
F7694-2 11 F8468-2 12 F(J)(C)8468-5R 12
F7694-4T 15 F8468-3R 12 F(J)(C)8468-6Q 12
F7694D-6T 15 F8468-4 12 F(J)(C)8468-6R 12
FC7818 7 F8468-5R 12 F(J)(C)8468-7R 12
F7854 9 F8468-6Q 5 F(J)C8468-8Q 12
F7854-2 9 F8468-6S 12 F(J)C8468-8R 12
F(J)C7854 9 F8468-19 12 FJC8468-10Q 12
F8052 12.5 F8468A(R) 9 F(J)C8468-10R 12
F8052D 12.5 F8468A-2 9 F(J)(C)8468D-14 12
F8068+2 10 F8468A-2R 9 FJC8468R 12
F8068 12 F8468A-2R*1 9 F(L)8468-6R 12
F8068(D), -2 12 F8468A-3R 9 F(L)8468-10R 12
Pitch Change Knob Location (Degrees) Continued

Table 2-4
BLADE SHANK OVERHAUL 61-13-33 Page 2-76.1

Rev. 34 Jan/17
133C

FL8468A-2R 9 F(C)8475F-6 9 F9587C-15 5
F(L)8468A-6(R) 9 F(L)8475-4 14 F9587C-15S 5
F(L)C8468-4R -14 F(L)C8475R 14 F9587C-17S 5
FLC8468G-2R -14 F8477 11 F9587D-2 13
FLC8468G-8Q -14 F8477-1 11 FC9587A-18 16
F8475(R) 10 F8477-2 9 FC9587C-17 5
F8475+2 9 F8477D-5R 11 FC9587D-2 5
F8475-5Q 10 F8477(D)-6 11 FC9587E-7 -15
F8475-6 12 F(C)8477 11 F(J)(C)9587A-10 12
F8475D-2, -4, -6 10 FC8477-2 11 F(J)C9587A-15 9
F8475F-6 9 F(C)8477-4(R) 9 F9684 15
F8475T+2 12 FC8477-6(Q) 9 F9684-1 15
F8475FJ-4 10 FC8477-7, 8R 9 FC9684-4R -2.5
F8475JR 10 FC8477A-4(Q) 11 FC9684C-6R 5
FC8475+2 12 F(C)8477A-4(R) 11 F(J)C9684-3R 15
FC8475-2 11 FC8477A-6Q 11 FLC9684-12 -11
FC8475-4 14 FC8477A-7 11 FLC9684A-12 -15
FC8475-6 14 F(C)8477A-8R 11 FC9684C-6R 5
FC8475-6R 7 F8483 12 HE8218 5
FC8475-8 14 F8483-2Q 12 (H,L)E8492 5
F(C)8475-9 14 F9587A 16 JD10541 0
FC8475A-2,-4 11 F9587A-7 12 JE10305 -0.5
FC8475D 10 F9587A-10 12 LE8218 5
FC8475E-4 8 F9587C-13 5
Pitch Change Knob Location (Degrees) Continued

Table 2-4

Rev. 34 Jan/17
133C

Rev. 34 Jan/17
133C
E. Pitch Change Bracket Mounting Holes

(1) All "D" and "E" shank aluminum blades use a removable pitch change bracket.
(2) For a four bladed propeller the pitch change bracket mounting holes are drilled
on a 1.601 inch (40.66 mm) radius.
(a) Mounting holes manufactured for 1/4-28 UNF fasteners may be repaired
with a Slimsert® TE410.
(b) Mounting holes that have been repaired with a Slimsert® TE410 may be
repaired with a staked threaded insert (K-sert®), as necessary.
(c) Mounting holes manufactured for 5/16-24 UNF fasteners may not be
repaired.
(3) For a five bladed propeller the pitch change bracket mounting holes are drilled
on a 1.85 inch (46.99 mm) radius.
(a) The mounting holes may be repaired with a Slimsert® TE410.
(b) Except on a (H,L)8218 blade, do not use a staked threaded
insert (K-sert®).
(c) For the (H,L)8218 blade only
1 At overhaul or disassembly when the hub halves are separated,
install a thin wall threaded insert (Slimsert®) TE410 in each pitch
change bracket mounting hole.
a Install the thin wall threaded inserts (Slimsert®) TE410 in
accordance with the instructions "Slimsert® TE410 Installation"
in this section.
NOTE 1: Hartzell Propeller Inc. HE8218 blades with a serial number
lower than J65603 and Hartzell Propeller Inc. LE8218
blades with a serial number lower than J65593, were
manufactured without threaded inserts installed.
NOTE 2: Beginning in January, 2002, Hartzell Propeller Inc.

aluminum blade model HE8218, with serial numbers
J65603 and above, and Hartzell Propeller Inc. aluminum
blade model LE8218, with serial numbers J65593 and
above were manufactured with B-6986-258 (TE410)
Slimserts® installed.
2 A staked threaded insert (K-sert®) may be used to repair a mounting
hole for a (H,L)8218 blade only if it is replacing a previously installed
staked threaded insert.

Rev. 29 Nov/12
133C
(4) Remove all Slimserts® and/or threaded staked inserts (K-sert®) before
preforming pre-penetrant etch.
(a) Remove the existing Slimsert®, or threaded staked insert (K-sert®) in
accordance with the Slimsert® Removal or Threaded Staked Insert
Removal sections in the Aluminum Hub Overhaul chapter of Hartzell

Rev. 29 Nov/12
133C
(5) All pitch change bracket mounting hole repairs must be performed by qualified
personnel at an appropriately licensed repair facility in accordance with the
procedures listed below.
(a) Inspection
1 Accumulated thread damage exceeding one full thread in a pitch
change bracket mounting hole must be repaired or the blade must be
retired from service.
2 If the pitch change bracket mounting hole has a diameter greater
than 0.221 inch (5.61 mm), a Slimsert® TE410 must be installed.
3 If the pitch change bracket mounting hole has a diameter greater
than 0.287 inch (7.28 mm), a staked threaded insert must be
installed.
4 A blade with a pitch change bracket mounting hole diameter greater
than 0.339 inch (8.61 mm) must be retired from service.
(b) Slimsert® TE410 Installation
1 Modify both pitch change bracket holes in the blade.
2 Make sure that the drill is concentric with the hole.
3 Lock the setup in place.
CAUTION: DO NOT EXCEED 0.500 INCH (11.17 MM) DEPTH WHEN
REMOVING THE EXISTING THREAD.
4 Ream a hole 0.281 +0.004/-0.001 inch (7.13 + 0.10/- 0.025 mm)
diameter to a depth of 0.485 +/- .015 inch (12.32 mm).
5 Using a 5/16-24 GH-3 bottom tap, thread the hole to a minimum
depth of 0.305 inch (7.750 mm).
6 Using compressed air, remove unwanted material.
7 Visually inspect the tapped hole.
8 Using solvent CM106, clean the tapped hole.
9 Apply a layer of chemical conversion coating to the tapped holes
in accordance with the Chromic Acid Anodize chapter of Hartzell
10 Machine off the counterbored end of the Slimsert® TE410 to remove
the counterbore and the locking teeth.
11 Using a 1/4-28 UNF-3A bolt, check the fit of the Slimsert® TE410
before installation.

Rev. 32 Nov/15
133C
12 Put the modified Slimsert® TE410 on the installation tool TE314,

modified end first.
13 Using Primer CM127, spray the Slimsert® TE410 and the newly
tapped hole.
14 Permit a dwell time of 3 to 5 minutes before proceeding to the next
step.
15 Using a clean cotton swab, apply retaining compound CM74 to the
OD of the Slimsert® TE410.
16 Install the Slimsert® TE410 flush to 0.020 inch (5.1 mm) below the
surface of the part.
17 Permit the repaired part to cure to fixture strength (approximately
15 minutes).
18 Using a 1/4-28 UNF-3A bolt, check the fit of the installed Slimsert®
TE410.
19 If the bolt does not fit, remove and replace the Slimsert® TE410 in
accordance with the instructions in this section.
20 Permit the repaired part to cure for a minimum of twelve (12) hours at
room temperature before installing the pitch change bracket.

Rev. 32 Nov/15
133C
(c) Reinstalling a Slimsert® TE410

1 Remove the previously installed Slimsert® TE410 from the pitch
change bracket attachment hole.
a Use a locally procured "screw extractor" to remove Slimsert®
TE410.
b Using a 5/16-24 GH-3 bottom tap, remove the adhesive residue.
c If the adhesive residue cannot be completely removed with a
tap, use plastic media to remove the remaining adhesive.
2 Using compressed air, remove unwanted material and visually
inspect the tapped hole.
3 Using solvent CM106, clean the tapped hole.
4 Apply a layer of chemical conversion coating to the tapped holes
in accordance with the Chromic Acid Anodizing chapter of Hartzell
5 Face off the counterbored end of the B-6986-258 Slimsert® TE410 to
remove the counterbore and the locking teeth.
6 Using a 1/4-28 UNF-3A bolt, check the fit of the Slimsert® TE410
before installation.
7 Put the modified Slimsert® TE410 on the installation tool TE314,
modified end first.
8 Using Primer CM127, spray the Slimsert® TE410 and the hole.
9 Permit a dwell time of 3 to 5 minutes before proceeding to the next
step.
10 Using a clean cotton swab, apply Retaining Compound CM74 to the
OD of the Slimsert® TE410.
11 Install the Slimsert® TE410 flush to 0.020 inch (5.1 mm) below the
surface of the part.
12 Permit the repaired part to cure to fixture strength (approximately 15
minutes).
13 Using a 1/4-28 UNF-3A bolt, check the fit of the installed Slimsert®
TE410.
14 If the bolt does not fit, remove and replace the Slimsert® TE410 in
accordance with the instructions in this section.
15 Permit the repaired part to cure for a minimum of twelve (12) hours at
room temperature before installing the pitch change bracket.

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
(d) Installing a Staked Threaded Insert

1 Modify both pitch change bracket holes in the blade.
CAUTION: A B-6143-4 STAKED THREADED INSERT MAY BE USED
IN A (H,L)E8218 BLADE ONLY IF IT IS REPLACING A
PREVIOUSLY INSTALLED STAKED THREADED INSERT.
2 Make sure that the drill is concentric with the hole.
3 Lock the setup in place.
4 Drill a hole 0.323 inch (8.20 mm) +0.007 (0.17 mm), -0.002
(0.05 mm) diameter by 0.648 inch (16.45 mm) maximum depth to
point of drill.
5 Ream the minor diameter 0.331 inch (8.40 mm) to 0.336 inch
(8.53 mm) by 0.555 inch (14.09 mm) maximum depth.
a The reamer must have a tip radius of 0.030 inch (76 mm).
6 Thread the hole to 3/8-16UNC-2B MOD, 0.430 inch (10.92 mm).
a Minor diameter 0.331 (8.40 mm) to 0.336 (8.53 mm) MOD
(MOD indicates nonstandard minor diameter).
b Maintain a bore corner radius of 0.030 inch (0.76 mm).
7 Chamfer to a depth of 0.390 (9.90 mm) ± 0.005 inch (0.12 mm) by
90 degrees included angle.
9 Inspect the tapped hole.
10 Install a B-6143-4 staked threaded insert 0.010 (0.25 mm) to 0.030
inch (0.76 mm) below the blade butt surface.
11 Drive the locking keys down flush with the insert.
12 Using a 1/4-28 UNF-3A bolt, check the fit of the installed staked
threaded insert.

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
(e) Reinstalling a Staked Threaded Insert
CAUTION: A B-6143-4 STAKED THREADED INSERT MAY BE USED

IN A (H,L)E8218 BLADE ONLY IF IT IS REPLACING A
PREVIOUSLY INSTALLED STAKED THREADED INSERT.
1 Remove the existing threaded staked insert in accordance with the
Threaded Insert Removal section in the Aluminum Hub Overhaul
chapter of Hartzell Standard Practices Manaul 202A (61-02-02).
3 Visually inspect the tapped hole.
4 Install a B-6143-4 staked threaded insert 0.010 to 0.030 inch
(0.25 to 0.76 mm) below the surface of the blade butt.
5 Make sure that the locking keys are located in an area where keys
have not been previously installed.
6 Drive the locking keys down flush with the insert.
7 Using a 1/4-28 UNF-3A bolt, check the fit of the installed staked
threaded insert.

Rev. 25 Apr/09
133C
Inspect Serviceable Limits Corrective Action
Blade Plug or Spacer

(1) Visually examine the Corrosion is not permitted. The Using glass bead cleaning, remove
blade plug or spacer for maximum permitted depth of pitting corrosion to a maximum depth of
corrosion and pitting. is 0.005 inch (0.12 mm). Pitting is not 0.005 inch (0.12 mm). Refer to
permitted where the pitting would be the Cleaning chapter of Hartzell
in direct contact with the preload plate Propeller inc. Standard Practices
set screw. Pitting may not cover more Manual 202A (61-01-02). If the
than 10 percent of the blade plug or depth of the damage or cleaning
spacer surface. is more than the permitted
serviceable limits, replace the
blade plug or spacer.
(2) Visually examine the The maximum permitted depth Using an abrasive pad CM47 or
blade plug or spacer for of wear or damage is 0.004 inch equivalent, polish to remove wear
wear or scoring damage (0.10 mm) beyond the surrounding or damage and maintain a surface
in the contact area of the undamaged surface. The surface finish of 30 Ra or smoother. If
preload plate set screw. finish in the area of contact with the wear or damage is more than the
Refer to Figure 2-22.1. preload set screw must be 30 Ra or permitted serviceable limits or the
smoother. If the blade plug or spacer repair limits, replace the blade plug
is worn or damaged, dimensionally or spacer. The maximum permitted
inspect the depth of wear or damage. depth of repair is 0.004 inch
(0.10 mm) beyond the surrounding
unrepaired surface.
3) Visually examine the The maximum permitted depth of Using an abrasive pad CM47
blade plug or spacer for damage is 0.005 inch (0.12 mm). or equivalent, polish pushed
scratches, gouges, or Damage must not interfere with the fit up material to blend with the
other damage, outside of of the blade plug in the blade bore. surrounding surfaces. If damage
the contact area of the is more than the permitted
preload plate set screw. serviceable limits, replace the
blade plug or spacer.
(4) Visually examine the Minor wear on corners and a few If the plating coverage is less than
blade plug or spacer light random scratches are permitted; the permitted serviceable limits,
for plating coverage if otherwise, plating must completely replate in accordance with the
applicable. cover the blade plug. A steel blade appropriate chapter of Hartzell
plug or a steel spacer must be Propeller Inc. Standard Practices
completely covered with cadmium Manual 202A (61-01-02).
plating.
(5) Visually examine the A-1349 Spacer: 1/2 of one thread If the depth of the damage is more
spacer for thread total accumulated than the permitted serviceable
damage. damage is permitted. limits, replace the spacer.
A-1499 Spacer: 1/2 of one thread
total accumulated
damage is permitted.
A-1599 Spacer: one thread total
accumulated
damage is permitted.
Blade Plug and Spacer Inspection Criteria

Table 2-4.1

Rev. 31 Jul/14
133C
F. Blade Balance Hole Inspection and Overhaul

(1) The procedures in this section are required for all aluminum propeller blades
manufactured by Hartzell Propeller Inc.
(2) Remove and discard the bearing(s) from the blade bore.
(a) Using local tooling methods or bearing puller TE102, TE103, TE104, or
TE106 and a hydraulic or pneumatic press, remove the bearing(s).
(b) Remove the blade plug or spacer, as applicable.
NOTE: Shank spacer puller TE537 or TE538 are available for use
when removing the blade plug or spacer. Refer to Hartzell
Propeller Inc. Illustrated Tool and Equipment Manual 165A
(61-00-65).
1 Inspect the blade plug or spacer in accordance with Table 2-4.1.
(3) Remove Lead From Balance Hole
(a) Option 1 - Water Jet Method (Preferred)
1 Necessary requirements
a Adjustable water jet system
b The maximum permitted chloride content in the water supply
is 10 ppm.
c Recycled water supplies must have sufficient filtration to remove
lead and other particulates from the water supply.
CAUTION: USE ADEQUATE RESTRAINTS TO HOLD THE
BLADE SECURELY DURING THE LEAD REMOVAL
PROCEDURE.
2 Put the blade in a locally fabricated fixture that holds the blade
horizontally at approximately the 12 and 20 inch blade stations.
APS6284
A1349 Preload Plate Set Screw
A2414
Contact Area
A-1349 A-2414
Spacer shown Blade Plug
shown
Blade Plug or Spacer Inspection Area

Figure 2-22.1

Rev. 31 Jul/14
133C
CAUTION: THE WATER USED IN THE WATER JET PROCESS

BECOMES A HAZARDOUS MATERIAL BECAUSE OF
LEAD CONTAMINATION. USE AN APPROVED METHOD
FOR DISPOSAL OF THE WATER.
3 Attach a 0 degree nozzle head to the wand of the water jet.
WARNING 1: ALWAYS WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND EAR
AND EYE PROTECTION DURING THE WATER JET
PROCESS BECAUSE OF THE HIGH WATER PRESSURE
AND NOISE LEVELS.
WARNING 2: DO NOT STAND IN THE PATH OF THE WATER JET
NOZZLE WHEN THE SYSTEM IS OPERATING. INJURY
FROM THE HIGH PRESSURE WATER COULD RESULT.
4 Put the wand in the blade bore, aimed at the balance hole.
CAUTION: DO NOT EXCEED 10,000 PSI (689.4 BARS) DURING
THE WATER JET PROCESS. DAMAGE TO THE
BALANCE HOLE COULD RESULT.
5 Increase the pressure on the regulating valve of the water jet system
to supply just enough pressure to begin to remove the lead wool.
6 Visually inspect the balance hole to make sure that all of the lead
wool has been removed.
7 If any lead wool remains in the balance hole, repeat steps
2.F.(3)(a)4 through 2.F.(3)(a)6.
8 Drain all of the water from the balance hole.
9 Using clean compressed air, remove any residual water.
10 Completely dry the balance hole.
(b) Option 2 - Modified Drill
1 Using a radius gauge, create a 23/64 inch radius on the cutting end
of a 23/32 inch drill bit.
CAUTION: DO NOT DAMAGE THE WALLS OF THE HOLE OR DRILL
INTO THE BLADE MATERIAL AT THE BOTTOM OF THE
HOLE.
2 Refer to the hole depth stamped on the blade butt and use a depth
gauge to monitor the depth being drilled.
3 Remove the lead by drilling into the balance hole.
4 Using compressed air, blow residue from the balance hole.

Rev. 31 Jul/14
133C
(4) Clean Balance Hole

(a) Visually inspect the balance hole to make sure that any materials that may
prevent visual inspection, such as paint or grease, have been removed.
1 Using a soft, clean cloth dampened with solvent CM22 or CM23,
remove any material that may remain in the balance hole.
2 Permit the balance hole to thoroughly dry.
(5) Dimensionally Inspect Balance Hole
(a) Measure the Depth
1 Using a depth gauge, measure from the blade butt to the bottom of
the balance hole.
CAUTION: DO NOT CHANGE THE DIMENSION STAMPED ON
THE BLADE BUTT.
a This measurement can be 0.125 inch (3.17 mm) greater than
the hole depth stamped on the blade butt. For example, if the
depth stamped on the butt is 5.375 inches (136.52 mm), the
maximum permitted depth is 5.50 inches (139.7 mm).
b If a blade has a balance hole depth greater than the maximum
permitted depth, retire the blade from service.
c Hartzell service documents previously stated that a depth of
6.50 inches (165.1 mm) was permitted on all but a few blades.
Current rework of all blades is limited to 0.125 inch (3.17 mm)
greater than the depth stamped on the blade butt.
(b) Measure the Diameter of the Critical Area of the Balance Hole
1 Using a micrometer, measure the diameter of the bottom 1 inch
(25.4 mm) of the balance hole.
a The maximum diameter for the balance hole of a blade
that cannot be reworked using reamer TE208( ) is 0.771 inch
(19.58 mm).
b The maximum diameter for the balance hole of a blade that can
be reworked using reamer TE208( ) is 0.786 inch (19.96 mm).
c If a blade has a balance hole diameter greater than the
maximum permitted in the bottom 1 inch (25.4 mm), retire the
blade from service.

Rev. 24 Nov/08
133C
(6) Inspect and Repair the Critical Area of the Balance Hole. Refer to Figure 2-23.
(a) Using a strong source of light, visually inspect the bottom 1 inch of the
balance hole for corrosion, tool marks, or anodize.
1 Corrosion, tool marks, or anodize are not permitted.
a The balance hole may have a slightly different depth than
the dimension stamped on the blade butt because the
manufacturing tolerance for the depth of balance holes is plus
or minus 0.063 inch (1.60 mm). For example, a blade stamped
6.375 inches (161.92 mm) may actually have a depth between
6.312 and 6.438 inches (160.32 and 163.52 mm).
b Depending on the actual depth of the balance hole, the amount
of material that may be removed for repair can vary significantly.
c Closely monitor the depth of the balance hole throughout the
repair process.
CAUTION: DO NOT REMOVE EXCESSIVE MATERIAL FROM THE
BOTTOM OF THE BALANCE HOLE.
(b) The maximum depth of the balance hole is 0.125 inch (3.17 mm) greater
than the dimension stamped on the butt of the blade.
(c) If the depth of the balance hole is greater than 0.125 inch (3.17 mm)
deeper than the hole depth stamped on the blade butt, retire the blade
from service.
(d) If there is corrosion or damage in the bottom 1 inch (25.4 mm) of the
balance hole, or if there is anodize in the balance hole:
1 Secure the blade in a drill press or lathe.
NOTE: The use of machine coolant during reaming is recommended.
2 Using the smallest reamer TE207( ) possible to achieve the desired
results, ream the balance hole.
(e) If all indications of corrosion, damage, or anodize are not removed in
the bottom 1 inch (25.4 mm) of the balance hole, refer to Table 2-5 to
determine if use of reamer TE208( ) is permitted.
(f) Dimensionally inspect the bottom 1 inch (25.4 mm) of the balance hole in
accordance with section 2.F.(5) of this chapter.
1 If use of the reamer TE208( ) is not permitted, retire the blade from
service.

Rev. 31 Jul/14
133C
Bottom 1 inch
(25.4 mm) area
0.375 inch (9.525 mm) radius of the balance
hole
Cylindrical portion of the
balance hole, excluding the
bottom 1 inch (25.4 mm) area
Scotmoda
Critical Area of the Balance Hole

Figure 2-23

Rev. 31 Jul/14
133C
(g) If use of the reamer TE208( ) is permitted:

1 Using the smallest reamer TE208( ) possible to achieve the desired
results, ream the balance hole.
NOTE: The use of machine coolant during reaming is
recommended.
2 If all indications of corrosion, damage, or anodize are not removed in
the bottom 1 inch (25.4 mm) of the balance hole, retire the blade from
service.
3 Dimensionally inspect the bottom 1 inch (25.4 mm) of the balance
hole in accordance with section 2.F.(5) of this chapter.
Blade Model Serial Number

T10173 B85887 And Lower
T10173H B85887 And Lower
T10176 B85887 And Lower
T10176H B85887 And Lower
("Y" shank blade) 7663 B35571 And Lower
All other "Y" shank blades B93055 And Lower
Blades that Cannot Use the TE208( ) Reamer

Table 2-5

Rev. 31 Jul/14
133C
The Width of the Slot is

Approximately
0.125 Inch (3.17 mm)
The Length of the Slot is

Approximately
1.5 Inches (38 mm)
A piece of very fine

abrasive pad CM47 or
equivalent, approximately
3 inches x 3 inches
(76 mm x 76 mm) installed
in the slot of the tool
extension
Tool Extension TPI-133-101,102
Tool for Balance Hole Polishing

Figure 2-23.1

Rev. 31 Jul/14
133C
CAUTION: USING THIS PROCEDURE FOR LOCAL REPAIR IS NOT

PERMITTED.
4 Use one of the following two procedures to remove any tool marks
caused by the reamers TE207( ) and TE208( ).
a Procedure 1
1 Modify a tool extension to add a groove. Refer to
Figure 2.23.1.
2 Cut a piece of very fine abrasive pad CM47, or equivalent,
approximately 3 inches x 3 inches (76 mm x 76 mm).
(a) The size of the very fine abrasive pad CM47, or
equivalent, may be adjusted for the size of the
balance hole.
3 Put the very fine abrasive pad CM47, or equivalent, in the
groove in the tool extension.
4 Polish the balance hole until the tool marks are removed.
b Procedure 2
1 Modify a 3M Scotch Brite® medium grade 7AS 1x1x3/16
polish and grinding wheel so that it fits inside a balance
hole. Refer to Figure 2-23.2.
2 Attach the modified polish and grinding wheel to a tool
extension.
3 Polish the balance hole until the tool marks are removed.
(h) When all indications of tool marks are removed in the bottom 1 inch
(25.4 mm) of the balance hole, dimensionally inspect that area of the
balance hole in accordance with section 2.F.(5) of this chapter.
Modify the Scotch Brite®

grinding wheel diameter
and radius to conform to
the balance hole bore.
Scotmod1,2
3M Scotch Brite® Grinding Wheel Modification

Figure 2-23.2

Rev. 31 Jul/14
133C
(7) Inspection and Repair of the Cylindrical Portion of the Balance Hole
(a) Balance hole local repair excluding the bottom 1 inch (25.4 mm) area:
CAUTION: A PORTION OF THE REPAIRED AREA MUST NOT

EXTEND INTO THE BOTTOM 1 INCH (25.4 mm) AREA
OF THE BALANCE HOLE.
1 Remove any corrosion or damage in the cylindrical portion of the
balance hole.
2 The maximum permitted depth of local repair in the cylindrical
portion of the balance hole outside of the bottom 1 inch (25.4 mm)
area is 0.030 inch (0.76 mm).
3 Using a fine emery cloth or abrasive pad CM47 or equivalent, remove
damage.
4 Blend the polished area with the surrounding area while removing as
little material as possible.
(b) Inspect the balance hole using eddy current.
1 Perform eddy current inspection in accordance with the Eddy
Current Inspection chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard
2 If there is a relevant indication, retire the blade from service.
(8) Shot Peen Balance Hole
(a) If a repair was performed on the balance hole, reshot peen the interior
surface of the balance hole.
(b) For the general shot peening procedures, refer to the Shot Peening
chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices Manual 202A
(61-01-02).
(c) For facilities approved for shot peening, refer to "Sample Program
Approvals" on the Hartzell Propeller Inc. website at www.hartzellprop.com.

Rev. 31 Jul/14
133C
(d) Shot peen the inside of the blade balance hole in area "B", paying
particular attention to the intersection of the cylindrical and semi-spherical
surfaces.
NOTE: Shot peen gun TE379 is available for this procedure. Refer to
Hartzell Tool and Equipment Manual 165A (61-00-65).
1 For blades with shank "MV" with "N" modification, "V", "V" with "N"
modification, "V" with "MV" modification, "V" modified to "MV" with
"N" modification, "X", and "X" with "V" modification, refer to
Figure 2-24.
2 For blades with shank "D", "E", "M", "M" with "N" modification,
"P", "P" with "N" modification, "P" modified to "R", "R", "R" with
"N" modification, "T", "T" with "N" modification, "W", "W" with
"N" modification, "Y", "Z", "Z" modified to "W", and "Z" with "N"
modification, refer to Figure 2-25.
3 Mask the bearing bore with the specified shot peen plug. Refer to
Table 2-6.
4 To control shot peen coverage, thread the gun body through a nut
and feed the gun into the bottom of the hole, if applicable.
5 Shot peen the blade balance hole using the shot size and intensity
specified in Table 2-6.
a Area "A" ("V" or "MV" with "N" modification only) must have full
coverage.
b with the exception of Area "D", Area "B" must have full coverage.
Refer to Figure 2-25 and Figure 2-26.
c Overspray is permissible in the spherical end of the balance
hole (Area "D") radiating outward from the center to 45 degrees
± 20 degrees in each direction.
d For bores that have a balance hole less than 1.50 inches
(38.10 mm) in length (Area "B"), the shot peen must terminate
before the inboard end of the balance hole. The shot peen may
deviate from full coverage within Area "E". Refer to Figure 2-25.
e Shot peen overspray is permitted in Area "C". Refer to
Figures 2-25 and 2-26.
6 Using shot peen plug removal tool TE110, or equivalent, remove the
shot peen plugs, if applicable.
7 Using cleaning solvent CM23, clean the inside of the balance hole.
8 Using a borescope or dental mirror, inspect the blade balance hole
after shot peening.
a The bottom of the hole must be uniform and rounded, with no
corrosion, scratches, or tool marks.

Rev. 24 Nov/08
133C

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
ASK1305b
Area "D"
45 degrees ± 20 degrees
Area "B"
1.50 ± 0.25 Inches
(38.1 ± 6.3 mm)
Area "C"
Area "A"
Area "A" applies to "V" shank

blades with "N" modification
and "MV" shank blades with
"N" modification only.
For "MV" with "N" modification, "V", "V" with "N" modification, "V" with "MV" modification,
"V" modified to "MV" with "N" modification, "X", and "X" with "V" modification
Shank Blades
Shot Peening Lead Balance Hole in Blade

Figure 2-24

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
ASK1311A
* On bores that have a balance hole less than

1.50 inches (38.1 mm) in length (Area "B"), the shot Area "D"
peen must terminate before the inboard end of 45 degrees ± 20 degrees
the balance hole. The shot peen may deviate from
full coverage within Area "E".
* Area "B"
1.50 ± 0.25 inches
(38.1 ± 6.3 mm)
Area "C"
Area "E"
0.125 Inch
(3.18 mm)
maximum
shot peen
coverage
deviation
For "D", "E", "M", "M" with "N" modification, "P", "P" with "N" modification, "P" modified to "R",
"R", "R" with "N" modification, "T", "T" with "N" modification, "W", "W" with "N" modification,
"Y", "Z", "Z" modified to "W", and "Z" with "N" modification Shank Blades
Shot Peening Lead Balance Hole

Figure 2-25

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
G. Blade Bore Inspection and Overhaul

(1) The procedures in this section are required for all single and double shoulder
aluminum propeller blades manufactured by Hartzell Propeller Inc.
(2) Remove the needle bearing(s), blade bushing(s), and spacer(s), as applicable.
NOTE: "Y", "D", and "E" shank bearing removal was accomplished for
compliance with the Blade Balance Hole Inspection and Overhaul
section of this chapter.
(a) Using local tooling methods or TE101 if applicable, remove the blade
bushing.
Almen
Description Shot Peen Plug Shot Size Intensity
Type
"E" shank blades TE90
"W" shank blades TE91
"Y" and "D" shank blades TE87
"M" and "T" shank blades TE88
"M" and "T" shank blades with "N"

TE89 Use shot media
modification
ASR 550 0.013 - 0.017
"P", "Z", "R", "P" with "R" modification, (Refer to Inch
and TE92 AMS-2431/1) A (0.33 - 0.43 mm)
"Z" with "W" modification shank blades or S-550
(Refer to [MIL] Minimum
"P", "R", "W", and "Z" shank blades AMS-S-13165)
TE458
with "N" modification
"X", "V", "V" modified to "MV",

and TE371
"X" with "V" modification shank blades
For area "B":
"V" and "MV" shank blades with "N"
TE371
modification.
For area "A":
(Refer to Figure 2-24)
TE372
Balance Hole Shot Peen Specifications

Table 2-6

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
(b) Using local tooling methods or TE102, TE103, TE104, or TE106 and a
hydraulic or pneumatic puller, remove the bearings.
1 If a shank has an inboard and an outboard bearing, pull the inboard
bearing first.
2 Discard all used needle bearings.
3 Discard all used blade bushings.
(c) Remove the bearing spacer.
1 Steel bearing spacers must be completely covered with cadmium
plating.
2 Replate the steel bearing spacers with cadmium before reinstallation,
or replace with a new bearing spacer.
3 Refer to the Cadmium Replating chapter of Hartzell Standard
(3) Clean Blade Bore
(a) Using solvent CM22, CM23, or CM106, clean the blade bore area of all
paint, grease, and sealants.
(b) Permit the blade bore to thoroughly dry.

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
SHANK6
Inspect Blade
Bore Radius
(Critical Area)
Inspect this Area

for Corrosion
and Damage
Visual Inspection Area Of Blade Bore

Figure 2-26

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
(4) Inspect Blade Bore

(a) Visual Inspection
1 Using a borescope or light and mirror, inspect the blade bore for
surface blemishes, tool marks, scratches, and corrosion. Refer to
Figure 2-26.
2 Using a borescope or light and mirror, inspect the blade bore for
anodize.
3 Rework as necessary to remove any anodize.
(b) Dimensional Inspection
1 Inspect the blade bore depth.
a If a blade has a bore depth more than the maximum bore depth
limits specified in Section 2.G.(5) of this chapter, retire the blade
from service.
2 Inspect the blade bore diameter(s).
a If a blade has a bore diameter more than the bore diameter
limits specified in Section 2.G.(5) of this chapter, retire the blade
from service.

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
(5) Rework Blade Bearing/Bushing Bore

(a) Rework of damage, corrosion, or anodize removal in the critical area of the
blade bore.
1 Except for blade shanks with "N" modification, the critical area
extends 0.300 inch (7.62 mm) from the base of the blade bore.
CAUTION: A SMOOTH, HIGH QUALITY FINISH IS REQUIRED ON
THE BLADE BORE RADIUS. MAINTAIN THE SPECIFIED
RADIUS.
2 Using an abrasive cartridge or patch and a drill, remove evidence of
damage and irregularities.
3 Maintain the specified radius.
4 When a blade bore has damage, corrosion, or anodize that requires
rework beyond the maximum permitted depth or critical diameter, the
blade must be retired from service.
a For "X", "X" modified to "V", and "X" modified to "MV" without
"N" modification blade shanks, refer to Figure 2-27 and Table
2-7:
1) The maximum permitted bore depth after rework is
4.091 inches (103.91 mm).
2) The maximum permitted critical area diameter after rework
is 1.583 inches (40.20 mm).
3) If the critical area diameter is maintained, local repair in the
critical area not more than 0.010 inch (0.25 mm) at any one
point is permitted.
b For "V", and "V" modified to "MV" without "N" modification blade
shanks, refer to Figure 2-28 and Table 2-7:
4.091 inches (103.91 mm).
is 1.583 inches (40.20 mm).
point is permitted.

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
**Maximum
Maximum Maximum Maximum Maximum Maximum *Critical Area
Permitted
Blade Shank Permitted Critical Permitted Blade Permitted Center Permitted Inboard Permitted Blade Shot Peen
(Critical Area)
Area Diameter Bore Diameter Bore Diameter Bore Diameter Bore Depth Required
Repair Limit
1.5635 inches 1.5035 inches 1.797 inches 0.030 inches
"D" n/a n/a No
(39.712 mm) (38.188 mm) (45.64 mm) (0.76 mm)
"E" n/a n/a No
( 36.538 mm) (35.013 mm) (39.31 mm) (0.76 mm)
1.795 inches 1.7535 inches 2.1278 inches 4.091 inches 0.020 inches
"M" n/a No
(45.59 mm) (44.538 mm) (54.046 mm) (103.91 mm) (0.51 mm)
"M" 1.7535 inches 1.800 inches 2.1278 inches 0.020 inches
n/a n/a No
with "N" mod (44.538 mm) (45.72 mm) (54.046 mm) (0.51 mm)
"MV" 1.5055 inches 1.563 inches 0.010 inches
n/a n/a n/a Yes
with "N" mod (38.239 mm) (39.70 mm) (0.25 mm)
"P" n/a n/a No
(45.77 mm) (45.26 mm) (103.91 mm) (0.25 mm)
"P" 1.782 inches 0.020 inches
n/a n/a n/a n/a No
with "N" mod (45.26 mm) (0.51 mm)
"P" 1.802 inches 1.782 inches 4.091 inches 0.010 inches
n/a n/a No
modified to "R" (45.77 mm) (45.26 mm) (103.91 mm) (0.25 mm)
"R" n/a No
(45.03 mm) (44.538 mm) (45.26 mm) (103.91 mm) (0.25 mm)
"R" 1.7535 inches 1.770 inches 1.782 inches 0.020 inches
n/a n/a No
"T" n/a No
(45.59 mm) (44.538 mm) (54.046 mm) (103.91 mm) (0.51 mm)
"T" 1.7535 inches 1.800 inches 2.1278 inches 0.020 inches
n/a n/a No
"V" n/a No
(40.20 mm) (38.239 mm) (39.70 mm) (103.91 mm) (0.25 mm)
"V" 1.5055 inches 1.563 inches 0.010 inches
n/a n/a n/a Yes
with "N" mod (38.239 mm) (39.70 mm) (0.25 mm)
"V" 1.583 inches 1.5055 inches 1.563 inches 4.091 inches 0.010 inches
n/a No
modified to "MV" (40.20 mm) (38.239 mm) (39.70 mm) (103.91 mm) (0.25 mm)
"V"
1.5055 inches 1.563 inches 0.010 inches
modified to "MV" n/a n/a n/a Yes
(38.239 mm) (39.70 mm) (0.25 mm)
with "N" mod
"W" n/a No
(45.03 mm) (44.538 mm) (45.26 mm) (103.91 mm) (0.25 mm)
"W" 1.7535 inches 1.770 inches 1.782 inches 0.020 inches
n/a n/a No
"X" n/a n/a No
(40.20 mm) (39.70 mm) (103.91 mm) (0.25 mm)
"X" 1.583 inches 1.563 inches 4.091 inches 0.010 inches
n/a n/a No
modified to "V" (40.20 mm) (39.70 mm) (103.91 mm) (0.25 mm)
"X" 1.583 inches 1.563 inches 4.091 inches ( 0.010 inches
n/a n/a No
modified to "MV" (40.20 mm) (39.70 mm) 103.91 mm) (0.25 mm)
"Y" n/a n/a No
(39.712 mm) (38.188 mm) (45.64 mm) (0.76 mm)
"Z" n/a n/a No
(45.77 mm) (45.26 mm) (103.91 mm) (0.25 mm)
"Z" 1.802 inches 1.782 inches 4.091 inches 0.010 inches
n/a n/a No
modified to "W" (45.77 mm) (45.26 mm) (103.91 mm) (0.25 mm)
"Z" 1.782 inches 0.020 inches
n/a n/a n/a n/a No
with "N" Mod (45.26 mm) (0.51 mm)
*All reworked balance holes must be re-shot peened. Blades identified with “yes” in this column require re-shot peening in the critical area and
balance hole if either area was reworked.
**When reworking bores to the maximum permitted critical area repair limit, the maximum permitted critical area diameter must be maintained.
Bore Dimensions
Table 2-7

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
1001
The maximum permitted diameter for the

critical area is 1.583 inches (40.20 mm).
Remove no more
than 0.010 inch
Critical area (0.25 mm)
0.300 inch at any point.
(7.62 mm)
0.094 inch (2.38 mm)

minimum radius
The maximum
permitted
bore depth is
The maximum permitted 4.091 inches
bore diameter is (103.91 mm).
1.563 inches (39.70 mm).
Remove no more than
0.010 inch (0.25 mm)
for any localized repair.
"X", "X" Modified to "V", or "X" Modified to "MV" Shank

Figure 2-27

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
TI-133003

Remove no more
than 0.010 inch
(0.25 mm) at any
point.
Critical area
0.300 inch
(7.62 mm)
0.094 inch (2.38 mm)

minimum radius
The maximum permitted

bore diameter The maximum
is 1.5055 inches permitted
(38.239 mm). Remove bore depth is
no more than 0.010 inch 4.091 inches
(0.25 mm) for any (103.91 mm).
localized repair.

inboard bore diameter
is 1.563 inches
(39.70 mm). Remove
no more than 0.010 inch
(0.25 mm) for any localized
repair.
"V" or "V" Modified To "MV" Shank

Figure 2-28

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
1003
Remove no more than

Shot Peening is
0.010 inch (0.25 mm)
required in this area.
at any point.
0.240 inch (6.09 mm) Critical area

minimum radius

bore diameter is
1.5055 inches (38.239 mm).
Remove no more than Change in bore depth
0.010 inch (0.25 mm) is not permitted

inboard bore diameter
is 1.563 inches (39.70 mm).
Remove no more than
0.010 inch (0.25 mm) for any
localized repair.
"V" and "V" Modified To "MV" With "N" Modification

Figure 2-29

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
1004
Shot Peening is Remove no more than

required in this area. 0.010 inch (0.25 mm) at
any point.
0.240 inch (6.09 mm)

Critical Area
minimum radius
The maximum
permitted bore diameter is
1.5055 inches (38.239 mm). Change in bore depth
Remove no more than is not permitted.
0.010 inch (0.25 mm) for
any localized repair.
The maximum
permitted inboard
bore diameter is
1.563 inches (39.70 mm). Remove
no more than 0.010 inch (0.25 mm)
"MV" Shank With "N" Modification

Figure 2-30

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
1006

No more than
0.010 inch
(0.25 mm)
may be removed
Critical area at any point.
0.300 inch
(7.62 mm)
0.240 inch (6.09 mm)

minimum radius
The maximum
The maximum permitted permitted
bore diameter is bore depth is
1.7535 inches (44.538 mm). 4.091 inches
Remove no more than (103.91 mm).
0.010 inch (0.25 mm)

inboard bore
diameter is
1.782 inches (45.26 mm).
Remove no more than
0.010 inch (0.25 mm) for
any localized repair.
"R" or "W" Shank

Figure 2-31

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
1005

No more than
0.010 inch
(0.25 mm)
may be
Critical area removed
0.300 inch at any point.
(7.62 mm)
0.240 inch
(6.09 mm)
minimum radius
The maximum
permitted
The maximum bore depth is
permitted 4.091 inches
bore diameter is (103.91 mm).
1.782 inches
(45.26 mm).
Remove no more
than 0.010 inch
(0.25 mm) for any
localized repair.
"P", "P" Modified to "R", "Z", or "Z" Modified to "W" Shank

Figure 2-32

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
1020
Change in bore depth

is not permitted.
Remove no more
than 0.020 inch
(0.51 mm) for any The transition
localized repair in area between
the critical area. the two
diameters
0.865 inch has been
(21.97 mm) Critical Area exaggerated
minimum radius on this
drawing.
The transition
area must be
smooth.
outboard bore diameter is
1.7535 inches
(44.538 mm).
Remove no more than The maximum
0.010 inch (0.25 mm) permitted
for any localized repair. center bore
diameter
is 1.77 inches
(44.9 mm).
The maximum Remove no more
permitted inboard than 0.010 inch
bore diameter is (0.25 mm)
1.782 inches for any localized
(45.26 mm). repair.
Remove no more than
0.010 inch (0.25 mm)
"R" or "W" Shank with "N" Modification

Figure 2-33

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
1019
Remove no more than

0.020 inch (0.51 mm)
for any localized
repair in critical area.
0.865 inch
(21.97 mm)
minimum radius Critical Area
Change in bore depth

The maximum permitted is not permitted.
bore diameter is
1.782 inches (45.26 mm).
Remove no more than
0.010 inch
(0.25 mm) for any
localized repair.
"P" and "Z" Shank with "N" Modification

Figure 2-34

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
1009

No more than
0.020 inch
(0.50 mm)
may be
removed at
any point.
Critical area
0.300 inch
(7.62 mm
0.240 inch
(6.09 mm)
minimum radius
The maximum
permitted bore The maximum
diameter is permitted bore
1.7535 inches depth after rework
(44.538 mm). is 4.091 inches
No more than (103.91 mm).
0.010 inch
(0.25 mm) may
be removed for any
Refer to
localized repair.
Figure 2-37
tapered bore
The maximum
rework
permitted
tolerances.
inboard
bore diameter is
2.1278 inches
(54.046 mm).
"T" or "M" Shank

Figure 2-35

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
1010
No more than
0.020 inch (0.50 mm)
may be removed
0.865 inch
Critical Area
(21.97 mm)
minimum radius
The maximum
permitted
outboard bearing
bore diameter is
1.7535 inches Refer to
(44.538 mm). Figure 2-38
Remove no more than for diameter limits
0.010 inch (0.25 mm) and tapered bore
for any localized repair. rework tolerances.
The maximum
permitted inboard
bore diameter is
2.1278 inches
(54.046 mm). Change in bore depth
Remove no more is not permitted.
than 0.010 inch
(0.25 mm) for any
localized repair.
"T" or "M" Shank With "N" Modification

Figure 2-36

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
1011
The maximum
permitted outboard
bore diameter in the
"X" area is
1.800 inches
0.15 inch
(45.72 mm).
(3.81 mm)
Remove no more
maximum
than 0.020 inch
(0.50 mm)
for any localized
repair.
"X" Area Localized
damage repair up to
The maximum 0.020 inch (0.50 mm)
permitted inboard is permitted.
bore diameter in
the "X" area is
2.165 inches
(54.99 mm).
Remove no more
than 0.020 inch (0.50 mm)
for any localized repair. 0.83 inches
(21.1 mm)
minimum
"T" or "M" Shank Rework Tolerances for Tapered "X" Area of Blade Bore
Figure 2-37

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
1012
The transition area

between the "X" area and
the bearing seat area has
been exaggerated on this
drawing. The transition
area must be smooth.
The maximum 1.58 inches

permitted center (40.13 mm)
bore diameter is maximum
1.800 inches
(45.72 mm).
Remove no more
than 0.020 inch
(0.50 mm) for
any localized repair. "X" Area Localized
damage repair up to
0.020 inch (0.50 mm) is
permitted.
The maximum
permitted
inboard bore
diameter is 2.165
inches (54.99 mm).
Remove no more
than 0.020 inch 0.83 inches
(0.50 mm) for any (21.1 mm)
localized repair. minimum
"T" or "M" Shank With "N" Modification Rework

Tolerances for Tapered "X" Area of Blade Bore
Figure 2-38

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
1014
The maximum permitted diameter for the critical area is

1.5635 inches (39.712 mm). Remove no more than
0.030 inch (0.76 mm) for any localized repair.
0.030 inch
(0.76 mm)
Critical bore depth is 1.797 inches
area (45.64 mm).
0.300 inch
(7.62 mm)
0.187 inch
(4.74 mm)
minimum radius
The maximum
permitted bore
diameter is
1.5035 inches
(38.188 mm). Remove
no more than
0.030 inch (0.76 mm)
"D" Shank
Figure 2-39

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
1013

0.030 inch
(0.76 mm)
The maximum
permitted
bore depth is
1.797 inches
(45.64 mm).
Critical
area
0.300 inch
(7.62 mm)
0.220 inch
(5.58 mm)
minimum
radius
The maximum
permitted bore
diameter is
1.5035 inches
(38.188 mm).
Remove no
more than 0.030
inch (0.76 mm)
for any localized
repair.
"Y" Shank
Figure 2-40

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
1014.EPS

0.030 inch The maximum

(0.76 mm) permitted bore
depth is
1.548 inches
Critical (39.31 mm).
area
0.300 inch
(7.62 mm)
0.177 inch
(4.49 mm) radius
The maximum
permitted bore
diameter is 1.3785
inches (35.013 mm).
Remove no more than
0.030 inch (0.76 mm)
"E" Shank
Figure 2-41

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
c For "V", "V" modified to "MV", and "MV" shank blades with "N"
modifications, refer to Figures 2-28, 2-29, and Table 2-7:
1) A change in bore depth is not permitted.
2) Local repair in the critical area not more than 0.010 inch
(0.25 mm) at any one point is permitted.
3) If rework performed in the critical area is more than the
depth of the shot peen pebble grain, re-shot peen the
critical area and the balance hole.
d For "R" and "W" shank blades, refer to Figure 2-31 and
Table 2-7:
4.091 inches (103.91 mm).
is 1.773 inches (45.03 mm).
point is permitted.
e For "P", "P" modified to "R", "Z", or "Z" modified to "W" shank
blades, refer to Figure 2-32 and Table 2-7:
4.091 inches (103.91 mm).
is 1.802 inches (45.77 mm).
point is permitted.
f For "R" and "W" shank blades with "N" modifications, refer to
Figure 2-33 and Table 2-7:
g For "P" and "Z" shank blades with "N" modifications, refer to

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
h For "T" and "M" shank blades without "N" modifications, refer to
4.091 inches (103.91 mm).
is 1.795 inches (45.59 mm).
critical area not exceeding 0.020 inch (0.50 mm) at any one
point is permitted.
i For "T" and "M" shank blades with "N" modifications, refer to
1) Change in bore depth is not permitted.
j For "D" and "Y" shank blades, refer to Figures 2-39, 2-40, and
Table 2-7:
1.797 inches (45.64 mm).
is 1.5635 inches (39.712 mm).
point is permitted.
k For "E" shank blades, refer to Figure 2-41 and Table 2-7:
1.548 inches (39.31 mm).
is 1.4385 inches (36.537 mm).
point is permitted.

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
(b) Rework of damage, corrosion, or anodize removal in the cylindrical

portion of the blade bore (outside of the critical area, refer to Figures 2-27
through 2-41).
1 Using an abrasive cartridge or patch and a drill, remove damage,
irregularities, or anodize.
2 Maintain a smooth, uninterrupted finish on all surfaces.
3 Blade bore areas that require rework beyond the maximum
diameter specified in each drawing are cause for retirement of the
blade.
a The primary intent of the maximum diameter specification is to
make sure that there is adequate bearing fit.
1) Measurement of the diameter is only required in the portion
of the bore where the bearing contacts the blade.
2) Measurement must be made at several points.
3) Finding one location that is more than the maximum
diameter is not sufficient cause for retirement because
the overall bearing fit is not significantly jeopardized with
excessive diameter at only one location.
4) If over 25 percent of the bearing contact area is more than
the maximum diameter limit, or if damage is more than the
limits of the following paragraphs, retire the blade.
NOTE: Greater than maximum diameter limits could
cause uneven loading of the bearing or in off-
center installation of the bearing.
b If the diameter measurement of the blade bore is in doubt,
make 10 or more micrometer measurements, equally spaced
lengthwise and radially.
1) If over 25 percent of the measurements are more than the
maximum diameter, retire the blade.

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
c Scratches, wear marks, and blemishes caused by normal

removal or installation of the bearing do not require rework if
they are less than 0.010 inch (0.25 mm) in depth.
d Light corrosion, characterized by discoloration or pitting to a
depth of approximately 0.001 inch (0.025 mm) maximum, with
no penetrant indications does not require rework with abrasive
material.
e Extremely small (pinpoint) corrosion pits do not require rework
with abrasive material even though they may have pinpoint
penetrant indications (typically less than 0.063 inch [1.60 mm]
diameter).
f Moderate corrosion (similar to light corrosion except for flaking,
blistering, and pitting depths up to 0.010 inch [0.25 mm]), severe
corrosion (flaking, blistering, and pitting depths deeper than
0.010 inch [0.25 mm]), and damage such as tool marks must be
repaired.
1) Up to 25 percent of the surface area where the bearing
contacts the blade bore may be reworked.
2) Localized repairs may be reworked up to 0.010 inch
(0.25 mm) greater than the maximum diameter of the area
of the bore (except for "Y", "D", and "E" shank blades which
may have localized repairs reworked up to 0.030 inch [0.76
mm] greater than the maximum bore diameter).
g Some blades were manufactured in the past with a "knurled"
blade bore to improve bearing fit.
1) The knurling appears as several bands of circumferential
depressions approximately 0.094 inch (2.39 mm) wide.
2) Knurling marks in the critical area of the blade bore must
be removed according to the permitted repair limits.
3) Bore ID measurements taken in a knurled area must be
performed by measuring to the "peaks" of the surface.

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
h Shot peen pebble grain in the cylindrical portion of the blade

bore, which may have been inadvertently created during shot
peening of the blade balance hole, does not require removal.
i Accidental shot peen grain located in the critical area of the
blade bore must be reworked in accordance with the permitted
repair dimensions. Some blades require shot peen in the critical
area of the blade bore. Refer to the criteria for the critical area
for a specific blade to determine repair requirements.
j Blade bore areas that contain shot peen pebble grain may also
contain corrosion. Chemically etch and penetrant inspect these
areas to make sure that any corrosion is within the permitted
limits of 2.G.(5)(b)3f above.

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
4 Maximum Permitted Bore Diameters

a For "X", "X" modified to "V", and "X" modified to "MV" without
"N" modification blade shanks, refer to Figure 2-27 and Table
2-7:
1) The maximum permitted bore diameter after rework is
1.563 inches (39.70 mm).
2) Local repair in the bore of not more than 0.010 inch
(0.25 mm) at any one point is permitted. Refer to
Section 2.G.(5)(b).
b For "V", and "V" modified to "MV" without "N" modification blade
shanks, refer to Figure 2-28 and Table 2-7:
1.5055 inches (38.239 mm).
2) The maximum permitted inboard bore diameter after
rework is 1.563 inches (39.70 mm).
Section 2.G.(5)(b).
c For "V", "V" modified to "MV", and "MV" shank blades with "N"
modifications, refer to Figures 2-28, 2-29 and Table 2-7:
1.5055 inches (38.239 mm).
Section 2.G.(5)(b).
d For "R" and "W" shank blades, refer to Figure 2-31 and
Table 2-7:
1.7535 inches (44.538 mm).
Section 2.G.(5)(b).

Rev. 25 Apr/09
133C

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
e For "P", "P" modified to "R", "Z", or "Z" modified to "W" shank
blades, refer to Figure 2-32 and Table 2-7:
1.782 inches (45.26 mm).
2) Local repair in both bores of not more than 0.010 inch
(0.25 mm) at any one point is permitted. Refer to Section
2.G.(5)(b).
f For all "R" and "W" shank blades with "N" modifications, refer to
Figure 2-33, and Table 2-7:
1) The maximum permitted outboard bore diameter after
2) The maximum permitted center bore diameter after rework
is 1.770 inches (44.958 mm).
4) Local repair in all bores of not more than 0.010 inch
Section 2.G.(5)(b).
g For all "P" and "Z" shank blades with "N" modifications, as
referenced in Figure 2-34, and Table 2-7:
1.782 inches (44.26 mm).
2) Local repair of not more than 0.010 inch (0.25 mm) at any
one point is permitted. Refer to Section 2.G.(5)(b).
h For all "T" and "M" shank blades with or without "N"
modifications, refer to Figure 2-35, 2-36, 2-38, and Table 2-7:
1) The maximum permitted bore outboard diameter after
3) The maximum permitted center bore diameter for
"T" and "M" shanks with "N" modifications after rework is
1.800 inches (45.72 mm). Refer to Figure 2-38.
4) Local repair in all bores of not more than 0.010 inch
Section 2.G.(5)(b).

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
i For "D" and "Y" shank blades, refer to Figures 2-39, 2-40, and
Table 2-7:
1.5035 inches (38.188 mm).
Section 2.G.(5)(b).
j For "E" shank blades, refer to Figure 2-41 and Table 2-7:
1.3785 inches (35.013 mm).
Section 2.G.(5)(b).
(c) Rework of damage, corrosion, or anodize removal in the tapered "X" area
of the blade bore (applies to all "T" and "M" shanks)
1 Localized repairs may be reworked up to a depth of 0.020 inch
(0.50 mm). Rework beyond that is cause for blade retirement.
2 Using an abrasive cartridge or patch and a drill, remove damage,
irregularities, or anodize.
3 Maintain a smooth, uninterrupted finish on all surfaces.
4 If the blade bore areas require rework beyond the maximum
diameters specified in Figures 2-37 and 2-38, retire the blade.
a For all "T" and "M" shank blades with or without "N"
modifications, refer to Figures 2-37 and 2-38:
1) The maximum permitted bore diameter within the "X" area
after rework is 1.800 inches (45.72 mm).
2) The maximum permitted inboard bore diameter within the
"X" area after rework is 2.165 inches (54.99 mm).
3) Local repair within the "X" area of not more than
0.020 inch (0.50 mm) at any one point is permitted.

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
(6) Dimensionally Inspect the Blade Bore

(a) A "Two Point" micrometer is preferred for this measurement.
(b) Using a micrometer and a bore gauge, dimensionally inspect the blade
bore diameter(s).
(c) If the dimensions are beyond the maximum permitted rework limits of
paragraph 2.G.(5), retire the blade from service.
(7) Chemically Etch the Blade Bore
CAUTION 1: FAILURE TO CHEMICALLY ETCH BEFORE PENETRANT

INSPECTION MAY RESULT IN LACK OF DETECTION OF
SMALL CRACKS. ETCHING IS AN ESSENTIAL PROCESS
THAT IMPROVES THE VISIBILITY OF DEFECTS DURING
PENETRANT INSPECTION.
CAUTION 2: DO NOT PERMIT CHEMICAL ETCHING SOLUTIONS

TO REMAIN ON THE BLADE LONGER THAN THE
RECOMMENDED TIME. CORROSIVE DESTRUCTION MAY
RESULT. THOROUGHLY RINSE ALL SOLUTIONS AFTER
ETCHING IS COMPLETED TO PREVENT CORROSION OF
THE BLADE MATERIAL.
(a) Using solvent CM106 or CM23, thoroughly clean the blade bore to remove
grease, oil, and dirt.
(b) Permit the blade bore to thoroughly dry.
(c) Two procedures of chemical etching exist and both are permitted, but a
combination of the two procedures is also permitted.
(d) For chemical etching procedures refer to the Penetrant Inspection chapter
(8) Penetrant Inspect Blade Bore
(a) For required materials, penetrant application methods, and inspection and
acceptance criteria, refer to the Penetrant Inspection chapter of Hartzell
(b) Inspect the entire blade bore area.
(c) Except as specified in paragraph 2.G.(5), an indication is not permitted.
(d) Using solvent CM106 or CM23, rinse the blade bore to remove all
penetrant materials.

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C

HAS BEEN CLEANED, DO NOT TOUCH THE SURFACE
WITH FINGERS OR ANY OILY SUBSTANCE. DOING SO
WILL CAUSE CONTAMINATION OF THE SURFACE AND
CHEMICAL CONVERSION COAT WILL NOT BOND TO IT.
(a) After penetrant inspection, clean the blade bore and balance hole with a
noncorrosive cleaner such as "Bon Ami" or "Radiaze L.F." or other similar
cleaner that does not contain chlorine or corrosive agents.
(b) Using a grease and lint free cloth such as cheese cloth CM159, apply the
cleaner.
(c) Using water, rinse the blade bore area.
(d) If the water beads on the surface of the blade bore, grease or
contaminants are still present.
(e) Repeat the cleaning process until no grease or residue is apparent.
(f) Thoroughly dry the blade bore.
(g) For approved conversion coating products, refer to the Chromic Acid
Anodizing chapter of Hartzell Standard Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02).
(h) Apply a layer of chemical conversion coating to the retention radius and
to the entire blade butt, including bore, balance hole, and pitch change
knob if present. Refer to the Chromic Acid Anodizing chapter of Hartzell
(i) Follow the product manufacturer's instructions about storage temperature
(j) Apply the chemical conversion coating in accordance with the instructions
(k) The transition between the chemical conversion coating region and the
1 Overlap of the chemical conversion coating and anodize within this region
is required.

Rev. 25 Apr/09
133C
(10) Paint Blade Bore and Balance Hole
CAUTION: PAINT IS REQUIRED IN THE BLADE BORE CRITICAL

AREA AND ON AN ADDITIONAL 0.125 INCH TO 0.25 INCH
(3.17 mm TO 6.35 mm) OF THE BEARING CONTACT AREA
TO MINIMIZE CORROSION.
(a) Using a thin layer of mixture number 3 washer primer, paint the balance
hole, the blade bore critical area, and an additional 0.125 inch to 0.25 inch
(3.17 mm to 6.35 mm) of the bearing contact area adjacent to the critical
area. For washer primer mixture information refer to the Paint and Finish
(b) Permit the washer primer to dry for five minutes.
CAUTION: DO NOT APPLY PAINT TO THE ENTIRE BEARING BORE.

THE DIAMETER MAY BE REDUCED ENOUGH TO CAUSE
IMPROPER BEARING FIT.
(c) Using a small brush or cotton swab, paint the entire primed area with a
thin, even layer of black Polane paint CM33.
1 Previous Hartzell publications called for the use of gray Polane paint
CM34 in the balance hole. This is permitted, but black Polane paint
CM33 provides a clearer visual indication of adequate coverage of
the critical area with paint.
CAUTION: DO NOT EXCEED 200° F TEMPERATURE, IF DRYING WITH
HEAT.
(d) Permit the paint to dry thoroughly before installing bearings.
1 If the temperature does not exceed 200° F (93° C), drying with heat is
permitted.

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
(11) Blade Bushing Installation for All "P" and "Z" Shank Blades With
or Without "N" Modifications
(a) Gasket sealant CM46 must be used during A-1309 blade bushing
installations on each "P" and "Z" shank blade to prevent corrosion in the
blade bore. Refer to Figure 2-42.
(b) Permit the paint in the blade bore and in the balance hole to dry for a
minimum of 15 minutes before applying gasket sealant CM46.
(c) Apply a moderate layer of gasket sealant CM46 around the circumference
of the blade bore between 3.50 inches (88.9 mm) and 3.75 inches
(95.2 mm) from the blade butt.
(d) Make sure that there is complete coverage on the blade bore
circumference.
NOTE: Applying a moderate amount of gasket sealant CM46 will

minimize the amount of gasket sealant extrusion into the
blade bore after installation of the blade bushing.
CAUTION: INSTALL THE BLADE BUSHING WITHIN 10 MINUTES OF

APPLYING THE GASKET SEALANT CM46.
(e) Press the new blade bushing into the blade bore, flush to no more than
0.020 inch (0.50 mm) below the blade butt face.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE SOLVENT TO REMOVE EXCESS SEALANT.

(f) Wipe away excess sealant that was exposed when the blade bushing
was installed.
(g) Permit the gasket sealant CM46 to cure for two hours.
(h) Ream the full length of the blade bushing in accordance with the Blade
Bushing Diameters Table 2-8.

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
Shank Type Diameter (Inches) Diameter (mm)

"X" 1.501 to 1.5025 38.13 to 38.163
"X" Modified to "V" 1.501 to 1.5025 38.13 to 38.163
"V" with "N" Modification 1.501 to 1.5025 38.13 to 38.163
"MV" with "N" Modification 1.501 to 1.5025 38.13 to 38.163
"Z" 1.7205 to 1.7220 43.701 to 43.738
"Z" Modified to "W" Inboard: 1.7215 to 1.7225 Inboard: 43.726 to 43.751
Outboard: 1.7495 to 1.7505 Outboard: 44.438 to 44.462
"W" 1.7215 to 1.7225 43.726 to 43.751
"P" 1.7205 to 1.7220 43.701 to 43.738
"P" Modified to "R" Inboard: 1.7215 to 1.7225 Inboard: 43.726 to 43.751
Outboard: 1.750 to 1.7525 Outboard: 44.45 to 44.513
"R" 1.7215 to 1.7225 43.726 to 43.751
Blade Bushing Diameters
Table 2-8
Sealant3
Wipe to remove
excess sealant.
Do not use
solvent when
cleaning.
3.75 inches
(95.2 mm) 3.50 inches
(88.9 mm)
Measure 3.50 (88.9 mm)

and 3.75 (95.2 mm) from
the tip of the applicator. Mark
the handle to use as a guide.
Installing CM46 Gasket Sealant

Figure 2-42

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
(12) Internal Bearing Installation

(a) Inspect the bearing to make sure that a smooth surface exists at the
corners of the bearing.
(b) Using an abrasive pad that has 400-grit or finer, light polishing is
recommended on the bearing outside diameter.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE SEALER CM49 ON "Y", "D", OR "E" SHANK

BLADES.
(c) For all blades except "Y", "D", and "E" shank, apply sealer CM49 to the
radiused area of the blade bore and to the radiused side of the bearing
spacer.
1 Liberal use of sealer CM49 in the critical area enhances corrosion
protection.
2 Do not use sealer CM49 so heavily that it extrudes into the bearing
surfaces after installation.
3 Sealer CM49 is optional on "T" and "M" shank blades with "N" suffix,
which use a plastic bearing spacer.
(d) Insert the bearing spacer into the blade bore.
(e) Apply a light layer of lubricant CM80 to the blade bore to permit smoother
bearing installation.
(f) For all blades except "Y", "D", and "E" shank, apply sealer CM49 to the
spacer end of the bearing.

Rev. 32 Nov/15
133C
(g) Using blade bearing press TE93 or equivalent, and local tooling methods,
press the outboard bearing into place.
1 Install a bearing that has open ends by pressing on the surface of the
bearing that has identification marks.
2 Install a bearing that has one closed end with the closed end
outboard.
3 Use Bearing Installation Tool TE64 for "T" and "M" shank blades with
"N" conversion.
NOTE: The inboard bearing may be installed using Bearing
Installation Tool TE64 or previous tooling methods.
a Install the inboard bearing, outboard bearing, and spacer onto
the bearing installation tool.
CAUTION: BEARING INSTALLATION TOOL TE64 MUST BE
USED TO INSTALL THE OUTBOARD BEARING.
PREVIOUS BEARING INSTALLATION TOOLS MAY
RESULT IN IMPROPERLY LOCATING THE BEARING
AND MAY DAMAGE THE PLASTIC BEARING
SPACER.
b Insert the bearing installation tool CM64 into the blade bore.
APS656
Inboard Bearing
Outboard Bearing
Spacer
2.645 Inches
(67.18 mm)
Bearing Installation on "T" and "M" Shank Blades with "N" Conversion
Figure 2-43

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
c Using an arbor, press the bearing installation tool CM64 into the
blade bore until the flange of the tool is flush with the blade butt.
d Unscrew the bearing installation tool CM64 from the spacer.
e Measure the depth of the outboard bearing.
f The distance from the blade butt to the inboard end of the
outboard bearing must be 2.645 ± 0.015 inches
(67.18 ± 0.38 mm). Refer to Figure 2-43.
(h) Installation of Optional SCE 2020 Bearing in "Y" Shank Blade
1 The Fafnir SCE 2020 bearing is an optional, open-end bearing that
may be used in "Y" shank blades.
2 Put a 0.125 inch (3.17 mm) bead of sealant CM92 around the blade
bore radius.
3 Install the A2414-1 plug with the chamfer side outboard.
4 Using a bearing press and local tooling methods, press the bearing
into the blade bore.

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
1005A
Reading the runout of the retention shoulder, indicate to

0.001 inch (0.025 mm) maximum Total Indicated Runout.
Reading the runout of

the blade butt, indicate
to 0.001 inch (0.025 mm)
maximum Total Indicated
Runout.
Reading Runout
Figure 2-44

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
(i) Press inboard needle bearing in place (if applicable).
CAUTION 1: INSTALLATION OF A NEW BLADE BUSHING MUST BE

ACCOMPLISHED BY A SKILLED LATHE OPERATOR.
INSTALLATION IS CRITICAL AND BLADE AIRWORTHINESS
MAY BE AFFECTED.
CAUTION 2: DO NOT RE-INSTALL A USED BLADE BUSHING.
CAUTION 3: DO NOT BORE INTO THE RADIUSED AREA AT THE BOTTOM

OF THE BLADE BORE.
CAUTION 4: DO NOT PERMIT METAL SHAVINGS TO ENTER THE

NEEDLE BEARING. INSTALL A PLUG IN THE LOWER END
OF THE BLADE BORE.
(j) Using locally fabricated tooling, install a new blade bushing in accordance
with the following procedure.
1 Press the new blade bushing into the blade bore.
a The blade bushing must be flush with to no greater than
0.020 inch (0.50 mm) below the blade butt face.
b For information about the correct blade bushing for a blade
shank, refer to the Illustrated Parts List of this manual.
2 Mount the blade in a lathe or mill.
3 Secure the blade tip and put the blade shank in a fixed rest, if
applicable.
4 Adjust the blade, as applicable, to achieve the following runout
requirements:
a Reading the runout of the blade butt, indicate to 0.001 inch
(0.025 mm) maximum Total Indicated Reading. Refer to
Figure 2-44.
b Reading the runout of the retention shoulder, indicate to 0.001
inch (0.025 mm) maximum Total Indicated Reading. Refer to
Figure 2-44.
c Ream the blade bushing to the specified tolerance indicated in
Table 2-8.

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
APS2050
0.875 Inch 3.5 Inches

(22.22 mm) (88.9 mm)
1.245 Inches
1.485 Inches
(31.62 mm)
(37.71 mm)
15 degrees
"X" to "V" Shank Bearing Press Tool

Figure 2-45

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
H. Blade Shank Conversion

(1) Conversion of "X" Shank to "V" Shank Blades
(a) Conversion of "X" shanks to "V" shanks is mandatory at blade overhaul.
(b) Dimensionally inspect the blade bushing of the "X" shank.
1 The maximum permitted ID of the blade bushing is 1.5025 inches
(38.163 mm).
(c) Put a spacer in the bottom of the blade bore. Refer to paragraph 2.G.(10)
of this section.
(d) Using a bearing press tool, press the needle bearing into the blade bore.
(e) Stamp a "V" before the blade model number on the blade butt. Refer to
the Parts Identification and Marking chapter of Hartzell Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02).

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
ASK706
1.125 Inches (28.58 mm) ± 0.010 (0.25 mm)
Inboard Blade Bushing
1.778 to 1.779 Inches

(45.17 to 45.18 mm) Spacer
1.7215 to 1.7225 Inches

(43.727 to 43.751 mm) Needle Bearing
1.7495 to 1.7505 Inches

(44.438 to 44.462 mm) A-1309-1 or Modified A-1309
Blade Bushing
"Z" Shank Converted to "W" Shank Blade

Figure 2-46

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
(2) Conversion of "Z" Shank to "W" Shank Blades
CAUTION: DO NOT CONVERT A "Z" SHANK BLADE WITH AN "N"

MODIFICATION TO A "W" SHANK BLADE.
(a) This conversion is optional to permit use of "Z" shank blades with "W"
shank hubs.
(b) Put the blade in a lathe or mill.
(c) Chuck the tip and put the shank in a steady rest.
(d) Adjust the blade tip to achieve runout requirements:
1 Reading runout of the blade butt, indicate to 0.0005 inch
(0.0127 mm) maximum Total Indicated Runout.
2 Reading runout of the blade bore, indicate to 0.002 inch (0.05 mm)
maximum Total Indicated Runout.
3 Reading runout of the retention shoulder, indicate to 0.001 inch
4 Reading runout outboard of the retention radius, indicate to 0.001
inch (0.025 mm) maximum Total Indicated Runout.
OF THE BLADE BORE.

NEEDLE BEARING. INSTALL A PLUG IN THE LOWER END
OF THE BLADE BORE.
(e) Insert the full length blade bushing and into the blade bore. Bore the entire
length of the blade bushing to a minimum ID of 1.7495 inches
(44.438 mm) and a maximum of 1.7505 inches (44.462 mm).
(f) If an A-1309 blade bushing is used, it must be modified.
1 Bore out the blade bushing to diameter of 1.778 inches (45.17 mm)
to 1.779 inches (45.18 mm) at inboard 1.125 inches (28.58 mm) of
blade bore. Refer to Figure 2-46.
(g) Insert the spacer and the needle bearing in accordance with paragraph
2.G.(12).
(h) Insert the inboard blade bushing.
(i) Bore the inboard blade bushing to a diameter of 1.7215 (43.727 mm) to
1.7225 inches (43.751 mm).
(j) Stamp a "W" before the blade model number on the blade butt. Refer to
the Parts Identification and Marking chapter of Hartzell Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02).

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
ASK706
1.120 to 1.180 Inches

(28.45 to 29.97 mm)
A-1347 Inboard Blade Bushing
1.778 to 1.779 Inches

(45.17 to 45.18 mm) Spacer
1.7215 to 1.7225 Inches

(43.73 to 43.75 mm) Needle Bearing
1.7500 to 1.7525 Inches

(44.45 to 44.51 mm) A-1309-1 Blade Bushing
"P" Shank Converted to "R" Shank Blade

Figure 2-47

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
(3) Conversion of "P" Shank to "R" Shank Blades

(a) Mount the blade in a lathe or mill.
(b) Chuck the tip and put the shank in a steady rest.
(c) Adjust the blade tip to achieve runout requirements:
1 Reading runout of the blade butt, indicate to 0.0005 inch
2 Reading runout of the blade bore, indicate to 0.002 inch
3 Reading runout of the retention shoulder, indicate to 0.001 inch
4 Reading runout outboard of the retention radius, indicate to
0.001 inch (0.025 mm) maximum Total Indicated Runout.
OF THE BLADE BORE.

NEEDLE BEARING. PLUG THE LOWER END OF THE BLADE
BORE.
(d) Insert an A-1309-1 blade blade bushing to a depth of 1.120 inches
(28.45 mm) to 1.180 inches (29.97) into the blade bore. Refer to
Figure 2-47.
(e) Bore full length of the blade bushing to minimum ID of 1.7500 inches
(44.450 mm) and maximum of 1.7525 inches (44.513 mm). Refer to
Figure 2-47.
(f) Insert a spacer in accordance with paragraph 2.G.(12).
(g) Insert a needle bearing in accordance with paragraph 2.G.(12).
(h) Insert an A-1347 inboard blade bushing flush with or no greater than
0.030 inch (0.76 mm) below the blade butt surface.
(i) Bore the inboard blade bushing to diameter of 1.7215 inches (43.73 mm)
to 1.7225 inches (43.75 mm). Refer to Figure 2-47.
(j) Stamp an "R" before the blade model number on the blade butt.

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
W10518
Do not rework the mounting

bolt bore area, or the bolt
seat area.
Do not rework the

counterweight seat area.
Counterweight Inspection
Figure 2-48
APS2022
Counterweight
Blade Counterweight Knob
Drilling the Counterweight Assembly for Spring Pin Installation

Figure 2-49

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
I. Counterweight Disassembly
(1) Remove the pins from the counterweight bolts.
(2) Remove and discard the counterweight bolts.
(3) Remove the counterweights.
NOTE: The dowel pin has a tendency to remain in the blade when the
counterweight is removed.
(a) If the blade will be overhauled:
1 Remove the dowel pin from the blade and discard it.
a Use suitable customer procured equipment or fixtures for dowel
pin removal.
b If heat is used for dowel pin removal, refer to the
Special Inspections chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard
Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02) for heat exposure limitations.
2 If there is a threaded insert in the counterweight, remove and
discard it.
(b) Remove and discard the dowel pin if it is part number B-6138-6-7.
1 Dowel pin part number B-6138-6-7 is replaced by dowel pin part
number B-6260.
2 Dowel pin part number B-6260 can be identified by an "S" stamped
on the end of the pin.
(c) Remove and discard the dowel pin if it remains in the counterweight.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE GLASS BEAD CLEANING ON THE BLADE.

(d) Using MEK CM106 or Acetone CM173, clean sealant CM46 from the
following:
1 the counterweight surface that mounts on the blade knob
2 the counterweight holes
3 the blade knob surface
4 the dowel pin hole
5 the threaded holes in the blade knob
(e) Plastic media can be used to remove the sealant CM46 from the
counterweight knob and around the counterweight mounting bolt head.
Refer to the Cleaning chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02).

Rev. 34 Jan/17
133C
(4) At overhaul, using a pin gauge, measure the depth of the dowel pin hole in the
counterweight knob.
(a) The maximum permitted dowel pin hole depth is 1.150 inches (29.21 mm).
NOTE: The depth of the hole is measured to the shoulder of the hole,
not to the point.
(b) If the hole is deeper than the permitted depth, retire the blade in
accordance with the Part Retirement Procedures chapter of Hartzell
(5) Examine the counterweight knob surface of each blade.
(a) Impression stamping on the knob surface is not permitted.
1 If a counterweight knob surface has been impression stamped, polish
the surface to remove any raised material using an abrasive pad that
has 400-grit or finer.
2 Apply chemical conversion coating in accordance with the
Chromic Acid Anodizing chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard
(6) Make a magnetic particle inspection of the counterweight in accordance with
the Magnetic Particle Inspection chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard
(a) Pin-point indications no greater than 0.062 inch (1.58 mm) diameter
are permitted.
NOTE: Pinpoint indications can be caused by corrosion pitting or by

manufacturing processes from the factory.
(7) Corrosion is not permitted.
(a) Remove corrosion using glass bead cleaning. Refer to the Cleaning
(61-01-02).
(8) The rework limits are as follows:
WARNING: DO NOT REWORK THE MOUNTING BOLT BORE AREA,

BOLT SEAT AREA, OR COUNTERWEIGHT SEAT AREA.
REFER TO FIGURE 2-48.
(a) The maximum permitted depth of rework for an indication that intersects a
hole is 0.020 inch (0.50 mm).
(b) The maximum permitted depth of rework for an indication that does not
intersect a hole is 0.050 inch (1.27 mm).
(c) Rework the area surrounding the indication to five times the depth of the
indication.

Rev. 34 Jan/17
133C
APS2007
Counterweight
Dowel Pin
Counterweight Assembly
Figure 2-50
APS2008
Counterweight
Counterweight Bolts
Counterweight Bolt Installation

Figure 2-51

Rev. 25 Apr/09
133C
1st 2nd
Counterweight Dowel Pin Oversized Oversized
Counterweight Spring Pin
Bolt Part Dowel Pin Dowel Pin Torque
Part Number Part Number
Part Number Number Part Part
Number Number
D-6021(-) B-3826 B-6260 100332 104074 B-3842-0500 70 Ft-Lb
replaces (95 N•m)
B-6138-6-7
B-3202(-) A-3208 A-65 A-65-1 104073 A-285 65 Ft-Lb
(89 N•m)
C-329(-) B-3850-12 A-65 A-65-1 104073 B-3842-0500 65 Ft-Lb

(89 N•m)
C-472(-) B-3850-12 A-65 A-65-1 104073 B-3842-0500 65 Ft-Lb
(89 N•m)
101651 B-3826 B-6260 100332 104074 B-3842-0500 70 Ft-Lb
(95 N•m)
Counterweight Mounting Hardware

Table 2-9
Dowel Pin Dowel Pin Size Hole Size *

Part Number
A-65 0.2502 ± 0.0001 inch 0.2495 +0.0005/-0.0010 inch
(6.355 ± 0.0025 mm) (6.33 +0.0127/-0.0254 mm)
A-65-1 0.2656 ±0.0001 inch 0.2649 +0.0005/-0.0010 inch
(6.746 ± 0.0025 mm) (6.72 +0.0127/-0.0254 mm)
B-6260 0.3752 ± 0.0001 inch 0.3745 +0.0005/-0.0010) inch
(9.530 ± 0.0025 mm) (9.512 +0.0127/-0.0254 mm)
100332 0.3912 ± 0.0001 inch 0.3905 +0.0005/-0.0010 inch
(9.936 ± 0.0025 mm) (9.918 +0.0127/-0.0254 mm)
104073 0.2852 ± 0.0001 inch 0.2845 +0.0005/-0.0010 inch
(7.4244 ± 0.0025 mm) (7.226 +0.0127/-0.0254 mm)
104074 0.4102 ± 0.0001 inch 0.4095 +0.0005/-0.0010 inch
(10.419 ± 0.0025 mm) (10.401 +0.0127/-0.0254 mm)
* The hole may be reamed to achieve the required hole dimension.
Counterweight Dowel Pin Hole Requirements for Press Fit

Table 2-10

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
(d) Replace the counterweight if an indication is greater than the permitted

rework limits.
(9) After rework, make an inspection of the counterweight in accordance with
the Magnetic Particle Inspection chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard
(a) Replace the counterweight if a relevant indication is found.
(10) Replate the counterweight in accordance with the Cadmium Replating chapter
of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02).
J. Counterweight Installation
(1) Installation of a New Counterweight on a New Blade
(a) General
1 Counterweight knobs are found on Y, D, and E shank aluminum
propeller blades.
2 New blades are not manufactured with a counterweight dowel
pin hole. During the assembly process, a counterweight is bolted
onto the counterweight knob (refer to Table 2-9 for counterweight
mounting hardware) and a hole is drilled through a hole in the
counterweight and into the blade. (Refer to Figure 2-53). This creates
a matched counterweight and blade combination.
(b) Installation Procedures
NOTE: This procedure may be performed with the blade assembled or

disassembled from the propeller assembly.
CAUTION: INSTALLATION OF THE COUNTERWEIGHT AND

MOUNTING BOLTS MUST BE DONE WITHIN
ONE HOUR AFTER APPLYING THE SEALANT CM46.
1 Apply sealant CM46 below the head and to the threads of each
counterweight mounting bolt.
CAUTION: USE CARE TO NOT GET SEALANT CM46 IN THE
COUNTERWEIGHT HOLES.
2 Apply sealant CM46 to the counterweight surface that touches the
blade.
3 Install the counterweight on the blade. Refer to Figure 2-50.
4 Install the counterweight mounting bolts. Refer to Figure 2-51.
5 Torque the counterweight mounting bolts in accordance with
Table 2-9.
6 Using a clean cloth dampened with MEK CM106 or Acetone CM173,
clean sealant CM46 from the counterweight knob and around the
counterweight mounting bolt head.

Rev. 34 Jan/17
133C
7 Install additional slugs to the counterweight, if applicable. Refer to the

Hartzell Propeller Inc. Application Guide Manual 159 (61-02-59).
a Torque the counterweight slug mounting hardware in
accordance with Table 2-11.
8 Using a feeler gage, inspect the four corners of the counterweight to
make sure that there is no clearance between the counterweight and
the blade.
9 If there is clearance, remove the bolts and the counterweight, slightly
change the alignment, and reassemble the unit until there is no
clearance.
CAUTION: DO NOT PERMIT METAL SHAVINGS TO ENTER
THE HUB ASSEMBLY WHEN DRILLING THE
COUNTERWEIGHT. METAL SHAVINGS ENTERING THE
HUB ASSEMBLY MAY DAMAGE THE BLADE SEAL.
10 If the counterweight is drilled with the blade installed in the hub, put rags
tightly around the shank of the blade where the blade enters the hub.
11 Using a #42 drill bit, drill through the side of the counterweight into
each bolt head to an approximate depth of 0.375 inch (9.53 mm).
12 Install a spring pin in each bolt. Refer to Figure 2-52.
13 Using a drill bit of the appropriate size to get the required hole
dimension, drill through the dowel pin hole of the counterweight into
the blade counterweight knob. Refer to Table 2-9, Table 2-10, and
Figure 2-53.
a For a Y-shank propeller blade that uses an A-65 dowel pin
and a B-3202(-) counterweight: Drill to a depth of 0.62 inch to
0.68 inch (15.8 to 17.2 mm) into the blade counterweight knob.
b For a D or E-shank propeller blade that uses an A-65 dowel pin
and a C-472(-) counterweight: Drill to a depth of 0.61 inch to
0.73 inch (15.5 to 18.5 mm) into the blade counterweight knob.
c For an E-shank propeller blade that uses a B-6260 dowel pin
and a C-1797(-) or D-6021(-) counterweight: Drill to a depth
of 0.61 inch to 0.73 inch (15.5 to 18.5 mm) into the blade
counterweight knob.
Mounting Hardware
Torque Value
Part Number
A-1712(-) 36 Ft-Lb (48.8 N•m)
B-3384(-) 10 Ft-Lb (13.6 N•m)
Counterweight Slug Mounting Hardware Torques

Table 2-11

Rev. 34 Jan/17
133C
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS AN INTERFERENCE

FIT BETWEEN THE DOWEL PIN AND THE BLADE
COUNTERWEIGHT.
14 Using a hammer and a pin punch, install the dowel pin through the
dowel pin hole of the counterweight and into the blade counterweight
knob.
a If the dowel pin hole depth is deeper than the recommended
drill/ream hole depth and less than the maximum permitted
hole depth, use caution when installing the dowel pin because
it is possible to press the dowel pin so far into the blade that
there will be almost no interference between the installed
counterweight and the dowel pin.
15 Using a ball peen hammer, strike the surface around the dowel pin
hole of the counterweight to slightly peen material over the dowel pin.
(2) Installation of an Old Counterweight That is Matched to an Old Blade
(a) General
1 "Matched" indicates that previously the counterweight and the blade
have been pinned together with a dowel pin.
2 A matched counterweight and blade assembly may be disassembled
and reassembled an infinite number of times throughout the life of
each component.
3 Disassembly of the counterweight from the blade is required at blade
overhaul. Refer to the section "Counterweight Disassembly" in this
chapter.
4 Remove the counterweight dowel pin from the blade before the
anodize process of the blade.
5 When the counterweight is removed from the blade, new
counterweight mounting bolts and spring pins must be used at
reassembly.
(b) Reinstallation Procedures

blade.
3 Install the counterweight on the blade. Figure 2-50.

Rev. 34 Jan/17
133C
APS2062
Counterweight Bolt
Spring Pin
Counterweight
Spring Pin
Counterweight Spring Pin Installation

Figure 2-52

Rev. 25 Apr/09
133C

5 Torque each counterweight mounting bolt in accordance with
Table 2-9.
clean sealant CM46 from the inside of the dowel pin hole.
clean sealant CM46 from the counterweight knob and around the
counterweight mounting bolt head.
8 Install additional slugs to the counterweight, if applicable. Refer to
the blade.
clearance.
11 If the counterweight is drilled with the blade installed in the hub, put
rags tightly around the shank of the blade where the blade enters the
hub.
12 Using a #42 drill bit, drill through the existing holes in the side of the
counterweight into each bolt head to an approximate depth of
knob. Refer to Table 2-9.
(3) Installation of an Old Counterweight on an Old Blade When the Blade
Counterweight Knob Dowel Pin Hole is Expanded or Elongated
(a) General
1 Normal wear or disassembly of the counterweight from the blade can
cause the dowel pin hole in the blade counterweight knob to expand
or elongate so that the pin fits loosely in the hole.

Rev. 34 Jan/17
133C
APS2009
Counterweight
Blade
Counterweight
Knob
Blade
Measuring the Depth of the

Dowel Pin Hole in the Blade
Counterweight Knob
Drilling the Dowel Pin Hole Into the Blade

Figure 2-53

Rev. 25 Apr/09
133C
2 When the standard dowel pin no longer fits in the assembly correclty,
use of the oversized dowel pin is required.

blade.
3 Install the counterweight on the blade. Figure 2-50.
5 Torque each counterweight mounting bolt in accordance with
Table 2-9.
remove unwanted sealant CM46 from the inside of the dowel pin
hole.
remove unwanted sealant CM46 from the counterweight knob and
around the counterweight mounting bolt head.
the blade.
10 If there is a clearance, remove the bolts and the counterweight,
slightly change the alignment, and reassemble the unit until there is
no clearance.
hub.

Rev. 34 Jan/17
133C
12 Using a #42 drill bit, drill through the existing holes in the side of
the counterweight into each bolt head to an approximate depth of
Figure 2-53.
a For a Y-shank propeller blade that uses an A-65-1 or a 104073
dowel pin and a B-3202(-) counterweight:
(1) Drill to a depth of 0.62 inch to 0.68 inch (15.8 to 17.2 mm)
into the blade counterweight knob.
b For a D or E-shank propeller blade that uses an A-65-1 or
a 104073 dowel pin and a C-472(-) counterweight:
c For an E-shank propeller blade that uses a 100332 or a 104074
dowel pin and a C-1797(-) or D-6021(-) counterweight:
COUNTERWEIGHT.
14 Using a hammer and a pin punch, install the oversized dowel pin
through the dowel pin hole of the counterweight and into the blade
counterweight knob.

Rev. 34 Jan/17
133C
(4) Installation of an Unmatched New or Old Counterweight on an Old Blade

(a) General
1 "Unmatched" means that the counterweight and the blade have not
previously been pinned together with a dowel pin.
2 When a blade and counterweight pair are separated because of the
retirement of the counterweight, a replacement counterweight may be
installed on the blade.
3 Because of the unique location of each counterweight dowel pin hole,
the dowel pin hole in the replacement counterweight will probably not
align with the location of the existing dowel pin hole in the blade.
4 When installing a replacement counterweight on an old blade, use of
the oversized dowel pin is required.
5 If the existing dowel pin hole in the blade counterweight knob does
not align with the dowel pin hole in the counterweight, assembly of
the two components is not permitted.
6 It is possible to “mix and match” old or new counterweights with an
old blade until a counterweight is found that correctly aligns with the
existing blade counterweight dowel pin hole.

blade.
3 Install the new counterweight on the blade. Refer to Figure 2-50.
a If there is resistance with the applicable oversize dowel pin, the
counterweight can be installed.
b If there is no resistance with the applicable oversize dowel pin,
the counterweight may not be used.
Table 2-9.
clean sealant CM46 from the inside of the dowel pin hole.

Rev. 34 Jan/17
133C

the blade.
clearance.
hub.
Figure 2-53.
a For a "Y" shank blade that uses an A-65-1 or a 104073 dowel pin
and a B-3202(-) counterweight:
b For a "D" or an "E" shank propeller blade that uses an A-65-1 or
a 104073 dowel pin and a C-472(-) counterweight:
c For an "E" shank lightweight turbine propeller blade that uses
a 100332 or a 104074 dowel pin and a C-1797(-) or D-6021(-)
counterweight:

Rev. 34 Jan/17
133C

COUNTERWEIGHT.
knob.
(5) Installation of an Old Counterweight on a New Blade
(a) Counterweight Inspection
1 Using a standard dowel pin, check the dowel pin hole in the old
counterweight to make sure that there is resistance.
a If there is resistance with the applicable standard dowel pin, the
counterweight can be installed with a standard dowel pin.
b If there is no resistance with the applicable standard dowel pin,
recheck the hole with an oversized dowel pin.
2 Using an oversized dowel pin, check the dowel pin hole in the
old counterweight to make sure that there is resistance. Refer to
Table 2-9.
a If there is resistance with the applicable oversized dowel pin, the
counterweight can be installed with a oversized dowel pin.
b If there is no resistance with the applicable oversized dowel pin,
replace the counterweight.
NOTE: This procedure may be performed with the blade assembled or

disassembled from the propeller assembly.


Rev. 34 Jan/17
133C

blade.
3 Install the counterweight on the blade. Refer to Figure 2-50.
Table 2-9.
blade.
clearance.
hub.

Rev. 34 Jan/17
133C
Figure 2-53.
a For a "Y" shank propeller blade that uses an A-65, an A-65-1, or
a 104073 dowel pin and a B-3202(-) counterweight:
b For a "D" or an "E" shank propeller blade that uses an A-65, an
A-65-1, or a 104073 dowel pin and a C-472(-) counterweight:
c For an "E" shank propeller blade that uses a B-6060,
a 100332, or a 104074 dowel pin and a C-1797(-) or a D-6021(-)
counterweight:
COUNTERWEIGHT.
knob.

Rev. 34 Jan/17
133C
Aps6232
Expanding Arbor Fixture
Z
Bearing Retention
Surface
Y
X=0 Threaded Hole
Blade Butt
X Counterweight Knob
Mill Table
Expanding Arbor Fixture

Figure 2-54

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
K. Repair of Oversized 7/16-20UNF-3B Tapped Holes in "Y", "D", and "E" Shank Blade
Counterweight Knob.
(1) General
(a) This section contains the recommended procedures from Hartzell
Propeller Inc. for repairing oversized 7/16-20UNF-3B tapped holes.
WARNING: CHROMIC ACID IS TOXIC. AVOID CONTACT WITH SKIN OR

CLOTHING.
CAUTION: AT OVERHAUL, BEFORE THE THREAD INSERT IS INSTALLED,

THE BLADE MUST BE CHROMIC ACID ANODIZED.
(2) At overhaul, before the thread insert is installed, chromic acid anodize the blade
in accordance with the Chromic Acid Anodize chapter of Hartzell Standard
CAUTION: IF THE BLADE IS BEING REPAIRED, APPLY A CHEMICAL

CONVERSION COATING TO THE OVERSIZED TAPPED HOLE
WHERE THE THREAD INSERT WILL BE INSTALLED.
(3) If the blade is being repaired, before the thread insert is installed, apply a
chemical conversion coating to the oversized tapped hole in accordance with
the Chromic Acid Anodize chapter of Hartzell Standard Practices Manual 202A
(61-01-02).

Rev. 25 Apr/09
133C
(4) Recommended Materials List

(a) Vertical mill machine tool
(b) 0.5000 inch (12.700 mm) diameter, 4-flute end mill with
0.030 inch (0.76 mm) R. minimum corner, capable of milling to a depth of
1.020 inch (25.90 mm)
(c) 0.5200 ± 0.0002 inch (13.208 ± 0.0050 mm) diameter reamer with
0.030 inch (0.76 mm) R. minimum corner
(d) 9/16-12UNC-2B bottom, roll tap (non-cutting)
(e) 0.625 inch (15.87 mm) diameter x 82 degree (or 90 degree) countersink
(chamfer) tool
(f) 0.5156 inch (13.096 mm) diameter reamer
(g) B-6143-7 thread insert
(h) Insert tool TE68-( )
(i) Flat bottom punch
(j) Expanding arbor fixture
(k) Appropriately sized drill blanks
(l) Angle protractor
(m) Edge finder

Rev. 25 Apr/09
133C
(5) Preparation
(a) Locally fabricate the expandable arbor fixture.
(b) Install the expandable arbor fixture to the mill table.
(c) Using an indicator, align the arbor to the chuck in the "Y" axis.
(d) Using an edge finder, locate the center of the arbor.
(e) Set the "Y" axis to zero with the arbor centered under the chuck.
(f) Install the blade to the arbor fixture. Do not tighten.
(g) Insert a drill blank that fits snugly into the hole to be repaired.
(h) Using a protractor against the drill blank, align the hole perpendicular to
the mill table ("Z" axis), and tighten the blade on the arbor.
(i) Make sure that the center line of the drill blank is at a 90 degree angle to
the mill table (on the "Z" axis). Refer to Figure 2-54.
(j) Using an edge finder, locate the blade bearing surface.
(k) With the blade bearing surface centered under the chuck, set the “X” axis
to zero. Refer to Figure 2-54.

Rev. 25 Apr/09
133C
(6) Repair Procedure

(a) If only one hole is to be repaired, use the following procedure without
moving to the second hole.
(b) In the "X" axis, X=0 is at the bearing retention surface. Refer to
Figure 2-54.
1 All dimensions in the "X" axis are moving from X=0 toward the blade
tip.
(c) The "Y" axis is perpendicular to the "X" axis, and parallel to the mill table.
(d) Move in the “X" axis to 2.900 inch (73.66 mm) dimension.
(e) Move in the “Y" axis 0.4375 inch (11.113 mm) to the first hole.
(f) Using the 0.500 inch end mill, drill 0.800-0.900 inch (20.32 - 22.86 mm)
deep.
(g) Make sure that all existing thread is removed.
(h) Using compressed air, clear all of the debris from the hole.
(i) Move 0.875 inch (22.22 mm) in the “Y” axis to the second hole.
(j) Repeat steps 2.K.(6)(f) through 2.K.(6)(h) in this section.
(k) Using a 0.5200 inch (13.208 mm) reamer, ream the hole to the same
depth attained in paragraph K.(6)(f) of this chapter.
(l) Move 0.875 inch (22.22 mm) in the “Y" axis to the first hole.
(m) Repeat step 2.K.(6)(k) in this section.
(n) Using a 0.625 inch (15.87 mm) countersink (chamfer) tool, chamfer the
hole to a depth of 0.030 - 0.045 inch (0.76 - 1.14 mm) on the low side of
the hole.
(o) Using compressed air, clear all of the debris from the drilled hole.
(p) Roll tap 9/16-12UNC-2B to 0.650 inch (16.51 mm) minimum depth.
(q) Using compressed air, clear all of the debris from the tapped hole.
(r) Move 0.875 inch (22.22 mm) in the “Y” axis to the second hole.
(s) Repeat steps K.(6)(p) and K.(6)(q) in this section.

Rev. 25 Apr/09
133C
(t) Using a 0.5156 inch (13.096 mm) diameter reamer, ream the thread minor
diameter to 0.5150 +0.005, -0.000 inch (13.081 +0.12, - 0.00 mm).
(u) Using the applicable plug gauges, inspect the pitch diameter and the
minor diameter of the thread.
(v) Install the B-6143-7 thread insert to 0.010 - 0.030 inch (0.25 - 0.76 mm)
below the surface.
(w) Using insert tool TE68-( ), drive the locking pins down until the tool stops
on the knob.
(x) Using a flat bottom punch, drive each pin down until it is flush with the
surface of the thread insert.
(y) Remove all burrs from the each hole.
(z) Using compressed air, remove all debris from each hole.
(aa) Using a 7/16-20 UNF-3B thread gauge and a plug gauge, inspect each
completed hole.
(7) Final Inspection
(a) Visually inspect the repaired blade for appearance and completeness.
(b) Reinspect the thread size and the depth of the B-6143-7 thread insert.
(c) Inspect the part identification for the serial number and the part number to
make sure that they match all documentation.

Rev. 25 Apr/09
133C

Rev. 25 Apr/09
133C
L. Repair of Oversized 1/2-20UNF-3B Tapped Holes in "D" and "E" Shank Blade
Counterweight Knob
(1) General
(a) This section contains the recommended procedures from Hartzell
Propeller Inc. for repairing oversized 1/2-20UNF-3B tapped holes.

CLOTHING.
CAUTION: AT OVERHAUL, BEFORE THE THREAD INSERT IS INSTALLED,

THE BLADE MUST BE CHROMIC ACID ANODIZED.
(2) At overhaul, before the thread insert is installed, chromic acid anodize the blade
in accordance with the Chromic Acid Anodize chapter of Hartzell Standard
CAUTION: IF THE BLADE IS BEING REPAIRED, APPLY A CHEMICAL

CONVERSION COATING TO THE OVERSIZED TAPPED HOLE
WHERE THE THREAD INSERT WILL BE INSTALLED.
(3) If the blade is being repaired, before the thread insert is installed, apply a
chemical conversion coating to the oversized tapped hole in accordance with
the Chromic Acid Anodize chapter of Hartzell Standard Practices Manual 202A
(61-01-02).

Rev. 25 Apr/09
133C
(4) Recommended Materials List

(a) Vertical mill machine tool
(b) 0.5625 inch (14.288 mm) diameter, 4-flute end mill with
0.030 inch (0.76 mm) R. minimum corner, capable of milling to a depth of
1.020 inch (25.90 mm)
(c) 0.5781 ± 0.0002 inch (14.684 ± 0.0005 mm) diameter reamer with
0.030 inch (0.76 mm) R. minimum corner
(d) 5/8-11UNC-2B bottom, roll tap (non-cutting)
(e) 0.6875 inch (17.463 mm) diameter x 82 degree (or 90 degree) countersink
(chamfer) tool
(f) 0.5781 inch (14.684 mm) diameter reamer
(g) B-6143-8 thread insert
(h) Insert tool TE68-( )
(i) Flat bottom punch
(j) Expanding arbor fixture
(k) Appropriately sized drill blanks
(l) Angle protractor
(m) Edge finder

Rev. 25 Apr/09
133C
(5) Preparation
(a) Locally fabricate the expandable arbor fixture.
(b) Install the expandable arbor fixture to the mill table.
(c) Using an indicator, align the arbor to the chuck in the “Y” axis. Refer to
Figure 2-54.
(d) Using an edge finder, locate the center of the arbor.
(e) With the arbor centered under the chuck, set the “Y” axis to zero.
(f) Install the blade to the arbor fixture. Do not tighten.
(g) Insert a drill blank that fits snugly into the hole to be repaired.
(h) Using a protractor against the drill blank, align the hole perpendicular to
the mill table ("Z" axis).
(i) Tighten the blade on the arbor.
(j) Make sure that the center line of the drill blank is at a 90 degree angle to
the mill table (on the "Z" axis). Refer to Figure 2-54.
(k) Using an edge finder, locate the blade bearing surface.
(l) With the blade bearing surface centered under the chuck, set the “X” axis
to zero. Refer to Figure 2-54.

Rev. 25 Apr/09
133C
(6) Repair Procedure

(a) If only one hole is to be repaired, use the following procedure without
moving to the second hole.
(b) In the "X" axis, X=0 is at the bearing retention surface. Refer to
Figure 2-54.
1 All dimensions in the "X" axis are moving from X=0 toward the
blade tip.
(c) The "Y" axis is perpendicular to the "X" axis, and parallel to the mill table.
(d) Move in the "X" axis to 2.900 inch (73.660 mm) dimension.
(e) Move in the "Y" axis 0.500 inch (12.700 mm) to the first hole.
(f) Using the 0.5625 inch end mil, drill 0.860-0.960 inch (21.844 - 24.38 mm)
deep. Refer to Figure 2-54.
(g) Make sure that all existing thread is removed.
(h) Using compressed air, clear all of the debris from the hole.
(i) Move 1.000 inch (25.400 mm) in the "Y" axis to the second hole.
(j) Repeat steps 2.L.(6)(f) through 2.L.(6)(h) in this section.
(k) Using a 0.5781 inch (13.208 mm) reamer, ream the hole to the same
depth attained in paragraph L.(4)(f) of this chapter.
(l) Move 1.000 inch (25.400 mm) in the "Y" axis to the first hole.
(m) Repeat step 2.L.(6)(k) in this section.
(n) Using a 0.6875 inch (17.463 mm) countersink (chamfer) tool, chamfer the
hole to a depth of 0.030 - 0.045 inch (0.76 - 1.14 mm) on the low side of
the hole.
(o) Using compressed air, clear all of the debris from the drilled hole.
(p) Roll tap 5/8 -11UNC-2B to 0.680 inch (17.27 mm) minimum depth.
(q) Using compressed air, remove all of the debris from the tapped hole.
(r) Move 1.000 inch (25.40 mm) in the "Y" axis to the second hole.
(s) Repeat steps 2.L.(6)(n) through 2.L.(6)(q) in this section.
(t) Using a 0.5781 inch (14.684 mm) diameter reamer, ream the thread minor
diameter to 0.5770 +.005, -.000 inch (14.656 +.127, - 0.000 mm).
(u) Using the applicable plug gauges, inspect the pitch diameter and the
minor diameter of the thread.
(v) Install the B-6143-8 thread insert to 0.010 - 0.030 inch (0.25 - 0.76 mm)
below the surface.

Rev. 25 Apr/09
133C
(w) Using insert tool TE68-( ), drive the locking pins down until the tool stops
on the knob.
(x) Using a flat bottom punch, drive each pin down until it is flush with the
surface of the thread insert.
(y) Remove all burrs from each hole.
(z) Using compressed air, remove all of the debris from each hole.
(aa) Using a 1/2-20 UNF-3B thread gauge and a plug gauge, inspect each
completed hole.
(7) Final Inspection
(a) Visually inspect the repaired blade for appearance and completeness.
(b) Reinspect the thread size and the depth of the B-6143-8 thread insert.
(c) Inspect the part identification for the serial number and part number to
make sure that they match all documentation.
M. B-6143-( ) Thread Insert Removal

(1) For instructions about the removal of a B-6143-( ) thread insert, refer to the
Aluminum Hub Overhaul chapter of Hartzell Standard Practices Manual 202A
(61-01-02).

Rev. 25 Apr/09
133C

Rev. 25 Apr/09
133C
BLADE AIRFOIL OVERHAUL - CONTENTS
1. Special Inspections and Procedures...................................................................3-3

2. Overhaul Procedures...........................................................................................3-3
A. General..........................................................................................................3-3
B. Blade Station Setup.......................................................................................3-5
C. Blade Straightening...................................................................................... 3-11
D. Blade Grinding Requirements and Procedures............................................3-15
E. Blade Polishing Requirements and Procedures...........................................3-19
F. Blade Final Polishing Requirements and Procedures..................................3-20
G. Chemically Etch Blade Airfoil.......................................................................3-21
H. Inspect Blade Airfoil Using Penetrant...........................................................3-21
I. Blade Inspection Using Eddy Current..........................................................3-22
J. Dimensional Inspection of Blade Airfoil........................................................3-22
K. Reduction in Blade Length...........................................................................3-36
L. Shot Peened Blade Inspection and Rework.................................................3-43
M. Q Tip Blades.................................................................................................3-53
N. Lightning Strikes...........................................................................................3-54
O. Blade Anodizing...........................................................................................3-55
P. Optional Blade Conversion..........................................................................3-56
BLADE AIRFOIL OVERHAUL 61-13-33 Page 3-1

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
BLADE AIRFOIL OVERHAUL - LIST OF FIGURES
Measuring the Angle of a Bend on an Aluminum Blade............. Figure 3-1.................3-12

Leading Edge Profile.................................................................. Figure 3-2.................3-14
Using Dowel Pins to Measure Blade Angle................................ Figure 3-3.................3-24
Blade Pitch Fixture TE438.......................................................... Figure 3-4.................3-25
Measuring Blade Angle.............................................................. Figure 3-5.................3-25
Measuring Face Alignment......................................................... Figure 3-6.................3-32
Option A Curved Trailing Edge.............................................. Figure 3-7.................3-46
Option B Parallel Trailing Edge............................................. Figure 3-8.................3-47
Shot Peening Shank Coverage.................................................. Figure 3-9.................3-51
"Q" Tip Aluminum Propeller Blades........................................... Figure 3-10................3-52
BLADE AIRFOIL OVERHAUL - LIST OF TABLES
Distance From Blade Butt to 0-Inch Station................................ Table 3-1....................3-4

Station Setup for Aluminum Hub "Lightweight"
Turbine Propeller Assembly................................................... Table 3-2....................3-6
Station Setup for Aluminum Hub "Compact" ("Y" Shank)
Propeller Assembly ............................................................... Table 3-3....................3-6
Station Setup for Steel Hub Turbine Engine
Station Setup for Steel Hub Piston Engine
Aluminum Blade Bend Limits ..................................................... Table 3-6..................3-10
Dowel Pin Placement.................................................................. Table 3-7..................3-28
Blade Twist Limits........................................................................ Table 3-8..................3-30
Shot Peened Aluminum Blades................................................... Table 3-9..................3-40
Page 3-2
BLADE AIRFOIL OVERHAUL 61-13-33 Rev. 32 Nov/15
133C
WARNING: THERE ARE MANDATORY INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES

FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATIONS THAT MUST BE COMPLIED WITH
IN ADDITION TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS CHAPTER. A LIST
OF THESE APPLICATIONS CAN BE FOUND IN THE TABLE OF
CONTENTS OF THE SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES
CHAPTER OF THIS MANUAL. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THE
REQUIREMENTS WILL RESULT IN IMPROPER INSPECTION,
REPAIR, AND OVERHAUL OF THE EFFECTED COMPONENT.
CAUTION: INSTRUCTIONS AND PROCEDURES IN THIS CHAPTER INVOLVE

PROPELLER CRITICAL PARTS. REFER TO THE INTRODUCTION
CHAPTER OF THIS MANUAL FOR INFORMATION ABOUT
PROPELLER CRITICAL PARTS.
A. Refer to the Table of Contents of the Special Inspections and Procedures chapter
of this manual to find additional requirements that apply to certain assemblies.
B. The applicable mandatory inspections and procedures for a specific application,

must be complied with in addition to those requirements listed in this chapter.
2. Overhaul Procedures
WARNING: SOLVENTS ARE FLAMMABLE AND TOXIC TO THE SKIN, EYES,

AND RESPIRATORY TRACT. SKIN AND EYE PROTECTION ARE
REQUIRED. AVOID PROLONGED CONTACT AND BREATHING OF
VAPORS. USE SOLVENT RESISTANT GLOVES TO MINIMIZE SKIN
CONTACT AND WEAR SAFETY GLASSES FOR EYE PROTECTION.
USE IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA AWAY FROM SPARKS AND
FLAME. READ AND OBSERVE ALL WARNING LABELS.
CAUTION: INSTRUCTIONS AND PROCEDURES IN THIS SECTION INVOLVE

A. General
(1) The following procedures are to be performed during overhaul. To determine
the specific procedures that apply to a particular blade model, refer to the
traveler for that blade. Refer to the Appendix B - Travelers chapter of this
manual.

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
Shank Distance From Blade Butt to

Type 0-Inch Station
"Y" 1.0 Inch (25.4 mm)*
"D" 1.0 Inch (25.4 mm) NOTE: These dimensions apply to all
blades not in a propeller assembly.
"E" 1.0 Inch (25.4 mm) Factors such as type of hub and
number of blades in the propeller
"X" 4.150 Inches (105.41 mm)†
assembly do not affect these
"V" 4.150 Inches (105.41 mm)† dimensions.
"MV" 4.150 Inches (105.41 mm)†
"P" 4.512 Inches (114.60 mm)
Exceptions: * 9684 Blade is 2.0 Inches
"R" 4.512 Inches (114.60 mm) (50.8 mm)
"M" 4.512 Inches (114.60 mm) † 8833 Blade is 4.250 Inches
"T" 4.512 Inches (114.60 mm) (108.0 mm)
"W" 4.512 Inches (114.60 mm)‡ ‡ 8447 and 8847 Blades are
4.312 Inches (109.5 mm)
"Z" 4.512 Inches (114.60 mm)‡
Distance From Blade Butt to 0-Inch Station

Table 3-1
Page 3-4
BLADE AIRFOIL OVERHAUL 61-13-33 Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
B. Blade Station Setup
CAUTION 1: INSTRUCTIONS AND PROCEDURES IN THIS SECTION INVOLVE

CAUTION 2: DO NOT CONFUSE BLADE STATION WITH REFERENCE BLADE

RADIUS. BLADE STATION AND REFERENCE BLADE RADIUS OF
THE SAME NUMBER MAY NOT ALWAYS INDICATE THE SAME
LOCATION ON THE BLADE.
CAUTION 3: DO NOT ETCH, SCRIBE, PUNCH MARK, OR SIMILARLY IDENTIFY

PARTS IN ANY MANNER THAT MAY BE HARMFUL TO THE
STRENGTH OR FUNCTION OF THE PROPELLER.
CAUTION 4: GRAPHITE (“LEAD”) PENCIL MARKS WILL CAUSE CORROSION.

(1) Blade stations are used during the repair or overhaul process of a blade to
define a blade span location for dimensional measurement.
(2) Using a non-graphite pencil CM162 or equivalent, mark blade stations within
± 0.031 inch (0.81 mm) of the specified dimensions established from the 0-inch
station.
(3) Reference blade radius is measured from the center of the propeller hub to a
predetermined reference location on the blade for blade angle measurement. A
yellow adhesive stripe (Blade Angle Reference Tape CM160) is usually located
at the reference blade radius location. Refer to the applicable overhaul manual
for blade angle reference tape application instructions.
(a) Determining Blade Stations for a Bare Blade
1 Blade stations are established in reference to the center line of the
propeller hub.
2 When working with a blade not installed on a hub, it is necessary
to establish the location of the 0-inch station. From this reference
point, all other blade stations can be established for the purpose of
completing dimensional inspections.
3 Establishment of the 0-inch station is accomplished by measuring
from the blade butt inboard toward the center of rotation.
4 Shank types have varying dimensions on the distance from the blade
butt to the 0-inch station.
5 The dimensions to establish the 0-inch station can be found in
Table 3-1 or in the blade specification tables.

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
Hub Centerline to 0 Inch Station

3 Blade 1.50 inches (38.1 mm)
6 Blade 3.703 inches (94.1 mm) (HC-A6A)
6 Blade 3.750 inches (95.3 mm) (HC-E6A)
Station Setup for Aluminum Hub "Lightweight" Turbine Propeller Assembly
Table 3-2

2 Blade 0.0 inch
3 Blade 1.0 inch (25.4 mm)
3 Blade
0.0 inch
Model F9684
Station Setup for Aluminum Hub "Compact" ("Y" Shank) Propeller Assembly
Table 3-3

3 Blade (A3VF-7[ ], A3MVF-7[ ] 0.0625 Inch (1.587 mm)
and B3TF-7[ ])
3 Blade (All Others) 0.25 Inch (6.3 mm)
4 Blade 0.75 Inch (19.0 mm)
5 Blade 1.60 Inch (40.6 mm)
Station Setup for Steel Hub Turbine Engine Propeller Assembly
Table 3-4
Page 3-6
133C
Hub Centerline to Hub Centerline to

0-Inch Station 0-Inch Station
(8833 Blade) (All Other Blades)
HC-12(X,V)20 -0.10 inch (-2.5 mm) 0 inch (0 mm)
HC-13(X,V)20 0.20 inch (5.0 mm) 0.30 inch (7.6 mm)
HC-D2(X,V,MV)20 0.025 inch (0.63 mm) 0.125 inch (3.17 mm)
HC-D3(X,V,MV)20 0.20 inch (5.0 mm) 0.30 inch (7.6 mm)
HC-82(X,V)20 -0.10 inch (-2.5 mm) 0 inch (0 mm)
HC-82(X,V)F,L 0 inch (0 mm) 0.10 inch (2.5 mm)
HC-83(X,V)F-1,-2 0.20 inch (5.0 mm) 0.30 inch (7.6 mm)
HC-83(X,V)F-3 0.30 inch (7.6 mm) 0.40 inch (10.16 mm)
HC-A2(X,V,MV)(F,K,L) 0.06 inch (1.5 mm) 0.16 inch (4.0 mm)
HC-A2(X,V,MV)20-1,-2,-5 0.04 inch (1.0 mm) 0.14 inch (3.5 mm)
HC-A2(X,V,MV)20-4 -0.05 inch (-1.2 mm) 0.05 inch (1.1 mm)
HC-A3(X,V,MV)(F,K,20,30,31) 0.20 inch (5.0 mm) 0.30 inch (7.6 mm)
Hub Centerline to Hub Centerline to
0-Inch Station 0-Inch Station
(8447 & 8847 Blades) (All Other Blades)
HC-92(W,Z)(F,K) 0 inch (0 mm) -0.20 inch (-5.0 mm)
HC-93Z20 0.20 inch (5.0 mm) 0 inch (0 mm)
HC-B3W(20,N) 0.398 inch (10.10 mm) 0.198 inch (5.02 mm)
HC-B3(R,W)20 0.19 inch (4.8 mm) -0.01 inch (-0.2 mm)
HC-B3(P,Z)20 0.198 inch (5.02 mm) -0.002 inch (-0.05 mm)
HC-B3(R,W)30 0.44 inch (11.1 mm) 0.24 inch (6.0 mm)
HC-B3(P,Z)30 0.448 inch (11.37 mm) 0.248 inch (6.29 mm)
Station Setup for Steel Hub Piston Engine Propeller Assembly

Table 3-5

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
(b) Determining Blade Stations for a Blade in a Propeller Assembly
CAUTION: BLADE STATIONS MUST BE MARKED WITHIN ± 0.032

INCH (0.81 mm) OF THE SPECIFIED DIMENSIONS
ESTABLISHED FROM THE 0-INCH STATION.
1 If it is necessary to establish the blade stations for a blade that
is installed on an aircraft, determine the distance from the hub
centerline to the 0-inch station using Table 3-2, 3-3, 3-4, or 3-5.
a This dimension is added to (or subtracted from, if it is negative)
the desired blade station to be marked.
b The sum of the two numbers is the distance from the hub
centerline to the desired blade station to be marked.
c Example: A blade in an HC-B3TN-5/T10282 propeller assembly
is suspected of being below minimum thickness at the 35-inch
(889 mm) station. From Table 3-4, it can be determined that
the distance from the hub centerline to the 0-inch station for a
3 bladed steel hub turbine propeller is +0.25 inch (6.35 mm).
According to the blade specification table for the T10282 blade,
the blade stations defined near the 35-inch (889 mm) station
are the 30-, 36-, and 42-inch (762, 914, and 1067 mm) blade
stations. If +0.25 inch (6.35 mm) is added to each of the defined
stations, the result would be 30.25, 36.25, and 42.25 inches
(768.35, 920.75, and 1073.15 mm). From the hub centerline,
measure out 30.25, 36.25, and 42.25 inches (768.35, 920.75,
and 1073.15 mm).
CAUTION 1: DO NOT ETCH, SCRIBE, PUNCH MARK, OR

SIMILARLY IDENTIFY PARTS IN ANY MANNER
THAT MAY BE HARMFUL TO THE STRENGTH OR
FUNCTION OF THE PROPELLER.

CORROSION.
d Using a non-graphite pencil CM162 or equivalent, mark a line
for each blade station.
2 Another method of establishing station lines is to measure inboard
from the blade tip, but this method is not recommended because of
the accuracy of the blade length.
Page 3-8
133C
(c) Determining the Actual Diameter of a Propeller Assembly

1 It is necessary to determine the actual diameter of a propeller
assembly to make sure that it is not below the minimum diameter
permitted for the aircraft it is installed on.
2 There are two methods for determining the propeller diameter.
a To determine the actual diameter of the propeller, add the
distance from the hub centerline to the blade butt (refer to
Table 3-1 plus applicable dimension from Table 3-2, 3-3, 3-4,
or 3-5) to the actual blade length (from blade butt to blade tip,
not 0-inch station to tip). Multiply the sum by two. This equals
the actual propeller diameter.
2 × (Hub Centerline to Blade Butt + Blade Length) = Actual
Propeller Diameter
b To determine the diameter of the propeller model because it
may vary from the blade model designation, add the distance
from the hub centerline to the blade 0-inch station (refer to
Table 3-2, 3-3, 3-4, or 3-5) to the blade tip station (refer to the
Blade Tip Drawings). Multiply the sum of these numbers by two.
This equals the diameter of the propeller assembly unless it has
been modified.
2 × (Hub Centerline to 0-Inch Station + Blade Tip Station) =
Propeller Diameter
c For example, to determine the propeller diameter for an
HC-B3TN-5K/10178-13, determine the distance from the hub
centerline to the 0-inch station. Because this is an assembly for
a steel hub turbine aircraft, it is necessary to use Table 3-4. This
dimension is 0.25 inch (0.63 mm). According to the Blade Tip
Drawing for 10178 blades, the tip station for a 10178-13 is
44 inches (1117.6 mm). Forty-four plus 0.25 inch
(1117.6 plus 0.63 mm) equals 44.25 (1123.9 mm) inches. When
multiplied by two, you get a total of 88.50 inches (2247.8 mm).
3 The tolerance for an assembled propeller is ± 0.1875 inch (4.76 mm).
a For example, if an aircraft type certificate states that the
minimum diameter is 78 inches (1981.2 mm), the actual
propeller diameter could be between 77.8125 inches and
78.1875 inches (1976.438 mm and 1985.962 mm).

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
Maximum Maximum Maximum

Blade Blade Blade
Angle of Angle of Angle of
Thickness Thickness Thickness
Bend Bend Bend
(Inches) (Inches) (Inches)
(Degrees) (Degrees) (Degrees)
0.060 (1.52 mm) 21.9 0.410 (10.41 mm) 14.5 0.760 (19.30 mm) 7.2
0.070 (1.77 mm) 21.7 0.420 (10.66 mm) 14.3 0.770 (19.55 mm) 6.9
0.080 (2.03 mm) 21.5 0.430 (10.92 mm) 14.1 0.780 (19.81 mm) 6.7
0.090 (2.28 mm) 21.3 0.440 (11.17 mm) 13.9 0.790 (20.06 mm) 6.5
0.100 (2.54 mm) 21.1 0.450 (11.43 mm) 13.7 0.800 (20.32 mm) 6.3
0.110 (2.79 mm) 20.8 0.460 (11.68 mm) 13.5 0.810 (20.57 mm) 6.1
0.120 (3.04 mm) 20.6 0.470 (11.93 mm) 13.3 0.820 (20.82 mm) 5.9
0.130 (3.30 mm) 20.4 0.480 (12.19 mm) 13.1 0.830 (21.08 mm) 5.7
0.140 (3.55 mm) 20.2 0.490 (12.44 mm) 12.8 0.840 (21.33 mm) 5.5
0.150 (3.81 mm) 20.0 0.500 (12.70 mm) 12.6 0.850 (21.59 mm) 5.3
0.160 (4.06 mm) 19.8 0.510 (12.95 mm) 12.4 0.860 (21.84 mm) 5.1
0.170 (4.31 mm) 19.6 0.520 (13.20 mm) 12.2 0.870 (22.09 mm) 4.8
0.180 (4.57 mm) 19.4 0.530 (13.46 mm) 12.0 0.880 (22.35 mm) 4.6
0.190 (4.82 mm) 19.2 0.540 (13.71 mm) 11.8 0.890 (22.60 mm) 4.4
0.200 (5.08 mm) 18.9 0.550 (13.97 mm) 11.6 0.900 (22.86 mm) 4.2
0.210 (5.33 mm) 18.7 0.560 (14.22 mm) 11.4 0.910 (23.11 mm) 4.0
0.220 (5.58 mm) 18.5 0.570 (14.47 mm) 11.2 0.920 (23.36 mm) 3.8
0.230 (5.84 mm) 18.3 0.580 (14.73 mm) 10.9 0.930 (23.62 mm) 3.6
0.240 (6.09 mm) 18.1 0.590 (14.98 mm) 10.7 0.940 (23.87 mm) 3.4
0.250 (6.35 mm) 17.9 0.600 (15.24 mm) 10.5 0.950 (24.13 mm) 3.2
0.260 (6.60 mm) 17.7 0.610 (15.49 mm) 10.3 0.960 (24.38 mm) 2.9
0.270 (6.85 mm) 17.5 0.620 (15.74 mm) 10.1 0.970 (24.63 mm) 2.7
0.280 (7.11 mm) 17.3 0.630 (16.00 mm) 9.9 0.980 (24.89 mm) 2.5
0.290 (7.36 mm) 17.1 0.640 (16.25 mm) 9.7 0.990 (25.14 mm) 2.3
0.300 (7.62 mm) 16.8 0.650 (16.51 mm) 9.5 1.000 (25.40 mm) 2.1
0.310 (7.87 mm) 16.6 0.660 (16.76 mm) 9.3 1.010 (25.69 mm) 1.9
0.320 (8.12 mm) 16.4 0.670 (17.01 mm) 9.1 1.020 (25.90 mm) 1.7
0.330 (8.38 mm) 16.2 0.680 (17.27 mm) 8.8 1.030 (26.16 mm) 1.5
0.340 (8.63 mm) 16.0 0.690 (17.52 mm) 8.6 1.040 (26.41 mm) 1.3
0.350 (8.89 mm) 15.8 0.700 (17.78 mm) 8.4 1.050 (26.67 mm) 1.1
0.360 (9.14 mm) 15.6 0.710 (18.03 mm) 8.2 1.060 (26.92 mm) 0.8
0.370 (9.39 mm) 15.4 0.720 (18.28 mm) 8.0 1.070 (27.17 mm) 0.6
0.380 (9.65 mm) 15.2 0.730 (18.54 mm) 7.8 1.080 (27.43 mm) 0.4
0.390 (9.90 mm) 14.9 0.740 (18.79 mm) 7.6 1.090 (27.68 mm) 0.2
0.400 (10.16 mm) 14.7 0.750 (19.05 mm) 7.4 1.100 (27.94 mm) 0.0
Aluminum Blade Bend Limits

Table 3-6

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
C. Blade Straightening

(1) A bent blade may be straightened if it meets the following criteria:
(a) There is no evidence of damage caused by impact on the blade butt or
retention radii.
(b) There is no evidence of damage caused by impact to the blade bore.
(c) The pitch change knob is not bent (if applicable).
(d) The blade or blade tip bend is within the permitted bend limits specified
in the Aluminum Blade Bend Limits Table 3-6 and the Twist Allowances
Table 3-8.
(2) If the blade tip is bent beyond the permitted limits, a blade may not be
converted to another model or to a shorter length version of the existing model.
NOTE: In the past, blades that were bent beyond allowable limits were
sometimes reduced in diameter when the shortened blade model
was completely inboard of the bend. This practice is no longer
permitted.
(3) If a blade does not meet the criteria specified in 2.C.(1)(a) through 2.C.(1)(d),

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
(4) Determining Repairability of a Bent Blade

(a) In the past, blades that were bent beyond the permitted limits were
sometimes reduced in diameter when the shortened blade model was
completely inboard of the bend. This practice is no longer permitted.
(b) Using a protractor similar to the one shown in Figure 3-1, measure the
angle of the bend.

PROPELLER.

CORROSION.
1 Using a non-graphite pencil CM162 or equivalent, mark the blade
1 inch (25.4 mm) on each side of the centerline of the bend.
2 Put the protractor on the blade so that it is tangent to the blade and
that there is 1 inch on each side of the centerline of the bend.
3 Make a record of the angle of the bend.
APS0695
Angle of
Bend
1 inch (25.4 mm)
Thickness of Blade at
Centerline of Bend
Measuring the Angle of a Bend on an Aluminum Blade

Figure 3-1

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
(c) If it is not possible to mark and locate the protractor 1 inch (25.4 mm) on
each side of the bend, measure as closely as possible to the apex of the
bend to achieve as accurate a measurement of the angle as possible.
(d) Measure the thickness of the blade at the centerline of the bend.
(e) Using the measurement for the blade thickness established in section
2.C.(4)(d), find the maximum angle of bend in Table 3-6.
1 If the bend angle established in section 2.C.(4)(b) is less than or
equal to the maximum angle of bend, the blade may be straightened.
2 If the bend angle established in section 2.C.(4)(b) is greater than the
maximum angle of bend, retire the blade from service.
(f) Blades may only be straightened by qualified personnel at an
appropriately licensed repair facility.
(g) If a blade submitted for overhaul appears to have been straightened in the
field, retire the blade from service.
NOTE: The overhaul shop cannot determine if the maximum angle of

bend was exceeded.

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
(5) Straightening a Bent Blade
CAUTION: STRAIGHTENING BLADES MUST ONLY BE ACCOMPLISHED

BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL AT AN APPROPRIATELY
LICENSED REPAIR FACILITY. IRREPARABLE DAMAGE MAY
BE DONE TO THE BLADE DURING THE STRAIGHTENING
PROCESS.
(a) Straightening a blade must be accomplished before the grinding process
except as follows:
1 If after grinding the blade face alignment is out of tolerance, the blade
may be bent to bring it within tolerance.
(b) Support the blade shank in a block under a hydraulic press.
(c) Put a second block outboard of the area to be straightened.
(d) Position the blade so that the press applies force approximately six inches
inboard of the bent area.
(e) Measure the blade face alignment. Refer to paragraph 2.J.(7) to determine
if the blade is within tolerance.
(f) The condition of the leading and trailing edges of the blade also
determines if the blade can be returned to service. Refer to Figure 3-2.
(g) Visible waves or kinks are not permitted.
(h) After the straightening process, chemical etch and penetrant inspect the
blade in the area of the bend. Refer to the Penetrant Inspection chapter of
Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02).
LEADEDG1-4
Yes No No No
Leading Edge Profile

Figure 3-2
Page 3-14
133C
D. Blade Grinding Requirements and Procedures

(1) Grinding or polishing the blade airfoil is permitted for removal of paint and
anodize layers.
(a) Grinding is defined as using an abrasive disc or pad that has no finer
than 180-grit.
(b) Polishing is defined as using an abrasive disc or pad that has 200-grit
or finer.
1 For aluminum blades, perform a penetrant inspection of the blade
before polishing.
(2) The following procedures are the in-house requirements of Hartzell Propeller
Inc. Industry grinding standards may be used to achieve a similar effect.
(a) Aluminum propeller blades must be ground and polished at each blade
overhaul.
1 Significant dimples and irregular surfaces, although permitted for
many field repairs, must be removed at overhaul.
2 Nicks, gouges, corrosion, and other damage must be removed.
3 The blade must have a smooth, even surface.
(b) Horizontally mount the blade on the work surface.
CAUTION 1: DO NOT ETCH, SCRIBE, PUNCH MARK OR SIMILARLY

PROPELLER.

CORROSION.
(d) Using a non-graphite pencil CM162 or equivalent, mark station lines on
the face of the blade in accordance with Appendix C - Blade Specification
Tables.
1 Mark the blade stations within ± 0.032 inch (0.81 mm) of the specified
dimensions established from the 0-inch station.
(e) Dimensionally inspect the thickness of the blade at the thickest point of
each blade station.
1 If the blade thickness is below the minimum at any blade station,

Rev. 29 Nov/12
133C
(f) Dimensionally inspect the width of the blade at each blade station.
1 If the blade width is below the minimum at any blade station, retire
CAUTION 1: DO NOT GRIND THE RETENTION AREA OF THE BLADE.

STOP GRINDING AT THE POINT WHERE THE AIRFOIL
BEGINS TO FLARE TO THE CONCENTRIC PART OF THE
SHANK.
CAUTION 2: MAINTAIN THE REQUIRED CONTOUR OF EACH SURFACE

OF THE BLADE. THE TIP, LEAD AND TRAIL EDGE, AND
FACE AND CAMBER CONTOURS ARE CRITICAL AND MAY
NOT BE CHANGED BY GRINDING.
(g) Before grinding apply a small amount of a grinding lubrication composition,
such as Matchless® grease, to each side of the blade.
(h) Grind using a grinder and an abrasive disk or pad that has no finer than
180-grit.
1 Grind chordwise or parallel to the centerline of the blade.
2 Maintain the contour of each blade surface.
3 Maintain the radius of the leading and trailing edges.
NOTE: It is recommended that blades in a set are balanced during

the grinding process. This will make final balancing of the
propeller assembly easier. Refer to the Blade Balancing
chapter of this manual for balancing procedures.
Page 3-16
133C
CAUTION 1: DO NOT GRIND ON THE MATING SURFACE OF A BLADE

COUNTERWEIGHT KNOB. ALL OTHER SURFACES OF THE
COUNTERWEIGHT KNOB MAY BE LIGHTLY GROUND.
CAUTION 2: ALWAYS FILE PARALLEL TO THE CENTERLINE OF THE

BLADE. FILING PERPENDICULAR TO THE CENTERLINE
MAY CREATE STRESS RISERS IN THE BLADE.
(i) Using lengthwise strokes with a rasp and file, smooth out the leading edge
and trailing edge and the blade tip, maintaining a radius on all edges.
1 Refer to Appendix C of this manual for tip shape details for each
blade model in its new condition. The figures are provided with the
intention that the repaired blade keeps the same character as the
original blade.
2 The following limits apply only to blades that have a square tip shape
with rounded corners. These blades have two distinct tip radii - one
for the leading edge and another for the trailing edge.
a For those blades whose specified tip corner radius is less than
1 inch (25.4 mm), the repaired tip corner radius can be as much
as 3X the value shown in Appendix C, but must not exceed
2 inches (50.8 mm). If the specified tip corner radius is 1 inch
(25.4 mm) or greater, the repaired radius may be up to
1 inch (25.4 mm) more than that shown in Appendix C.
b In certain cases, the tip corner radii of the original blade
are located sufficiently close to one another that the blade
resembles one with a full radius tip shape. As the repaired blade
is reduced in chord width near the tip, the corner radii will move
closer together and may actually converge to form a full radius.
This condition is permitted if the tip width and radius are within
specified limits.
3 "Delta" or "swept" tips, which are created by removing leading
edge damage near the tip while maintaining the minimum permitted
diameter, are not permitted and must be retired from service.
(j) Repeat the dimensional inspections of the blade thickness and width.
1 If the dimensions are below the minimum permitted tolerances, retire

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
Page 3-18
133C
E. Blade Polishing Requirements and Procedures

(1) General
(a) For aluminum blades, perform a penetrant inspection of the blade before
polishing.
(b) The following procedures are the in-house requirements for Hartzell
Propeller Inc. Industry polishing standards may be used to achieve a
similar effect.
(2) Apply masking material to the shank area during the polishing process to
prevent damage to the retention radius.
(3) Apply several streaks of grinding lubrication composition to the face and
camber sides of the blade before polishing.
(4) Using a built up polish wheel coated with 200-grit to 220-grit aluminum oxide,
polish the blade to remove all grinding marks.
(a) Polish parallel to the centerline of the blade.
(b) Polish the leading and trailing edges and the tip area. Maintain smooth
radii.
(5) Remove the masking material from the shank area.
CAUTION: DO NOT POLISH THE BLADE SHANK RETENTION RADIUS OR

THE MATING SURFACE OF THE BLADE COUNTERWEIGHT
KNOB.
(6) Using a sander and a 200-grit to 220-grit abrasive disk or pad, polish the shank
area and the sides of the counterweight knob.
(7) Using a strip of 200-grit to 240-grit emery cloth, polish the leading and trailing
edges. Run the cloth parallel to the blade centerline.
(a) If necessary to remove filing marks, 120-grit to 200-grit emery cloth may
be used, followed by polishing with 200-grit to 240-grit emery cloth.
(8) Make sure that the radii do not thicken near the tip.
(9) The leading edge radius must be round and smoothly blended as shown in
Figure 3-2.
(10) Flat spots and sharp edges are not permitted.
(11) Using solvent CM23, clean the blade before the blade dimensional inspection.

Rev. 29 Nov/12
133C
F. Blade Final Polishing Requirements and Procedures

(1) The following procedures are the in-house requirements for Hartzell
Propeller Inc. Industry grinding standards may be used to achieve a similar
effect.
CAUTION: GLASS BEAD CLEANING OF THE SURFACE OF THE BLADE IS
NOT PERMITTED.
(2) The finishing procedure is performed to create a smooth blade surface on which
to apply anodize and paint.
(3) Using solvent CM23, clean the blade.
(4) Apply 200-grit to 220-grit greaseless abrasive composition to a cloth flap wheel.
(5) Using an abrasive pad that has 400-grit or finer, polish the face and camber side
of the blade parallel to the blade centerline.
CAUTION: DO NOT POLISH THE BLADE SHANK RETENTION RADIUS OR

THE MATING SURFACE OF THE BLADE COUNTERWEIGHT KNOB.
(6) Using an abrasive pad that has 400-grit or finer, polish the leading and trailing
edges and the sides of the counterweight knob.
(7) Optional Polishing Procedure
(a) General
1 The optional polishing procedure will help clean the blade after shot
peening before applying anodize or chemical conversion coating and
will also improve the blade appearance.
2 If the optional polishing procedure is performed, remove only the tops
of the shot peening dimples (dents); do not completely remove the
shot peening dimples (dents).
(b) Procedure
CAUTION: DO NOT COMPLETELY REMOVE THE SHOT PEENING
DIMPLES (DENTS) WHEN PERFORMING THE OPTIONAL
POLISHING PROCEDURE.
1 After shot peening has been completed, but before applying anodize
or chemical conversion coating, lightly polish over the shot peened
surface using one of the following:
a A red abrasive pad such as CM47 or equivalent
b Jackson Lea Greaseless Abrasive Composition 200-grit to
220-grit on a cloth wheel or an equivalent non-metallic polishing
pad.
Page 3-20
133C
G. Chemically Etch Blade Airfoil

CAUTION 2: DO NOT APPLY CHEMICAL ETCHING SOLUTION TO THE

BLADE RETENTION RADIUS. CHEMICAL ETCHING SOLUTION
MAY REMOVE MATERIAL AND WOULD REQUIRE THAT THE
RETENTION RADIUS BE DIMENSIONALLY REINSPECTED AND
VIEWED ON THE OPTICAL COMPARATOR (REFER TO THE
BLADE SHANK OVERHAUL CHAPTER OF THIS MANUAL).
CAUTION 3: ETCHING IS AN ESSENTIAL PROCESS THAT IMPROVES THE

VISIBILITY OF DEFECTS DURING PENETRANT INSPECTION.
FAILURE TO CHEMICALLY ETCH THE BLADE AIRFOIL BEFORE
PENETRANT INSPECTION MAY RESULT IN FAILURE TO DETECT
CRACKS.
CAUTION 4: DO NOT PERMIT CHEMICAL ETCHING SOLUTIONS TO REMAIN

ON THE BLADE LONGER THAN THE RECOMMENDED TIME.
CORROSIVE DESTRUCTION MAY RESULT. THOROUGHLY RINSE
ALL SOLUTIONS AFTER ETCHING IS COMPLETED TO PREVENT
CORROSION OF THE BLADE MATERIAL.
(1) Chemically etch all surfaces of the blade airfoil from the tip to approximately
four inches (101 mm) outboard of the blade retention radius.
(2) For chemical etching procedures, refer to the Penetrant Inspection chapter of
H. Inspect Blade Airfoil Using Penetrant

NOTE: Penetrant Inspection of the blade shank is also required during overhaul.
Refer to the Blade Shank Overhaul chapter of this manual.
(1) For required materials, penetrant application methods, and inspection and
acceptance criteria refer to the Penetrant Inspection chapter of Hartzell
(2) Apply penetrant to all surfaces of the blade airfoil from the tip to approximately
four inches (101 mm) outboard of the blade shank retention radius.

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
(3) If a blades with indications defined as unsatisfactory in accordance with the

Penetrant Inspection chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices
Manual 202A
(61-01-02), retire the blade from service.
(4) Locally repair corrosion indications in accordance with the dimensional
tolerances in the applicable Blade Specification Table and paragraph 2.J. of this
chapter.
I. Blade Inspection Using Eddy Current

(1) Eddy current is an optional method that may be used in addition to penetrant
inspection to inspect the blade airfoil for cracks or to confirm the existence of
a crack.
(2) For procedures for inspecting aluminum blades using eddy current, refer to the
Eddy Current Inspection chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02).
J. Dimensional Inspection of Blade Airfoil

(1) Arbor Setup
(a) To accurately inspect the blade dimensions, the center line of the blade
must be established. The distance from the blade table to the blade center
line is 7.50 inches (190.5 mm).
NOTE: (7.50 inches [190.5 mm] is standard height for Hartzell Propeller
Inc. tooling; locally fabricated tools may differ).
CAUTION: DO NOT ETCH, SCRIBE, PUNCH MARK, OR SIMILARLY

PROPELLER.
1 Mark blade stations within ± 0.031 inch (0.78 mm) of the specified
dimensions established from the 0-inch station.
2 Secure the blade on an arbor parallel to the inspection table.
Page 3-22
133C
CAUTION: GRAPHITE (“LEAD”) PENCIL MARKS WILL CAUSE

CORROSION.
3 Using a non-graphite pencil CM162 or equivalent, mark station lines
(refer to paragraph 2.B. of this chapter).
4 Using a square, adjust the blade so that the set up station
(generally 30-inch station, refer to the Blade Specification Tables) is
perpendicular to the inspection table.
5 Using a height gauge set at 7.50 inches (190.5 mm), make a line with
a non-graphite pencil CM162 or equivalent, at the blade tip and at
approximately the 8-inch (203.2 mm) station of the blade.
(b) Rotate the blade 180 degrees.
1 Using a square, level the blade at the 30-inch (762 mm) station.
CAUTION 1: DO NOT ETCH, SCRIBE, PUNCH MARK OR SIMILARLY

PROPELLER.

CORROSION.
2 Using a height gauge and non-graphite pencil CM162 or equivalent,
make a mark at the 7.50 inch (190.5 mm) line at the tip and at
approximately the 8-inch (203.2 mm) station (the marks must be on
the same side of the blade).
3 If the marks at the tip and inboard station do not line up with the
existing marks made before the blade was rotated 180 degrees,
adjust the arbor to bring the marks in-line.
(2) Measure the Blade Thickness
(a) Dimensionally inspect the blade thickness at each blade station.
1 If the thickness at any blade station is less than the minimum listed
in the applicable Blade Specification Table, retire the blade from
service.

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
W10212
NOTE: Refer to Table 3-7 for

applicable dowel pin
diameters, D1, and D2
distance measurements.
TR
AIL
IN
G
ED
GE
D1
D2
E
FAC
Protractor Dowel Pin
Diameter
Dowel Pin R
M BE
Diameter CA 1 Inch (25.4 mm)
Maximum Length
Dowel Pin
Blade Airfoil
1 Inch (25.4 mm) Target Station
Maximum Length
Dowel Pin
Using Dowel Pins to Measure Blade Angle

Figure 3-3

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
Top of Clamp Block Surface

Thumbscrew
C
R
AM
BE
AM
BE
TRAIL
LEAD
R
C
V-notch
FA
E
C
C
E
Slide Bar
FA
W10448
Bottom of Clamp Block Surface Clamp Block
Blade Pitch Fixture TE438

Figure 3-4
Blade Station Mark Slide Bar

Clamp Block
Face Side
Camber Side
Groove on the Bottom

of the Clamp Block
Hand Held Digital Blade Angle Protractor TE97 Aligned

with the Grooves on the Bottom of the Clamp Block
W10447A, TPI-10477b
NOTE: Process shown is for a tractor installation.
Measuring Blade Angle

Figure 3-5

Rev. 32 Nov/15
133C
(3) Measure the Blade Width

IDENTIFY PARTS IN ANY MANNER THAT MAY BE HARMFUL
TO THE STRENGTH OR FUNCTION OF THE PROPELLER.

CORROSION.
(a) Using a non-graphite pencil CM162 or equivalent, mark chord lines
perpendicular to the blade centerline.
(b) Dimensionally inspect the blade width at each blade station.
1 If the width at any blade station is less the minimum listed in the
applicable Blade Specification Table, retire the blade from service.
(4) Measure the Blade Length
(a) Measure the length of each blade in the propeller assembly starting at the
0-inch blade station. Refer to Table 3-1.
(b) The length of each blade in the propeller assembly must be within
± 0.125 inch (3.17 mm) of each other.
(c) Refer to paragraph 2.K. of this chapter for additional requirements about
blade length.
(5) Measure the Blade Angle


CORROSION.
(a) Using a non-graphite pencil CM162 or equivalent, mark chord lines
perpendicular to the blade centerline.
(b) Before blade face alignment, measure the blade angle and correct, if
necessary.
1 Correction of the blade angle affects the face alignment.
2 Correction of the face alignment does not affect the blade angle.
(c) Preset the protractor to the setup measurement indicated in the applicable
blade specification table in the Appendix C - Blade Specification Tables
(d) With the blade horizontally secured with the face side up, put the
protractor on the blade setup station and rotate the blade until the
protractor zeroes out.
Page 3-26
133C
(e) Lock the blade in this position.

The contour of the face side of certain blades makes it impossible to use a
straight edge protractor to measure the blade angle. In those cases, use one
of the following two methods to measure blade angle; or proceed to step
2.J.(5)(f).
1 Method 1 - Using dowel pins to measure the blade angle
a Tape dowel pins on the face of the blade and put the protractor on
the dowel pins (Figure 3-3).
b Use Table 3-7 as a guide for measuring the angle of certain (listed)
blades by taping two dowel pins of specified diameter on the face
side of the blade. Refer to Figure 3-3.
c Position the dowel pins at the specified distances (D1 and D2) from
the trailing edge of the blade for consistency in measurement, as
the blade leading edge may be filed away.
d Dowel pins must be a maximum length of 1 inch (25.4 mm).
e Beginning at the inboard stations, put the protractor on the dowel
pins and read the measurement of each angle.
f Each measurement must be within the tolerance specified in the
applicable Blade Specification Table.
2 Method 2 - Using blade pitch fixture TE438 to measure the blade angle
NOTE: Previously the blade pitch fixture TE438 was manufactured

without the orientation marks "LEAD", "TRAIL", "FACE", and
"CAMBER" marked on it.
a If the blade pitch fixture TE438 does not have the orientation
marks "LEAD", TRAIL", FACE", and "CAMBER" marked on it,
add the marks as shown in Figure 3-4 in accordance with the
Parts Identification and Marking chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc.
(1) Maximum repeatability is obtained by using blade pitch fixture
TE438 marked as shown in Figure 3-4.
b Loosen the thumbscrews on the blade pitch fixture TE438. Refer
to Figure 3-4.
c Slide the clamp blocks out to the ends of the slide bar.
d Beginning at the inboard station, position the blade so that the
leading and trailing edges are in the V-notches of the clamp blocks
in accordance with the markings on the blade pitch fixture TE438.
e Align the groove on the bottom surface of each clamp block
with the applicable blade station on the face side of the blade. Refer
to Figure 3-5.
BLADE AIRFOIL OVERHAUL 61-13-33 Page 3-26.1

Rev. 32 Nov/15
133C
f Tighten the thumbscrews on the clamp blocks of fixture TE438

to attach the fixture to the blade.
g Align the hand-held protractor TE97 with the grooves on the
bottom of the two clamp blocks of the fixture TE438.
h Holding the hand-held protractor TE97 firmly with the grooves
on the bottom of the two clamp blocks of the fixture TE438, read
the measurement of the angle. Refer to Figure 3-5.
i This measurement must be within the tolerance specified in the
applicable Blade Specification Table in Appendix C of this manual.
j Proceed to step 2.J.(5)(g).
Page 3-26.2
133C

Rev. 32 Nov/15
133C
(D1) - Distance from Dowel Diameter (D2) - Distance from Dowel Diameter
Station
Trailing Edge (inch) (inch) Trailing Edge (inch) (inch)
(F)6890
18 0.750 (19.05 mm) 1/4 4.92 (124.9 mm) 1/8
24 1.000 (25.40 mm) 3/16 4.48 (113.7 mm) 1/8
29 0.500 (12.70 mm) 3/16 3.70 (93.9 mm) 1/8
30 0.500 (12.70 mm) 3/16 3.40 (86.3 mm) 1/8
33 0.600 (15.24 mm) 5/32 2.71 (68.8 mm) 1/8
(F)7068
18 1.000 (25.40 mm) 1/4 5.590 (141.98 mm) 1/8
24 0.750 (19.05 mm) 1/4 5.590 (141.98 mm) 3/16
30 1.500 (38.10 mm) 1/8 4.840 (122.93 mm) 1/8
(F)7282
18 0.715 (18.16 mm) 1/4 5.130 (130.30 mm) 1/8
24 0.250 (6.35 mm) 1/4 4.750 (120.65 mm) 1/8
29 0.250 (6.35 mm) 1/4 3.250 (82.55 mm) 1/8
30 0.760 (19.30 mm) 1/4 3.270 (83.05 mm) 3/16
33 0.500 (12.70 mm) 1/4 2.610 (66.29 mm) 3/16
36 0.280 (7.11 mm) 1/4 2.490 (63.24 mm) 3/16
(F)7382
18 0.750 (19.05 mm) 3/16 4.300 (109.22 mm) 1/8
24 0.200 (5.08 mm) 3/16 4.560 (115.82 mm) 1/8
(F)7392
18 1.000 (25.40 mm) 1/4 5.070 (128.77 mm) 3/16
24 0.750 (19.05 mm) 3/16 4.690 (119.12 mm) 1/8
29 0.750 (19.05 mm) 3/16 4.250 (107.95 mm) 5/32
30 0.750 (19.05 mm) 3/16 3.960 (100.58 mm) 5/32
34 0.250 (6.35 mm) 3/16 3.020 (76.70 mm) 5/32
(F)7490
18 1.125 (28.57 mm) 3/16 5.00 (127.0 mm) 1/8
24 0.500 (12.70 mm) 3/16 4.93 (125.2 mm) 1/8
29 0.500 (12.70 mm) 3/16 4.38 (111.2 mm) 1/8
30 0.500 (12.70 mm) 3/16 4.27 (108.4 mm) 1/8
36 1.000 (25.40 mm) 1/8 3.07 (77.9 mm) 1/8
* The 29-inch blade station corresponds to the 30-inch reference blade radius on 3-blade,
Y-shank propellers. The data provided for 29-inch stations may sometimes be useful for
setting blade angles in an assembled propeller.
Dowel Pin Placement

Table 3-7

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
Station
(F)7496
18 0.500 (12.70 mm) 3/8 5.796 (147.22 mm) 1/5
24 1.625 (41.28 mm) 1/5 5.934 (150.72 mm) 1/8
29 0.500 (12.70 mm) 1/4 4.238 (107.65 mm) 1/6
30 0.500 (12.70 mm) 1/4 3.650 (92.71 mm) 1/6
36 0.125 (3.18 mm) 1/6 1.992 (50.60 mm) 1/8
(F)7497
18 0.250 (6.35 mm) 3/8 5.907 (150.04 mm) 1/5
24 0.250 (6.35 mm) 1/4 4.961 (126.01 mm) 1/8
29 0.500 (12.70 mm) 1/4 5.082 (129.08 mm) 1/5
30 0.500 (12.70 mm) 1/4 4.731 (120.17 mm) 1/5
36 0.125 (3.18 mm) 1/6 1.301 (33.05 mm) 1/4
(F)7590
18 1.250 (31.75 mm) 3/16 4.83 (122.6 mm) 1/8
24 1.500 (38.10 mm) 1/8 4.74 (120.3 mm) 1/8
29 1.375 (34.92 mm) 1/8 4.25 (107.9 mm) 1/8
30 1.375 (34.92 mm) 1/8 4.13 (104.9 mm) 1/8
36 1.000 (25.40 mm) 1/8 3.10 (78.7 mm) 1/8
(F)7691
18 0.850 (21.59 mm) 1/4 5.400 (137.16 mm) 3/16
24 0.335 (8.50 mm) 1/4 4.740 (120.39 mm) 3/16
29 0.250 (6.35 mm) 3/16 4.390 (111.50 mm) 1/8
30 1.000 (25.40 mm) 1/4 4.600 (116.84 mm) 1/4
33 1.036 (26.31 mm) 1/4 3.902 (99.11 mm) 1/4
36 0.750 (19.05 mm) 1/4 3.450 (87.63 mm) 1/4
Dowel Pin Placement

Table 3-7, Continued
BLADE AIRFOIL OVERHAUL 61-13-33 Page 3-28.1

Rev. 32 Nov/15
133C
Station
D9512, A,
A-5.5, AE
18 1.500 (38.10 mm) 1/4 6.580 (167.13 mm) 1/8
24 1.000 (25.40 mm) 1/4 6.860 (174.13 mm) 1/8
30 0.500 (12.70 mm) 1/4 6.650 (168.91 mm) 5/32
36 0.500 (12.70 mm) 3/16 5.870 (149.09 mm) 1/8
42 0.500 (12.70 mm) 3/16 4.120 (104.64 mm) 5/32
E9512(C,D,G)-1
18 1.500 (38.10 mm) 1/4 6.580 (167.13 mm) 1/8
24 1.000 (25.40 mm) 1/4 6.860 (174.24 mm) 1/8
30 0.500 (12.70 mm) 1/4 6.650 (168.91 mm) 5/32
36 0.500 (12.70 mm) 3/16 5.870 (149.09 mm) 1/8
42 0.500 (12.70 mm) 3/16 4.120 (104.64 mm) 5/32
Dowel Pin Placement

Table 3-7, Continued
Page 3-28.2
133C

Rev. 32 Nov/15
133C
Maximum Maximum Maximum

Blade Blade Blade
Angle of Angle of Angle of
Thickness* Thickness* Thickness*
Twist** Twist** Twist**
(inches) (inches) (inches)
(degrees) (degrees) (degrees)
0.06 (1.5 mm) 1.79 0.41 (10.4 mm) 1.19 0.76 (19.3 mm) 0.58
0.07 (1.7 mm) 1.77 0.42 (10.6 mm) 1.17 0.77 (19.5 mm) 0.57
0.08 (2.0 mm) 1.75 0.43 (10.9 mm) 1.15 0.78 (19.8 mm) 0.55
0.09 (2.2 mm) 1.74 0.44 (11.1 mm) 1.14 0.79 (20.0 mm) 0.53
0.10 (2.5 mm) 1.72 0.45 (11.4 mm) 1.12 0.80 (20.3 mm) 0.52
0.11 (2.7 mm) 1.70 0.46 (11.6 mm) 1.10 0.81 (20.5 mm) 0.50
0.12 (3.0 mm) 1.69 0.47 (11.9 mm) 1.08 0.82 (20.8 mm) 0.48
0.13 (3.3 mm) 1.67 0.48 (12.1 mm) 1.07 0.83 (21.0 mm) 0.46
0.14 (3.5 mm) 1.65 0.49 (12.4 mm) 1.05 0.84 (21.3 mm) 0.45
0.15 (3.5 mm) 1.63 0.50 (12.7 mm) 1.03 0.85 (21.5 mm) 0.43
0.16 (4.0 mm) 1.62 0.51 (12.9 mm) 1.01 0.86 (21.8 mm) 0.41
0.17 (4.3 mm) 1.60 0.52 (13.2 mm) 1.00 0.87 (22.0 mm) 0.40
0.18 (4.5 mm) 1.58 0.53 (13.4 mm) 0.98 0.88 (22.3 mm) 0.38
0.19 (4.8 mm) 1.57 0.54 (13.7 mm) 0.96 0.89 (22.6 mm) 0.36
0.20 (5.0 mm) 1.55 0.55 (13.9 mm) 0.95 0.90 (22.8 mm) 0.34
0.21 (5.3 mm) 1.53 0.56 (14.2 mm) 0.93 0.91 (23.1 mm) 0.33
0.22 (5.5 mm) 1.51 0.57 (14.4 mm) 0.91 0.92 (23.3 mm) 0.31
0.23 (5.8 mm) 1.50 0.58 (14.7 mm) 0.89 0.93 (23.6 mm) 0.29
0.24 (6.0 mm) 1.48 0.59 (14.9 mm) 0.88 0.94 (23.8 mm) 0.28
0.25 (6.3 mm) 1.46 0.60 (15.2 mm) 0.86 0.95 (24.1 mm) 0.26
0.26 (6.6 mm) 1.44 0.61 (15.4 mm) 0.84 0.96 (24.3 mm) 0.24
0.27 (6.8 mm) 1.43 0.62 (15.7 mm) 0.83 0.97 (24.6 mm) 0.22
0.28 (7.1 mm) 1.41 0.63 (16.0 mm) 0.81 0.98 (24.8 mm) 0.21
0.29 (7.3 mm) 1.39 0.64 (16.2 mm) 0.79 0.99 (25.1 mm) 0.19
0.30 (7.6 mm) 1.38 0.65 (16.5 mm) 0.77 1.00 (25.4 mm) 0.17
0.31 (7.8 mm) 1.36 0.66 (16.7 mm) 0.76 1.01 (25.6 mm) 0.15
0.32 (8.1 mm) 1.34 0.67 (17.0 mm) 0.74 1.02 (25.9 mm) 0.14
0.33 (8.3 mm) 1.32 0.68 (17.2 mm) 0.72 1.03 (26.1 mm) 0.12
0.34 (8.6 mm) 1.31 0.69 (17.5 mm) 0.71 1.04 (26.4 mm) 0.10
0.35 (8.8 mm) 1.29 0.70 (17.7 mm) 0.69 1.05 (26.6 mm) 0.09
0.36 (9.1 mm) 1.27 0.71 (18.0 mm) 0.67 1.06 (26.9 mm) 0.07
0.37 (9.3 mm) 1.26 0.72 (18.2 mm) 0.65 1.07 (27.1 mm) 0.05
0.38 (9.6 mm) 1.24 0.73 (18.5 mm) 0.64 1.08 (27.4 mm) 0.03
0.39 (9.9 mm) 1.22 0.74 (18.7 mm) 0.62 1.09 (27.6 mm) 0.02
0.40 (10.1 mm) 1.20 0.75 (19.0 mm) 0.60 1.10 (27.9 mm) 0.00
*Thickness at the center of a two inch (50.8 mm) span.
**Maximum twist change over a two inch (50.8 mm) span.
Blade Twist Limits

Table 3-8

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
(f) Beginning at the inboard stations, put the protractor on the blade and
read each angular measurement. Each measurement must be within the
tolerance specified in the applicable Blade Specification Table.
(g) If a blade station is out of tolerance twist the blade to bring it back into
tolerance. Refer to Blade Twisting in this section.
(h) Repeat the blade angle measurement procedure at each station specified
in the applicable blade specification table in Appendix C of this manual.
(6) Blade Twisting
(a) If a blade is out of blade angle tolerance twist the blade to move each
station into tolerance. Refer to the Blade Twist Limits Table 3-8.
(b) If a blade requires a twist repair that is more than the maximum permitted
twist specified in Blade Twist Limits Table 3-8, retire the blade from
service.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE THE PITCH CHANGE KNOB TO PREVENT THE

BLADE FROM ROTATING WHEN TWISTING A "Y" SHANK
BLADE. THE FORCE USED TO TWIST THE BLADE WILL
DAMAGE THE PITCH CHANGE KNOB.
(c) Secure the blade in a fixture so that it cannot rotate.
CAUTION: DO NOT DAMAGE THE BLADE SURFACES WHEN TWISTING

THE BLADE. KINKS IN THE LEADING OR TRAILING EDGE
THAT RESULT FROM THE TWISTING PROCESS ARE NOT
PERMITTED.
(d) Using a blade paddle, twist the blade.
(e) Inspect each blade angle in accordance with paragraph 2.J.(5)(c) and (d)
to determine if the twisting action was enough to bring each blade station
into tolerance.
(f) Repeat steps 2.J.(6)(c) through 2.J.(6)(e), as necessary to bring each station
into tolerance.

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
(7) Measure the Blade Face Alignment

(a) With the blade horizontally secured, square the most inboard station
perpendicular to the blade table.


CORROSION.
(b) From the table, measure up 7.5 inches (3.40 mm).
(c) Using a non-graphite pencil CM162 or equivalent, make a mark across the
blade station line representing the blade centerline.
(d) Repeat the squaring and marking procedure for each station.
(e) Rotate the blade so that the face side is up.
(f) Using a small bubble level, start at the most inboard station and level the
blade.
(g) Secure the blade in this position.
(h) Put the pointer of a height gauge in contact with the centerline mark of the
blade station. Refer to Figure 3-6.
APS815
Station Line
Face Side
7.50 Inches
(190.5 mm) Height Gauge
Measuring Face Alignment

Figure 3-6

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
(i) Measure the height of the pointer. Refer to Figure 3-6.

1 The tolerances listed in the Blade Specification Tables Appendix of
this manual are in relation to 7.5 inches (3.40 mm).
a A positive tolerance is added to 7.5 inches (3.40 mm).
b A negative tolerance is subtracted from 7.5 inches (3.40 mm).
c For example, the 24-inch station on a 6660 blade would have a
tolerance between 7.484 inches and 7.534 inches.
2 If the centerline of the work fixture is not 7.5 inches (3.40 mm)
inches, adjust the final height measurement for the difference.
(j) Repeat the levelling process for each station before the height is
measured.
(k) If the blades is out of tolerance, bend the blade until it is within tolerance.
Refer to paragraph 2.C.(3) of this chapter.
(8) Measure the Blade Edge Alignment
(a) With the blade horizontally secured, rotate the blade so that the first flat
inboard station aligns perpendicular to the blade table with the leading
edge up.


CORROSION.
(b) Using a non-graphite pencil CM162 or equivalent, mark a line representing
each blade station on the leading edge.
(c) Using a height gauge, measure from the blade table to the highest point of
the leading edge at the blade station.
(d) Repeat the above procedures for each blade station.
(e) Measure the edge alignment for each blade station of every blade in a
propeller assembly.
1 At the corresponding blade stations of each blade in the blade set,
the edge alignment must be within 0.120 inch (28.44 mm) from the
highest edge alignment measurement to the lowest edge alignment
measurement.

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
(9) Reference Pitch Change Knob Location

(a) For "Y" shank blades in a set, it is necessary to reference the pitch change
knob of each blade in relation to the other blades.
(b) Secure the blade in a horizontal fixture.
1 Put the pitch change knob against a stop incorporated into the fixture.
2 Lock the blade in place so that it cannot rotate.
(c) Set the protractor to zero degrees.
(d) Put the protractor on the 30-inch station.
(e) Level the protractor and make a record of the measurement.
(f) Repeat the same procedures for each blade in the set.
(g) Lock each blade in the same position for the reference point to be
identical.
(h) All blades in a set must be within 0.40 degree of each other.

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
K. Reduction in Blade Length

(1) Diameter Reduction for Blades that are to be Returned to Service as the
Original Model Designation
(a) Propeller diameter limits are specified in the FAA Aircraft Type Certificate,
Supplemental Type Certificate, or foreign equivalent.
(b) The diameter tolerance for a propeller at minimum diameter is
0.125 inches (3.17 mm).
(c) When blades in a set have had a reduction in length, remain within
the type certificated diameter, and are being reinstalled on the original
application, the blade model designation is not to be changed.
(d) The amount of diameter reduction beyond 0.125 inch (3.17 mm), and
in 0.125 inch (3.17 mm) increments for diameter reductions thereafter,
is to be impression stamped on the blade butt and ink stamped below
the model designation on the camber side of the blade airfoil after the
abbreviation “Dia Red.”
(e) Standard Aircraft Type Certificates permit propeller diameter reductions,
but the blade model number does not specifically call out a range of
blade model designations. To avoid confusion about the blade, the above
procedures permit the blade model designation to remain in accordance
with the Type Certificate, but require identification of the actual diameter.
(f) Older blades that were re-stamped with a modified model designation
for diameter reduction must be re-stamped with their original model
designation and have the amount of diameter reduction noted as outlined
in the above procedures.
(g) Inspect the blades in the blade set in accordance with the applicable Blade
Specification Table for the original blade model designation. Refer to the
Appendix C - Blade Specifications chapter of this manual.
(h) When blade diameter reduction is necessary, maintain the same tip shape
as the original blade. Refer to the Appendix C - Blade Specifications
(i) The tip shape of a blade that has a reduced diameter must have the same
radii as the original blade, except that some deviation of the specified
radii may be necessary to compensate for width change resulting from the
diameter reduction or repairs to the leading edge.
Page 3-36
133C
(j) For most blades, stations inboard from the tip have a greater chord width
than outboard stations.
(k) When reducing diameter, it is desirable to minimize the reduction of
the chord width. Some deviation from the specified tip radii may be
appropriate.
1 Refer to section D.(2)(f) in this chapter for tip repair criteria.
CAUTION 1: DO NOT CONVERT A ROUND TIP BLADE TO A SQUARE

TIP BLADE.
CAUTION 2: DO NOT REDUCE THE DIAMETER OF A SQUARE TIP

BLADE TO CONVERT IT TO A ROUND TIP BLADE.
2 Certification testing/approval considers only diameter reductions that
maintain the same tip shape.
3 Converting a round tip blade to a square tip blade is not permitted.
4 Reducing the diameter of a square tip blade to convert it to a round
tip blade is not permitted.
NOTE: Converting a square tip blade to a round tip blade involves

greater mass reduction at the blade tip and greatly affects
performance and vibration characteristics.

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
(2) Diameter Reduction for Blades to be Returned to Service with a Modified Model
Designation
(a) In the past, blades that were bent beyond permitted limits were sometimes
reduced in diameter when the shortened blade model was completely
inboard of the bend. This practice is no longer permitted.
(b) When blades in a set have had a reduction in length and are being
installed on an application other than the original, the blade model
designation is to be changed using the following method:
1 Impression stamp a line through the original model designation dash
number.
2 Impression stamp the modified model designation next to the original
model designation.
3 The blade may only be modified to a blade model defined in the
Blade Tip Specifications appendix of this manual.
4 Ink stamp the modified model designation on the camber side of the
blade airfoil.
5 Future diameter reductions to blade sets with modified model
designations are to be handled following the procedures of paragraph
2.K.(1) of this chapter.
(c) Blade modifications that result in significant diameter reductions (from one
dash number to another in blade design) must consider factors such as:
1 Pitch change knob location
2 Pitch range capability
3 Interchangeability of modified blades with factory new blades
4 Tip thickness and contour
5 Airfoil width
6 Identification requirements
7 Blade modifications that cause blade-to-blade variation of these
factors within a blade set are not permitted.
(d) Use the Blade Specification Table associated with the new model
designation of the shortened blade.

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
(e) While reducing the length of a blade is permitted, care must be taken
to avoid creating a blade configuration that is different than that which
Hartzell Propeller Inc. manufactures. Refer to the examples in paragraphs
K.2.(e)2 through K.2.(e)3.b.
1 Detailed descriptions of differences of all blade model designations
are not given in this manual. Information about specific model
interchangeability can be obtained on an individual basis from the
Hartzell Propeller Inc. Product Support Department.
2 Changing an 8468-8R blade to an 8468-10R blade by reducing the
diameter is permitted.
a Refer to the tip shape diagrams in Appendix C - Blade
Specifications of this manual.
b Both blades have the same pitch change knob angle and it
would be possible to balance the resultant blade with those
manufactured by Hartzell Propeller Inc. under the same
designation.
3 Changing an 8468-8R blade to an 8468D-14 blade is not permitted
except by STC.
a Although both blades have the same pitch change knob angle,
they have different twist distributions.
b Twisting the original blade to the new configuration will cause
its pitch change knob angle to deviate from the specification
and it will not match blades manufactured by Hartzell
Propeller Inc.
(f) A Q-tip blade can be cut off to make a non-Q-tip blade
1 Remove material tangent to the radius of the tip and far enough
inboard so that the entire Q-tip is removed.
(g) "Y" shank blades must conform to knob angle limitations. Refer to
paragraph 2.D.(12) of the Blade Shank Overhaul chapter in this manual.
(h) Since complete tip data is not available in the field, physically compare
blades that have significant diameter reduction to factory new blades of
the same design so that widths, thickness, tip shape, and airfoil shape in
the tip region can be closely matched with factory blades.
(i) Modification of a counterweighted blade to a non-counterweighted blade
by removal of the counterweight knob is not permitted in the field.

Rev. 34 Jan/17
133C
BLADE MODEL SHOT PEENED AREA
F7392S-1 from the 6 inch station to the 22 inch station (152.4 to 558.8 mm)
F(C)7495S from the 6 inch station to the 25 inch station (152.4 to 635 mm)
F7495S-1 from the 6 inch station to the 25 inch station (152.4 to 635 mm)
FC7496S from the 6 inch station to the 23 inch station (152.4 to 584.2 mm)
FL7666AS from the 4 inch station to the 28 inch station (101.6 to 711.2 mm)
D8990S from the 7 inch station to the 30 inch station (177.8 to 762 mm)
E9083S from the 7 inch station to the 26 inch station (152 to 660.4 mm) See Note 4
M9128NS(A) from the 7 inch station to the 28 inch station (177.8 to 711.2 mm)
D9290S from the 7 inch station to the 30 inch station (177.8 to 762 mm)
D9390S-1R from the 7 inch station to the 26 inch station (177.8 to 660.4 mm)
D9510SK from the 7 inch station to the 30 inch station (177.8 to 762 mm)
D9511FAS(-2) from the 7 inch station to the 24 inch station (177.8 to 609.6 mm)
D9511FS from the 7 inch station to the 24 inch station (177.8 to 609.6 mm)
E9673S from the 7 inch station to the 30 inch station (177.8 to 762 mm)
T10176(N)S-5 from the 7 inch station to the 22 inch station (177.8 to 558.8 mm)
T10178(N)S-11R from the 7 inch station to the 30 inch station (177.8 to 762 mm)
M10282A(N)S+6 from the 7 inch station to the 30 inch station (177.8 to 762 mm)
LT10282(N)S-5.3R from the 7 inch station to the 30 inch station (177.8 to 762 mm)
T10282(N)S from the 7 inch station to the 30 inch station (177.8 to 762 mm)
T10282(H)(N)S-6R from the 7 inch station to the 30 inch station (177.8 to 762 mm)
(L)T10282(N)S+4 from the 7 inch station to the 30 inch station (177.8 to 762 mm)
T10290NS+2 from the 7 inch station to the 30 inch station (177.8 to 762 mm)
(L)M10476(N)(S) from the 7 inch station to the 30 inch station (177.8 to 762 mm) See Note 3
NOTE 1: The shot peen coverage has a tolerance of + 0.125/ - 0.000 inch (+ 3.17 mm/ - 0.00 mm)
within the specified shot peened area. The shot peen within these dimensions cannot be
scattered or speckled, but must have complete coverage. Due to manufacturing process
changes, incomplete coverage or fading of the shot peen is permitted in specific zones.
Refer to Figure 3-9. Stray shot marks are not permitted outside the shot peen area.
NOTE 2: The Blade Model designation may include a "B" or "K" that indicates a de-ice or an
anti-icing boot.
NOTE 3: All model M10476 blades were manufactured with a shot peened surface; however,
the "S" shot peen designator was not included in the model number of all blades.
All M10476 blades must be maintained as shot peened blades, and the "S" designator,
if not present, must be added at overhaul.
NOTE 4: Blades may have been previously shot peened from the 4 inch station to the 26 inch station
(101.6 to 660.4 mm). Pre-existing coverage between the 4 inch station and the 7 inch station
is acceptable, and does not require additional shot peening.
Shot Peened Aluminum Blades

Table 3-9, page 1 of 2
Page 3-40
BLADE AIRFOIL OVERHAUL 61-13-33 Rev. 34 Jan/17
133C
BLADE MODEL SHOT PEENED AREA
T10702NS from the 7 inch station to the 30 inch station (177.8 to 762 mm)
LT10574F(N)S from the 7 inch station to the 30 inch station (177.8 to 762 mm)
LT10876A(N)S-2Q from the 7 inch station to the 30 inch station (177.8 to 762 mm)
M10876A(N)S from the 7 inch station to the 30 inch station (177.8 to 762 mm)
T10876A(N)S-15.5 from the 7 inch station to the 30 inch station (177.8 to 762 mm)
(L)M11276(N)S from the 7 inch station to the 30 inch station (177.8 to 762 mm)
M11276(N)SA from the 7 inch station to the 30 inch station (177.8 to 762 mm)
M11296(N)S from the 7 inch station to the 30 inch station (177.8 to 762 mm)
M11691NS from the 7 inch station to the 30 inch station (177.8 to 762 mm)
NOTE 1: The shot peen coverage has a tolerance of + 0.125/ - 0.000 inch (+ 3.17 mm/ - 0.00 mm)
within the specified shot peened area. The shot peen within these dimensions cannot be
scattered or speckled, but must have complete coverage. Due to manufacturing process
changes, incomplete coverage or fading of the shot peen is permitted in specific zones.
Refer to Figure 3-9. Stray shot marks are not permitted outside the shot peen area.
NOTE 2: The Blade Model designation may include a "B" or "K" that indicates a de-ice or an
anti-icing boot.
Shot Peened Aluminum Blades

Table 3-9, page 2 of 2

Rev. 32 Nov/15
133C
Page 3-42
BLADE AIRFOIL OVERHAUL 61-13-33 Rev. 31 Jul/14
133C
L. Shot Peened Blade Inspection and Rework

(1) General
(a) Certain propeller blades are manufactured with a shot peened surface
(refer to Table 3-9 for shot peened blade models). The area shot peened
typically ranges from the 7-inch blade station to the 30-inch blade station.
(b) Shot peened blades are identified by the letter "S" following the blade
model number, as described in the Description and Operation chapter of
this manual, and by visible shot peen pebble grain on the blade surface.
(c) All model M10476 blades were manufactured with a shot peened surface;
but, the "S" shot peen designator was not included in the model number.
1 Maintain all M10476 blades as shot peened blades. At overhaul add
the "S" designator, if not present.
(d) There are special repair and rework limitations for shot peened blades to
make sure that the desired compressive surface stress caused by shot
peening is maintained.
1 Except for the leading and trailing edges of a blade, if there is
damage or repair of damage to the shot peened areas of more than
0.015 inch (0.38 mm) deep (including material removal necessary to
blend out such damage) and re-shot peen the reworked area before
further flight.
2 For the leading or trailing edge of a blade, if the damage to the shot
peened area is farther than 0.250 inch (6.35 mm) from the blade
leading edge or trailing edge, the rework limit applies.
3 For the leading or trailing edge of a blade, if the damage to the shot
peened area is farther than 0.250 inch (6.35 mm) from the blade
leading edge or trailing edge, re-shot peen the reworked area before
further flight.

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
(2) Blade Grinding and Polishing Requirements

(a) Grind and/or polish nicks, gouges, corrosion and other damage from the
entire airfoil surface, including the shot peened area.
1 If polishing is required, use an abrasive pad that has 400-grit or finer.
2 Significant dimples and irregular surfaces, although permitted for
many field repairs, must be ground and polished at overhaul.
3 Blend the repairs to these areas with the blade airfoil shape and
contour.
(b) If the shot peened areas of the blade do not require grinding and polishing,
plastic media cleaning may be used to remove paint from shot peened
surfaces. Refer to the Cleaning chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard
(c) Grinding and polishing of non-shot peened airfoil surfaces is required at
overhaul.
(3) Blade Straightening Requirements
(a) If a shot peened blade is bent and is within repair limits for straightening,
overhaul and re-shot peen the entire blade before returning the blade to
service.
(b) When adjusting the face alignment or blade angle, use care not to damage
the shot peened area of the blade.
(4) Blade Etching and Penetrant Inspection
(a) At overhaul, chemically etch and penetrant inspect shot peened blades
after grinding. Refer to paragraphs 2.F. and 2.G. in this chapter.
(b) A local repair in the shot peened area not associated with overhaul has
specific penetrant inspection requirements. Refer to paragraph 2.L.(5) of
this chapter for information.
Page 3-44
133C
(5) Local Repair in the Shot Peened Area Not Associated With Overhaul
NOTE: A local repair removes a specific damage condition between

overhauls. Repair of damage at overhaul is blended more smoothly
with the blade shape and is not considered a local repair.
(a) All repairs must be within the tolerances specified in the applicable Blade
Specification Table.
(b) If a blade is repaired beyond the permitted limits, retire the blade from
service.
(c) Remove all damage before inspection and re-shot peening.
(d) Shot peening of the face and camber sides of the blade is more critical
than the leading and trailing edge. Repairability limits are stricter for the
face and camber surfaces.
(e) The depth of damage refers to measurements taken after rework of the
effected area.
(f) Face and camber repair area is defined as between 10 percent and 80
percent of the chord width from the blade leading edge. If the damage
is not deeper than the base of the shot peen pebble grain, locally repair
these areas without re-shot peening.
(g) If there is damage deeper than the base of the shot peen pebble grain,
re-shot peen only the surface of the blade containing the repair area. For
example, if the camber side of the blade contains a repair, then only the
entire camber side of the blade must be completely re-shot peened.
(h) Lead edge repair area is defined as 10 percent of the chord width back
from the lead edge. Trail edge repair area is defined as 20 percent of the
chord width forward from the trail edge. If the extent of the repair is less
than 0.250 inch (6.35 mm) from the lead edge or trail edge of the blade,
these areas may be repaired without re-shot peening.

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
Shot Peen Area

Mask (Refer to Table 3-9) Mask
Leading Edge
(Thick Side)
Face
1.50 inches 1.50 inches Trailing Edge

(38.1 mm) (38.1 mm) (Thin Side)
Maximum Maximum
Face (Flat or Concave)
Camber (Curved)
CAUTION: CONDITION ALL CUT WIRE SHOT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE

SPECIFICATIONS IN THE SHOT PEENING CHAPTER OF HARTZELL
PROPELLER INC. STANDARD PRACTICES MANUAL 202A (61-01-02).
For face and camber sides of the blade:
Description Shot Size Almen Type Intensity
Trailing edge intensity:
From trailing edge to 1.50 inches CW62 A 0.008 - 0.010 Inch
(38.1 mm) max outward (0.20 - 0.25 mm)
Airfoil intensity:
Remainder of surface that was not CW62 A 0.014 - 0.018 Inch
shot peened as trailing edge (0.36 - 0.46 mm)
APS6322
Aluminum Blade Shot Peen Intensity Zone Specifications Option A

Curved Trailing Edge
Figure 3-7
Page 3-46
133C
MASK SHOT PEEN AREA MASK

(SEE TABLE 3-9)
AIRFOIL INTENSITY
LEADING EDGE
2 (THICK SIDE)
BLADE
SHANK
AXIS FACE
TRAILING EDGE
4
1.50 MAX.
PARALLEL TO BLADE (THIN SIDE)
TRAILING EDGE
SHANK AXIS INTENSITY
FACE (FLAT)
CAMBER (CURVED)
TRAILING EDGE
INTENSITY
3 1.50 MAX.
TRAILING EDGE
(THIN SIDE)
CAMBER
AIRFOIL INTENSITY LEADING EDGE

1
(THICK SIDE)
TI-4200
ALMEN STRIP AND HOLDER LOCATIONS
Aluminum Blade Shot Peen Intensity Zone Specifications Option B

Parallel Trailing Edge
Figure 3-8

Rev. 32 Nov/15
133C
CAUTION: IF ANY DAMAGE IN THE SHOT PEENED AREA IS DEEPER

THAN THE BASE OF THE SHOT PEEN PEBBLE GRAIN,
THE DAMAGED AREA MUST BE GROUND, POLISHED,
CHEMICALLY ETCHED, AND PENETRANT INSPECTED
BEFORE RE-SHOT PEENING.
(i) Grind the damaged area using an abrasive pad that has no finer than
180-grit and polish using an abrasive pad that has 400-grit or finer. Refer
to the Blade Grinding Requirements and Procedures, Blade Polishing
Requirements and Procedures, and Blade Final Polishing Requirements
and Procedures sections of this chapter.
1 Repairs to the damaged area must blend with the blade airfoil shape
and contour.
(j) Chemically etch the damaged area after grinding. Refer to the Penetrant
Inspection chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices Manual
202A (61-01-02) for chemical etching procedures.
(k) Penetrant inspect the damaged area after chemically etching. Refer to the
Penetrant Inspection chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02) for penetrant inspection procedures.
(6) Re-shot Peening Aluminum Blades
(a) A shot peened aluminum blade must be completely re-shot peened at
overhaul, regardless of condition.
(b) If any single local repair area not associated with overhaul requires re-shot
peening, only the surface of the blade containing the repair area must be
re-shot peened. For example, if the camber side of the blade contains a
repair, only the entire camber side of the blade must be completely re-shot
peened.
(c) For the general shot peening procedure, refer to the Shot Peening chapter
of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02).
(d) For facilities approved to perform shot peening, refer to the Shot Peening
(61-01-02).
(e) For the shot peen area requirements for specific blades, refer to Table 3-9
in this manual.
(f) For aluminum blade shot peen intensity zone specifications, refer to
Figure 3-7 and Figure 3-8 of this manual.
(g) For aluminum blade Almen strip and Almen strip holder locations, refer
to Figure 3-9 in this manual. These locations apply for either Option A or
Option B intensity zone patterns.
Page 3-48
133C
(h) Optional Polishing Procedure

1 General
a The optional polishing procedure will help clean the blade after
shot peening before applying anodize or chemical conversion
coating and will also improve the blade appearance.
b If the optional polishing procedure is performed, remove only
the tops of the shot peening dimples (dents); do not completely
remove the shot peening dimples (dents).
2 Procedure
CAUTION: DO NOT COMPLETELY REMOVE THE SHOT

PEENING DIMPLES (DENTS) WHEN PERFORMING
THE OPTIONAL POLISHING PROCEDURE.
a After shot peening has been completed, but before applying
anodize or chemical conversion coating, lightly polish over the
shot peened surface using one of the following:
(1) A red abrasive pad such as CM47 or equivalent
(2) Jackson Lea Greaseless Abrasive Composition 200-grit
to 220-grit on a cloth wheel or an equivalent non-metallic
polishing pad

Rev. 32 Nov/15
133C
(7) Shot Peening of Non-Shot Peened Blades

(a) Shot peening a non-shot peened blade can be performed in accordance
with the following requirements:
1 Shot peen only the non-shot peened version of blades listed in
Table 3-9.
2 Stamp a non-shot peened blade that has been shot peened with
the "S" designator in accordance with the Parts Identification and
Marking chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices Manual
202A (61-01-02).
3 If the Type Certificate Data Sheet specifies shot peened blades, do
not intermix shot peened blades and non-shot peened blades in the
same propeller assembly.
4 Some blade models have life limits on certain applications. These
blades may not be life limited on other installations.
a Time accumulated toward life limit begins when first operated on
a life limited application and continues regardless of subsequent
installations.
b If a subsequent application is also life limited, the most
conservative life limit is applicable.
c Shot peening of a blade removed from a life limited application
does not affect the life limit. The blade must be removed from
service when the life limit is reached.
Page 3-50
133C
14000
Incomplete
Coverage
Permissible
In These
Zones
Station A, Identified on
Blade Drawings
NOTE: Due to manufacturing process change, incomplete coverage or fading is

permitted in specific zones as shown in this figure.
Shot Peening Shank Coverage

Figure 3-9

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
APS226A
APS489
3 inch 2 inch 1 inch TIP

Station Station Station
0.170 inch 0.143 inch 0.115 inch 0.090 inch 0.065 inch 0.035 inch
(4.31 mm) (3.63 mm) (2.92 mm) (2.28 mm) (1.65 mm) (0.88 mm)
1.00 inch 0.50 inch 0.50 inch 0.50 inch 0.50 inch 0.6875 inch
(25.4 mm) (12.7 mm) (12.7 mm) (12.7 mm) (12.7 mm) (1.7462 mm)
0.065 inch (1.65 mm)

Minimum Thickness
Blend Smoothly
0.035 inch
(0.88 mm)
Maintain Standard Blade
Thickness from this
Point Inboard per Blade
Specification Tables
Face Side 1.0 inch (25.4 mm)

+0.0625 (1.587 mm)
of Blade
-0.25 (6.35 mm)
90 degrees +5 degrees
-0 degrees
"Q" Tip Aluminum Propeller Blades

Figure 3-10
Page 3-52
133C
M. Q Tip Blades

(1) A Q tip propeller blade is formed by bending the tip section of the blade 90
degrees toward the face side.
(2) A Q tip blade may only be formed by Hartzell Propeller Inc. on a new blade
only.
(3) Bending a tip section in the field is not permitted.
(4) Field repair of a slightly deformed tip, up to 20 degrees, is permitted.
(5) Data from the Blade Specification Tables is not usable in the area of the bent
tip. Refer to Figure 3-10 for tip thickness requirements.
(6) Blade width in the bend area must be sufficient to maintain the original width as
reasonably as possible.
(7) Q-Tip blade repair
(a) When a Q-tip blade is manufactured, the blend (radius) of the leading and
trailing edges of the tip are identical. As the leading edge of a Q-tip blade
wears, the tip blend (radius) becomes distorted, while the trailing edge tip
blend remains intact.
1 When repairing the leading edge of a Q-tip blade, shape the blend
between the blade tip and the leading edge, as necessary, to match
the shape of the trailing edge blend, using the shape of the trailing
edge as a guide. A slight chord reduction may result.
2 If a repair is made to the width of the blade in the bend area,
smoothly blend the repair into the most outboard, controlled blade
station.
3 Repair of tip damage is permitted, if the distance from the face of the
blade to the tip of the blade in the 90 degree area is at least 0.75 inch
(19.05 mm).
4 If the length of the tip is reduced on one blade, the other blades in
the set must also be reduced to maintain correct propeller assembly
balance.

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
N. Lightning Strikes

(1) After a propeller lightning strike, an inspection of the each blade is required
before further flight.
(2) Slight arcing damage to the blade surface from a lightning strike that has a
maximum diameter of 0.125 inch (3.18 mm) may be repaired.
(a) Smoothly blend the damaged area and polish using an abrasive pad that
has 400-grit or finer.
(b) Perform a penetrant inspection.
(3) Damage to the blade edge may be repaired in the same way as a small nick or
scratch. This can generally be performed by mechanics in accordance with FAA
Advisory Circular 43.13-1B.
(4) If there are larger areas of arcing damage, or if it appears that intense heat may
have softened the area adjacent to the damage, retire the blade from service or
return it to Hartzell Propeller Inc. Propeller for evaluation.
(5) Perform a Brinell hardness test within 0.125 inch (3.17 mm) of each damaged
area. Refer to the Special Inspections chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc.
(6) For propeller assembly inspection requirements after a lightning strike,
refer to the Special Inspections chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard
Page 3-54
133C
O. Blade Anodizing

CLOTHING.
CAUTION 1: DO NOT USE ANODIC COATING (ANODIZE) IN THE ALUMINUM

BLADE BORE AREA. THE USE OF ANODIC COATING (ANODIZE)
IN THE BLADE SHANK BORE OF ALUMINUM BLADES MAY HAVE
DETRIMENTAL EFFECTS ON BLADE FATIGUE STRENGTH.
CAUTION 2: DO NOT USE ANODIZE IN THE SHANK REGION OF THE BLADE.
CAUTION 3: IF A BLADE HAS BEEN ANODIZED IN THE SHANK REGION, REMOVE

THE ANODIZE (CHEMICALLY OR MECHANICALLY), AND OVERHAUL
THE SHANK, INCLUDING PENETRANT INSPECTION, DIMENSIONAL
INSPECTION, AND COLD ROLLING.

(1) If the anodize solution enters the blade bore hole, rinse the blade bore hole
immediately and oven dry the blade at 150° to 200° F. (66° to 92° C.) for five
hours.
(2) For hard alloy blade anodizing instructions, refer to the Special Inspections and
Procedures chapter of this manual.
(3) Aluminum propeller blades must be anodized at overhaul.
(4) Refer to the Blade Shank Overhaul chapter of this manual for a definition of the
region of transition from anodize to chemical conversion coating.
(5) For "Y", "D", and "E" shank blades
a Remove and discard the counterweight dowel pin, if applicable, before
anodizing the blade.
b The counterweight dowel pin is replaced when the counterweight assembly
is reinstalled.
c Remove all threaded inserts, if applicable, from the counterweight knob
before anodizing the blade.
(6) Refer to Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02), for
information and procedures on chromic acid anodizing.
a Except on hard alloy blades, application of a chemical conversion coating is
an approved alternative to chromic acid anodize. Refer to alternative methods
listed in Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02).
b Regardless of the method used, correct procedures must be followed to make
sure that there is corrosion protection.

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
P. Optional Blade Conversion

(1) For the AT-802( ) Air Tractor Application Only
WARNING: CONVERTING AN M11276N BLADE TO AN M11276NA BLADE

LIMITS THE RPM RANGE AND REQUIRES A CHANGE TO
THE OPERATING RESTRICTIONS.
(a) Converting an M11276N blade to an M11276NA blade may extend the life
of the blade, but limits the permitted RPM range.
1 Converting an M11276N blade to an M11276NA blade requires
a change to the operating restrictions. Refer to the aircraft flight
manual.
(b) To convert an M11276N blade to an M11276NA blade, add an "A" to the
impression stamp on the blade shank and to the ink stamp. Refer to the
Parts Identification and Marking chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard
CAUTION: DO NOT CONVERT AN M11276NA BLADE TO AN

M11276N BLADE.
(c) Converting an M11276NA blade to an M11276N blade is not permitted.
(2) For the AN-38-100 Antonov Application Only
(a) To convert an M11276NK-3 blade to an M11276NCK-3 blade, add an "C"
to the impression stamp on the blade shank and to the ink stamp. Refer
to the Parts Identification and Marking chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc.
CAUTION: THE M11276NK-3 BLADE AND THE M11276NCK-3

BLADE ARE LIFE LIMITED WHEN USED ON CERTAIN
APPLICATIONS.
(b) The M11276NK-3 blade and the M11276NCK-3 blade are life limited
when used on certain applications. Refer to the Airworthiness Limitations
chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Manual 132A (61-10-32).
CAUTION: DO NOT CONVERT AN M11276NCK-3 BLADE TO AN

M11276NK-3 BLADE.
(c) Converting an M11276NCK blade to an M11276NK-3 blade is not
permitted.
Page 3-56
133C
SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES - CONTENTS
1. Special Inspections and Procedures.......................................................................4-5

A. General..............................................................................................................4-5
2. Overhaul and Maintenance Procedures for Hard Alloy Blades...............................4-5
A. General Requirements.......................................................................................4-5
B. Overhaul Requirements.....................................................................................4-6
3. Additional Inspection, Overhaul, and Maintenance Requirements for Hard Alloy
Blades Installed on Turbine-Powered Aircraft..........................................................4-7
A. Effectivity............................................................................................................4-7
B. General..............................................................................................................4-8
C. Check.................................................................................................................4-8
D. Rework...............................................................................................................4-8
4. Required Eddy Current Inspection On Hard Alloy Blades.....................................4-10
A. Effectivity..........................................................................................................4-10
B. Check...............................................................................................................4-10
5. Hard Alloy Blade Airfoil Anodizing..........................................................................4-11
6. Hard Alloy Blade Straightening..............................................................................4-12
A. Effectivity..........................................................................................................4-12
B. Discussion........................................................................................................4-12
7. Replacement of Hard Alloy Blades With Standard Alloy Blades............................4-12
A. Effectivity..........................................................................................................4-12
B. Discussion........................................................................................................4-12
8. Modification of Double Shoulder 7636D-( ), 8433( ), 8833( ), 9333C( ),
and 10133D-( ) Blades..........................................................................................4-15
A. Effectivity..........................................................................................................4-15
B. Discussion........................................................................................................4-15
SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES 61-13-33 Page 4-1

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES - CONTENTS, CONTINUED
9. Additional Inspection Requirements for Propellers Installed on

Nord 262 Aircraft....................................................................................................4-15
A. Effectivity..........................................................................................................4-15
B. Discussion........................................................................................................4-16
C. Check...............................................................................................................4-16
D. Compliance......................................................................................................4-16
10. Inspection Requirements for HC-B3TN-5( )( )/T10282H(B)..................................4-17
A. Effectivity..........................................................................................................4-17
B. Discussion........................................................................................................4-17
C. Check...............................................................................................................4-17
11. Inspection Requirements for HC-B3TN-5( )L/LT10282( )( )+4...............................4-18
A. Effectivity..........................................................................................................4-18
B. Discussion........................................................................................................4-18
C. Check...............................................................................................................4-18
12. Replacement of LT10282( )( )+4 Blades................................................................4-18
A. Effectivity..........................................................................................................4-18
B. Discussion........................................................................................................4-19
C. Procedure.........................................................................................................4-19
13. Counterweight Requirements for the BHC-L2YF-4F/FC8468AR Propeller...........4-19
A. Effectivity..........................................................................................................4-19
B. Discussion........................................................................................................4-19
C. Procedure.........................................................................................................4-19
14. Inspection of T10176 Propeller Blade Shanks.......................................................4-21
A. Effectivity..........................................................................................................4-21
B. Discussion........................................................................................................4-21
C. Check...............................................................................................................4-21
D. Compliance......................................................................................................4-22
15. New "T" and "M" Shank Propeller Blades..............................................................4-22
A. General............................................................................................................4-22
B. Interchangeability Between Old and New Blades............................................4-23

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES - CONTENTS, CONTINUED
16. Compatibility of C7479-2R Propeller Blades.........................................................4-24

A. Effectivity..........................................................................................................4-24
B. Discussion........................................................................................................4-24
17. Use of Oversize Internal Blade Needle Bearing....................................................4-26
18. Retirement of Blades in Propeller Assembly
HC-B4TN-5(D,G,J)L/LT10282(N)(B,K)-5.3R.........................................................4-27
A. Effectivity..........................................................................................................4-27
B. Requirements...................................................................................................4-27
19. Modification of Blade Model LT10574(A)(S)(B) to LT10574F(N)S(B)....................4-30
A. Effectivity..........................................................................................................4-30
B. Discussion........................................................................................................4-30
C. Requirements...................................................................................................4-30
20. Retirement of Certain Blade Models Installed on Propeller Model HC-12X20......4-31
A. General............................................................................................................4-31
B. Procedure.........................................................................................................4-31
21. Replacement of Non-Counterweighted Blade Models 8475-( ) and 8477-( )........4-31
A. General............................................................................................................4-31
B. Procedure.........................................................................................................4-32
22. Additional Blade Shank Inspection for T9212, 10172( ), 10173( )
and 10176( ) Blades..............................................................................................4-32
A. Effectivity..........................................................................................................4-32
B. Discussion........................................................................................................4-32
C. Procedure.........................................................................................................4-32
23. Replacement Blade for M10876K Installed on Shorts SD3-60 Aircraft.................4-33
24. Replacement of Hartzite Blades............................................................................4-33
25. Replacement of 7663-4 Blades with Serial Numbers Below B35571....................4-33
26. Interchangeability of "P", "R", "W", and "Z" Shank Blades with "N" Modification...4-34
A. Effectivity..........................................................................................................4-34
B. Discussion........................................................................................................4-34
27. Modification of Counterweight D-6021-1 for Use with De-ice Kit 103253..............4-35
28. Replacement of T10173F(N)(B,K)-12.5 blades with T10173AN(B,K)-12.5 Blades.... 4-38
29. Replacement of "Y" Shank Blades Used in Propeller Models ( )HC-( )( )Y( )-( )...4-38

Rev. 29 Nov/12
133C
SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES - LIST OF FIGURES
"V" Shank Modification..................................................Figure 4-1...................................4-14

TE131 Blade Inspection Tool.........................................Figure 4-2...................................4-20
10574F(S)(B) Blade Modification Template................... Figure 4-3...................................4-29
Modification of Counterweight for Terminal Strip
and Spring Pin Attaching Holes............................... Figure 4-4...................................4-36
Modification of Counterweight for Tie Mount
Attaching Hole..........................................................Figure 4-5...................................4-37
SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES - LIST OF TABLES
Hard Alloy Blades Requiring Eddy Current Inspection.. Table 4-1....................................4-10

Blade Changes for "V" with "N" Modification Shanks.... Table 4-2....................................4-14
Inspection Requirements for M10282A(B)+6 Blades.... Table 4-3....................................4-16
Counterweight Parts Removed From
BHC-L2YF-4F/FC8468AR Propellers...................... Table 4-4....................................4-19
Non-Standard C7479-2R Aluminum Propeller Blades.. Table 4-5....................................4-24
10574F(S)(B) Blade Conversion .................................. Table 4-6....................................4-28

Rev. 32 Nov/15
133C
WARNING: FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS CHAPTER

WILL RESULT IN IMPROPER INSPECTION, REPAIR, AND OVERHAUL OF
THE COMPONENT.

CHAPTER OF THIS MANUAL FOR INFORMATION ABOUT PROPELLER
CRITICAL PARTS.

A. General
(1) The data in this chapter is required for those applications to which it applies.
These requirements must be met in addition to all other requirements of this
manual.
2. Overhaul and Maintenance Procedures for Hard Alloy Blades

NOTE: Hard alloy blades are identified by the letter "H" immediately following the
blade design number, e.g., T10282HB or T10178H-11R; hard alloy blades are
also stamped with the number "76" on the blade butt.
A. General Requirements
(1) The following procedures are to be incorporated into the aircraft's daily and
periodic inspection practices:
NOTE: Particular attention must be given to aircraft operated in salt water

conditions.
(a) Visually inspect for the possible beginning of intergranular corrosion.
(b) Visually inspect for erosion of the blade surface and leading edge.
(2) Corrosion Control
(a) If evidence of surface corrosion is found, the area must be reworked
to remove all traces of corrosion. This can be accomplished in the field
and with the propeller on the aircraft wing; however, if the corrosion has
advanced to the point where considerable material must be removed, the
propeller must be removed and an overhaul completed for all of the blades.
(b) The blade must be cleaned following rework in order to prepare the blade
for the application of primer and paint.

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
(3) Erosion Repair

(a) If evidence of erosion is found, the surface must be adequately sanded to
remove all paint and surface defects in the affected area.
(b) The blade must be cleaned using solvent (CM23) following rework in order
to prepare the blade for the application of primer and paint.
B. Overhaul Requirements
NOTE: The following requirements are to be performed in addition to those

established in the Blade Airfoil Overhaul chapter of this manual.
(1) Remove the de-ice or anti-icing boot from each blade.
(a) For instructions about removal of a de-ice boot, refer to Hartzell Propeller
Inc. Electrical De-ice Boot Removal and Installation Manual 182
(61-12-82).
(b) For instructions about removal of an anti-icing boot, refer to Hartzell
Propeller Inc. Anti-icing Boot Removal and Installation Manual 183
(61-12-83).
(2) Remove all paint.
(a) The recommended method for paint removal, other than removal during
the grinding process, is plastic media cleaning.
(b) For plastic media cleaning guidelines, refer to Hartzell Propeller Inc.
(3) Dimensionally inspect the width and thickness of the blade to determine if the
blade is within the tolerances specified in the Blade Specification Tables located
in Appendix C of this manual.
(a) If the blade is under the minimum width or thickness measurement
specified in the Blade Specification Table in Appendix C of this manual,
(b) If the blade, from the 9 inch station out to the 24 inch station, is less than
0.020 inch (0.51 mm) over the minimum allowable width or thickness
(4) Remove 0.010 inch (0.25 mm) of material from the face and camber sides of
the blade from the 9 inch station out to the 24 inch station.
(5) Dimensionally inspect the width and thickness of the blade from the nine inch
station out to the 24 inch station to verify that it is still within the tolerances
specified in the Blade Specification Tables located in Appendix C of this manual.
(a) If the blade is under the minimum width or thickness measurement

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
CAUTION: THE CORRECT AERODYNAMIC BLEND MUST BE MAINTAINED

AT ALL POINTS ON THE BLADE.
(6) If more than 0.010 inch (0.25 mm) of material must be removed from a blade to
remove all damage or nicks, it may be necessary to remove the same amount
of material from all blades in the propeller assembly to maintain static and
dynamic balance.
NOTE: It may be necessary to grind the thickest blades down to the
dimension of the thinnest blade to correct balance.
(7) Outboard of the 24 inch station, remove material on an as needed basis to
remove all traces of corrosion. All nicks and scratches must be removed or
blended during the rework process.
(8) Visually examine the blade to make sure all intergranular corrosion and
discontinuities have been removed.
(a) Inspect the blade using dye penetrant in accordance with Hartzell
(b) Eddy Current inspection is an optional method that may be performed
in addition to dye penetrant inspection to verify the existence of a crack;
however, a crack is only detected when the depth is greater than
0.006 inch (152 mm) and it runs through the blade in a straight line. For
information about eddy current inspection, refer to Hartzell Propeller Inc.
1 Eddy current is not acceptable for corrosion detection, primarily
because of the irregularity of the depth of corrosion.
3. Additional Inspection, Overhaul, and Maintenance Requirements for Hard Alloy Blades
Installed on Turbine-Powered Aircraft

NOTE: This information was obtained from Hartzell Propeller Inc. Service Bulletin
138.
A. Effectivity
(1) All Hartzell Propeller Inc. turboprop aircraft propeller blades manufactured from
hard alloy aluminum.
NOTE: Hard alloy blades are identified by the letter "H" immediately following
the blade design number, e.g., T10282HB or T10178H-11R; hard alloy
blades are also stamped with the number "76" on the blade butt.

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
B. General
(1) Hard alloy aluminum (7076-T61) was developed to improve the water and sand
erosion characteristics of propeller blades.
(a) The impact resistance of hard alloy aluminum to stone nicks and dents is
also superior to the standard aluminum alloy.
(b) Hard alloy aluminum can be susceptible to intergranular corrosion,
particularly if corrosion is not thoroughly removed before blade surface
protection, or if corrosive material is trapped between the unprotected bare
metal and paint or a de-ice or anti-icing boot.
C. Check
WARNING: FAILURE TO ADHERE TO THESE CORROSION REMOVAL AND

CONTROL PROCEDURES MAY LEAD TO IN-FLIGHT BLADE
FAILURES.
(1) In addition to the normal aircraft daily inspection procedures:
(a) Visually examine the propeller blades in the area from the blade clamp to six
inches outboard of the de-ice or anti-icing boot for scratches, dents, nicks,
or other signs of exposed bare metal where surface corrosion could initiate.
(b) Visually examine the paint coating for signs of deterioration such as cracks,
chips, bubbles, flaking, and blisters which might indicate the presence of
corrosion underneath the paint.
(c) Visually examine the blade de-ice or anti-icing boot in accordance
with Hartzell Propeller Inc. Ice Protection Component Maintenance
Manual 181 (30-60-81).
D. Rework
(1) If the presence of bare metal or corrosion is observed or suspected to exist under
a deteriorated paint coating on any blade, accomplish the following to make sure
that there are no cracks in the blade:
WARNING: RETIRE FROM SERVICE ANY BLADE THAT HAS A CRACK.

BEFORE THE NEXT FLIGHT, OVERHAUL THE ENTIRE
PROPELLER ASSEMBLY FROM WHICH THE CRACKED
BLADE WAS REMOVED.
(a) Penetrant inspect the area before the next flight. Refer to the Penetrant
202A (61-01-02).
1 If the corrosion area is adjacent to the de-ice or anti-icing boot, remove
the de-ice or anti-icing boot and penetrant inspect the area under the
de-ice or anti-icing boot.
a For instructions about removal of a de-ice boot, refer to Hartzell
Propeller Inc. Electrical De-ice Boot Removal and Installation
Manual 182 (61-12-82).

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
b For instructions about removal of an anti-icing boot, refer to

Hartzell Propeller Inc. Anti-icing Boot Removal and Installation
Manual 183 (61-12-83).
(b) Within the next 25 hours of operation and each succeeding 25 hours of
operation, eddy current inspect the entire area. Refer to the Eddy Current
202A (61-01-02).
(c) Remove and overhaul the propeller within the next 100 hours of operation
following the first indication of bare metal or corrosion.
(2) Any propeller that has a blade with a loose, bubbled, or detached de-ice or anti-
icing boot must be removed and overhauled before the next flight, or all de-ice
or anti-icing boots must be removed and the blades inspected and reworked in
accordance with steps 3.D.(1)(a) through 3.D.(1)(c) in this chapter.
(a) For instructions about removal and installation of a de-ice boot,
refer to Hartzell Propeller Inc. Electrical De-ice Boot Removal and
Installation Manual 182 (61-12-82).
(b) For instructions about removal and installation of an anti-icing boot,
refer to Hartzell Propeller Inc. Anti-icing Boot Removal and Installation
Manual 183 (61-12-83).

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
4. Required Eddy Current Inspection On Hard Alloy Blades

NOTE: Refer to Airworthiness Directive 74-14-01.

A. Effectivity
(1) Blades T10282H( )-( ), T10173H( )-( ), T10176H( )-( ), and T10178H( )-( ) are
affected when installed on the hub models with serial numbers earlier than
those listed below (see Table 4-1):
(2) Blades that are a part of the above applications are affected if they have less
than 1000 hours of service. Blades with more than 1000 hours of service are
not affected.
(3) This inspection is to be completed as soon as possible and within the next 50
hours of operation.
B. Check
(1) Inspect the entire blade in accordance with the eddy current procedures in
Hub Model Serial Numbers

HC-B3TN Below BU 4624
HC-B3TN-5 Below BV 2216 (except BV 2210, BV 2213, BV 2214)
HC-B3TN-7 Below CV 7
HC-B4TN-5 Below CD 62
HC-B4TN-3A Below EA 255
HC-B3TF-7 Below EX 3
HC-B3TN-2 Below AG 275
Hard Alloy Blades Requiring Eddy Current Inspection

Table 4-1

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
5. Hard Alloy Blade Airfoil Anodizing

CAUTION 2: THE USE OF ANODIC COATING (ANODIZE) IN THE BLADE SHANK

BORE OF ALUMINUM BLADES MAY HAVE DETRIMENTAL EFFECTS
ON BLADE FATIGUE STRENGTH. ANODIZE IS NOT PERMITTED
IN THE ALUMINUM BLADE BORE AREA. IF ANODIZE SOLUTION
ENTERS THE HOLE, IT MUST BE RINSED OUT IMMEDIATELY AND
THE BLADE MUST BE OVEN DRIED AT 150° TO 200° F. FOR FIVE
HOURS.
CAUTION 3: IF A BLADE HAS BEEN ANODIZED IN THE SHANK REGION, THE

ANODIZE MUST BE REMOVED (CHEMICALLY OR MECHANICALLY),
AND OVERHAUL OF THE SHANK MUST BE PERFORMED,
INCLUDING NDT, DIMENSIONAL INSPECTION, AND COLD ROLLING.
CAUTION 4: USE OF ANODIZE IN THE SHANK REGION OF THE BLADE IS NOT

AUTHORIZED.
A. Anodize all hard alloy propeller blades at overhaul.
CAUTION: APPLICATION OF A CHEMICAL CONVERSION COATING AS AN

ALTERNATIVE TO CHROMIC ACID ANODIZE IS NOT PERMITTED
ON HARD ALLOY BLADES.
(1) Refer to the Blade Shank Overhaul chapter of this manual for a definition of
the region of transition from anodize of the blade airfoil to chemical conversion
coating of the blade shank.
(2) Refer to the Chromic Acid Anodizing chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard
Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02), for information and procedures for chromic
acid anodizing.
(a) The counterweight dowel pin and all threaded inserts, if applicable, must
be removed from the counterweight knob of a Y, D, and E shank blade
before anodizing the blade.
(b) Replace the dowel pin when the counterweight assembly is reinstalled.
(3) After anodizing, perform an inspection in accordance with the procedures in the
Chromic Acid Anodizing chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02).

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
6. Hard Alloy Blade Straightening

A. Effectivity
(1) This requirement applies to all hard alloy blades.
B. Discussion
(1) A substantial amount of over-twisting and bending is required for straightening
hard alloy blades.
(2) Hartzell Propeller Inc. has established the requirement that no hard alloy
blade twisting or bending is allowed to be attempted in the field. Hartzell
Propeller Inc. will attempt to straighten blades returned for repair.
7. Replacement of Hard Alloy Blades With Standard Alloy Blades

A. Effectivity
(1) This requirement applies to all hard alloy blades.
B. Discussion
(1) Blades of hard and standard alloy that have the same blade model designation
are interchangeable when applied to aircraft powered by turboprop engines.
(2) Intermixing propellers with alternate alloy configurations on twin engine aircraft
is permitted, in other words one propeller assembly can contain all hard alloy
blades and the other propeller assembly can contain all standard alloy blades.
(3) Intermixing alloy configurations in a single propeller assembly is not permitted
(for example, a three blade propeller assembly cannot have two hard alloy
blades and one standard alloy blade).

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
61-13-33
Page 4-13
SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES Rev. 22 Jun/07
133C
APS0652
APS0653
"V" Shank "V" Shank with "N" Modification
"V" Shank Modification

Figure 4-1
New Design No. Modification

V7636N .050 inch per side added in thickness at the nine inch station
V8433N Same as above
V8833N Same as above
V9333N No changes made to the blade thickness
V10133N No changes made to the blade thickness
Blade Changes for "V" with "N" Modification Shanks

Table 4-2

Rev. 22 Jun/07
133C
8. Modification of Double Shoulder 7636D-( ), 8433( ), 8833( ), 9333C( ), and 10133D-( )

Blades

CAUTION 2: MODIFICATION OF HARD ALLOY BLADES IS NOT PERMITTED.

A. Effectivity
(1) Double shoulder blades with model numbers 7636D( ), 8433( ), 8833( ),
9333C( ), and 10133D-( ).
B. Discussion
(1) All new blades of the type mentioned above are manufactured with improved
designs (see Figure 4-1). They are all V type pilot tube bores and are identified
with an "N" following the model number to identify the improved design. For
example, a blade formerly manufactured as V7636 is now manufactured and
identified as V7636N; a blade formerly manufactured as V10133D is now
V10133N.
NOTE: The effected blades were originally manufactured with "X" or "V"
shanks.
(2) Additional modifications to the blade designs are included (see Table 4-2).
(3) All effected blade models that are replaced must be replaced using the same
design. Do not intermix blade designs in an assembly.
9. Additional Inspection Requirements for Propellers Installed on Nord 262 Aircraft

NOTE: This information was obtained from Hartzell Propeller Inc. Service Bulletin 178.
A. Effectivity
(1) All HC-B5MP-3A/M10282A(B)+6 propellers installed on Nord 262 (Frakes
conversion) aircraft with Pratt and Whitney PT6A-45 series engines are affected.
(2) M10282A(B)+6( ) blades used on the Nord 262 aircraft must follow the inspection
criteria of this section.
NOTE: Blade M10282AN(B)+6( ) is exempt from and not affected by the

following requirements due to improved design in the internal bearing
radius and additional thickness added to the inboard stations.

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
B. Discussion
(1) The purpose of this inspection is to identify fatigue cracks that may occur at the
smaller internal bearing bore on effected blades.
C. Check
(1) In accordance with the Blade Shank Overhaul chapter of this manual, inspect
the radius end of the blade bearing bore.
(2) Perform rework procedures if necessary.
NOTE: This includes all evidence of scratches, tool marks, and corrosion, as
well as etching and dye penetrant inspection of the critical areas of
the blade bore.
(3) All blades showing evidence of cracks or other unairworthy conditions must be
replaced prior to further flight.
(4) Report all incidents of cracks or linear crack indications to the Product Support
Department of Hartzell Propeller Inc.
D. Compliance
(1) All effected blades must be repetitively inspected after the initial inspection. The
repetitive inspection is based on time in service of the blade (see Table 4-3).
NOTE: The repetitive requirements of this inspection are terminated when all
blades installed in a propeller assembly have been replaced by "N"
modification blades.
Propeller Blade Time in Service Inspection Compliance
Prior to the accumulation of 500

Less than or equal to 400 hours
Initial Inspection hours since inspection or since
since new or since last inspection
new
Greater than 400 hours since

new or since last inspection
Within 100 hours of operation
for compliance, or if time since
inspection or total time is unknown
Repetitive Perform inspection at intervals not

After initial inspection
Inspection to exceed 500 hours of operation
Inspection Requirements for M10282A(B)+6 Blades

Table 4-3

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
10. Inspection Requirements for HC-B3TN-5( )( )/T10282H(B)

146B.
A. Effectivity
(1) This inspection is required for propeller model HC-B3TN-5( )( )/T10282H(B)
installed on Fairchild SA226T, SA226TC, SA226AT, Metro aircraft with Garrett
Engine model TPE-331-3U-303G, TPE-331-3UW-303G, and those aircraft
above modified with model TPE-331-10UA-501G or -511G engines.
B. Discussion
(1) This inspection is required to detect cracks that may begin on the blade
trailing edge and progress in a chordwise direction toward the leading edge.
The cracks occur in an area between two and 24 inches from the tip and are
generally observed from 1/2 to 1 1/2 inches in length.
(2) Blade tip stall, with the associated high noise levels which occur in the reverse
blade angle range, may contribute to this cracking condition.
NOTE: Incidents of blade cracking have also occurred on installations with no

known tip stall occurrences.
C. Check
(1) Cracks associated with this installation are visible with the naked eye and give
advance warning of possible tip failure if the following recommended actions
are taken:
(a) Visually inspect the blade for cracks in the area between two and 24
inches from the blade tip on the trailing edge.
(b) Inspect the blade utilizing a 10X magnifying glass every 100 hours
(maximum) after the initial inspection. Inspect the blade surface in the
same area described in 9.C.(1) above.
NOTE: The blade must be adequately illuminated to insure accurate

inspection.
(c) Evidence of cracking requires further inspection by dye penetrant or eddy
current inspections in accordance with Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard
(d) Blades showing any confirmed indications of cracking must be retired from
service before further operation.

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
11. Inspection Requirements for HC-B3TN-5( )L/LT10282( )( )+4

A. Effectivity
(1) Applies to all propeller models HC-B3TN-5( )L/LT10282( )( )+4 installed on the
Gulfstream American (formerly Rockwell International) Aero Commander 690( )
aircraft.
B. Discussion
(1) An audible blade stall may occur if high reverse blade angles are used during
high speed landings. This condition may cause high stress concentrations at
blade stations approximately five to 15 inches from the blade tip. The high
stress concentration can cause a fatigue crack, particularly if the blade has been
damaged in this area, such as from a stone nick.
C. Check
(1) Prior to the next and each subsequent flight, visually inspect the blade for
indications of a crack in areas five to 15 inches from the blade tip on the camber
and face surfaces.
(2) Within the next 10 hours and at each 100 hour interval, inspect blades in
the suspect area utilizing an acceptable NDT procedure. See Hartzell Propeller
Inc. Standard Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02).
(3) All blades showing evidence of a crack must be retired from service.
NOTE: Compliance with Rockwell International Service Bulletin No. 174B,

dated August 29, 1980, satisfies the requirements of this inspection.
12. Replacement of LT10282( )( )+4 Blades

131D.
A. Effectivity
(1) All blades, model LT10282( )( )+4, installed on the Gulfstream American
(formerly Rockwell International) Aero Commander 690( ) aircraft.

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
B. Discussion
(1) Requirements have been developed to exceed the inspection procedures listed
in paragraph 10. above for effected blades.
C. Procedure
(1) At next overhaul, replace all effected blades with blade model LT10673.
NOTE: Blade model LT10673 is exempt from inspection requirements listed

in paragraph 10. above and Rockwell International Service Bulletin
No. 174B.
13. Counterweight Requirements for the BHC-L2YF-4F/FC8468AR Propeller

A. Effectivity
(1) All BHC-L2YF-4F/FC8468AR propellers installed on the Beech T-34A aircraft
with the Continental IO-470-N engine.
B. Discussion
(1) To avoid possible overload and failure of the pitch change knob, a change in
the amount of counterweight installed is required.
C. Procedure
(1) Remove the counterweights that are attached to the main counterweight with
AN hardware. See Table 4-4 for specific parts that are to be removed.
NOTE: Do not remove the main counterweight.
Part Number Description Quantity Removed
A-890-15 Weight 1
A-890 Weight 1
AN4H710A Bolt 2
AN4H7A Bolt 2
AN960-416 Washer 4
Counterweight Parts Removed From BHC-L2YF-4F/FC8468AR Propellers

Table 4-4

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
TE131
"A"
1" 3.750 ± .002 ½ ¾

"C"
.878 ± .002
"B"
90°
Camber Side Up
4.1
"A"
1/16 - 1/8 Inch

Metal Plate
APS488
TE131 Blade Inspection Tool

Figure 4-2

Rev. 32 Nov/15
133C
14. Inspection of T10176 Propeller Blade Shanks

A. Effectivity
(1) All T10176 and T10176H non-category 2 blades installed in HC-B3TN-5C
propeller hubs installed on turboprop aircraft.
B. Discussion
(1) This inspection is required to discover possible fatigue cracks originating at the
inside of the pilot tube bore.
C. Check
(1) For propellers that have accumulated 700 hours or more, complete the following
procedures within 50 hours:
(a) Using penetrant inspection (refer to the Blade Bore Inspection and
Overhaul section of the Blade Shank Overhaul chapter of this manual),
visually inspect the inside of the blade pilot tube bore for cracks.
(b) If a crack is found, remove the blade from service.
(c) Using an appropriate light source, an inspection mirror, and a sharp
non-graphite pencil CM162, or equivalent as a probe, inspect the bore in
the area of minimum wall thickness for scratches or tool marks.
(d) Inspect the surface in the radius area.
(e) If any scratches or tool marks penetrate the blade bore surface, rework the
blade in accordance with the Blade Shank Overhaul chapter of this manual.
(f) Using TE131, inspect the blade for minimum wall thickness at the
8.25 inch (209.5 mm) station.
1 Put the blade on a table with the camber side up.
2 Fit the template to the blade with the 1 inch (25.4 mm) leg contacting
the butt of the blade along axis "A-A," as shown in Figure 4-2. The
0.75 inch (19.0 mm) leg must touch the blade flange at "C."
3 With the template pivoted at axis "A-A," move the 0.50 inch
(12.7 mm) leg back and forth until it touches the surface of the blade at
"B." Repeat this for several angular positions of the axis "A-A" to find
the thinnest part of the blade.
4 Position the template at the thinnest part of the blade.
5 If the template does not touch the blade at "B", retire the blade from
service.

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
D. Compliance
(1) After the initial inspection, repeat the inspection of the T10176 blade shanks at
1500 hour intervals.
15. New "T" and "M" Shank Propeller Blades

A. General
(1) All new "T" and "M" shank aluminum propeller blades are now being
manufactured with "N" design changes that incorporate significant design
improvements in the internal bearing radius. On 10282N series blades,
thickness has been added in the area of the inboard blade stations.
(2) "N" blades are identified by the suffix letter "N" in the blade model designation
that is impression stamped on the blade butt and ink stamped or labeled on the
blade airfoil.
(3) Installation of an "N" Blade in the Propeller Assembly
(a) If all of the blades installed in the propeller assembly are "N" blades,
make an entry in the propeller logbook about the propeller blade model
designation.
Example: HC-B4TN-5C/T10173FB-12.5 is changed to
HC-B4TN-5C/T10173FNB-12.5.
(b) If all of the blades installed in the propeller assembly are not "N" blades,
do not make an entry in the propeller logbook about the propeller blade
model designation.
(4) The "N" design change requires the use of a new internal bearing spacer.

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
B. Interchangeability Between Old and New Blades
CAUTION 1: DO NOT MIX A NEW "N" BLADE WITH AN OLD, HARD ALLOY
BLADE, SUCH AS T10173H, IN A PROPELLER ASSEMBLY.
CAUTION 2: DO NOT MIX A CATEGORY II AND A NON-CATEGORY II BLADE IN

A PROPELLER ASSEMBLY.
(1) New T10173N and T10176N blades can be mixed with "Category II" blades
(identified "Cat. II" on the blade butt), but cannot be mixed with early production
non-category II blades.
NOTE: A Category II blade is thicker than a Non-Category II blade at the 8,

12, and 18 inch stations. Refer to Appendix C, Blade Specification
Tables for thickness specifications.
(2) If the propeller or aircraft was type certified with an "N" blade only an "N" blade
can only be replaced with an "N" blade.
CAUTION: MIXING OF "N" AND NON-"N" BLADES IS NOT PERMITTED

FOR "V" AND "MV" SHANK BLADES.
(a) Replace "V" shank blades (double shoulder) and "MV" shank blades with
"N" modification only in sets.
(b) Mixing "N" and Non-"N" "T" and "M" shank blades is permitted in the same
hub.
(c) Although T10282 and LT10282 series “N” blades have additional thickness
on the inboard stations, interchangeability or mixing of old and new blades
is not affected if static balance can be achieved.
(d) There are different overhaul repair specifications for "N" and non-"N"
blades. Refer to the Blade Specification Tables for applicable blade station
dimensions.
61-13-33
Page 4-23
SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
16. Compatibility of C7479-2R Propeller Blades

A. Effectivity
(1) Certain C7479-2R propeller blades used in HC-F3YR-2 propeller assembly
installed on Beech 60 and A60 aircraft. Refer to Table 4-5 for effected blades by
serial number.
B. Discussion
(1) C7479-2R blades were manufactured with two different pitch change knob
locations.
(a) Blades listed in Table 4-5 were manufactured with a pitch change knob
location with different blade angles inboard of the 30-inch blade station.
1 The blade angle outboard of the 30-inch station is the same as other
blades of this model.
Serial Number Serial Number Serial Number

A84521 B6298 B10810 through B10820
A92509 B6299 B10822
A94705 B6302 B10823
A94710 B6303 B10905 through B10913
B4663 B6304 B10915
B4665 B6306 B11790 through B11796
B4670 B6307 B11798
B4671 B6322 B11800
B4672 B6324 B11801
B4679 B6326 B11803
B6292 B6330 B11808 through B11811
B6294 B6333 B11814
B6295 B8160 through B8174
B6297 B10800 through B10806
Non-Standard C7479-2R Aluminum Propeller Blades
Table 4-5

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
(2) Because of varying pitch change knob locations and the resulting difference
in the counterweight knob locations, propeller assemblies may not mix blades
listed in Table 4-5 with blades not listed in Table 4-5.
(3) Blade angle and face alignment requirements for the blades listed in Table 4-5
are listed below.
NOTE: This blade data is only applicable to the blades listed in Table 4-5.
For blade specifications of other C7479-2R blades, refer to the Blade
Specification Table Appendix of this manual.
7479-2R Blade "Y" Shank

Distance from blade butt to "0" station = 1.000"
Sta Angle Face Align.
Min Max Min Max
18 26.0 27.0 0.098 0.162
24 18.0 18.6 -0.032 0.032
30 13.5 Set Up -0.152 -0.088
33 11.7 12.1 -0.222 -0.158
Page 4-25
SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES 61-13-33 Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
17. Use of Oversize Internal Blade Needle Bearing

A. When a blade bearing bore is reworked to the permitted limits, it can be difficult to
get a blade needle bearing that will have an acceptable interference fit.
B. Oversize blade needle bearings have been made to accommodate the repair limits
for the blade bore specified in the Blade Shank Overhaul chapter of this manual.
(1) Oversize Blade Needle Bearing C-6252
(a) The C-6252 blade needle bearing is an approved alternative to the
B-6684 or B-6685 blade needle bearing in the "R", P" modified to "R", "W",
"T", "M", and "M" or "T" with "N" modification shank aluminum propeller
blades.
NOTE: Current production "R" and "W" shank blades have the
1.7535 inch (44.539 mm) diameter constraint; however, older
"R" and "W" shank blades can have a larger diameter because
of an internal blade bushing. Refer to the Blade Shank Overhaul
(b) The C-6252 blade bearing is slightly larger in diameter than the
standard blade needle bearing. This needle bearing is recommended for
use in blades that are near the maximum bore diameter limits (1.7520 to
1.7535 inches [44.500 to 44.539 mm]).
(c) Special or additional procedures are not necessary for removal or
installation of the oversize C-6252 blade needle bearing.
(2) Oversize Blade Needle Bearing B-7283
(a) The B-7283 blade needle bearing is an approved alternative to the
B-6681 blade needle bearing in the "MV" with "N" modification, "V" with
"N" modification, and "V" shank aluminum propeller blades.
(b) The B-7283 blade needle bearing is slightly larger in diameter than
the standard blade needle bearing. This bearing is recommended for
use in blades that are near the maximum bore diameter limits (1.5025 to
1.5055 inches [38.164 to 38.239 mm]).
(c) Special or additional procedures are not necessary for removal or
installation of the oversize B-7283 blade needle bearing.
Page 4-26
SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES 61-13-33 Rev. 34 Jan/17
133C
18. Retirement of Blades in Propeller Assembly HC-B4TN-5(D,G,J)L/LT10282(N)(B,K)-5.3R

A. Effectivity
(1) All HC-B4TN-5(D,G,J)L/LT10282(N)(B,K)-5.3R propeller assemblies installed
on Mitsubishi MU-2B-26A, MU-2B-36A, MU-2B-40, and MU-2B-60 aircraft or
other MU-2 aircraft modified by installation of the propeller model listed above.
B. Requirements
(1) In accordance with Airworthiness Directive 95-01-02 and Hartzell Propeller Inc.
Service Bulletin A188, blade replacement or rework requirements exist. Refer to
the indicated documents for additional information.

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
Station 30
Edge
Width
Thickness
Face
Angle 0 degrees -Set Up
Station 36
Edge 2.980 inches to 3.060 inches
Width 6.940 inches to 7.020 inches
Thickness 0.555 inches to 0.585 inches
Face 7.070 inches to 7.110 inches
Angle 23.9 degrees to 24.3 degrees
Station 42
Station 48
10574F(S)(B) Blade Conversion

Table 4-6

Rev. 22 Jun/07
APS257
Blade leading edge

The tip profile must be blended smoothly 10574(A)(S)(B)
between the 30" and 42" station.
10574(F)(S)(B)
133C
Figure 4-3
SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES

10574F(S)(B) Blade Modification Template

30" 36" 42" 48"
Tip template ends at 42" station
61-13-33
Rev. 22 Jun/07
Page 4-29
133C
19. Modification of Blade Model LT10574(A)(S)(B) to LT10574F(N)S(B)

A. Effectivity
(1) Dornier DO-228 series aircraft with Hartzell Propeller Inc. propeller assembly
HC-B4TN-5( )L/LT10574(A)(S)(B)
B. Discussion
(1) There have been intermittent occurrences of blade tip stalling and associated
high propeller noise levels on this installation. This condition, if it occurs, is
usually apparent during the landing maneuver when the propeller blade angle is
close to ground idle blade angle i.e., "beta" range.
(2) This condition is capable of producing abnormally high stresses on the blades
in the propeller assembly.
C. Requirements
(1) Each LT10574(B) blade must be replaced at overhaul.
(2) Each LT10574A(S)(B) blade must be modified to blade model LT10574FS(B) at
next overhaul.
(3) Modification instructions are as follows:
(a) Place the blade on a blade inspection arbor. Set the arbor for a 7.5
inch blade centerline in accordance with section 2.J. of the Blade Airfoil
Overhaul chapter of this manual.
(b) Using a non-graphite pencil such as CM162 or equivalent, identify each
blade station listed in 10574F(S)(B) Blade Conversion Table 4-6. Refer to
section 2.J. of the Blade Airfoil Overhaul chapter for station identification
techniques.
(c) Record the dimensions of each blade station.
(d) As shown in Figure 4-3, make a template for the 10574F(S)(B) tip shape,
and transfer the shape to the blade surface.
(e) Compare the blade station dimensions to the station dimensions defined
in 10574F(S)(B) Blade Conversion Table 4-6. Reshape the airfoil and tip
profile to the new specifications. Make sure there is smooth transition
between each blade station and a smooth transition to the new tip profile.
(f) Inspect each blade in accordance with section 2.J. of the Blade Airfoil
Overhaul chapter. If the blade does not meet inspection criteria, rework
and recheck the blade.

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
(g) Shot peen the blade as required from the 7 to 30 inch stations in
accordance with the Shot Peening chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc.
(h) Inspect the shot peened surfaces in accordance with section 2.L. of the
Blade Airfoil chapter of this manual.
(i) Using a round bottom stamp or vibra-engraver, re-identify the new model
number on the blade butt.
(j) Re-identify the blade model number with an ink stamp or a label on the
camber side of the blade.
20. Retirement of Certain Blade Models Installed on Propeller Model HC-12X20

A. General
(1) In order to increase the fatigue limit of the blade shank on aluminum blades,
a change was made in the radius at the inner flange retention shoulder on
September 1, 1952.
(2) Blades manufactured prior to this change and installed on Lycoming O-435
engines were subject to cracks in the radius. These blades will not pass optical
comparator inspection and rework of these blades is no longer authorized.
B. Procedure
(1) Blades with serial numbers below 75,000 which were manufactured before
September 1, 1952, and installed on Lycoming O-435 engines (propeller model
HC-12X20) must be retired from service.
21. Replacement of Non-Counterweighted Blade Models 8475-( ) and 8477-( )

101D.
A. General
(1) A strengthened pitch change knob was incorporated into Y shank blade models
that were manufactured after August of 1971. These blades are identified with
the letter "F" preceding the blade model number.

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
B. Procedure
(1) All 8475-( ) and 8477-( ) propeller blades with over 1000 hours of service that
are non-counterweighted and do not have a letter "F" preceeding the blade
model number must be replaced with blades incorporating the strengthened
pitch change knob (identified by the letter "F" preceding the blade model
number). This must be accomplished within the next 200 hours of service.
22. Additional Blade Shank Inspection for T9212, 10172( ), 10173( ) and 10176( ) Blades

A. Effectivity
(1) All T9212, non-category II 10172( ) and 10173( ) (excludes 10173D), and
category II 10173( ) and 10176( ) blades.
B. Discussion
(1) When the above blades are at extreme shank thickness or face alignment
limits, it is possible to violate the minimum wall thickness of the blade shank at
the end of the pilot tube bore. This condition may result in fatigue cracks in the
critical radius of the blade bore.
C. Procedure
(1) For the 10172( ) and 10173( ) non-category II blades, use TE131 (refer
to Figure 4-2) to complete the inspection at each overhaul. Complete the
inspection procedures in accordance with paragraph 14.C.(1)(f) of this chapter.
(2) For T9212 and category II 10173( ) and 10176( ) blades, a new tool similar to
that shown in Figure 4-2 must be created by changing the "B" dimension to
0.798 ± 0.002 inch. Complete the inspection procedures of paragraph
14.C.(1)(f) of this chapter at each overhaul.
NOTE: The tool for these blades can be created by purchasing a new
TE131 and modifying it, or by fabricating a new tool according to
the dimensions in Figure 4-2 with the exception of the alternate "B"
dimension.
(3) If the leg shown as section "B" does not contact the blade at the thinnest
position located on the shank, the blade must be retired from service.

Rev. 32 Nov/15
133C
23. Replacement Blade for M10876K Installed on Shorts SD3-60 Aircraft

A. All blades with this design number must be retired from service and replaced with
blade design number M10876ASK.
24. Replacement of Hartzite Blades

A. A Hartzite blade cannot be repaired, overhauled, or converted to a “V” or "MV" shank
blade. To determine if a Hartzite blade can be replaced by an aluminum blade,
consult the aircraft Type Certificate (TC) or Supplemental Type Certificate (STC).
25. Replacement of 7663-4 Blades with Serial Numbers Below B35571

HC-SB-61-96A.
A. All 7663-4 blades with serial numbers below B35571 must be retired from service
and replaced with F7663-4 blades.

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
26. Interchangeability of "P", "R", "W", and "Z" Shank Blades with "N" Modification

A. Effectivity
(1) All "P", "R", "W", or "Z" shank blades are affected.
(2) All "P", "R", "W", and "Z" shank aluminum blades are now being manufactured
with the "N" modification that incorporates significant design improvements to
the internal blade bore.
(3) The propeller Type Certificate Data Sheet has been revised to permit use of
"N" modification and non-"N" modification blades on installations originally
certified with non-"N" modification blades.
(4) Non-"N" modification blades are not permitted on an installation that originally
was certified with "N" modification blades.
B. Discussion
(1) Mixing "N" and non-"N" blades is permitted in the same propeller assembly
provided propeller static balance can be achieved.
CAUTION: DO NOT REPLACE AN "N" MODIFICATION BLADE WITH A

NON-"N" MODIFICATION BLADE.
(2) Replacing an "N" modification blade with a non-"N" modification blade is not
permitted.
(3) For "R" and "W" shank aluminum blades, the design change requires the use of
a new internal bearing spacer.
(4) "N" modification blades are identified with the suffix letter "N" in the blade
model.
(a) This suffix letter is impression stamped on the blade butt, ink stamped or
labeled on the blade airfoil.
NOTE: Example: LW10151-3 will change to LW10151N-3
1 Optionally, at overhaul the blade model may also be ink stamped or a
label applied on the blade airfoil.
(5) Rework of the blade bore to the "N" modification is not permitted.
(6) When all blades in the assembly are the "N" design, make an entry in the
propeller logbook about the change to the blade model designation.
(a) If any blade in the assembly is a non-"N" design, the entry in the logbook
should not be made.

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
27. Modification of Counterweight D-6021-1 for Use with De-ice Kit 103253

A. Modify the counterweight for use with the wire harness and de-ice boot.
(1) Modify the counterweight to incorporate the mounting holes for the terminal
strip, the attachment hole for the tie mount, and the spring pin, in accordance
with Figure 4-4 and Figure 4-5.
(2) If the 6-32 UNC-3B threaded hole is damaged, a threaded insert may be
installed.
(a) Using a 6-32 true position indicator or a thread tap to locate off of the
thread pitch diameter, determine the center of the threaded hole.
1 Optionally, the largest drill blank that will fit into the minor diameter
of the threaded hole may also be used to determine the center of the
hole.
(b) Bore the hole to a diameter 0.1495 (#25 drill) a minimum of 0.539 inch
(13.70 mm) deep.
(c) Deburr the edges of the hole.
(d) Using Heli-Coil® STI Tap part number 06CBB, or equivalent, tap the newly
bored hole a minimum of 0.414 deep.
(e) Using a Heli-Coil® thread gauge part number 3688-06, or equivalent,
make an inspection of the tapped hole.
1 The "GO" thread end must install freely.
2 Retap the hole until the inspection of the tapped hole is satisfactory.
(f) Using installation tool Heli-Coil® part number 7551-36, or equivalent,
install the Heli-Coil® part number 1185-06CN-0414 in the threaded hole a
minimum of 1/4 pitch below the mounting surface.
(g) Make a visual inspection of the threads of the installed Heli-Coil®.
(h) Verify that a 6/32 threaded fastener will install correctly.
(3) If the spring pin hole was machined too large, it may be repaired by enlarging
the hole and installing an oversize spring pin.
(a) Drill the spring pin hole to the oversize diameter listed in Figure 4-4.
(b) Install the oversize spring pin B-6378-7 as a replacement for the
spring pin B-3842-0500 identified in the de-ice kit 103253.

Rev. 31 Jul/14
133C
Terminal Strip Holes

Tap hole 6-32 UNC-3B
Thread depth (minimum) 0.375 inch (9.52 mm)
Minor dia. 0.104 - 0.114 inch (2.64 - 2.89 mm)
Depth 0.60 inch (15.2 mm)
0.75 inch
(19.0 mm) Existing Threaded Hole
0.275 inch
(7.0 mm)
1.3 inch
(33.0 mm) 0.38 inch
(9.6 mm)
0.32 inch
(8.1 mm)
Spring Pin Hole

Standard Diameter: 0.094 - 0.097 inch (2.39 - 2.46 mm)
Oversize Diameter: 0.125 - 0.129 inch (3.17 - 3.27 mm)
Depth 0.30 - 0.36 inch (7.6 - 8.4 mm)
View shows trailing edge side of the counterweight.
Modification of Counterweight for Terminal Strip and Spring Pin Attaching Holes
Figure 4-4

Rev. 31 Jul/14
133C
Tap hole 8-32 UNC-3B

Thread depth 0.25 inch (6.3 mm) minimum.
Minor dia. 0.1300-0.1389 inch (3.3-3.5 mm)
Depth 0.438 inch (11.12 mm)
0.5 inch
(12 mm)
2.0 inch (50

mm)
Existing Threaded Hole
View shows leading edge side of the counterweight.
Modification of Counterweight for Tie Mount Attaching Hole

Figure 4-5

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
28. Replacement of T10173F(N)(B,K)-12.5 blades with T10173AN(B,K)-12.5 Blades

A. Effectivity
(1) Hawker Beechcraft King Air B100 aircraft with Hartzell Propeller Inc. steel hub
propeller HC-B4TN-5(C,F)/T10173F(N)(B,K)-12.5 are affected.
B. Discussion
(1) There have been sporadic reports of blade flutter during landing while using
propeller reversing. An investigation identified a greater likelihood for this
occurrence with blades nearing dimensional minimums.
(a) This same occurrence of blade flutter is also possible with blades near
original manufacturing specifications.
(b) This condition can cause cracked and/or failed blades.
C. Requirements
(1) Replace all affected blades with the improved T10173AN(B,K)-12.5 blades
in accordance with Hartzell Propeller Inc. STC SA02539CH-D and Hartzell
Propeller Inc. Service Bulletin HC-SB-61-304.
29. Replacement of "Y" Shank Blades Used in Propeller Models ( )HC-( )( )Y( )-( )

A. Effectivity
(1) Hartzell Propeller Inc. compact propeller models ( )HC-( )( )Y( )-( ) with "Y"
shank, aluminum blades that have a serial number that is listed in Hartzell
Propeller Inc. Alert Service Bulletin HC-ASB-61-322.
B. Discussion
(1) During dye penetrant inspection at overhaul, one blade was found to have
an indication in the blade bearing bore. This indication was determined to be
caused by a unique condition in the aluminum forging from the vendor.
(2) All blades machined from the same forging lot may have this condition.
B. Requirements
(1) Replace blades as necessary in accordance with the instructions in Hartzell
Propeller Inc. Alert Service Bulletin HC-ASB-61-322.

Rev. 29 Nov/12
133C
FINISH - CONTENTS
1. Finish...................................................................................................................5-3
A. Blade Painting................................................................................................5-3
B. Application of Teflon® Tape on "Y", "D", and "E" Shank Blades......................5-5
C. Application of Hard Coating on Shank Radius...............................................5-9
D. Installation of Blade Retention Split Bearing Race and Bearing Retaining Ring
onto "Y", "D", and "E" Shank Blades............................................................5-10
E. Application of Lubricant to the Blade Bore...................................................5-12
FINISH - LIST OF FIGURES
Blade Shank Teflon® Tape.......................................................... Figure 5-1...................5-4

Blade Shank Teflon® Tape Location............................................ Figure 5-2...................5-4
Application of CM49 on Aluminum Blade Shanks...................... Figure 5-3...................5-8
Application of Approved Lubricant Within the Blade Bore.......... Figure 5-4................. 5-11
FINISH 61-13-33 Page 5-1

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
1. Finish


A. Blade Painting

(1) Approved corrosion protection followed by approved paint must be applied and
maintained on all aluminum blades.
(a) For information about the application of corrosion protection and paint,
refer to the Chromic Acid Anodizing and Paint and Finish chapters of
(b) Operation of blades without the specified coatings and finishes, i.e.,
“polished blades”, is not permitted.
(2) Blade paint schemes, e.g., finish, color, tip stripe patterns, and colors, are
defined by the blade configuration.
(a) To determine the correct paint scheme for a specific blade configuration,
refer to the Blade Finish Table in the Paint and Finish chapter of Hartzell
(b) An aluminum blade can be refinished using any aluminum blade paint
scheme specified in Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices Manual
202A (61-01-02). The Blade Finish Table in the Paint and Finish chapter
of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02)
describes manufacturing paint schemes used by Hartzell Propeller Inc.
(3) For instructions, recommendations, equipment, mixture proportions, tip
patterns, label and stamp locations, and other finish related information,
refer to the Paint and Finish chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
B4256
45 degrees 45 degrees
10.620 Inch
(269.75 mm)
NOTE: Use 1/2-inch (12.7 mm) CM155 or 3/4-inch (19.05 mm)

CM156 Teflon® tape, cut to the length shown.
Blade Shank Teflon® Tape

Figure 5-1
Shank Type "X" Dimension (Inches) "X" Dimension (Inches)

For 1/2-inch (12.7 mm) Tape For 3/4-inch ( 19.1 mm) Tape
"Y" SHANK 0.875 ± 0.031 Inches N/A
(22.23 ± 0.78 mm)
"D" SHANK 0.875 ± 0.031 N/A
(22.23 ± 0.78 mm)
"E" SHANK IN 4 BLADE PROPELLER 0.710 ± 0.030 0.650 ± 0.030
(18.03 ± 0.76 mm) (16.51 ± 0.76 mm)
"E" SHANK IN 5 BLADE PROPELLER 0.90 ± 0.030 0.650 ± 0.030
(22.86 ± 0.76 mm) (16.51 ± 0.76 mm)
C2890
"X" Blade Shank Teflon® Tape
NOTE: "D" shank blade shown, others similar.
Blade Shank Teflon® Tape Location

Figure 5-2

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
B. Application of Teflon® Tape on "Y", "D", and "E" Shank Blades

The blade shank Teflon® tape, CM155 or CM156 is applied to the hub seal mating
surface of "Y", "D" and "E" shank blades. This is applied to prevent the O-ring or
quad ring, which seals between the hub and the blade, from wearing into the shank
of the blade.
(1) Use 0.50 inch (12.7 mm) wide tape CM155 on "Y" and "D" shank blades.
(2) Use 0.50 inch (12.7 mm) wide tape CM155 or 0.75 inch (19.0 mm) wide tape
CM156 on "E" shank blades.
NOTE: Both tapes are available in longer length rolls, which may be cut to the
proper size. Refer to Figures 5-1 and 5-2.
(3) Permit the paint to dry for one hour or dry to the touch.
(4) Using a non-graphite pencil CM162 or equivalent, mark the location where
the Teflon® tape CM155 or CM156 is to be placed around the blade OD.
(5) Cut Teflon® strip CM155 or CM156. Refer to Figure 5-1.
(6) Mix epoxy CM68 in accordance with the manufacturer's directions.
(7) Using a 0.50 inch (12.7 mm) brush, apply epoxy CM68 around the shank OD.
(a) If 0.50 inch (12.7 mm) Teflon® tape CM155 is used, apply a smooth,
even layer 0.125 inch (3.2 mm) inboard of the layout line and 0.75 inch
(19.0 mm) wide.
(b) If 0.75 inch (19.0 mm) Teflon® tape CM156 is used, apply a smooth even
layer 0.125 inch (3.2 mm) inboard of the layout line and 1 inch (25.4 mm)
wide.
CAUTION: Do not overlap the ends of the Teflon® tape CM155 or CM156.
(8) Start applying the Teflon® tape CM155 or CM156, as applicable, on the face
side of the blade.
(a) Apply the Teflon® tape CM155 or CM156, as applicable, so that the split is
located on the camber side of the blade.
(b) The maximum permitted seam gap width between the ends of the Teflon®
tape CM155 or CM156, as applicable is 0.031 inch (0.78 mm).
(c) Fill the gap with epoxy.
(9) Apply 1.5 inch (38 mm) wide masking tape tightly over the Teflon® tape CM155
or CM156.

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
(10) When the epoxy starts to set, remove the masking tape from the blade.
(11) Using 240-grit emery cloth, sand the seam of the Teflon® tape CM155 or
CM156 to remove any rough edges.
(12) Using 400-grit sandpaper, sand the seam of the Teflon® tape CM155 or CM156
to a smooth finish.
(13) Make an inspection of the Teflon® tape CM155 or CM156 installation.
(a) The maximum permitted seam gap width is 0.031 inch (0.78 mm).
1 If the gap width is more than the maximum permitted, remove the
Teflon® tape CM155 or CM156 and install a new piece of Teflon® tape
CM155 or CM156, as applicable.
(b) The seam gap is filled with adhesive CM68.
(c) Air bubbles larger than 0.031 inch (0.79 mm) diameter are not permitted.
NOTE: Air bubbles can be distinguished from tape blemishes because

the tape can be indented with pressure leaving a depression.
1 If there is an air bubble larger than the maximum permitted, remove
the Teflon® tape CM155 or CM156 and install a new piece of Teflon®
tape CM155 or CM156, as applicable.
(d) All masking tape used during the Teflon® tape CM155 or CM156
installation is removed.
(e) Examine the location of the Teflon® tape CM155 or CM156. Refer to
Figure 502.
1 If the location is incorrect, remove the Teflon® tape CM155 or
CM156 and install a new piece of Teflon® tape CM155 or CM156, as
applicable.
2 If the location is correct, continue to the next step.
(f) Wrinkles, bumps, depressions, or ridges that are detectable by touch on
the surface of the Teflon® tape CM155 or CM156 are not permitted.
1 If there is a wrinkle, bump, depression, or ridge, remove the Teflon®
tape CM155 or CM156 and install a new piece of Teflon® tape CM155
or CM156, as applicable.
(g) Excess adhesive inboard or outboard of the Teflon® tape CM155 or
CM156 must be flush or below the surface of the Teflon® tape CM155 or
CM156.

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
APS2052
SHANK5
Approximately
0.50 Inch
(12.7 mm)
Coat the entire "V"
Approximately
0.50 Inch
(12.7 mm)
Application of CM49 on Aluminum Blade Shanks

Figure 5-3

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
C. Application of Hard Coating on Shank Radius

(1) General
(a) This procedure does not apply to "Y", "D", or "E" shank blades.
(b) Application of sealer CM49 provides a hard, fuel resistant layer on the
blade shank radius.
(2) Procedure
(a) Using a 0.50 inch (12.7 mm) brush, apply a thin layer of sealer CM49 to
the retention area of all double shoulder and all single shoulder blades,
except those noted above. Refer to Figure 5-3.
(3) Permit the sealer CM49 to air dry.

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
D. Installation of Blade Retention Split Bearing Race and Bearing Retaining Ring
onto "Y", "D", and "E" Shank Blades

CAUTION 2: LUBRICANT APPLIED TO THE BLADE RETENTION RADIUS

BEFORE INSTALLATION OF THE SPLIT BEARING RACE AND
RETAINING RINGS IS EXTREMELY CRITICAL. THE ADHESIVE
FILLS IN ANY VOIDS BETWEEN THE SPLIT BEARING RACE AND
THE RADIUS OF THE BLADE SHANK. IF LUBRICANT IS NOT
PUT AROUND THE BLADE RETENTION RADIUS, THE ADHESIVE
WILL BOND THE SPLIT BEARING RACE TO THE BLADE SHANK.
CAUTION 3: VERIFY MATCHING BEARING RACE HALVES BY SERIAL

NUMBER AND BY FIT. UNMATCHED BEARING HALVES WILL
CAUSE IMPROPER FIT AND PREMATURE BEARING FAILURE.
NOTE: This procedure is to be completed after final blade balancing.

(1) Apply a light film of lubricant CM12 to the surface of the blade retention radius
that will contact the bearing race.
(2) Apply adhesive CM16 to the lubricated area of the blade shank.
(3) Install the blade retention split bearing race on the blade shank.
(a) Align the split between the two halves of the bearing with the inboard
portion of the leading and trailing edges of the blade.
(4) Put the blade shank in a fixture.
(5) Using a blade bearing press TE93, press the split bearing race retaining ring
over the split bearing.
(6) Keep a force of 6000 to 8000 lb (2722 to 3628 kg) for at least 45 seconds.

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
WARNING: SOLVENTS ARE FLAMMABLE AND TOXIC TO THE SKIN, EYES,

AND RESPIRATORY TRACT. SKIN AND EYE PROTECTION ARE
REQUIRED. AVOID PROLONGED CONTACT AND BREATHING
OF VAPORS. USE SOLVENT RESISTANT GLOVES TO MINIMIZE
SKIN CONTACT AND WEAR SAFETY GLASSES FOR EYE
PROTECTION. USE IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA AWAY
FROM SPARKS AND FLAME. READ AND OBSERVE ALL
WARNING LABELS.
CAUTION: DO NOT APPLY SOLVENT TO UNCURED BLADE PAINT.
APPLYING SOLVENT TO BLADE PAINT THAT IS NOT CURED
MAY CAUSE THE BLADE PAINT TO SOFTEN.
(7) Using a clean, dry cloth, wipe the excess adhesive from the split bearing race
and blade shank.
(a) Optionally, use a clean cloth dampened with solvent MEK CM106,
MPK CM219, or toluene CM41.
ASK1314
Fill to Top of
Needle Bearing
Application of Approved Lubricant Within the Blade Bore

Figure 5-4

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
E. Application of Lubricant to the Blade Bore

(1) After a blade completes the final balancing process, apply lubricant CM12 in
accordance with the following:
(a) For "Y", "D", or "E" shank blades, apply a small amount of lubricant CM12
to the needle bearing.
(b) For all except "Y", "D", or "E" shank blades, fill the blade bore with
lubricant CM12.
NOTE: When filling the blade bore with lubricant CM12, make sure
that no air pockets form within the balance hole or blade bore
because it can affect propeller balance.
1 For blades that have a needle bearing in the bottom of the blade
bore, fill the balance hole and the blade bore to the top of the needle
bearing. Refer to Figure 5-4.
2 For blades that have only a bronze bushing, fill the balance hole and
the blade bore to approximately 1 inch (25.4 mm) from the butt of the
blade.
(2) If the blade is to be stored before propeller assembly buildup, cover the blade
shank with a plastic bag secured with a rubber band.

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
CONTENTS - DE-ICE BOOT
De-ice boot instructions have been relocated to the Hartzell Propeller Electrical De-ice Boot
Removal and Installation Manual 182 (61-12-82).
Anti-icing boot instructions have been relocated to the Hartzell Propeller Anti-icing Boot
Removal and Installation Manual 183 (61-12-83).
DE-ICE BOOT 61-13-33 Page 6-1

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
(This page intentionally blank.)
DE-ICE BOOT 61-13-33 Page 6-2

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
CONTENTS - BLADE BALANCING
1. Static Balance of Aluminum Propeller Blades.........................................................7-3

A. Static-Horizontal Balancing of Blade Sets..........................................................7-3
B. Static-Vertical Balancing of Blade Sets..............................................................7-7
LIST OF FIGURES - BLADE BALANCING
Blade Balancing, Horizontal Position............................ Figure 7-1.....................................7-3

Blade Balancing, Vertical Position................................. Figure 7-2.....................................7-6
BLADE BALANCING 61-13-33 Page 7-1

Rev. 22 Jun/07
133C

Rev. 22 Jun/07
133C
1. Static Balance of Aluminum Propeller Blades

A. Static-Horizontal Balancing of Blade Sets

NOTE: Static-horizontal blade balancing is required at overhaul for aluminum

blades in a blade set. Local tooling may differ and alternate procedures
may be used to achieve similar results.
(1) Place the proper shank adapter for the blade type to be balanced on the
balance stand.
(2) Place an adjusting weight on the balance stand (refer to Figure 7-1).
(3) Place a blade on the balance stand with the leading edge up.
(4) Adjust the weight on the balance stand until the blade is balanced in the
horizontal position.
NOTE: The blade is considered balanced when it remains in the horizontal

position with no tendency to rotate.
APS2071
Blade on balance stand

with leading edge up
Adjustable weight
Blade Balancing, Horizontal Position

Figure 7-1

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
(5) Without adjusting the weight, put each of the remaining blades from the set on
the balance stand so that the heaviest blade in the set may be determined.
(6) Put the heaviest blade in the set on the balance stand with the leading edge up.
(a) Adjust the weight until the blade is balanced in the horizontal position.
(7) Individually put the lighter blades in the set on the balance stand.
(a) Do not adjust the weight.
(b) In order to get each of these blades in the horizontal position, it is
necessary to put lead wool in the blade balance hole.
(1) To find the amount of lead wool needed to balance the blade, put
lead wool on the shank area, a distance equal to the depth of the
blade balance hole (this dimension is stamped on the butt of the
blade), until the blade is horizontally balanced.
(8) For "Y", "D", and "E" shank blades that use a closed-end bearing, remove the
bearing before putting lead in the blade bore.
WARNING: ALUMINUM BLADES ARE LIMITED TO A MAXIMUM

TEMPERATURE OF 200° F (93° C). USE ONLY ROOM
TEMPERATURE LEAD WOOL TO BALANCE THE BLADE.
UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCE IS MELTED LEAD TO BE
POURED INTO THE BALANCE BORE.
(9) Put the lead wool used to balance the blade in the blade balance hole.
(10) Using an applicable sized tool, tamp the lead wool until it is compressed in the
bottom of the balance hole.
CAUTION: DO NOT PUT LEAD WOOL IN THE BLADE PILOT TUBE

BORE.
(a) The amount of lead wool used to bring a blade into horizontal balance
must only fill the blade balance hole.
(b) Small amounts of lead can move around in the lead hole after it is tamped
into position. Sealant CM9 can be used to hold small amounts of lead in
the bottom of the balance hole.
(11) Put the blade on the balance stand.
(a) The blade must stay in the horizontal position with no tendency to rotate.
(b) Add or remove lead, as necessary, to achieve proper balance.
(12) Complete steps 1.A.(7) through 1.A.(11)(b) for each of the remaining blades in
the set.

Rev. 34 Jan/17
133C

Rev. 22 Jun/07
133C
APS2070
APS2070A
Weights for adjusting

vertical balance of
heaviest blade
Top View Detail
Add weight, as required, five inches from the

centerline of the balance arbor in either direction.
Blade Balancing, Vertical Position

Figure 7-2

Rev. 22 Jun/07
133C
B. Static-Vertical Balancing of Blade Sets

NOTE: Static-vertical blade balancing is not a required overhaul procedure

because experience has shown that matching blade edge alignment
(see paragraph 2.J.(8) of the Blade Airfoil Overhaul chapter) is adequate
for correcting most vertical imbalance problems. It is a recommended
technique for identifying vibration or balance problems that have been
encountered with a propeller assembly and cannot be attributed to any
other cause. Local tooling may differ and alternate procedures may be
used to achieve similar results.
(1) Blades in a set are vertically balanced during the blade grinding process.
The vertical and horizontal balance of blades in a set should be tested before
grinding, after initial grinding to remove all stone nicks and damage, and at the
end of the grinding process.
(2) Vertical balance is complete when all blades in a set are within the allowable
range (refer to paragraph 1.A.(2)(c)1 and 2. Horizontal balance is completed
after the application of paint and de-icer boots (refer to paragraph 1.B. of this
chapter).
(a) Using a balance stand incorporating the proper shank adapter, determine
which blade is lightest in the horizontal position. Horizontal balance
between blades in a set can be achieved by grinding the heavier blades
in areas where the greatest amount of material exists (refer to the
Blade Airfoil Overhaul chapter, paragraph 2.D.), keeping in mind the
requirements for vertical balance.
(b) Place the lightest blade in the vertical position (see Figure 7-2) on the
balance stand so that the leading and trailing edges are in-line with
the adjusting weights at the blade setup station (refer to the Blade
Specification Tables Appendix). Adjust the weights until the blade does not
have a tendency to rotate.

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
(c) Check the vertical balance of all other blades in the set against the lightest
blade (allow the blades to rotate; do not adjust the weights). Determine
the difference between the heaviest blade in the set and all others by
placing weight on the arm of the lighter side of the blade five inches from
the centerline of the balance arbor (refer to Figure 7-2, Top View Detail).
Record the amount needed to bring each blade into vertical balance. The
total difference in weight between the blades in vertical balance must be
established to determine if additional grinding is necessary. The maximum
weight variation between all blades in the blade set is 0.0625 lbs.
(1 ounce) at the five inch position on the balance arbor.
(d) If the total weight used to bring the blades in vertical balance exceeds
0.0625 lbs. (1.0 ounce), the vertical balance of the blades should be
corrected by concentrating the grinding action on the heavy side of the
heavier blade(s).

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST- CONTENTS
1. Introduction..........................................................................................................8-3
A. General..........................................................................................................8-3
2. The Illustrated Parts List......................................................................................8-3
A. Detailed Parts List..........................................................................................8-3
B. Revisions........................................................................................................8-5
C. Vendors..........................................................................................................8-6
Blade Shank Parts List
"P" Shank ...........................................................................................................8-7
"P" Shank Modified to "R" Shank.........................................................................8-8
"R" Shank ...........................................................................................................8-9
"M" Shank.......................................................................................................... 8-11
"T" Shank . ........................................................................................................8-12
"M" or "T" Shank with "N" Modification..............................................................8-13
"Y" Shank .........................................................................................................8-15
"D" and "E" Shank.............................................................................................8-16
"Z" Shank . ........................................................................................................8-18
"Z" Shank Modified to "W" Shank......................................................................8-19
"W" Shank ........................................................................................................8-20
"X" Shank...........................................................................................................8-21
"X" Shank Modified to "V" Shank.......................................................................8-23
"V" Shank...........................................................................................................8-24
"V" Shank with "N" Modification.........................................................................8-25
"MV" Shank with "N" Modification......................................................................8-26
"P" or "Z" Shank with "N" Modification...............................................................8-27
"R" or "W" Shank with "N" Modification.............................................................8-28
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 61-13-33 Page 8-1

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
LIST OF FIGURES - ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST
"P" Shank.................................................................................Figure 8-1......................8-7

"P" Shank Modified to "R" Shank.............................................Figure 8-2......................8-8
"R" Shank.................................................................................Figure 8-3......................8-9
"M" Shank.................................................................................Figure 8-4.................... 8-11
"T" Shank..................................................................................Figure 8-5....................8-12
"M" or "T" Shank with "N" Modification.....................................Figure 8-6....................8-13
"Y" Shank.................................................................................Figure 8-7....................8-15
"D" and "E" Shank ...................................................................Figure 8-8....................8-16
"Z" Shank..................................................................................Figure 8-9....................8-18
"Z" Shank Modified to "W" Shank.............................................Figure 8-10..................8-19
"W" Shank................................................................................Figure 8-11..................8-20
"X" Shank.................................................................................Figure 8-12..................8-21
"X" Shank Modified to "V" Shank..............................................Figure 8-13..................8-23
"V" Shank.................................................................................Figure 8-14..................8-24
"V" Shank with "N" Modification................................................Figure 8-15..................8-25
"MV" Shank with "N" Modification.............................................Figure 8-16..................8-26
"P" or "Z" Shank with "N" Modification......................................Figure 8-17..................8-27
"R" or "W" Shank with "N" Modification....................................Figure 8-18..................8-28
Miscellaneous Blade Parts.......................................................Figure 8-19..................8-29

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
1. Introduction

A. General
(1) This Illustrated Parts List contains all of the current configurations for the
specified propeller blades manufactured by Hartzell Propeller Inc. and
supersedes any prints that may have previously been supplied for part and
assembly information. Use the parts lists contained within the Illustrated Parts
List for verifying the configuration of propeller blade models and ordering parts.
CAUTION: ILLUSTRATIONS IN THE ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST ARE TO BE

USED FOR IDENTIFYING PARTS AND SHOULD NOT BE USED AS
A MAINTENANCE REFERENCE FOR ASSEMBLY.
(2) Figures are for reference only. The figures provide general views of parts. For
ease of illustration, typical views of some parts were created and shown in
multiple figures. For this reason, illustrated parts may not exactly reflect parts
contained in some propeller blade assemblies.
(3) Parts are numbered to correspond with the Item numbers listed in the IPL.
2. The Illustrated Parts List
A. Detailed Parts List

(1) The Detailed Parts List consists of the Figure/Item Number, Part Number,
Nomenclature, Effectivity Code, Units Per Assembly, and Overhaul. Space is
reserved for the Airline Stock Number. The following is an explanation of each
column.
(2) Fig/Item Number
(a) Figure Number refers to the illustration where items appear. Item Numbers
are assigned in broken sequence to allow the insertion of subsequent
additional parts. Items listed but not illustrated are identified by a dash to
the left of the item number.
(b) Alpha variants will be used to add additional items. There are two reasons
for the use of alpha variants:
1 A part may have an alternate, or may be superseded, replaced, or
obsoleted by another part.
2 An Illustrated Parts List may contain multiple configurations.
Effectivity codes are used to distinguish different part numbers
within the same list. Effectivity codes are very important in the
determination of parts in a given configuration.

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
(3) Part Number

(a) Use the Hartzell Propeller Inc. part number when ordering the part from
Hartzell Propeller Inc. or a Hartzell Propeller Inc. approved distributor.
Digits of Hartzell Part Numbers have no significance other than to identify
a part.
(4) Airline Stock Number
(a) Space is reserved for the Airline Stock Number.
(5) Nomenclature
(a) This column identifies the item. The relationship of parts to assembly
are indicated by the use of indentations. This column may also contain
vendor CAGE codes, as applicable. Information regarding part alternative,
supersedure, replacement, or obsolescence may also be found in this
column. Refer to Revisions, below, for further information regarding
alternate, superseded, replaced, or obsoleted parts.
(6) Effectivity Code (EFF CODE)
(a) The effectivity column shows the prefix and/or suffix of the propeller model
to which the parts apply. In some cases, the specific engine or aircraft
manufacturer may be called out. Effectivity codes assigned apply only to
the figure/listing in which they appear. Parts common to all end items show
no code.
(7) Units Per Assembly (UPA)
(a) Designates the total quantity of an item required for the next higher
assembly or subassembly.
(8) Overhaul (O/H)
(a) Designates the parts that require replacement at overhaul. A "Y" will
identify which parts are replaced at overhaul.

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
B. Revisions
(1) Alternate
(a) Alternate parts are identified by the term "ALTERNATE" in the Description
column. Alternate items are considered airworthy for continued flight
and existing stock of parts may be used for maintenance and/or repair.
The new or alternate part numbers may be used interchangeably when
ordering/stocking new parts.
(2) Supersedure
(a) Part changes are identified by the terms "SUPERSEDES ITEM _____" or
"SUPERSEDED BY ITEM _____" in the Description column. Superseded
items are considered airworthy for continued flight and existing stock of
superseded parts may be used for maintenance and/or repair. Once the
superseding part has been incorporated/installed into an assembly, the
original superseded part may no longer be used. Superseded parts may
no longer be available, and the new part number must be used when
ordering/stocking new parts.
(3) Replacement
(a) Part changes identified by the terms "REPLACES ITEM _____" or
"REPLACED BY ITEM _____" in the Description column are considered
airworthy for continued flight, but must be replaced with a part with the
new part number at overhaul. Existing stock of replaced parts may not
used for maintenance and/or repair of effected assemblies. Replaced
parts may no longer be available, and the new part number must be used
when ordering/stocking new parts.
(4) Obsolescence
(a) Obsolete parts are identified by "OBS" in the Units Per Assembly (UPA)
column. Obsolete items are considered unairworthy for continued flight.

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
(5) Service Documents and Airworthiness Directives

(a) In the event of modification or rework of an existing part, the supersedure,
replacement, or obsolescence of a part, or the addition of parts installed
by a Service Bulletin (SB) or Service Letter (SL), the SB or SL number will
appear in the Description column as "SB_____", or "SL_____" after the
description.
(b) When a SB has a relationship to an Airworthiness Directive (AD), the AD
will be shown in parentheses after the SB number as SB_____ (AD____).
C. Vendors
(1) Many O-rings, fasteners, and other vendor supplied hardware listed in Hartzell
manuals have previously been specified with AN, MS, NAS or vendor part
number. To provide internal controls and procurement flexibility, Hartzell
Propeller Inc. has made engineering changes to provide all O-rings, fasteners,
and hardware with a Hartzell Propeller Inc. part number. Parts shipments from
Hartzell Propeller Inc. will specify only the Hartzell Propeller Inc. part numbers.
(2) Some O-rings, fasteners, and hardware manufactured in accordance with
established industry specifications (certain AN, MS, NAS items) are permitted
for use in Hartzell Propeller Inc. products without additional standards imposed
by Hartzell Propeller Inc.; however, Hartzell Propeller Inc. does impose
restrictions on certain AN, MS, and NAS vendor parts, which must be procured
directly from Hartzell Propeller Inc.. Refer to the Vendor Cross Reference
chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Standard Practices Manual 202A (61-01-
02) for a listing of part number interchangeability. Where allowable, both the
Hartzell Propeller Inc. part number item and AN, MS, NAS, and other specified
vendor numbers items can be used interchangeably. The Hartzell Propeller Inc.
part number must be used when ordering these parts from Hartzell Propeller
Inc.

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
APS-0641
"P" Shank
Figure 8-1
FIG./ITEM PART AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF UPA O/H

NUMBER NUMBER STOCK NUMBER 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 CODE
8-1 "P" SHANK

4 A-1309 • BUSHING, BLADE 1 Y
OIL GROOVE IS OPTIONAL
"P" Shank

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
APS0651
2
5 4 3
"P" Shank Modified to "R" Shank

Figure 8-2

8-2 "P" SHANK MODIFIED TO "R" SHANK

2 A-1349 • SPACER 1
3 B-6684 • BEARING, NEEDLE 1 Y
3A C-6252 • BEARING, NEEDLE, OVERSIZE, ALTERNATE 1 Y
REFER TO USE OF OVERSIZE INTERNAL
BLADE BEARING IN THE SPECIAL
INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES CHAPTER
OF THIS MANUAL.
4A A-1309-1 • BUSHING, BLADE, ALTERNATE 1 Y
"P" Shank Modified to "R" Shank

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
APS0650
3 2
"R" Shank
Figure 8-3

8-3 "R" SHANK

2 A-1349 • SPACER 1
OF THIS MANUAL.
"R" Shank

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
APS0645
2
6 3
"M" Shank
Figure 8-4

8-4 "M" SHANK

2 A-1349 • SPACER 1
3A B-6685 • BEARING, NEEDLE, ALTERNATE 1 Y
3B C-6252 • BEARING, NEEDLE, OVERSIZE, ALTERNATE 1 Y
OF THIS MANUAL.
"M" Shank
Page 8-11
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 61-13-33 Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
APS0647
2
6 3
"T" Shank
Figure 8-5

8-5 "T" SHANK

2 A-1349 • SPACER 1
OF THIS MANUAL.
"T" Shank
Page 8-12
133C
APS0656
3 2
6
"M" or "T" Shank with "N" Modification

Figure 8-6

8-6 "M" OR "T" SHANK WITH "N" MODIFICATION

2 A-385 • SPACER 1 Y
OF THIS MANUAL.
"M" or "T" Shank with "N" Modification
Page 8-13
133C

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
APS0640
8 3
1
9
10
"Y" Shank
Figure 8-7

8-7 "Y" SHANK, REFER TO NOTE 1
1 A-2414 • PLUG, BLADE 1

3 B-6680 • BEARING, NEEDLE, CLOSED END 1 Y
8 A-2413( ) • BUSHING, KNOB, PITCH CHANGE 1 Y
(“F” KNOB BLADES, WITHOUT SHOT PEEN)
8A C-7645-( ) • BUSHING, KNOB, PITCH CHANGE, ALTERNATE 1 Y
(“F” KNOB BLADES, WITH SHOT PEEN)
8B A-2413 • BUSHING, KNOB, PITCH CHANGE, ALTERNATE 1 Y
(NON “F” KNOB BLADES)
7 CM155 • TEFLON® TAPE AR
9 A-2202 • BEARING, RETENTION, BLADE 1
10 A-2204 • RING, RETAINING, BEARING 1
NOTE 1: COUNTERWEIGHT SLUGS AND

COUNTERWEIGHT SLUG MOUNTING
HARDWARE ARE APPLICATION
SPECIFIC. COUNTERWEIGHT SLUG
MOUNTING HARDWARE MUST BE
REPLACED AT OVERHAUL. REFER
TO HARTZELL PROPELLER INC.
APPLICATION GUIDE MANUAL 159
(61-02-59).
"Y" Shank
Page 8-15
133C
APS-0655
3
1
7
9
10
"D" and "E" Shank

Figure 8-8

Rev. 29 Nov/12
133C
FIG./ITEM PART AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF. UPA O/H

8-8 "D" SHANK, REFER TO NOTE 1

3 B-6680 • BEARING, NEEDLE, CLOSED END 1 Y
9 A-2202 • BEARING, RETENTION, BLADE 1
10 A-2204 • RING, RETAINING, BEARING 1

8-8 "E" SHANK, REFER TO NOTE 1
3 A-1271 • BEARING, NEEDLE, CLOSED END 1 Y
9 C-792-( ) • BEARING, RETENTION, BLADE 1 Y
10 B-1041 • RING, RETAINING, BEARING 1
12 B-6986-258M • INSERT, THREAD, THIN WALL (TE410) A 2 Y
POST HC-SB-61-252
NOTE 1: REFER TO THE APPLICABLE

PROPELLER ASSEMBLY MANUAL FOR
PARTS INFORMATION REGARDING
PITCH CHANGE KNOBS AND BLADE
RETENTION BEARINGS FOR "D" AND
"E" SHANK BLADES.
NOTE 2: COUNTERWEIGHT SLUGS AND

COUNTERWEIGHT SLUG MOUNTING
HARDWARE ARE APPLICATION
SPECIFIC. COUNTERWEIGHT SLUG
MOUNTING HARDWARE MUST BE
REPLACED AT OVERHAUL. REFER
TO HARTZELL PROPELLER INC.
APPLICATION GUIDE MANUAL 159
(61-02-59).
EFFECTIVITY MODEL EFFECTIVITY MODEL
A (H,L)E8218
Page 8-17
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 61-13-33 Rev. 29 Nov/12
133C
APS0642
"Z" Shank
Figure 8-9

8-9 "Z" SHANK


"Z" Shank

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
APS0644
5 3 2
4
"Z" Shank Modified to "W" Shank

Figure 8-10

8-10 "Z" SHANK MODIFIED TO "W" SHANK

2 A-1349 • SPACER 1
4 A-1309-1 • BUSHING, BLADE 1 Y
4A A-1309 • BUSHING, BLADE, ALTERNATE 1 Y

"Z" Shank Modified to "W" Shank

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
APS0643
2
5 3
"W" Shank
Figure 8-11

8-11 "W" SHANK
2 A-1349 • SPACER 1
OF THIS MANUAL.
"W" Shank

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
APS0649
PART NO. BLADE BORE Ø AFTER REWORK

5
A-127 1.5590 to 1.5610 Inches
(39.599 to 39.649 mm)
Has flange; oil grooves optional
A-127-1 1.5590 to 1.5610 Inches

(39.599 to 39.649 mm)
A-127-4 1.5611 to 1.5630 Inches

(39.652 to 39.700 mm)
A-127-5 1.5611 to 1.5630 Inches

(Oil grooves) (39.652 to 39.700 mm)
"X" Shank
Figure 8-12

8-12 "X" SHANK

5 A-127 • BUSHING, BLADE, REFER TO NOTE 1 1
5A A-127-1 • BUSHING, BLADE, REFER TO NOTE 1 1
5B A-127-4 • BUSHING, BLADE, REFER TO NOTE 1 1
5C A-127-5 • BUSHING, BLADE, REFER TO NOTE 1 1
NOTE 1: FOR THE CORRECT BUSHING SELECTION,

MEASURE THE BLADE BORE DIAMETER
AFTER REWORK AND IF OIL GROOVE
IS PRESENT. REFER TO THE CHART IN
FIGURE 8-12.
"X" Shank

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
APS0648
5 3 2
A-127 1.5590 to 1.5610 Inches

(39.599 to 39.649 mm)
A-127-1 1.5590 to 1.5610 Inches

(39.599 to 39.649 mm)
A-127-4 1.5611 to 1.5630 Inches

(39.652 to 39.700 mm)
A-127-5 1.5611 to 1.5630 Inches

(39.652 to 39.700 mm)
"X" Shank Modified to "V" Shank

Figure 8-13

8-13 "X" SHANK MODIFIED TO "V" SHANK

2 A-1499 • STEEL SPACER 1
5 A-127 • BUSHING, BLADE, REFER TO NOTE 1 1
5A A-127-1 • BUSHING, BLADE, REFER TO NOTE 1 1
5B A-127-4 • BUSHING, BLADE, REFER TO NOTE 1 1
5C A-127-5 • BUSHING, BLADE, REFER TO NOTE 1 1

FIGURE 8-13.
"X" Shank Modified to "V" Shank

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
APS0652
2
5 3
A-1497 1.5590 to 1.5610 Inches

(39.599 to 39.649 mm)
A-1497-1 1.5611 to 1.5630 Inches

(39.652 to 39.700 mm)
"V" Shank
Figure 8-14

8-14 "V" SHANK

2 A-1499 • STEEL SPACER 1
3A B-7283 • BEARING, NEEDLE, OVERSIZE, ALTERNATE 1 Y
OF THIS MANUAL.
5 A-1497 • BUSHING, BLADE, REFER TO NOTE 1 1 Y
5A A-1497-1 • BUSHING, BLADE, REFER TO NOTE 1 1 Y

FIGURE 8-14.
"V" Shank

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
APS0653
5 3 2
A-1497 1.5590 to 1.5610 Inches

(39.599 to 39.649 mm)
A-1497-1 1.5611 to 1.5630 Inches

(39.652 to 39.700 mm)
"V" Shank with "N" Modification

Figure 8-15

8-15 "V" SHANK WITH "N" MODIFICATION

2 A-1599 • SPACER
3 B-6681 • BEARING, NEEDLE
OF THIS MANUAL.

FIGURE 8-14.
"V" Shank with "N" Modification

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
APS6129
5 3 2
A-1497 1.5590 to 1.5610 Inches

(39.599 to 39.649 mm)
A-1497-1 1.5611 to 1.5630 Inches

(39.652 to 39.700 mm)

Figure 8-16

8-16 "MV" SHANK WITH "N" MODIFICATION

2 A-1599 • SPACER 1
REFER TO "USE OF OVERSIZE INTERNAL
BLADE BEARING" IN THE SPECIAL
OF THIS MANUAL.
NOTE 1: FOR THE CORRECT BUSHING

SELECTION, MEASURE THE
BLADE BORE DIAMETER AFTER
REWORK AND IF OIL GROOVE IS
PRESENT. REFER TO THE CHART IN
FIGURE 8-16.
Page 8-26
133C
TI-133001
"P" or "Z" Shank with "N" Modification

Figure 8-17

8-17 "P" OR "Z" SHANK WITH "N" MODIFICATION

"P" or "Z" Shank with "N" Modification
Page 8-27
133C
TI-133002
3 2

Figure 8-18

8-18 "R" OR "W" SHANK WIITH "N" MODIFICATION

2 A-385 • SPACER 1
OF THIS MANUAL.
Page 8-28
133C
79980-HPI-LO
Oval Blade Label
Lead Wool, 50 lb. bag

A-6741-244
Miscellaneous Blade Parts

Figure 8-19
Page 8-29
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 61-13-33 Rev. 29 Nov/12
133C

Rev. 29 Nov/12
133C
CONTENTS - APPENDIX A - OPTICAL COMPARATOR
1. Optical Comparator General Information.............................................................9-3

2. Approved Optical Comparators...........................................................................9-4
3. Optical Comparator Overlays..............................................................................9-5
4. Optical Comparator Procedures..........................................................................9-6
A. General..........................................................................................................9-6
B. Alignment of an Overlay on the Screen.........................................................9-6
C. Alignment of the Blade Shank Image on the Overlay....................................9-7
LIST OF FIGURES - APPENDIX A - OPTICAL COMPARATOR
Sample Optical Comparator (S-T Industries, Inc.) ..................... Figure 9-1...................9-5
LIST OF TABLES - APPENDIX A - OPTICAL COMPARATOR
Optical Comparator Overlays .....................................................Table 9-1....................9-5
APPENDIX A - OPTICAL COMPARATOR 61-13-33 Page 9-1

Rev. 25 Apr/09
133C

Rev. 25 Apr/09
133C
1. Optical Comparator General Information

A. Required repair and rework procedures performed on an aluminum blade shank

retention area can alter the shape of this highly stressed area. This alteration, if
made without adequate guidance, can result in a reduction of fatigue strength that
could lead to blade failure.
B. To make sure of the accuracy in the repair and rework procedures performed on
blade shank retention areas, the use of an inspection device known as an "optical
comparator" TE28 is required.
C. An optical comparator is a device that projects a magnified profile image of the

object (blade shank) onto a screen. The image is then compared to an overlay.
(1) An overlay is a clear plastic sheet that has the blade shank shape and lines
representing the required shape of the retention radius imprinted on its surface.

(2) Refer to Table 9-1 for the correct revision level of the applicable overlay.
(3) An overlay is used only to inspect the retention radius, not the shank
dimension.
(a) When using an overlay, inspect only the radius area shape.
(b) Using a micrometer, measure the shank dimension in accordance with
the Blade Shank Overhaul chapter of this manual.
D. An optical comparator inspection is required after any repair, rework, or compression

rolling in the blade shank retention area.
(1) Using a 10 power optical comparator with the applicable Hartzell overlay, verify
the accuracy and acceptability of the shape of the blade shank retention area.
E. If a blade shank retention area is below the repair line on the comparator overlay, the
blade is considered unairworthy and must be retired from service in accordance with
the established procedures in the Part Retirement Procedures chapter of Hartzell

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
2. Approved Optical Comparators

A. The following companies produce a comparator that is considered acceptable

for inspecting a blade shank retention area. Machines manufactured by other
companies may also be acceptable.
NOTE: A 10x lens must be specified when ordering.
Company Comparator Part No.

S-T Industries, Inc. 14-8000-SP - (Superseded by part no. 20-3500-07)
301 Armstrong Blvd. N. 20-3500-07 - (Supersedes part no. 14-8000-SP)
St. James, MN 56081 USA 20-3500-08 - (Supersedes part no. 20-3500-07)
Phone: 507-375-3211 20-4000-00 - (Mini Comparator) (discontinued)
Fax: 507-375-4503 20-4100-00 - (Mini Comparator) (discontinued)
20-4200-00 - (Mini Comparator) (discontinued)
Micro-Vu Corp. H-14
7909 Conde Lane
Windsor, CA 92492 USA
Phone: 707-838-6272
Fax: 707-838-3985
Eastman Kodak Company 314
Commercial Imaging Group
343 State Street
Rochester, NY 14650 USA
Phone: 585-724-4000
J & L Metrology Division PC-14
Vermont Precision Machine Services
P.O. Box 10
280 Clinton Street
Springfield, VT 05156 USA
Phone: 802-885-8291
Fax: 802-885-2404
Web: www.jlmetrology.com
Baty International R14
Baty Precision Measuring Instruments
45 Victoria Road
Burgess Hill
West Sussex
RH15 9LR, U.K.
Web: sales@baty.co.uk

Rev. 34 Jan/17
133C
3. Optical Comparator Overlays

A. For optical comparator overlays that are available from Hartzell Propeller Inc., refer
to Table 9-1.
(a) All of the revision levels listed in Table 1 are permitted.
NOTE: Minor changes were made to the drawings that do not affect the
inspection requirements.
Tool Number Blade Shank Overlay Number Revision Level
TE18 D, Y CST-2923 Revision B or C or D
TE19 X, V, V with N modification CST-2924 Revision C or D or E
TE20 Z, W, T, S CST-2925 Revision B or C or D
TE21 M, R, P CST-2926 Revision B or C or D
TE22 E CST-2989 Revision B or C or D
TE373 MV with N modification CST-10050 New or A or B
Optical Comparator Overlays

Table 9-1
APS6116
Front View Side View
Sample Optical Comparator (S-T Industries, Inc.)

Figure 9-1

Rev. 34 Jan/17
133C
4. Optical Comparator Procedures

A. General
The clear overlays are used only to inspect the retention region of the blade as
defined below. Shank diameters must be inspected using a micrometer, as described
in Blade Shank Overhaul chapter of this manual.
(1) E shanks
(a) The outboard limit for inspection of the blade shank using the optical
comparator overlay is at the transition between the blade shank diameter
and the 8 degree taper outboard of the retention radius.
(b) The transition point between the area where the optical comparator
inspection ends and the straight surface of the blade must maintain a
smooth blend with no steps or irregularities of any kind.
(2) All other shanks
(a) The outboard limit for inspection of the blade shank using the optical
comparator overlay is at the transition between the blade shank diameter
and the retention radius.
(b) The transition point between the area where the optical comparator
inspection ends and the straight surface of the blade must maintain a
smooth blend with no steps or irregularities of any kind.
B. Alignment of an Overlay on the Screen

(1) Set the optical comparator for the magnification that correctly matches the
overlay.
(2) Put an overlay on the screen in approximately the final position.
(3) Lightly clip the overlay in place lightly so that overlay can be shifted for exact
alignment.
(4) Adjust the stage so that an image of the stage surface appears halfway up the
screen.
(5) Adjust the overlay on the screen so that the horizontal reference points on the
overlay align with the stage surface.

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
C. Alignment of the Blade Shank Image on the Overlay

(1) Put the blade vertically on the stage.
NOTE: The pitch change knob on "Y" shank blades must be permitted to
overhang the edge of the stage.
(2) Adjust the horizontal position of the blade so that the largest blade shank
outside diameter aligns with the "SET 1" line indicated on the overlay.
(3) Adjust the vertical position of the blade so that the projected retention radius
contacts the overlay radius.
(a) For a "Y" shank blade, align the image of the bearing race seating surface
with the line on the overlay that represents this surface.
(b) Because of the large surface area of the shoulder on "D" and "Y" shank
blades, an unclear image may appear at the bearing race seating surface.
For correct alignment with the overlay easier, put a B-2202 bearing race
on the blade shoulder and use the straight line shape of the contact
surface of the bearing race to line up the shank overlay.
D. Detemine the serviceability and repairability of the blade shank by comparing the
projected image with the overlay.
(1) The projected image must fall between the maximum new production line on
the overlay and the minimum repair line as indicated on the overlay.
(2) An overlay is used only to inspect the retention radius, not the shank
dimension.
(a) When using an overlay, inspect only the radius area shape.
(b) Using a micrometer, measure the shank dimension in accordance with
the Blade Shank Overhaul chapter of this manual.
1 Blade shank retention radius inspection locations are specified in the
Blade Shank Overhaul chapter of this manual.

Rev. 25 Apr/09
133C

Rev. 25 Apr/09
133C
CONTENTS - APPENDIX B - TRAVELERS
1. Aluminum Blade Overhaul Travelers.................................................................10-3

A. General........................................................................................................10-3
LIST OF FIGURES - APPENDIX B - TRAVELERS
*Sample of a Blade Overhaul Traveler - D, E, or Y

Shank Blade......................................................................... Figure 10-1................10-5
*Sample of a Blade Dimensional Traveler - D, E, or Y Shank... Figure 10-2................10-6
*Sample of a Blade Overhaul Traveler - M, P, R, T, W, or Z
Shank Blade......................................................................... Figure 10-3................10-7
*Sample of a Blade Dimensional Traveler - M, P, or R Shank.. Figure 10-4................10-8
*Sample of a Blade Dimensional Traveler - T, W, or Z Shank... Figure 10-5................10-9
*Sample of a Blade Overhaul Traveler - MV Shank Blade....... Figure 10-6..............10-10
*Sample of a Blade Dimensional Traveler - MV Shank............. Figure 10-7.............. 10-11
*Sample of a Blade Overhaul Traveler - X and V Shank Blade.Figure 10-8..............10-12
*Sample of a Blade Dimensional Traveler - X and V Shank...... Figure 10-9..............10-13
*Sample of a Blade Dimensional Traveler - V Shank with N
Modification......................................................................... Figure 10-10.............10-14
*Travelers are available on the Hartzell Propeller website at www.hartzellprop.com
APPENDIX B - TRAVELERS 61-13-33 Page 10-1

Rev. 24 Nov/08
133C

Rev. 23 Mar/08
133C
1. Aluminum Blade Overhaul Travelers

A. General
(1) Each aluminum blade shank design has overhaul requirements. Each
requirement may be unique to a certain type of shank or may be applicable to
all shanks. The requirements are in the form of a "traveler" for quick reference.
WARNING: THERE ARE REQUIREMENTS IN THE SPECIAL INSPECTIONS

AND PROCEDURES CHAPTER OF THIS MANUAL THAT ARE NOT
DOCUMENTED ON THE TRAVELERS IN THIS CHAPTER. THE
TRAVELERS IN THIS CHAPTER PROVIDE MINIMUM OVERHAUL
REQUIREMENTS THAT ALL BLADES MUST MEET. SOME BLADE
MODELS MAY REQUIRE ADDITIONAL OVERHAUL INSPECTIONS
OR REWORK.
(2) Travelers list the minimum procedures necessary to complete an aluminum
blade overhaul. Procedures listed on the traveler are detailed in various
chapters of this manual.
(3) Differing blade conditions, as well as individual shop requirements, may dictate
a need for variation in the sequence of blade overhaul. The sequence of the
procedures is not mandatory except where indicated and may be rearranged
to fit individual blade or shop requirements. All steps of the procedure on the
traveler must be completed during overhaul. The travelers in this chapter
provide an example of the recommended sequence for aluminum blade
overhaul.
(a) Some procedures are designed to be performed sequentially.
For example, chemical etching of a component must be completed
before penetrant inspection. In this instance, sequence of procedures is
mandatory.
(4) It is recommended that a traveler be filled out in its entirety for each blade being
overhauled.
(a) The completed traveler should be kept on file for a minimum of seven
years.
(b) Any accompanying inspection sheets should be signed by the person
performing the task being completed.
(5) This appendix provides samples of travelers for six blade groups. Copies of
these travelers are the responsibility of each individual shop.

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
CU
AV RREN RE
AIL
AB T RE FER
LE VIS EN
WW ON T ION CE O
W.H HE OF T NLY
AR HAR HIS
TZ
EL TZEL TRAV
LP
RO L WE ELE
P.C BS R IS
OM ITE
AT
Sample of a Blade Overhaul Traveler - D, E, or Y Shank Blade

Figure 10-1

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
D, E, OR Y SHANK BLADE DIMENSIONAL TRAVELER

Customer Customer PO #
Date Work Order #
Description Blade Part #
Manufacturer Blade Serial #
Prop Part # Distance to "0" Station
Prop Serial # Blade Length from centerline Min:
TSO TSN
Revision TR's
CU
R
A VA RENT RE
All work will be in accordance with Hartzell Manuals:
133C
ILA R FE
BL E R
E O VISI ENC 159
WW N T ON E
W.H HE OF T ONLY
Edge Align:Station 1)______ 2)______3)______4)______5)______6)______7)______8)______9)______10)______
AR HAR HIS
Shank O.D.: Min:_______Pre:_______Final: _______ Lip Thickness: Min:________Pre:_______ Final:_____
TZ
EL TZEL TRAV
LP
Flange Thickness: Min:________ Pre:________ Final:________
RO L WE ELE
P.C BS R IS
Bore I.D. Max:________Pre:_________Final:________Critical Area:Max:________Pre:________Final:_____
OM ITE
Balance Hole: Depth (Stamped + 1/8") Max:________Pre:________Final:__________AT
Balance Hole Dia. Max:___________Pre: __________Final:__________
Minimum Before O/H After O/H Minimum Before O/H After O/H Face
Station Angles
Width Width Width Thickness Thickness Thickness Alignment
Notes:
Ground By:_______________ Date: ____________ Inspected By:_______________
Checked By:_______________ Date: ___________ Date: ______________

NOTE: This document was created using all available resources. However, there is a possibility that the information may not be complete. The
applicable overhaul manuals and all service documents must be referenced to ensure compliance with all required tasks. Failure to perform the
required inspections and procedures may result in death, serious bodily injury, and/or substantial property damage.
Trav-6-R001
Original Jul/07, Rev. 1, dated Jun 30/08
Sample of a Blade Dimensional Traveler - D, E, or Y Shank

Figure 10-2

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
BLADE OVERHAUL TRAVELER

M, P, R, T, W, OR Z Shank Blade
Date Work Order #
Prop Part # TSO
Prop Serial # TSN
Revision TR's
All work will be done in accordance with Hartzell Manuals
133C
CU 182
AV RREN
NOTE: (1) Stripping of anodize/chemical conversion coatings and all rework procedures
must be performed before the etch process. (2) The etch process must be performed
RE 202A, Volume 1
AIL T F
before penetrant inspection. (3) Strip and etch must be performed as separate processes.
AB R E 202A, Volume 2
LE EVIS REN
(4) Chromic Acid Anodize may not be used on the blade shank or bores.
202A, Volume 10
ON ION CE
Description WW
Crew
Step
W.H THE OFReference ON Technician
Chief / QC Date
Remove De-Icer Boot: P/N : H T HIS L Y
1 AR 182
2 Remove bearing, and clean shank, remove paint and lead. TZ AR133C, TZChapter T2
E
Preliminary dimensional inspection of shank, bore, and blade L
L P
E LL2 &R AV
3
airfoil
133C,
RO W3E ELE
Chapter
4 Check edge alignment of blade set (within 0.120 inch) P.C 3 BS R IS

133C, Chapter
5 Strip anodize/alodine 202A Volume O2 M
ITE
6 Rework & inspect bore and balance hole 133C, Chapter 2
AT
7 Eddy current balance hole 133C, Chapter 2
8 Final inspect bore and balance hole 133C, Chapter 2
9 Inspect and rework blade shank 133C, Chapter 2
10 Dimensionally inspect blade airfoil, and shank 133C, Chapters 2 & 3
11 Comparator inspect shank 133C, Chapter 2
12 Grind and polish blade 133C, Chapter 3
133C, Chapter 2 & 3
13
Etch blade, bore, and shank 202A, Volume 2
Dry Blade: Chose 1 procedure 202A, Volume 2
14 1) 150 degrees for 30 minutes - start time ___________ end time __________
2) Air dry 24 for hours - start time __________ end time ___________
133C, Chapter 2 & 3
15
Penetrant inspect blade, bore and shank 202A, Volume 2
16 Roll blade shank 133C, Chapter 2
17 Profilometer inspection [Attach print out] 133C, Chapter 2
18 Final comparator inspect shank 133C, Chapter 2
19 Final dimensional inspect blade and shank 133C, Chapter 2
Anodize/chemical conversion coat and inspect blade for
20
indications 202A, Volume 10
133C, Chapter 3
21
Chemical conversion coat bore, balance hole, and shank 202A, Volume 10
Paint blade, bore and balance hole [Note: Cure Blade for 12 133C, Chapter 3
22
hours] 202A, Volume 1
23 Install de-ice boot and perform electrical check 182
24 Balance blade and install bearings. 133C, Chapter 7
133C, Chapter 2, 3,
25
Final inspect blade 5, & 6
Notes:
NOTE: This document was created using all available resources. However, there is a possibility that the information may not be complete. The applicable
overhaul manuals and all service documents must be referenced to ensure compliance with all required tasks. Failure to perform the required inspections and
procedures may result in death, serious bodily injury, and/or substantial property damage.
Trav-14-R001
Original, 10/07, Rev. 1 dated Jun 30/08
Sample of a Blade Overhaul Traveler - M, P, R, T, W, or Z Shank Blade

Figure 10-3

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
M, P, or R SHANK BLADE DIMENSIONAL TRAVELER

Date Work Order #
Prop Serial # Blade Length Min:
TSO TSN
Revision TR's
CUR
All work will be in accordance with Hartzell Manuals: 133C
AV REN RE 159
AIL
AB T RE FER
LE V E
Edge Align:Station 1)______ 2)______3)______4)______5)______6)______7)______8)_____9)______10)______
W ON ISION NCE
Shank O.D.: Min_______Pre:_______Final _______ at .750": Min_______Pre:_______Final:_______
WW TH O O
.HA E H F TH NLY
Flange Thick. Min.________ Pre:________ Fin:_________
RT ART IS T
ZE
LLP ZELL RAVE
Bore I.D. Max Outer:_______Pre:________Final:_______ Max Inner:_______Pre_______Final:_______
RO WE L
P.C BS ER IS
Bore Critical Area Max:_______Pre:________Final:_______ Depth Max:_______Pre_______Final:_______
OM ITE
Balance Hole: Depth (Stamped + 1/8") Max:________Pre:________Final:__________AT
Balance Hole Dia. Max___________Pre __________Final:__________
Station Angles
Notes:

overhaul manuals and all service documents must be referenced to ensure compliance with all required tasks. Failure to perform the required inspections
and procedures may result in death, serious bodily injury, and/or substantial property damage.
Trav-13-R001
Original Oct/07, Rev. 1 dated Jun 30/08
Sample of a Blade Dimensional Traveler - M, P, or R Shank

Figure 10-4

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
T, W, OR Z SHANK BLADE DIMENSIONAL TRAVELER

Date Work Order #
TSO TSN
Revisioon TR's
CU
AV RREN
RE
133C
AIL T
AB RE FER 159
L E VIS EN
WW ON T ION CE O
Edge Align:Station 1)______ 2)______3)______4)______5)______6)______7)______8)______9)______10)______
W.H HE OF T NLY
AR atH.875 HIS
at .500 Min:________Pre:________Final:________ TZ ARTMin.________ Pre:________ Final:_________
EL ZEL TRAV
LP
RO L WE ELE
P.C BS R IS
Bore Critical Area: Max:_______ Pre:_______ Final:_______ Flange Thick: Pre_______Final:________
OM ITE
Balance Hole: Depth (Stamped + 1/8") Max:_______Pre:_______Final:_________ AT
Station Angles
Notes:

Trav-23-R001
Sample of a Blade Dimensional Traveler - T, W, or Z Shank

Figure 10-5

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C

MV Shank Blade
Date Work Order #
Prop Part # TSO
Prop Serial # TSN
Revision TR's
All work will be done in accordance with Hartzell Manuals 133C
NOTE: (1) Stripping of anodize/chemical conversion coatings and all rework 182
CU
procedures must be performed before the etch process. (2) The etch process must be
AV RREN
202A, Volume 1
performed before penetrant inspection. (3) Strip and etch must be performed as
RE
separate processes. (4) Chromic Acid Anodize may not be used on the blade shank or 202A, Volume 2
AIL
bores. AB T RE FER 202A, Volume 10
Description LE V E Crew
Step
W ON ISION NReference CE Technician
Chief / QC Date
1 Remove De-Icer Boot: P/N : WW TH 182 O
Remove bearing, and clean shank, remove paint and
. H E H OF T NLY
2 AR HIS 2
TZ A133C,
lead. 133C, Chapter
Preliminary dimensional inspection of shank, bore, and R TChapter T
3
blade airfoil E Z
LLP LL2 & 3 RAVE
E
4 Check edge alignment of blade set (within 0.120 inch) 133C,
OP 3WEB LER
RChapter
.C2 O SIT I
EA S
5 Strip anodize/alodine 202A Volume
6 Rework & inspect bore and balance hole 133C, Chapter 2 M
T
133C, Chapter 2 & 3
13
133C, Chapter 2 & 3
15
16 Roll blade shank 133C, Chapter 2
17 Profilometer inspection [Attach print out] 133C, Chapter 2
20
133C, Chapter 3
21
22 133C, Chapter 2
Install bushing and machine to size
Paint blade, bore and balance hole [Note: Cure Blade 133C, Chapter 3
23
for 12 hours] 202A, Volume 1
133C, Chapter 2, 3,
26
Notes:
Trav-16-R001
Sample of a Blade Overhaul Traveler - MV Shank Blade

Figure 10-6

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
MV SHANK BLADE DIMENSIONAL TRAVELER

Date Work Order #
TSO TSN
C Revision TR's
UR
All work will be in accordance with Hartzell Manuals: 133C
R AV
E R
ILA NT R EFE
A 159
B LE E VIS REN
O
WW N T IO C
Shank O.D. at 0.850": Min_______Pre:_______Final NO E O
W.H HE_______ at 2.0": Min_______Pre:_______Final:_______
F NL
AR HAR THIS Y
Flange Thick. Min.________ Pre:________ Fin:_________
TZ
EL TZEL TRAV
LP
RO L WE ELE
P.C BS R IS
Bore Critical Area Max:_______Pre:________Final:_______ Depth Max:_______Pre_______Final:_______
OM ITE
Balance Hole: Depth (Stamped + 1/8") Max:________Pre:________Final:__________ AT
Station Angles
Notes:

Trav-15-R001
Original 10/07, Rev. 1 dated Jun 30/08
Sample of a Blade Dimensional Traveler - MV Shank

Figure 10-7

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C

X and V Shank Blade
Date Work Order #
Prop Part # TSO
Prop Serial # TSN
Revision TR's
All work will be done in accordance with Hartzell Manuals 133C
NOTE: (1) Stripping of anodize/chemical conversion coatings and all rework 182
CU
procedures must be performed before the etch process. (2) The etch process must be
AV RREN
202A, Volume 1
performed before penetrant inspection. (3) Strip and etch must be performed as
RE
separate processes. (4) Chromic Acid Anodize may not be used on the blade shank or 202A, Volume 2
AIL
bores. AB T RE FER 202A, Volume 10
LE V E Crew
Step Description
W ON ISION NCEReference Technician
Chief / QC Date
1 Remove De-Icer Boot: P/N : WW TH O O
182
NL
2 .HA E H F133C,
Remove bearing, and clean shank, remove paint and THChapter Y
RT A IS 2
ZE R133C,
lead.
Preliminary dimensional inspection of shank, bore, and TZ Chapter T
3
blade airfoil LLP ELL 2R& 3AVE
4 Check edge alignment of blade set (within 0.120 inch) R W3E
OPChapter
133C, LE
5 Strip anodize/alodine .CO2 BSIT R IS
202A Volume
6 Rework & inspect bore and balance hole 133C, Chapter M
EA
2
T
11 Eddy current inspect shank 202A, Volune 2
133C, Chapter 2 & 3
14
133C, Chapter 2 & 3
16
17 Shot peen blade shank 133C, Chapter 2
20
133C, Chapter 3
21
22 133C, Chapter 2
Install bushing and machine to size
Paint blade, bore and balance hole [Note: Cure Blade 133C, Chapter 3
23 202A, Volume 1
for 12 hours]
133C, Chapter 2, 3,
26
Notes:
Trav-26-R001
Sample of a Blade Overhaul Traveler - X and V Shank Blade

Figure 10-8

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
X and V SHANK BLADE DIMENSIONAL TRAVELER

Date Work Order #
TSO TSN
Revision TR's
CU
R
AV REN
133C
AIL RE 159
AB T RE FER
LE V E
W ON ISION NCE
WW TH O
. H E H OF T NLY
AR Min._____ HPre:_____ Final:______
TZ ARTZ IS TR
at .500 Min:_____Pre:________Final:_______ Height
E E
LLP LL AVE
Bore I.D. Max Outer:______Pre:_______Final:______Bore Critical Area Max:______Pre:_______Final:_____
R WE LE
Shoulder Height Variance (.801 +/- .001) Pre:_____ Final:_____OP.
CO BSIT R IS
M
Balance Hole: Depth (Stamped + 1/8") Max:________Pre:________Final:__________ EA
T
Station Angles
Notes:

Trav-25-R001
Sample of a Blade Dimensional Traveler - X and V Shank

Figure 10-9

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
V SHANK WITH N MODIFICATION BLADE DIMENSIONAL TRAVELER

Date Work Order #
TSO TSN
CU
133C Revision
R
AV REN 159 Revision
A T RE
I LA F
BL REV ERE
E I S N
Shank O.D.: Min_______Pre:_______Final _______ at 2.50": Min_______Pre:_______Final:_______
WW ON T ION CE O
W.H Height
at .500 Min:_____Pre:________Final:_______ OF
HE Min._____ NL
Pre:_____ Final:______
AR HAR THIS Y
TZ
EL TZEL TRAV
LP
RO L WE ELE
Shoulder Height Variance (.801 +/- .001) Pre:________ Final:________
P.C BS R IS
Balance Hole: Depth (Stamped + 1/8") Max:________Pre:________Final:__________
OM ITE
Balance Hole Dia. Max___________Pre __________Final:__________ AT
Station Angles
Notes:

applicable overhaul manuals and all service documents must be referenced to ensure compliance with all required tasks. Failure to perform the required
inspections and procedures may result in death, serious bodily injury, and/or substantial property damage.
Trav-24-R001
Sample of a Blade Dimensional Traveler - V Shank with N Modification

Figure 10-10

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
APPENDIX C - BLADE SPECIFICATIONS - CONTENTS
1. General ........................................................................................................... 11-13

2. Blade Specification Tables .............................................................................. 11-13
A. Using the Blade Specification Tables ........................................................ 11-13
B. Rule of 0.030-Inch Thickness for Blades in Four, Five,
and Six Blade Propellers ........................................................................... 11-14
3. Blade Tip Specifications.................................................................................. 11-16
A. Using the Blade Tip Specifications ............................................................ 11-16
APPENDIX C - BLADE TIP SPECIFICATIONS - LIST OF FIGURES
Blade Model 6660 Blade Tip.....................................................Figure 11-1 .............. 11-18

Blade Models 7392(D), 7392(S)-1, 7392-2 Blade Tip ..............Figure 11-9 .............. 11-34
Blade Model 7451 Blade Tip.....................................................Figure 11-10 ............ 11-36
Blade Model 7453 Blade Tip.....................................................Figure 11-11............. 11-38
Blade Models 7468(D), 7468D-2, 7468D-4 Blade Tip ..............Figure 11-12 ............ 11-40
Blade Model 7479-2R Blade Tip ...............................................Figure 11-13 ............ 11-42
Blade Models 7497(D), 7497(D)-1, 7497(D)-2 Blade Tip .........Figure 11-17 ............ 11-50
Page 11-1
APPENDIX C - BLADE SPECIFICATIONS 61-13-33 Rev. 34 Jan/17
133C
APPENDIX C - BLADE TIP SPECIFICATIONS - LIST OF FIGURES, CONTINUED

Blade Model 7691(D) Blade Tip................................................Figure 11-24 ............ 11-70
Blade Models 7693(D), 7693(D)-1, 7693(D)-2,
7693(D)+2 Blade Tip ...........................................................Figure 11-26 ............ 11-74
Blade Models 7693(D)F, 7693F-1, 7693(D)F-2, 7693(D)F+1,
7693(D)F+2 Blade Tip .........................................................Figure 11-27 ............ 11-76
Blade Models 7694, 7694-1, 7694-2, 7694-4T,
7694-6T Blade Tip ...............................................................Figure 11-28 ............ 11-78
Blade Model 7894 Blade Tip.....................................................Figure 11-30.1 ...... 11-82.2
Blade Model 8447 Blade Tip.....................................................Figure 11-37 .......... 11-100
Blade Models 8459-8Q, 8459-8R, 8459-9R,
8459-10R Blade Tip ............................................................Figure 11-39 .......... 11-106
Blade Models 8465, 8465-2, 8465-4, 8465-6,
8465-10 Blade Tip ...............................................................Figure 11-40 .......... 11-108
Blade Models 8465-7R, 8465-8R Blade Tip .............................Figure 11-41 .......... 11-110
Blade Models 8467, 8467S Blade Tip ......................................Figure 11-42 .......... 11-112
Blade Models 8467-7R, 8467-8R Blade Tip .............................Figure 11-43 .......... 11-114
Page 11-2
APPENDIX C - BLADE SPECIFICATIONS 61-13-33 Rev. 31 Jul/14
133C

Blade Model 8492 Blade Tip.....................................................Figure 11-47.1 .... 11-132.2
Blade Models 8833, 8833-2 Blade Tip......................................Figure 11-49 .......... 11-136
Blade Model 8833-4 Blade Tip .................................................Figure 11-50 .......... 11-138
Blade Models 8847, 8847-2 Blade Tip......................................Figure 11-51 .......... 11-140
Blade Model 9290CR Blade Tip ...............................................Figure 11-58 .......... 11-154
Blade Model 9511F(A) Blade Tip ..............................................Figure 11-66 .......... 11-170
Blade Model 9990N Blade Tip ..................................................Figure 11-73 .......... 11-186
Blade Model 10133 Blade Tip...................................................Figure 11-74 .......... 11-188
Page 11-3
133C

Blade Models 10160-6.5R, 10160-8.5R Blade Tip ...................Figure 11-78 .......... 11-196
Blade Model 10160-12E Blade Tip ...........................................Figure 11-79 .......... 11-198
Blade Model 10173A Blade Tip ................................................Figure 11-81 .......... 11-202
Blade Model 10173D Blade Tip ................................................Figure 11-82 .......... 11-206
Blade Model 10173F Blade Tip ................................................Figure 11-83 .......... 11-208
Blade Model (T)10173 Blade Tip ..............................................Figure 11-84 .......... 11-212
Blade Model 10282(A) Blade Tip ..............................................Figure 11-88 .......... 11-240
Blade Model 10478S Blade Tip ................................................Figure 11-93 .......... 11-252
Blade Model 10479S Blade Tip ................................................Figure 11-93.1 .... 11-252.2
Blade Model 10574F Blade Tip ................................................Figure 11-95 .......... 11-256
Blade Model 10702 Blade Tip...................................................Figure 11-96.1 .... 11-258.2
Blade Models 10890, 10890( )-2 Blade Tip ..............................Figure 11-98 .......... 11-264
Blade Model 10891N Blade Tip ................................................Figure 11-99 .......... 11-266
Blade Model 11276 Blade Tip ...................................................Figure 11-100 ........ 11-268
Blade Model 11693N(S) Blade Tip ...........................................Figure 11-104 ........ 11-276
Page 11-4
APPENDIX C - BLADE SPECIFICATIONS 61-13-33 Rev. 32 Nov/15
133C
APPENDIX C - BLADE TIP SPECIFICATIONS - LIST OF TABLES

6660 Blade ..................................................................................................................... 11-19
6660D Blade ................................................................................................................... 11-19
6890 Blade ..................................................................................................................... 11-21
7023 Blade ..................................................................................................................... 11-23
7063Q Blade................................................................................................................... 11-25
7068-2 Blade .................................................................................................................. 11-27
7282 Blade ..................................................................................................................... 11-29
7382 Blade ..................................................................................................................... 11-31
7391, -3 Blade ................................................................................................................ 11-33
7391D, -3 Blade.............................................................................................................. 11-33
7392, 7392(S)-1, 7392-2 Blade ...................................................................................... 11-35
7392D Blade ................................................................................................................... 11-35
7451 Blade ..................................................................................................................... 11-37
7453 Blade ..................................................................................................................... 11-39
7468 Blade ..................................................................................................................... 11-41
7468D, -2, -4 Blade ........................................................................................................ 11-41
7479-2R Blade................................................................................................................ 11-43
7490 Blade ..................................................................................................................... 11-45
7495 Blade ..................................................................................................................... 11-47
7496, -1, -2 Blade ........................................................................................................... 11-49
7497D, 7497D-1, 7497D-2 Blade ................................................................................... 11-51
7497, 7497-1, 7497-2 Blade ........................................................................................... 11-51
7498 Blade ..................................................................................................................... 11-53
7590 Blade ..................................................................................................................... 11-55
7590D Blade ................................................................................................................... 11-55
7636D, -2, -4 Blade ........................................................................................................ 11-57
7636N -2Q* Blade .......................................................................................................... 11-57
7636N, -2, -4 Blade ........................................................................................................ 11-58
7663, -4(T), 7663A-4 Blade ............................................................................................ 11-61
7663R, 7663-2R, 7663-2Q Blade ................................................................................... 11-61
7663-5(R), -6(R) Blade ................................................................................................... 11-62
Page 11-5
133C
APPENDIX C - BLADE TIP SPECIFICATIONS - LIST OF TABLES, CONTINUED

7663DR Blade ................................................................................................................ 11-62
7663-4Q, -6Q Blade ....................................................................................................... 11-63
7663D-2, -2R, -2Q Blade ................................................................................................ 11-63
7663D-6Q Blade ............................................................................................................. 11-64
7663D-3, -4 Blade .......................................................................................................... 11-64
7666(A), -2(Q,R), -3(Q,R), -4(Q) Blade .......................................................................... 11-67
7666C, -3R, -4 Blade ...................................................................................................... 11-67
7673D Blade ................................................................................................................... 11-69
7691, +2 Blade ............................................................................................................... 11-71
7691D, -1, -3 Blade ........................................................................................................ 11-71
7692 Blade ..................................................................................................................... 11-73
7693, -1, -2, +2 Blade ..................................................................................................... 11-75
7693DF, -2, +2 Blade...................................................................................................... 11-77
7693F, -1, -2, +1, +2 Blade ............................................................................................. 11-77
7694,-1,-2, -4T Blade...................................................................................................... 11-79
7694D-6T Blade ............................................................................................................. 11-79
7818 Blade ..................................................................................................................... 11-81
7854 Blade .................................................................................................................. 11-82.1
7894, 7894-1.5, 7894-4 Blade ........................................................................................ 11-83
8052 Blade ..................................................................................................................... 11-85
8068, -2, +2 Blade .......................................................................................................... 11-87
8068D, -2, +2 Blade ....................................................................................................... 11-87
8074 Blade ..................................................................................................................... 11-89
8218 Blade ..................................................................................................................... 11-91
8292* , -2, -4 Blade......................................................................................................... 11-93
8433(A)(S), -2, 2R, -4, 4R Blade .................................................................................... 11-96
8433(A)-6, -7, -10, -12 Blade .......................................................................................... 11-96
8433N, -2, -4 Blade ........................................................................................................ 11-97
8433N-6Q* Blade ........................................................................................................... 11-97
8433N-6, -7, -10, -12 Blade ............................................................................................ 11-98
8447(A) Blade............................................................................................................... 11-101
Page 11-6
133C

8447A-8 Blade .............................................................................................................. 11-101
8447A-8Q* Blade.......................................................................................................... 11-102
8447(A)-12A Blade ....................................................................................................... 11-102
8459(A), -4, -6 Blade .................................................................................................... 11-105
8459-18 Blade .............................................................................................................. 11-105
8459(A)-8R Blade ......................................................................................................... 11-107
8459-11Q Blade............................................................................................................ 11-107
8465 Blade ................................................................................................................... 11-109
8465-6 Blade ................................................................................................................ 11-109
8465-7R, 8465-8R Blade ............................................................................................... 11-111
8467 Blade ....................................................................................................................11-113
8467-7R, -8R Blade .......................................................................................................11-115
8468(A)(-2)(R) Blade .....................................................................................................11-119
8468(A)-3(R), -4(R) Blade .............................................................................................11-119
8468(A)-5R, -6R, -6 Blade ............................................................................................ 11-120
8468(A)-8R, -10R Blade ............................................................................................... 11-120
8468D-6R Blade ........................................................................................................... 11-121
8468D-8R Blade ........................................................................................................... 11-121
8468D-14 Blade............................................................................................................ 11-122
8468T-12 Blade ............................................................................................................ 11-122
8468-8Q, -10Q Blade ................................................................................................... 11-123
8475+2 Blade ............................................................................................................... 11-125
8475-5Q,-6 Blade ......................................................................................................... 11-125
8475F-6 Blade .............................................................................................................. 11-126
8475J-4 Blade .............................................................................................................. 11-126
8475R, 8475(D)-2, -4 Blade ......................................................................................... 11-127
8475T+2 Blade ............................................................................................................. 11-127
8477(A), -2, -4 Blade .................................................................................................... 11-129
8477(A)-6(Q*) Blade ..................................................................................................... 11-129
8477(A)-7, 8477(A)-8R Blade ....................................................................................... 11-130
8477D-5R, 8477D-6 Blade ........................................................................................... 11-130
8483 Blade ................................................................................................................ 11-132.1
8492 Blade ................................................................................................................... 11-133
Page 11-7
133C

8501* Blade .................................................................................................................. 11-135
8501-3.5* Blade ............................................................................................................ 11-135
8833(H), -2 Blade ......................................................................................................... 11-137
8833(H)N, -2 Blade....................................................................................................... 11-137
8833(H)-4 Blade ........................................................................................................... 11-139
8833(H)N-4 Blade......................................................................................................... 11-139
8847 Blade ................................................................................................................... 11-141
8990* Blade .................................................................................................................. 11-143
9083* Blade .................................................................................................................. 11-145
9128(A)N Blade ............................................................................................................ 11-147
9212* Blade .................................................................................................................. 11-149
9212-2, -4 Blade ........................................................................................................... 11-149
9216(N)* Blade ............................................................................................................. 11-151
9290* Blade .................................................................................................................. 11-153
9290CR* Blade ............................................................................................................. 11-155
9327* Blade .................................................................................................................. 11-157
9333(C,N) -3, -4, -5, -6, -6Q*, -7Q* Blade .................................................................... 11-159
9349, +1/2 Blade .......................................................................................................... 11-161
9349-4.6, -6.5 Blade ..................................................................................................... 11-161
9350, -4.6 Blade ........................................................................................................... 11-163
9383* Blade .................................................................................................................. 11-165
9390* Blade .................................................................................................................. 11-167
9390-1R* Blade ............................................................................................................ 11-167
9391* Blade ............................................................................................................... 11-168.1
9510S Blade ................................................................................................................. 11-169
9511F(A), -2 * Blade ..................................................................................................... 11-171
9511F(A)-4 Blade ......................................................................................................... 11-171
9511F(A)-11 Blade ........................................................................................................ 11-171
9512 (A, AE, AF, C, D)-1* Blade ............................................................................... 11-172.1
9515 Blade ................................................................................................................... 11-173
9587A Blade ................................................................................................................. 11-175
9587A-10 Blade ............................................................................................................ 11-175
Page 11-8
133C

9587D-2 Blade.............................................................................................................. 11-176
9587D-7 Blade.............................................................................................................. 11-176
9587C-15(S) Blade........................................................................................................ 11-177
9587C-17S Blade.......................................................................................................... 11-177
9612* Blade................................................................................................................ 11-178.1
9673* Blade................................................................................................................... 11-179
9684, -3R Blade............................................................................................................ 11-181
9684-12 Blade............................................................................................................... 11-181
9690* Blade................................................................................................................... 11-183
9900* Blade................................................................................................................... 11-185
9990N* Blade................................................................................................................ 11-187
10133D, -3 Blade.......................................................................................................... 11-189
10133N, -3 Blade.......................................................................................................... 11-189
10133D-11 Blade........................................................................................................... 11-189
10133N-11 Blade........................................................................................................... 11-189
10151-8(R) Blade.......................................................................................................... 11-191
10151-10(R) Blade........................................................................................................ 11-191
10151C-5 Blade............................................................................................................ 11-191
10152-5.5 Blade............................................................................................................ 11-193
10160-1, -3 Blade.......................................................................................................... 11-195
10160-6 Blade............................................................................................................... 11-195
10160-8.5R Blade......................................................................................................... 11-197
10160-12E Blade........................................................................................................... 11-199
10172 Blade.................................................................................................................. 11-201
10172C Blade................................................................................................................ 11-201
10173A(N) Blade........................................................................................................... 11-203
10173A(N)-6, -6Q* Blade.............................................................................................. 11-203
10173AN-12.5* Blade.................................................................................................... 11-204
10173D(N)-6Q* Blade................................................................................................... 11-207
10173F(N)-10.5*, -11R Blade and................................................................................. 11-209
10173F(N)-12.5* on all aircraft except Beech A100...................................................... 11-209
APPENDIX C - BLADE SPECIFICATIONS 61-13-33 Page 11-9

Rev. 31 Jul/14
133C

10173F(N)-12.5* Blade on Beech A100 applications only............................................ 11-209
10173F(N)-21R Blade................................................................................................... 11-210
10173 and +1 Blade...................................................................................................... 11-213
10173(N) and +1 Blade................................................................................................. 11-213
10173(N)-3 Blade.......................................................................................................... 11-214
10173-3 Blade............................................................................................................... 11-214
10173-8(R) Blade.......................................................................................................... 11-215
10173(N)-8(R), -9 Blade................................................................................................ 11-215
10173-11 Blade............................................................................................................. 11-216
10173(N)-11(R) Blade................................................................................................... 11-216
10173(N)-13Q* Blade.................................................................................................... 11-217
10173(N)-15 Blade........................................................................................................ 11-217
10173(N)-17R Blade..................................................................................................... 11-218
10173(N)-18 Blade........................................................................................................ 11-218
10173(N)-21R Blade..................................................................................................... 11-219
10173(N)-25R Blade..................................................................................................... 11-219
10173C and +1 Blade.................................................................................................... 11-220
10173C(N) and +1 Blade............................................................................................... 11-220
10173C(N)-8 Blade....................................................................................................... 11-221
10176(H)(S)-6, -5 Blade................................................................................................ 11-223
10176(H)(N)(S)-6, -5, -8 Blade...................................................................................... 11-223
10176 and +1 & -3 Blade............................................................................................... 11-224
10176C and +1 Blade.................................................................................................... 11-224
10176(N) and +1 & -3 Blade.......................................................................................... 11-225
10178(H)(N)(R) Blade................................................................................................... 11-227
10178C(H)(N)(R), +1 Blade........................................................................................... 11-227
10178(H)(N)-3R Blade.................................................................................................. 11-228
10178(H)(N)-5 and -6 Blade.......................................................................................... 11-228
10178(H)(N)-5R Blade.................................................................................................. 11-229
10178(H)(N)-4R Blade.................................................................................................. 11-229
10178(H)(N)-8R Blade.................................................................................................. 11-230

Rev. 31 Jul/14
133C

10178(H)(N)-10Q* Blade............................................................................................... 11-230
10178(H)(N)-11 Blade................................................................................................... 11-231
10178(H)(N)-11R Blade................................................................................................. 11-231
10178(H)(N)-13R Blade................................................................................................ 11-232
10178(N)-5Q, -7Q Blade............................................................................................... 11-232
10178(N)-13Q Blade..................................................................................................... 11-233
10178(N)-15 Blade........................................................................................................ 11-233
10282(N)+4 Blade......................................................................................................... 11-235
10282(N)-4P, -4R Blade................................................................................................ 11-235
10282(N)R Blade........................................................................................................... 11-236
10282(N)+6 Blade......................................................................................................... 11-236
10282(N)-6R Blade....................................................................................................... 11-237
10282D(N) Blade........................................................................................................... 11-237
10282D(N)-4R Blade..................................................................................................... 11-238
10282(N) Blade............................................................................................................. 11-238
10282NS-5.3R* Blade................................................................................................... 11-239
10282(N)-9.5R Blade.................................................................................................... 11-239
10282A(N)+2.5* Blade.................................................................................................. 11-241
10282A(N)+4* Blade..................................................................................................... 11-241
10282A(N)+6* Blade..................................................................................................... 11-242
10290N, +2 Blade.......................................................................................................... 11-245
10305 Blade.................................................................................................................. 11-247
10476(N)S* Blade......................................................................................................... 11-249
10477(A)(S)* Blade....................................................................................................... 11-251
10478S Blade............................................................................................................. 11-252.1
E10479S Blade............................................................................................................. 11-253
10541* Blade................................................................................................................. 11-255
10574* Blade................................................................................................................. 11-257
10574A(S)* Blade.......................................................................................................... 11-257
10574F(N)S* Blade....................................................................................................... 11-257
10673(N), -2Q* Blade................................................................................................. 11-258.1

Rev. 32 Nov/15
133C

10702(N)(S)*................................................................................................................. 11-259
10876(N)* Blade............................................................................................................ 11-261
10876A(N)(S)* Blade..................................................................................................... 11-261
10876A(N)(S)-2Q Blade................................................................................................ 11-262
10890N* Blade.............................................................................................................. 11-265
10890CN-2 Blade.......................................................................................................... 11-265
10891N* Blade.............................................................................................................. 11-267
11276N(S)* Blade.......................................................................................................... 11-269
11276(C)N-3* Blade**.................................................................................................... 11-269
11276NSA Blade........................................................................................................... 11-269
11296N* Blade............................................................................................................... 11-271
11691N(S)* Blade.......................................................................................................... 11-273
11692N* Blade............................................................................................................... 11-275
11693N(S)* Blade.......................................................................................................... 11-277

Rev. 32 Nov/15
133C
1. General
CAUTION: ALL BLADE MODELS LISTED IN THIS CHAPTER HAVE BEEN

DETERMINED TO BE PROPELLER CRITICAL PARTS. REFER TO THE
INTRODUCTION CHAPTER OF THIS MANUAL FOR INFORMATION
ABOUT PROPELLER CRITICAL PARTS.
A. The blade tip specification figures have been moved from Appendix D and
incorporated in this Appendix C of this manual.
B. Blade stations are used during the repair or overhaul process of a blade to define a
blade span location for dimensional measurement.
C. Reference blade radius is measured from the center of the propeller hub to a
predetermined reference location on the blade for blade angle measurement.
(1) A yellow adhesive stripe (Blade Angle Reference Tape CM160) is usually
located at the reference blade radius location. Refer to the applicable overhaul
manual for blade angle reference tape application instructions.
2. Blade Specification Tables
CAUTION 1: ALL BLADE MODELS LISTED IN THIS SECTION HAVE BEEN

CAUTION 2: DO NOT CONFUSE BLADE STATION WITH REFERENCE BLADE

RADIUS. BLADE STATION AND REFERENCE BLADE RADIUS OF
THE SAME NUMBER MAY NOT ALWAYS INDICATE THE SAME
LOCATION ON THE BLADE.
A. Using the Blade Specification Tables
NOTE: If additional or missing information is needed, contact the Hartzell

Propeller Inc. Product Support department.
(1) Blade specification data are provided for measurement and inspection of a bare
blade. Blade measurements are made at specific station lines. Station lines
are measured from a "0" reference station (refer to the Blade Airfoil Overhaul
chapter of this manual).
(2) In the following tables, the prefix and suffix letters of a blade model designation
have been omitted where such letters are not related to the blade dimensions.
(a) Prefix letters such as "F" in a FJC7663 ("Y" shank blade with a large pitch
change knob) or "B" in a 10173B (de-ice boot installed) are unrelated to
specification table data.

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
(3) Suffix letters may have different meanings from one blade design to another.
(a) For example, the 8468A-2 blade is similar to a 8468-2 except for different
knob angle locations, which is unrelated to the blade specification table
data. On the other hand, a 10173A blade is similar to a 10173 blade
except for thickness. This results in two different blade specification tables
for the 10173 and 10173A blades.
(4) Parentheses in a blade model designation indicate a letter that may or may not
be present for use with a given specification table.
(5) Blade specification data are occasionally revised or superseded.
(a) Old data may differ from new or revised data. In some instances, the old
data may have permitted a blade to return to service, whereas the new
data would require replacement of the blade. In these cases (unless
otherwise required by service documentation), a blade overhauled before
publication of the later specifications remains airworthy.
(b) During any subsequent overhaul or other inspection by a propeller
repair station, the blade must be inspected in strict accordance with the
specifications in effect at that time.
(6) Blade specification table data does not apply to "Q" tip propeller blades in the
area of the bent tip. Refer to the Blade Airfoil Overhaul chapter of this manual.
B. Rule of 0.030 Inch Thickness for Blades in Four, Five, and Six Blade Propellers
(1) General
(a) Propellers with four or more blades are susceptible to a type of vibration
called a “reactionless mode” that is excited by operating in crosswinds
while on the ground.
1 This type of vibration cannot be felt by the flight crew or passengers
even though the resulting stresses can be damaging to the blades
and other propeller components.
2 Because it is not practical to avoid operating in crosswinds, most
propellers with four or more blades have restrictions prohibiting
operating in the RPM range where the reactionless mode is likely
to occur.
(b) Blade erosion, wear and impact damage is more likely to occur in the tip
region where the velocity is highest and the ground clearance is least.
1 As the blade wears and is repaired in the tip region, the loss of blade
tip weight causes the RPM at which the reactionless mode occurs
to rise. In an extreme case, the RPM of the reactionless mode could
rise sufficiently to move outside of the restricted operating range.

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
(c) To avoid the possibility of vibration occuring outside of the restricted RPM
range, Hartzell Propeller Inc. has devised a repair scheme to keep the
reactionless mode within its original RPM boundaries.
1 As the blade tip is repaired, the “0.030 inch rule” requires that a
certain amount of thickness be removed from the inboard sections of
the blade to maintain a balance between the weight and stiffness of
the blade.
CAUTION: THE RULE OF 0.030 INCH THICKNESS DOES NOT APPLY

TO SECTIONS OF THE BLADE FROM THE 8-INCH STATION
INBOARD.
(2) The following requirement is only applicable to certain blade models identified
in the Blade Specification Tables.
(a) When applying the rule of 0.030-inch (0.76 mm) thickness by removing
inboard thickness material, only the maximum face alignment must be
maintained at the inboardmost station for face alignment as specified in
the blade specification table.
(b) At all other specified face alignment stations, both the minimum and the
maximum dimensions must be maintained.
(c) This face alignment exception to the blade specification tables applies to
"D", "E", "T" and "M" shank blade types identified in this section.
(3) For All "T" and "M" Shank Blades, Except for (L)M9990N and LT10282NS-5.3R
(a) If any thickness outboard of, but not including, the 27-inch station is
within 0.030 inch (0.76 mm) of the minimum allowed thickness*, then all
blade stations from the next control station outboard of the 12-inch station,
through and including the 27-inch station, must be reduced in thickness
to no more than 0.030 inch (0.76 mm) above the minimum permitted
thickness.
1 *This thickness check applies only to the airfoil section of the blade
and does not apply to the tip of the blade.
(4) For (L)M9990N Blades Only
(a) For (L)M9990N blades, if any thickness from the next control station
outboard of the 12-inch station, through and including the 27-inch station,
is within 0.030 inch (0.76 mm) of the minimum permitted thickness, then
the blade thickness of all stations outboard of the 27-inch station* must
be reduced to within 0.030 inch (0.76 mm) of their minimum permitted
thickness.
1 *This rule applies only to the airfoil section of the blade and does not
apply to the tip of the blade.
Page 11-15
APPENDIX C - BLADE SPECIFICATIONS 61-13-33 Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
(5) For LT10282NS-5.3R Blades Only

(a) For LT10282NS-5.3R blades, refer to the applicable blade specification
table in this chapter for the thickness requirements.
1 Because blade model LT10282NS-5.3R has specific thickness
requirements that are given in the applicable blade specification
table, the rule of 0.030 inch thickness does not apply.
(6) For All "D" and "E" Shank Blades
(a) If any thickness outboard of, but not including, the 27-inch station is
within 0.030 inch (0.76 mm) of the minimum permitted thickness*, then all
blade stations from the 27-inch station inboard up to, but not including, the
8-inch station must be reduced in thickness to no more than 0.030 inch
(0.76 mm) above the minimum permitted thickness.
1 *This thickness check applies only to the airfoil section of the blade
and does not apply to the tip of the blade.
(7) To reduce thickness at the stations affected by the 0.030 inch rule, the airfoil
(thickness) profile between one inch from the lead edge and one inch from the
trail edge must be proportionately reduced the same amount as at the point of
maximum thickness.
(a) The material must be equally removed from both the face and camber
sides of the blade, particularly for the inboard blade stations.
3. Blade Tip Specifications
CAUTION: ALL BLADE MODELS LISTED IN THIS SECTION HAVE BEEN

A. Using the Blade Tip Specifications

(1) Blade tip rework and diameter reduction must be performed within the
requirements of the blade tip specifications.
(2) The specifications shown are for new production blades.
(3) Refer to the Blade Airfoil Overhaul chapter of this manual for requirements
about maintaining blade tip radii.
(4) All dimensions are in inches.
Page 11-16
133C

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
6660
0.21875 R
2.125 R
33.125
30
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
24
Blade Model 6660(D) Blade Tip

Figure 11-1

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
6660 Blade "Y" SHANK

Refer to Figure 11-1
Sta Angle Face Align. Width Thickness

Min Max Min Max Min Min
8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.450 1.475
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.200 1.070
18 21.7 22.3 0.184 0.234 7.100 0.725
24 13.8 14.2 -0.016 0.034 7.350 0.530
30 9.0 Set Up -0.121 -0.071 7.390 0.530
32 ---- ---- -0.228 -0.182 ---- 0.365
6660D Blade "Y" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.450 1.475
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.200 1.070
18 21.7 22.3 0.184 0.234 7.100 0.725
24 13.8 14.2 -0.016 0.034 7.350 0.530
30 6.9 Set Up -0.121 -0.071 7.390 0.530
32 ---- ---- -0.228 -0.182 ---- 0.365

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
6890
0.500 R
0.710
0.375 R
34
33
30
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
Blade Model 6890 Blade Tip

Figure 11-2

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.557 1.505
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.356 1.180
18 26.5 26.9 0.279 0.334 5.608 0.800
24 20.0 20.4 0.098 0.153 5.049 0.505
30 14.6 Set Up -0.034 0.021 3.779 0.335
33 11.8 12.0 -0.154 -0.099 2.885 0.185
tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
7023
33.5
R. 35
30
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
27

Figure 11-3

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
7023 Blade “D” SHANK

Distance from blade butt to “0” station = 1.000"

7* —— —— —— —— 3.344 1.552
9* —— —— —— —— 3.344 1.160
12* —— —— —— —— 4.450 0.800
15* —— —— —— —— 6.280 0.525
18 33.3 33.7 .005 .060 7.073 0.415
21 31.2 31.6 -.055 0.00 7.177 0.415
24 29.8 30.2 -.105 -.050 7.151 0.430
27 28.6 28.8 -.145 -.090 7.118 0.465
30 28.0 Set Up -.185 -.130 7.074 0.500
33.5 — — -.225 -.170 — 0.555
*dimensions are for metal blade, not cuff.

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
7063
7063Q

Figure 11-4

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
7063Q Blade “Y” SHANK

Distance from blade butt to “0” station = 1.000"

8 —— —— —— —— 3.987 1.440
12 —— —— —— —— 4.096 0.965
18 15.0 15.6 .175 .255 3.937 0.695
24 8.10 8.50 .000 .075 3.666 0.490
30 3.90 Set Up -.110 -.035 2.900 0.350
34 2.10 2.30 -.200 -.145 2.223 ——*
*see paragraph 2.M. of the Blade Airfoil Overhaul chapter of this
manual

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
7068A
0.375 R
7068-2 2.75 R
34
33
30
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE

Figure 11-5

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
7068-2 Blade "Y" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.521 1.685
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.564 1.360
18 20.7 21.1 0.382 0.437 6.285 0.960
24 13.7 14.1 0.209 0.264 6.111 0.725
30 8.0 Set Up 0.016 0.071 5.160 0.445
32 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.275
33 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.165
tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.055

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
7282a
0.938 R
36
35
34
33
0.085
30
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE

Figure 11-6

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C


6 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.378 1.545
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.124 0.875
18 18.9 19.3 .222 . 287 5.447 0.675
24 14.1 14.5 .118 . 173 5.047 0.570
30 10.4 Set Up -.008 . 047 3.505 0.425
33 8.80 9.00 -.112 -.057 2.563 0.267
34 ---- ---- ---- ---- 2.234 ----
35 ---- ---- -.243 -.188 ---- ----
Tip --- --- --- --- --- 0.055

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
7382A
1.25 R
7382
36.5
33
30
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE

Figure 11-7

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.559 1.445
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.417 0.790
18 26.5 26.9 .122 .187 5.471 0.630
24 20.0 20.4 -.050 .005 5.140 0.485
30 14.6 Set Up -.238 -.183 4.210 0.320
33 11.80 12.00 -.350 -.295 3.150 0.230
tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.105

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
7391
1.55
R. 1.50
R. 1.00 R. 0.25
7391( )
36.5
7391( )-3
35
34
0.91
30
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
24
Blade Models 7391 Blade Tip

Figure 11-8

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
7391, -3 Blade "Y" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.676 1.402
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.432 0.901
18 40.1 40.5 0.206 0.271 6.860 0.627
24 34.5 34.9 0.082 0.137 5.962 0.465
30 30.0 Set Up -.049 0.006 4.597 0.316
34 27.1 27.3 -.154 -.099 3.318 0.195
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075
7391D, -3 Blade Y" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.676 1.402
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.432 0.901
18 41.4 41.8 0.206 0.271 6.860 0.627
24 34.5 34.9 0.082 0.137 5.962 0.465
30 30.0 Set Up -.049 0.006 4.597 0.316
34 27.7 27.9 -.154 -.099 3.318 0.195
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075
Page 11-33
133C
7392
36.5
7392(D)
7392(S)-1
7392-2
34
30
LEADING EDGE
24
Blade Models 7392(D), 7392(S)-1, 7392-2 Blade Tip

Figure 11-9
Page 11-34
133C
7392, 7392(S)-1, 7392-2 Blade “Y” SHANK

Distance from blade butt to “0” station = 1.000”

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.148 1.325
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.076 0.980
18 39.0 39.4 0.244 0.289 5.588 0.670
24 33.8 34.2 0.076 0.131 5.250 0.465
30 30.0 Set Up -.044 0.011 4.201 0.320
34 28.0 28.2 -.165 -.110 2.944 0.165
tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.050


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.148 1.325
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.076 0.980
18 36.8 37.2 0.244 0.289 5.588 0.670
24 29.9 30.3 0.076 0.131 5.250 0.465
30 24.9 Set Up -.044 0.011 4.201 0.320
34 22.4 22.6 -.165 -.110 2.944 0.165
tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.050
Page 11-35
133C
7451
1.0 R
37
35
ROTATIONAL AXIS
30
LEADING EDGE

Figure 11-10
Page 11-36
133C


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.915 1.716
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.620 0.985
18 42.0 42.6 .265 .315 6.520 0.626
24 35.1 35.5 .115 .165 5.900 0.410
30 30.0 Set Up .035 .075 5.030 0.276
35 27.7 28.1 -.053 -.013 3.570 0.175

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
7453
1.00 R
.077
37
35
30
LEADING EDGE
ROTATIONAL AXIS
24

Figure 11-11

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.590 1.680
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.780 1.012
18 30.5 30.9 0.195 0.260 5.990 0.631
24 23.5 23.9 0.054 0.109 5.610 0.443
30 18.7 Set Up -0.064 -0.009 4.809 0.296
35 15.3 15.5 -0.170 -0.115 3.258 0.145

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
7468
2X R 2.25
2X R 2.50
7468(D)
36 37
1.375 R
7468D-2
7468D-4
35
33
30
LEADING EDGE
ROTATIONAL AXIS
Blade Models 7468(D), 7468D-2, 7468D-4 Blade Tip

Figure 11-12

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.520 1.625
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.564 1.085
18 21.7 22.1 0.150 0.215 6.289 0.690
24 18.1 18.5 -0.035 0.020 6.073 0.515
30 14.1 Set Up -0.225 -0.170 5.291 0.352
33 12.3 12.5 -0.335 -0.280 4.323 0.235
Tip ---- ---- ----- --- ---- 0.055
7468D, -2, -4 Blade "Y" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.520 1.625
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.564 1.085
18 37.6 38.0 0.150 0.215 6.289 0.690
24 33.1 33.5 -0.035 0.020 6.073 0.515
30 30.0 Set Up -0.225 -0.170 5.291 0.352
33 28.7 28.9 -0.335 -0.280 4.323 0.235
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.055

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
7479
0.50
0.09
7479-2R
36
1.
.
"R
25
25
"R
1.
.
33
30
Leading Edge
Blade Model 7479-2R Blade Tip

Figure 11-13

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
7479-2R Blade "Y" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.535 1.620
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.580 1.020
18 22.9 23.9 .098 .162 6.310 0.647
24 17.4 17.9 -.032 .032 6.470 0.477
30 13.5 Set Up -.152 -.088 5.764 0.321
33 11.7 12.1 -.222 -.158 4.480 0.215
NOTE: Refer to the Special Inspections and Procedures chapter of

this manual for exceptions to 7479-2R blades.

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
7490
0.500 R
0.375 R
0.750
37
36
ROTATIONAL AXIS
30
LEADING EDGE

Figure 11-14

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
7490 Blade “Y” SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.275 1.115
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.184 0.800
18 30.7 31.1 0.184 0.249 5.628 0.580
24 23.2 23.6 0.100 0.155 5.467 0.505
30 16.2 Set Up 0.026 0.081 4.661 0.465
36 11.0 11.2 -0.188 -0.133 3.174 0.165
tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
7495A
2.180
R 0.375
R 0.125
0.911
7495( )
37
34
30
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
24

Figure 11-15

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.420 1.686
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.566 1.197
18 40.3 40.8 0.217 0.282 6.263 0.860
24 34.4 34.8 -0.018 0.037 5.944 0.596
30 30.0 Set Up -0.187 -0.132 4.663 0.455
34 27.7 27.9 -0.298 -0.243 2.994 0.232
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.035

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
7496
2.180
R 0.375
R 0.125
0.911
37 7496( )
36.5 7496( )-1
7496( )-2
36
34
30
24

Figure 11-16

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
7496, -1, -2 Blade “Y” SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.420 1.841
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.566 1.327
18 40.3 40.8 0.222 0.287 6.263 0.913
24 34.4 34.8 0.001 0.056 5.944 0.640
30 30.0 Set Up -0.182 -0.127 4.663 0.487
34 27.7 27.9 -0.281 -0.226 2.994 0.316
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.045

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
7497-1
R 0.375
2.180
R 0.125
0.911
7497(D)
37
7497(D)-1
36.5
7497(D)-2
36
34
30
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
24
Blade Models 7497(D), 7497(D)-1, 7497(D)-2 Blade Tip

Figure 11-17

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
7497D, 7497D-1, 7497D-2 Blade "Y" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.420 2.045
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.566 1.494
18 41.2 41.6 0.260 0.325 6.263 0.970
24 32.3 32.7 0.014 0.069 5.944 0.655
30 27.4 Set Up -0.179 -0.124 4.663 0.487
34 24.8 25.0 -0.284 -0.229 2.994 0.274
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.035
7497, 7497-1, 7497-2 Blade "Y" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.420 2.045
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.566 1.494
18 40.3 40.8 0.260 0.325 6.263 0.970
24 34.4 34.8 0.014 0.069 5.944 0.655
30 30.0 Set Up -0.179 -0.124 4.663 0.487
34 27.7 27.9 -0.284 -0.229 2.994 0.274
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.035

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
7498
R 0.750
R 0.375
37
34
30

Figure 11-18

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C


8 ---- ---- ----- ----- 4.363 1.245
12 ---- ---- ----- ----- 5.379 0.800
18 40.5 40.9 0.131 0.196 5.832 0.500
24 34.0 34.4 0.047 0.102 5.602 0.442
30 29.1 Set Up -0.040 0.015 4.494 0.342
34 25.7 25.9 -0.152 -0.097 3.113 0.175
tip ---- ---- ----- ----- ----- 0.035

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
7590

Figure 11-19

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C


7.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.127 1.302
9.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.652 ----
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.121 0.840
14 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.408 ----
16 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.572 ----
18 17.9 18.3 0.188 0.253 5.629 0.590
24 13.5 13.9 0.103 0.158 5.471 0.510
30 9.6 Set Up 0.009 0.064 4.685 0.430
36 5.6 5.8 -0.170 -0.115 3.212 0.195
tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075
7590D Blade “Y” SHANK


7.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.127 1.302
9.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.675 ----
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.184 0.840
18 17.9 18.3 0.188 0.253 5.629 0.590
24 12.1 12.5 0.103 0.158 5.471 0.510
30 7.6 Set Up 0.009 0.064 4.685 0.430
36 3.6 3.8 -0.170 -0.115 3.212 0.195
tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
7636

Figure 11-20

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
7636D, -2, -4 Blade “MV”, “V”, “X” SHANK


9 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.700 1.980
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.572 1.095
18 41.0 42.0 0.138 0.202 5.702 0.666
24 37.0 37.6 -0.072 -0.008 5.312 0.449
30 33.2 Set Up -0.192 -0.128 4.450 0.319
36 29.8* 30.2* -0.242* -0.178* NL NL
*not applicable to -4 blades
7636N -2Q* Blade “MV”, “V” SHANK


9 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.700 2.080
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.572 1.095
18 41.0 42.0 0.138 0.202 5.702 0.666
24 37.0 37.6 -0.072 -0.008 5.312 0.449
30 33.2 Set Up -0.192 -0.128 4.450 0.319
*See paragraph 2 section M. of the Blade Airfoil Overhaul chapter
of this manual

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
7636N, -2, -4 Blade “MV”, “X”, “V” SHANK


9 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.700 2.080
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.572 1.095
18 41.0 42.0 0.138 0.202 5.702 0.666
24 37.0 37.6 -0.072 -0.008 5.312 0.449
30 33.2 Set Up -0.192 -0.128 4.450 0.319
36 29.8* 30.2* -0.242* -0.178* NL NL

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
7663

Figure 11-21

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
7663, -4(T), 7663A-4 Blade “Y” SHANK


6 ---- --- ---- ---- 3.840 1.963*
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.280 1.026
18 22.9 23.9 0.138 0.202 5.700 0.666
24 18.3 18.7 -0.072 -0.008 5.315 0.449
30 15.0 Set Up -0.192 -0.128 4.450 0.319
35 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.020** 0.169**
36 12.4** 12.8** -0.242** -0.178** NL NL
*not applicable for blades with counterweight knobs. For blades
with counterweight knobs, check for 1.748 thickness at the 6.5 inch
station.
**not applicable to -4 blades
7663R, 7663-2R, 7663-2Q Blade “Y” SHANK


6 ---- --- ---- ---- 3.840 1.963*
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.280 1.026
18 22.9 23.9 0.138 0.202 5.700 0.666
24 18.3 18.7 -0.072 -0.008 5.315 0.449
30 15.0 Set Up -0.192 -0.128 4.450 0.319
35 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.020** 0.169**
36 12.4 12.8 -0.242 -0.178 NL** NL**
station.
**R, -2R only; for -2Q see paragraph 2.M. of the Blade Airfoil

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
7663-5(R), -6(R) Blade "Y" SHANK


6 ---- --- ---- ---- 3.840 1.963*
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.280 1.026
18 22.9 23.9 0.138 0.202 5.700 0.666
24 18.3 18.7 -0.072 -0.008 5.315 0.449
30 15.0 Set Up -0.192 -0.128 4.445 0.321
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.050**
*not applicable for blades with counterweight knobs. For blades with
counterweight knobs, check for 1.748 thickness at the 6.5 inch
station.
**For R tip only. Otherwise use 0.075
7663DR Blade "Y" SHANK


6 ---- --- ---- ---- 3.840 1.963*
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.280 1.026
18 15.8 16.8 0.138 0.202 5.700 0.666
24 9.40 9.90 -0.072 -0.008 5.315 0.449
30 4.10 Set Up -0.192 -0.128 4.450 0.319
35 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.020 0.169
36 -0.10 0.30 -0.242 -0 .178 NL NL
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.050
station.

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
7663-4Q, -6Q Blade “Y” SHANK


6 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.840 1.963*
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.280 1.026
18 22.9 23.9 0.138 0.202 5.700 0.666
24 18.3 18.7 -0.072 -0.008 5.315 0.449
30 15.0 Set Up -0.192 -0.128 4.445 0.321
33 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.400 ----**
station.
**see paragraph 2.M. of the Blade Airfoil Overhaul chapter of this
manual
7663D-2, -2R, -2Q Blade "Y" SHANK


6 ---- --- ---- ---- 3.840 1.963*
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.280 1.026
18 15.8 16.8 0.138 0.202 5.700 0.666
24 9.40 9.90 -0.072 -0.008 5.315 0.449
30 4.10 Set Up -0.192 -0.128 4.450 0.319
35 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.020** 0.169**
36 -0.10 0.30 -0.242 -0.178 NL** NL**
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.050***
station.
**-2, -2R only; for -2Q see paragraph 2.M. of the Blade Airfoil
Overhaul chapter of this manual
***For -2R only. Use 0.075 for -2

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
7663D-6Q Blade "Y" SHANK


6 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.840 1.963*
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.280 1.026
18 15.8 16.8 0.138 0.202 5.700 0.666
24 9.35 9.85 -0.072 -0.008 5.315 0.449
30 4.10 Set Up -0.192 -0.128 4.445 0.321
33 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.400 ----**
station.
manual
7663D-3, -4(T) Blade "Y" SHANK


6 ---- --- ---- ---- 3.840 1.963*
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.280 1.026
18 15.8 16.8 0.138 0.202 5.700 0.666
24 9.40 9.90 -0.072 -0.008 5.315 0.449
30 4.10 Set Up -0.192 -0.128 4.450 0.319
35 0.6 1.0 -0.232 -0.168 3.020 0.169
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075
station.

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
7666
7666A 7666C
38
R.
R.
1
1
7 6 6 6 A-2
37
7 6 6 6 A-2R R.
36.5
R.
7 6 6 6 ( )-3R 5
.2
5
.2
R.
R.
7 6 6 6 ( )-4
1.75
1.75
36
R.
.
R.
.
R
2R
2
5
.25
1.9
.2
1.9
34
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE

Figure 11-22

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
7666(A), -2(Q,R), -3(Q,R), -4(Q) Blade "Y" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.538 1.787
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.574 1.304
18 21.0 22.0 0.208 0.272 6.300 0.885
24 16.7 17.1 -0.032 0.032 6.084 0.516
30 13.5 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 5.168 0.352
34 12.0* 12.4* -0.202 -0.138 3.656 0.225**
manual
7666C, -3R, -4 Blade "Y" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.538 1.787
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.574 1.304
18 22.7 23.7 0.208 0.272 6.300 0.885
24 17.1 18.1 -0.032 0.032 6.084 0.516
30 13.5 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 5.168 0.352
34 11.0* 12.0* -0.202 -0.138 3.656 0.225

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
7673
LEADING EDGE
ROTATIONAL AXIS

Figure 11-23

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C


6 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.828 1.963*
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.266 1.096
18 15.8 16.8 0.168 0.232 5.687 0.715
24 9.40 9.90 -0.032 0.032 5.298 0.516
30 4.10 Set Up -0.172 -0.108 4.423 0.362
36 -0.10 0.30 -0.242 -0.178 2.923 0.141
counterweight knobs, check for 1.759 thickness at the
6.5 inch station.

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
7691
2.000 R.
0.375 R.
0.500 R.
0.750
7691( ) + 2
39
38
7691(D)-1
37.5
7691(D)-2
37
7691(D)-3
36.5
36
33
LEADING EDGE
30
ROTATIONAL AXIS
Blade Model 7691(D) Blade Tip

Figure 11-24

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
7691, +2 Blade "Y" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.276 1.115
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.184 0.800
18 17.9 18.3 0.183 0.248 5.629 0.580
24 13.5 13.9 0.078 0.133 5.471 0.460
30 9.6 Set Up -0.011 0.044 4.685 0.390
33 7.5 7.7 -0.076 -0.021 4.002 0.339
36 5.6 5.8 -0.162 -0.107 3.248 0.215
tip * ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075
tip ** ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.045
* Applies to 7691 only
** Applies to 7691+2 only
7691D, -1, -3 Blade "Y" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.276 1.115
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.184 0.800
18 17.9 18.3 0.183 0.248 5.629 0.580
24 12.1 12.5 0.078 0.133 5.471 0.460
30 7.6 Set Up -0.011 0.044 4.685 0.390
33 5.4 5.6 -0.076 -0.021 4.002 0.339
36 * 3.6 3.8 -0.162 -0.107 3.248 0.215
tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.035
* Applies to full length blades only

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
7692
38
37
36
34
30

Figure 11-25

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.525 1.787
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.560 1.320
18 21.0 22.0 .303 .367 5.405 0.956
24 16.6 17.1 .073 .137 4.970 0.728
30 13.5 Set Up -.132 -.068 3.945 0.525
34 11.0 11.4 -.297 -.233 2.800 0.317
36 9.90 10.3 -.402 -.338 NL NL

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
7693(D)
R 1.50
R 0.375
R 0.75
7693(D)+2
39
R 0.50
R 1.75
7693(D)
38
7693(D)-1
37.5
7693(D)-2
37
34
LEADING EDGE
30
Blade Models 7693(D), 7693(D)-1, 7693(D)-2, 7693(D)+2 Blade Tip

Figure 11-26

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
7693, -1, -2, +2 Blade "Y" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.246 1.395
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.419 0.950
18 37.7 38.1 0.156 0.221 6.078 0.600
24 32.9 33.3 0.047 0.102 5.938 0.455
30 30.0 Set Up -0.028 0.027 4.967 0.365
34 28.2 28.4 -0.122 -0.067 3.648 0.235
tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.035

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
7693(D)F
R 0.375
R 1.50
R 1.75
R 0.75
7693(D)F+2
39
R 0.50
7693(D)F+1
38.5
7693(D)F
38
7693F-1
37.5
7693(D)F-2
37
34
30
LEADING EDGE
Blade Models 7693(D)F, 7693F-1, 7693(D)F-2, 7693(D)F+1, 7693(D)F+2 Blade Tip

Figure 11-27

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
7693DF, -2, +2 Blade "Y" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.246 1.395
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.419 0.950
18 40.8 41.2 0.181 0.246 6.078 0.600
24 34.1 34.5 0.057 0.112 5.938 0.455
30 30.0 Set Up -0.027 0.028 4.967 0.365
34 27.5 27.7 -0.122 -0.067 3.648 0.235
TIP ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.035
NOTE: The use of a Blade Pitch Fixture TE438 is required

when checking blade angle.
7693F, -1, -2, +1, +2 Blade "Y" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.246 1.395
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.419 0.950
18 37.7 38.1 0.181 0.246 6.078 0.600
24 32.9 33.3 0.057 0.112 5.938 0.455
30 30.0 Set Up -0.027 0.028 4.967 0.365
34 28.2 28.4 -0.122 -0.067 3.648 0.235
TIP ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.035
NOTE: The use of a Blade Pitch Fixture TE438 is required

when checking blade angle.
Page 11-77
133C
7694
0.50 R
1.00 R
2.75R
7694
38
37.5
7694-1
7694-2
37
7694-4T
36
7694-6T
35
34
0.812
3.5R
1.44
30
24
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
Blade Models 7694, 7694-1, 7694-2, 7694-4T, 7694-6T Blade Tip

Figure 11-28
Page 11-78
133C
7694,-1,-2, -4T Blade "Y" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.131 1.345
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.079 0.900
18 38.5 38.9 0.186 0.251 5.886 0.590
24 32.8 33.2 0.083 0.138 5.991 0.475
30 28.4 Set Up -0.022 0.033 5.212 0.365
34 26.0 26.2 -0.132 -0.077 3.796 0.215
Tip ---- ---- -0.257* -0.202* ---- 0.035
*Applies to full length blade only
7694D-6T Blade "Y" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.129 1.345
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.076 0.900
18 37.1 37.5 0.186 0.251 5.877 0.590
24 30.5 30.9 0.083 0.138 5.958 0.475
30 24.4 Set Up -0.022 0.033 5.025 0.365
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
7818
3.50 R
LEADING EDGE

Figure 11-29

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.456 1.881
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.421 0.994
18 24.5 24.9 0.076 0.141 7.159 0.534
24 18.5 18.9 -0.106 -0.051 7.439 0.373
30 15.0 Set Up -0.237 -0.182 7.251 0.321
33 12.8 13.0 -0.295 -0.240 6.734 0.311
36 10.0 10.2 -0.378 -0.323 5.921 0.252
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.105

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
7854

Figure 11-30

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C


6 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.933 2.150*
8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.310 1.450
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.560 0.960
18 39.9 40.5 .201 .251 6.940 0.650
24 34.3 34.7 .084 .134 6.640 0.480
30 30.0 Set Up -.034 .017 5.830 0.393
36 26.9 27.1 -.080-.040 4.380 0.215
*Not applicable for blades with counterweight knobs. For blades with
station.
APPENDIX C - BLADE SPECIFICATIONS 61-13-33 Page 11-82.1

Rev. 31 Jul/14
133C
R1.00 R.25
( )7894
( )7894-1.5 39
38.25
( )7894-2
38
37
( )7894-4
36
30
24

Figure 11-30.1

Rev. 32 Nov/15
133C
7894, 7894-1.5, 7894-4 Blade "Y" SHANK

Refer to Figure 11-30.1

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.248 1.725
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.421 1.225
18 39.4 39.8 0.274 0.339 6.181 0.808
24 33.9 34.3 0.083 0.138 5.950 0.545
30 30.0 Set Up -0.021 0.034 5.096 0.445
36 27.0 27.2 -0.141 -0.086 3.392 0.280
TIP ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.045

Rev. 32 Nov/15
133C
8052
40
1.750 R.
1.750 R.
0.875
0.410
36
TRAILING EDGE
LEADING EDGE
ROTATIONAL AXIS
30

Figure 11-31

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.450 1.620
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.362 0.950
18 36.9 37.5 .186 .236 6.432 0.645
24 32.1 32.5 .076 .126 6.084 0.510
30 27.9 Set Up -.007 .043 5.550 0.408
36 24.6 24.8 -.165 -.125 4.800 0.290
37 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.620 0.220
38 ---- ---- -.195 -.236 4.275 0.160
TIP ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.045

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
8068
R 0.75
R 0.25
R 1.50
8068(D)+2
41
R 2.00
8068(D)
40
R 0.50
8068(D)-2
39
0.905
36
2.39
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE

Figure 11-32

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
8068, -2, +2 Blade "Y" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.521 1.625
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.557 1.080
18 38.0 38.4 0.189 0.254 6.297 0.690
24 33.4 33.8 0.020 0.075 6.088 0.510
30 30.0 Set Up -0.145 -0.090 5.408 0.352
36 27.3 27.5 -0.315 -0.260 3.874 0.177
TIP ---- ---- -0.442* -0.387* ---- 0.035
* Applies to full length blade only
8068D, -2, +2 Blade "Y" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.521 1.625
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.557 1.080
18 42.1 42.5 0.189 0.254 6.297 0.690
24 35.1 35.5 0.020 0.075 6.088 0.510
30 30.0 Set Up -0.145 -0.090 5.408 0.352
36 26.1 26.3 -0.315 -0.260 3.874 0.177
TIP ---- ---- -0.442* -0.387* ---- 0.035
* Applies to full length blade only

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
8074

Figure 11-33

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C


7 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.807 ----
8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.637 1.615
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.781 ----
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.290 0.945
18 38.1 38.5 .110 .185 7.064 0.640
24 32.6 33.0 -.055 .010 7.241 0.500
30 27.5 Set Up -.215 -.150 6.555 0.411
36 22.7 22.9 -.365 -.300 4.846 0.290
38 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.214 ----
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
8218
1.0 R
1.0 R
39.625
36
LEADING EDGE
ROTATIONAL AXIS
30

Figure 11-34

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
8218 Blade "E" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.204 1.455
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.380 1.110
18 29.5 29.9 0.100 0.165 7.091 0.720
24 23.7 24.1 -0.195 -0.140 7.603 0.415
30 19.2 Set Up -0.410 -0.355 7.861 0.290
36 14.3 14.5 -0.600 -0.545 7.622 0.200
38 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.148
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.105
*Refer to paragraph 2.B. of this chapter

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
8292
R. 0.630
R. 1.00
8292
39.375
8292( )-2
38.375
8292( )-4
37.375
36
30
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE

Figure 11-35

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
8292* , -2, -4 Blade "D" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.586 1.180
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.302 0.650
18 42.5 42.9 0.056 0.121 6.934 0.430
24 35.5 35.9 -0.043 0.012 6.954 0.385
30 30.0 Set Up -0.123 -0.068 6.279 0.375
36 25.6 25.8 -0.228 -0.173 4.409 0.295
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075
* Refer to paragraph 2.B of this chapter

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
8433-1

Figure 11-36, page 1 of 2

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
8433-2


Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
8433(A)(S), -2, -2R, -4, -4R Blade "MV","X","V" SHANK


9 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.700 1.980
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.720 1.095
18 41.0 42.0 .138 .202 6.200 0.625
24 37.0 37.6 -.072 -.008 6.000 0.473
30 33.2 Set Up -.192 -.128 5.460 0.341
36 29.8 30.2 -.242 -.178 4.200 0.234
8433(A)-6, -7, -10, -12 Blade "MV", "X", "V" SHANK


9 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.700 1.980
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.720 1.095
18 41.0 42.0 .138 .202 6.200 0.625
24 37.0 37.6 -.072 -.008 5.985 0.471
30 33.2 Set Up -.192 -.128 5.380 0.337
36 29.8 30.2 -.242 -.178 NL NL

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
8433N, -2, -4 Blade "MV","V" SHANK


9 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.700 2.080
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.720 1.095
18 41.0 42.0 .138 .202 6.200 0.625
24 37.0 37.6 -.072 -.008 6.000 0.473
30 33.2 Set Up -.192 -.128 5.460 0.341
36 29.8 30.2 -.242 -.178 4.200 0.234
8433N-6Q* Blade "MV", "V" SHANK


9 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.700 2.080
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.720 1.095
18 41.0 42.0 .138 .202 6.200 0.625
24 37.0 37.6 -.072 -.008 5.985 0.471
30 33.2 Set Up -.192 -.128 5.380 0.337
36 29.8 30.2 -.242 -.178 NL NL
*Refer to paragraph 2.M. of the Blade Airfoil Overhaul chapter of this

manual.

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
8433N-6, -7, -10, -12 Blade "MV", "V" SHANK


9 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.700 2.080
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.720 1.095
18 41.0 42.0 .138 .202 6.200 0.625
24 37.0 37.6 -.072 -.008 5.985 0.471
30 33.2 Set Up -.192 -.128 5.380 0.337
36 29.8 30.2 -.242 -.178 NL NL

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
8447

Figure 11-37

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
8447(A) Blade “W” SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.052 2.649
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.587 1.304
18 31.1 32.1 .158 .222 6.340 0.799
24 25.7 26.3 -.032 .032 6.123 0.518
30 21.9 Set Up -.152 -.088 5.462 0.355
36 18.8 19.2 -.232 -.168 4.203 0.263
40 16.9 17.3 -.341 -.279 3.270 0.165
8447A-8 Blade “W” SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.052 2.649
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.587 1.304
18 31.1 32.1 .158 .222 6.340 0.799
24 25.7 26.3 -.032 .032 6.123 0.518
30 21.9 Set Up -.152 -.088 5.462 0.355
36 18.8 19.2 -.232 -.168 4.063 0.260

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
8447A-8Q* Blade "W" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.052 2.649
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.587 1.304
18 31.1 32.1 .158 .222 6.340 0.799
24 25.7 26.3 -.032 .032 6.123 0.518
30 21.9 Set Up -.152 -.088 5.462 0.355
36 18.8 19.2 -.232 -.168 4.203 0.170
manual
8447(A)-12A Blade "W" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.052 2.649
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.587 1.304
18 31.1 32.1 .158 .222 6.340 0.799
24 25.7 26.3 -.032 .032 6.123 0.518
30 21.9 Set Up -.152 -.088 5.462 0.355
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- NL NL

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
8459
42 8459S
8459-2
R
0.
8459-2R
5
0.
41
R
0.5
1.5
R
R
8459-4
1.5
R
5
0.
1.7
R
5R
75
1.
37 8459A-10
36 8459-12R
1.
R
5
R
5
1.
2.
R
5
5
R
8459-16R
2.
34
8459-18
33
LEADING EDGE
2.7
5R
R
2.
5
2.
5
R
30
ROTATIONAL AXIS

Figure 11-38

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
8459(A), -4, -6 Blade "Y" SHANK


6 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.845 1.936*
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.090 1.090
16 30.2 31.2 .138 .202 6.007 0.680
24 23.2 23.7 -.072 -.008 6.080 0.458
30 20.0 Set Up -.192 -.128 5.466 0.327
36 17.4 17.8 -.242 -.178 4.200 0.234
tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.065
*Not applicable for blades with counterweight knobs. For blades
station.


6 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.824 1.936*
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.066 1.090
16 30.2 31.2 0.138 0.202 5.976 0.680
24 23.2 23.7 -0.072 -0.008 6.017 0.458
30 20.0 Set Up -0.235 -0.177 5.256 0.235
station.

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
8459-8_9_10
38 8459-8Q 8459-8R
8459-9R
37.5
8459-10R
37
2.0
R
36 R
1.
5
5
1.
R
34
33
30
LEADING EDGE
ROTATIONAL AXIS
Blade Models 8459-8Q, 8459-8R, 8459-9R, 8459-10R Blade Tip

Figure 11-39

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
8459(A)-8R Blade "Y" SHANK


6 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.845 1.936*
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.090 1.090
16 30.2 31.2 .138 .202 6.007 0.680
24 23.2 23.7 -.072 -.008 5.950 0.458
30 20.0 Set Up -.192 -.128 5.380 0.327
36 17.4 17.8 -.242 -.178 NL NL
tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.065
station.
8459-11Q Blade "Y" SHANK


6 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.824 1.936*
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.066 1.090
16 30.2 31.2 .138 .202 5.976 0.680
24 23.2 23.7 -.072 -.008 6.017 0.458
30 20.0 Set Up -.192 -.128 5.256 0.327
36 17.4 17.8 NL NL 3.698 **
tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.065
station.
**Refer to paragraph 2.M. of the Blade Airfoil Overhaul chapter of this
manual.

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
8465
8465
42
1.75 R
1.75 R
8465-2
41
2.0 R
2.0 R
8465-4
40
2.25 R
2.25 R
8465-6
39
38
2.5 R
2.5 R
8465-10
37
36
2.0 R
2.0 R
LEADING EDGE
ROTATIONAL AXIS
30
Blade Models 8465, 8465-2, 8465-4, 8465-6, 8465-10 Blade Tip

Figure 11-40

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.384 1.630
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.131 1.026
18 25.5 26.5 .138 .202 5.618 0.687
24 21.6 22.1 -.032 .032 5.585 0.460
30 18.1 Set Up -.152 -.088 5.480 0.382
36 15.1 15.5 -.227 -.163 4.999 0.263


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.384 1.630
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.131 1.026
18 25.5 26.5 0.138 0.202 5.618 0.687
24 21.6 22.1 -0.032 0.032 5.573 0.459
30 18.1 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 5.436 0.380
36 15.1 15.5 -0.282 -0.218 4.721 0.270
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
8465-01
38.5
8465-7R
8465-8R
38
1.5 R
1.5 R
1.5 R
37
1.5 R
36
LEADING EDGE
ROTATIONAL AXIS
30
Blade Models 8465-7R, 8465-8R Blade Tip

Figure 11-41

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
8465-7R, 8465-8R Blade "Y" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.384 1.630
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.131 1.026
18 25.5 26.5 0.138 0.202 5.618 0.687
24 21.6 22.1 -0.032 0.032 5.573 0.459
30 18.1 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 5.280 0.351
36 15.1 15.5 -0.227 -0.163 3.925 0.260
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
8467_S
8467S
42
8467
1.
5
R
R
5
1.
38
36
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
30
Blade Models 8467, 8467S Blade Tip

Figure 11-42

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.538 1.787
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.580 1.304
18 21.0 22.0 .208 .272 6.312 0.886
24 16.7 17.1 -.032 .032 6.110 0.518
30 13.5 Set Up -.152 -.088 5.460 0.355
36 10.9 11.3 -.227 -.163 4.200 0.263

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
8467_7R_8R
38.5
8467-7R
8467-8R
38
1.
R
06
06
R
1.
1.
06
R
06
R
1.
36
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
30
Blade Models 8467-7R, 8467-8R Blade Tip

Figure 11-43

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
8467-7R, -8R Blade "Y" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.538 1.787
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.580 1.304
18 21.0 22.0 .208 .272 6.312 0.886
24 16.7 17.1 -.032 .032 6.096 0.517
30 13.5 Set Up -.152 -.088 5.393 0.382
36 10.9 11.3 -.227 -.163 NL NL

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
8468-1A
8468, 8468A
8468-2, 8468A-2
8468-4R, 8468A-4R
8468-6S
8468( )-8R
8468-10R, 8468A-10R
8468T-12
8468T-18


Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
8468-2A


Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
8468-3A


Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
8468(A)(-2)(R) Blade "Y" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.535 1.620
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.570 1.084
18 21.0 22.0 .098 .162 6.305 0.696
24 16.7 17.2 -.032 .032 6.105 0.518
30 13.5 Set Up -.152 -.088 5.460 0.355
36 10.9 11.3 -.227 -.163 4.200 0.263
8468(A)-3(R), -4(R) Blade "Y" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.535 1.620
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.570 1.084
18 21.0 22.0 .098 .162 6.305 0.696
24 16.7 17.2 -.032 .032 6.105 0.518
30 13.5 Set Up -.152 -.088 5.460 0.355
36 10.9 11.3 -.227 -.163 4.200 0.199
Page 11-119
133C
8468(A)-5R, -6R, -6 Blade "Y" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.535 1.620
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.570 1.084
18 21.0 22.0 .098 .162 6.305 0.696
24 16.7 17.2 -.032 .032 6.080 0.517
30 13.5 Set Up -.152 -.088 5.370 0.352
36 10.9 11.3 -.227 -.163 4.000* 0.179*
*for -5R and -6 blade min. width 4.100", min. thickness 0.264"
8468(A)-8R, -10R Blade "Y" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.535 1.620
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.570 1.084
18 21.0 22.0 .098 .162 6.305 0.696
24 16.7 17.2 -.032 .032 6.080 0.517
30 13.5 Set Up -.152 -.088 5.370 0.352
33 12.0 12.4 -.192 -.128 4.710* 0.244*
36 10.9 11.3 -.227 -.163 3.300** 0.145**
*For -10R width 4.430", thickness 0.225"
**For -10R width and thickness NL
Page 11-120
133C
8468D-6R Blade "Y" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.535 1.620
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.570 1.084
18 20.9 21.3 0.098 0.162 6.305 0.696
24 13.8 14.2 -0.032 0.032 6.080 0.517
30 9.5 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 5.370 0.352
36 4.3 4.7 -0.227 -0.163 4.000 0.179
8468D-8R Blade "Y" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.535 1.620
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.570 1.084
18 20.9 21.3 0.098 0.162 6.305 0.696
24 13.8 14.2 -0.032 0.032 6.080 0.517
30 9.5 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 5.370 0.352
36 4.3 4.7 -0.227 -0.163 3.300 0.145
Tip --- --- --- --- --- 0.065

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
8468D-14 Blade "Y" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.535 1.620
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.570 1.084
18 20.9 21.3 .098 .162 6.305 0.696
24 13.8 14.2 -.032 .032 6.080 0.517
30 9.5 Set Up -.152 -.088 5.370 0.352
8468T-12 Blade "Y" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.535 1.620
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.570 1.084
18 22.9 23.9 .070 .160 6.305 0.696
24 15.05 15.55 -.060 .030 6.080 0.517
30 9.4 Set Up -.180 -.090 5.370 0.352
34 5.7 6.1 -.220 -.130 3.48 NL

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
8468-8Q, -10Q Blade "Y" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.535 1.620
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.570 1.084
18 21.0 22.0 .076 .160 6.305 0.696
24 16.65 17.15 -.052 .030 6.080 0.517
30 13.5 Set Up -.173 -.090 5.370 0.352
36 10.9 11.3 -.220 -.165 3.650* 0.170**
* 3.100 for -10Q;
** 0.145 for 10Q
***Refer to paragraph 2.M. of the Blade Airfoil Overhaul chapter of
this manual

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
8475

Figure 11-45

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
8475+2 Blade "Y" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.535 1.620
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.580 1.085
18 22.9 23.9 .098 .162 6.310 0.696
24 17.4 17.9 -.032 .032 6.510 0.518
30 13.5 Set Up -.152 -.088 6.300 0.382
36 10.9 11.3 -.227 -.163 5.250 0.286
40 9.6 10.0 -.302 -.238 3.945 0.188
8475-5Q*, -6 Blade "Y" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.535 1.620
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.580 1.085
18 22.9 23.9 .098 .162 6.310 0.696
24 17.4 17.9 -.032 .032 6.510 0.518
30 13.5 Set Up -.152 -.088 6.200 0.377
36 10.9 11.3 -.227 -.163 5.100 0.276
*Refer to paragraph 2.M. of the Blade Airfoil Overhaul chapter
of this manual.
Page 11-125
133C
8475F-6 Blade "Y" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.535 1.620
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.580 0.980
18 22.9 23.9 .098 .162 6.310 0.545
24 17.4 17.9 -.032 .032 6.510 0.425
30 13.5 Set Up -.152 -.088 6.200 0.350
36 10.9 11.3 -.227 -.163 5.100 0.276
8475J-4 Blade "Y" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.535 1.620
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.580 1.085
18 27.2 28.2 .077 .162 6.310 0.696
24 19.15 19.65 -.052 .032 6.510 0.518
30 13.5 Set Up -.173 -.088 6.300 0.382
36 8.30 8.7 -.253 -.163 5.250 0.286
38 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.402 ----
Page 11-126
133C
8475R Blade "Y" SHANK

8475(D)-2, -4 Blade

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.535 1.620
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.580 1.085
18 22.9 23.9 0.098 0.162 6.310 0.696
24 17.4 17.9 -0.032 0.032 6.510 0.518
30 13.5 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 6.300 0.382
36 10.9 11.3 -0.227 -0.163 5.250 0.286
8475T+2 Blade "Y" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.535 1.620
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.580 1.085
18 23.7 24.7 0.098 0.162 6.310 0.696
24 18.25 18.75 -0.032 0.032 6.510 0.518
30 14.9 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 6.300 0.382
36 11.7 12.1 -0.227 -0.163 5.250 0.286
40 10.2 10.6 -0.302 -0.238 3.945 0.188
Page 11-127
133C
8477

Figure 11-46
Page 11-128
133C
8477(A), -2, -4 Blade "Y" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.538 1.787
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.580 1.304
18 21.0 22.0 0.218 0.282 6.312 0.920
24 16.7 17.2 -0.032 0.032 6.110 0.577
30 13.5 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 5.460 0.415
36 10.9 11.3 -0.222 -0.158 4.200 0.304
8477(A)-6(Q*) Blade "Y" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.538 1.787
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.580 1.304
18 21.0 22.0 0.218 0.282 6.312 0.920
24 16.7 17.2 -0.032 0.032 6.110 0.577
30 13.5 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 5.460 0.415
36 11.0 11.2 -0.225 -0.170 3.966 0.304
Tip** ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.105
*Refer to paragraph 2.M. of the Blade Airfoil Overhaul chapter of
this manual.
**Does not apply to -6Q.

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
8477(A)-7, 8477(A)-8R Blade "Y" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.538 1.787
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.580 1.304
18 21.0 22.0 0.218 0.282 6.312 0.920
24 16.7 17.2 -0.032 0.032 6.110 0.577
30 13.5 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 5.460 0.415
36 10.9 11.3 -0.222 -0.158 NL NL
8477D-5R, 8477D-6 Blade Y" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.538 1.787
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.580 1.304
18 21.0 22.0 0.218 0.282 6.312 0.920
24 15.3 15.7 -0.032 0.032 6.110 0.577
30 10.0 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 5.460 0.415
36 5.2 5.6 -0.222 -0.158 4.200 0.304

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
8483
1.00 R
0.140
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE

Figure 11-47

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
8483 Blade "Y"SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.547 1.565
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.723 1.045
18 22.0 22.4 0.240 0.305 6.688 0.755
24 18.3 18.7 0.065 0.120 6.876 0.550
30 15.0 Set Up -0.075 -0.020 6.596 0.410
36 11.8 12.0 -0.215 -0.160 5.543 0.320
39 10.3 10.5 -0.325 -0.270 4.275 0.200
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.045

Rev. 31 Jul/14
133C
40.375
36
30
24 R1.00 R1.00
TPI-8492

Figure 11-47.1

Rev. 31 Jul/14
133C
8492* Blade "E" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.243 1.515
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 7.038 1.105
18 31.7 32.1 0.112 0.177 7.853 0.720
24 25.5 25.9 -0.104 -0.049 8.173 0.450
30 20.5 Set Up -0.237 -0.182 8.055 0.355
36 16.2 16.4 -0.352 -0.297 7.250 0.305
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.112
*Refer to paragraph 2.B. of this chapter.

Rev. 31 Jul/14
133C
8501
2X R 3.50
41.125
3.75 R
39.375
E8501-3.5
39
36
ROTATIONAL AXIS
30
LEADING EDGE

Figure 11-48

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.576 1.315
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.351 0.745
18 42.3 42.7 0.072 0.137 7.271 0.550
24 35.8 36.2 -0.099 -0.044 7.710 0.403
30 30.3 Set Up -0.210 -0.155 7.971 0.395
36 25.1 25.3 -0.348 -0.293 7.878 0.323
39 ---- ---- -0.447 -0.392 ---- 0.223
TIP ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075
8501-3.5* Blade "E" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.576 1.315
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.351 0.745
18 42.3 42.7 0.072 0.137 7.271 0.550
24 35.8 36.2 -0.099 -0.044 7.710 0.403
30 30.3 Set Up -0.210 -0.155 7.971 0.395
36 25.1 25.3 -0.348 -0.293 7.878 0.323
TIP ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 31 Jul/14
133C
CPS0566
8833-S
1.5 R
0.10
1.5 R
8833
44
0.
5
R
R
8833-2
0.5
43
0.
5
R
R
0.5
42
41
40
38
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
32
Blade Models 8833, 8833-2 Blade Tip

Figure 11-49

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
8833(H), -2 Blade "MV","X","V" SHANK


9 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.570 1.980
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.717 1.095
18 31.1 32.1 0.103 0.167 6.310 0.692
26 24.0 24.6 -0.082 -0.018 6.070 0.472
32 20.0 Set Up -0.164 -0.098 5.450 0.340
38 16.8 17.2 -0.242 -0.178 4.190 0.233
8833(H)N, -2 Blade "MV","V" SHANK


9 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.570 2.080
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.717 1.095
18 31.1 32.1 0.103 0.167 6.310 0.692
26 24.0 24.6 -0.082 -0.018 6.070 0.472
32 20.0 Set Up -0.164 -0.098 5.450 0.340
38 16.8 17.2 -0.242 -0.178 4.190 0.233

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
CPS0566-1
8833-4
42
1. R
5 5
R 1.
41
40
38
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
32
Blade Model 8833-4 Blade Tip

Figure 11-50

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
8833(H)-4 Blade "MV","X","V" SHANK


9 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.570 1.980
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.717 1.095
18 31.1 32.1 0.103 0.167 6.310 0.692
26 24.0 24.6 -0.082 -0.018 6.070 0.472
32 20.0 Set Up -0.164 -0.098 5.263 0.338
38 16.8 17.2 -0.242 -0.178 3.820 0.208
8833(H)N-4 Blade "MV","V" SHANK


9 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.570 2.080
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.717 1.095
18 31.1 32.1 0.103 0.167 6.310 0.692
26 24.0 24.6 -0.082 -0.018 6.070 0.472
32 20.0 Set Up -0.164 -0.098 5.263 0.338
38 16.8 17.2 -0.242 -0.178 3.820 0.208

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
CPS0572
8847
44
R
8847-2
1.
5
1.
43
5
R
R
0.
75
75
0.
R
42
41
40
38
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
32
Blade Models 8847, 8847-2 Blade Tip

Figure 11-51

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
8847 Blade "Z","W" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.038 2.660
14 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.842 1.304
20 30.5 31.5 0.158 0.222 6.307 0.799
26 25.5 26.1 -0.047 -0.017 6.110 0.517
32 21.9 Set Up -0.152 -0.088 5.450 0.355
38 18.8 19.2 -0.242 -0.178 4.188 0.233

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
8990
0.305 R
0.025 R
3.000 R
3.000 R
43.125
40
36
30

Figure 11-52

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
8990* Blade "D" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.439 1.415
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.635 0.975
18 32.0 32.4 0.167 0.232 6.580 0.550
24 24.3 24.7 0.030 0.085 6.741 0.360
30 18.4 Set Up -0.032 0.023 6.571 0.345
36 13.3 13.5 -0.089 -0.034 6.282 0.335
40 10.5 10.7 -0.164 -0.109 6.022 0.255
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.055
* Refer to paragraph 2.B. of this chapter

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
9083

Figure 11-53

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
9083* Blade "D", "E" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.576 1.725
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.351 1.085
18 42.0 42.4 0.100 0.165 7.276 0.600
24 35.5 35.9 -0.075 -0.020 7.718 0.433
30 30.0 Set Up -0.205 -0.150 7.986 0.395
36 24.8 25.0 -0.315 -0.260 7.906 0.375
39 22.7 22.9 -0.375 -0.320 7.586 0.362
42 ---- ---- -0.455 -0.400 5.575 0.312
tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
9128
R. 0.50
45.4
42
36
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE

Figure 11-54

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
9128(A)N* Blade "M" SHANK


9 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.510 2.491
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.723 1.434
18 44.9 45.5 0.240 0.305 6.961 0.849
24 37.0 37.4 -0.045 0.010 7.540 0.576
30 31.2 Set Up -0.270 -0.215 7.852 0.438
36 26.0 26.2 -0.458 -0.403 7.429 0.379
42 21.1 21.3 -0.661 -0.606 5.519 0.286
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.136
*Refer to Paragraph 2.B. of this chapter

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
W10321
45.75
R.
92 1 2 - 2
43.75 44.75
R.
1 .5
1 .5
92 1 2 - 4
.
R
.
R
5
5
1.
1.
.
R
.
R
5
5
1.
1.
92 1 2 - 9
41.25
.
R
.
R
5
1.
5
1.
36
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
TRAILING EDGE
30

Figure 11-55

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
9212* Blade "T" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.24 2.771
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.925
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.49 1.192
18 40.7 41.3 0.102 0.167 6.80 0.625
24 33.6 34.0 -0.025 0.040 7.33 0.430
30 28.0 Set Up -0.154 -0.089 7.25 0.350
36 23.2 23.6 -0.231 -0.175 6.69 0.330
42 20.2 20.6 -0.345 -0.290 5.89 0.275
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075
9212-2, -4 Blade "T" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.24 2.771
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.925
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.49 1.192
18 40.7 41.3 0.102 0.167 6.80 0.625
24 33.6 34.0 -0.025 0.040 7.33 0.430
30 28.0 Set Up -0.154 -0.089 7.25 0.350
36 23.2 23.6 -0.231 -0.175 6.69 0.330
42 20.2 20.6 -0.345 -0.290 5.89 0.275
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
9216
45.75
1.50 R
1.50 R
42
36
LEADING EDGE
ROTATIONAL AXIS
30

Figure 11-56

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
9216(N)* Blade “T” SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.865 2.770
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.49 1.432
18 42.6 43.2 0.318 0.383 6.80 0.935
24 35.4 35.8 0.071 0.136 7.33 0.622
30 30.0 Set Up -0.097 -0.032 7.25 0.444
36 25.8 26.2 -0.229 -0.174 6.69 0.340
42 22.1 22.5 -0.345 -0.290 5.89 0.255
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
9290
1.5 R
1.5 R
0.22
2.40
44.625
40
36
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
30

Figure 11-57

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
9290* Blade “D” SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.510 1.725
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.827 1.085
18 39.1 39.5 0.140 0.205 6.948 0.600
24 31.5 31.9 -0.040 0.015 7.278 0.403
30 26.0 Set Up -0.160 -0.105 7.100 0.345
36 21.4 21.6 -0.230 -0.175 6.433 0.335
42 17.2 17.4 -0.326 -0.271 5.558 0.295
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
9290CR
1.42
44.625
.
5R
2.7
42
36
Leading Edge
Rotational Axis
30
Blade Model 9290CR Blade Tip

Figure 11-58

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
9290CR* Blade “D” SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.510 1.725
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.827 1.085
18 41.2 41.6 0.140 0.205 6.948 0.600
24 34.3 34.7 -0.040 0.015 7.278 0.403
30 29.1 Set Up -0.160 -0.105 7.100 0.345
36 24.6 24.8 -0.230 -0.175 6.433 0.335
42 21.6 21.8 -0.326 -0.271 5.558 0.295
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
CPS0602
3.27 R
45.125
42
.31
36
Leading Edge
Rotational Axis
30

Figure 11-59

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.540 1.885
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.600 1.405
18 42.5 43.1 0.265 0.330 6.630 0.890
24 34.5 34.9 -0.020 0.035 6.970 0.510
30 28.9 Set Up -0.190 -0.135 6.850 0.395
36 24.5 24.7 -0.310 -0.255 6.410 0.355
42 20.9 21.1 -0.440 -0.385 6.160 0.315
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
9333
9333
46.5
9333-R
46
R.
R.
.5
.5
2.85
9333-3
45
9333-4
44 44.5
9333-3R
R.
2 R.
R.
9333-5
.5
.5
R.
.5
R.
9333-6
.5
43.5
9333-5R R.
.
2R
.
.5
.5 .5 R
.
2R
R.
R.
.5
40
LEADING EDGE
ROTATIONAL AXIS
34

Figure 11-60

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
9333(C,N) -3, -4, -5, -6, “MV”,”X”,”V” SHANK

-6Q*, -7Q* Blade

9.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.704 1.980
13 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.720 1.095
20 41.0 42.0 -.122 -.058 6.307 0.693
28 36.5 37.1 -.472 -.408 6.070 0.472
34 33.2 Set Up -.682 -.618 5.450 0.376
40 29.8 30.2 -.832 -.768 4.200 0.286
of this manual.

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
9349A
9349+1/2
47 9349 0.5 R 0.5 R

46.5
46
0.5 R 0.5 R
NOTE: WHEN 9349-4.6

9349-4.6 IS USED IN A 2 BLADE
44.2
ASSEMBLY IT BECOMES
88 INCH DIAMETER.
1.5 R 1.5 R
43.25
9349-6.5
43
0.5 R 0.5 R
LEADING EDGE
ROTATIONAL AXIS

Figure 11-61

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
9349, +1/2 Blade "Z", "W" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.045 2.870
13 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.720 1.095
20 41.0 42.0 -0.122 -0.058 6.310 0.693
28 36.5 37.1 -0.472 -0.408 6.097 0.472
34 33.2 Set Up -0.682 -0.618 5.450 0.376
40 29.8 30.2 -0.832 -0.768 4.200 0.286
43 28.7 29.1 -0.932 -0.868 3.273 0.228
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075
9349-4.6, -6.5 Blade "W" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.045 2.870
13 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.720 1.095
20 41.0 42.0 -0.122 -0.058 6.310 0.693
28 36.5 37.1 -0.472 -0.408 6.070 0.471
34 33.2 Set Up -0.682 -0.618 5.395 0.373
40 29.8 30.2 -0.832 -0.768 3.960 0.276
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.080

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
CPS0610
NOTE: WHEN 9350
9350 IS USED IN A 2 BLADE
ASSEMBLY IT BECOMES
88 INCH DIAMETER.
5
0.
0.
9350-3
9350( )-4.6
5
0.
5
9350-5
0.
5
5
0.
0.
5
5
0.
0.
5
0.
5
0.

Figure 11-62

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
9350, -4.6 Blade "Z","W" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.045 2.870
13 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.720 1.095
20 41.0 42.0 0.108 0.172 6.310 0.693
28 36.5 37.1 -0.122 -0.058 6.097 0.472
34 33.2 Set Up -0.222 -0.158 5.450 0.376
40 29.8 30.2 -0.262 -0.198 4.200 0.286
43 28.6 30.0 -0.218 -0.282 ---- ----
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.080

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
CPS0603
3.95 R.
.24
45.125
42
ROTATIONAL AXIS
36
TRAILING EDGE
LEADING EDGE
30

Figure 11-63

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.720 1.620
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.025 1.345
18 42.5 43.1 0.260 0.320 7.185 0.865
24 34.5 34.9 -0.010 0.050 7.730 0.465
30 28.9 Set Up -0.150 -0.090 8.000 0.370
36 24.5 24.7 -0.260 -0.200 7.930 0.350
42 20.9 21.1 -0.370 -0.310 7.350 0.330
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.045

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
9390
9390
9390-1R

Figure 11-64

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.724 1.680
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.017 1.210
18 37.2 37.8 0.130 0.195 7.043 0.645
24 29.5 29.9 -0.044 0.011 7.292 0.490
30 23.9 Set Up -0.154 -0.099 7.095 0.495
36 19.0 19.2 -0.264 -0.209 6.538 0.475
42 14.7 14.9 -0.423 -0.368 5.551 0.375
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075
9390-1R* Blade "D" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.724 1.680
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.017 1.210
18 37.3 37.7 0.130 0.195 7.043 0.645
24 29.5 29.9 -0.044 0.011 7.291 0.490
30 23.9 Set Up -0.154 -0.099 7.093 0.485
36 19.0 19.2 -0.264 -0.209 6.534 0.475
42 14.7 14.9 -0.475 -0.420 5.526 0.265
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
9391
3.00 R. TYP.
45.125
42
36
LEADING EDGE
ROTATIONAL AXIS
30

Figure 11-65

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C


7.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.528 1.815
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.341 1.315
18 37.6 38.2 0.074 0.139 7.053 0.770
21 33.5 33.9 -0.118 -0.053 7.285 0.525
24 30.3 30.7 -0.232 -0.177 7.468 0.360
30 24.6 Set Up -0.321 -0.266 7.698 0.325
36 19.4 19.6 -0.362 -0.307 7.725 0.385
42 15.5 15.7 -0.453 -0.398 7.239 0.345
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 31 Jul/14
133C
9510
R 1.500
R 0.25
46.125
42
36
30
24

Figure 11-65.1

Rev. 31 Jul/14
133C
9510S Blade "D" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.430 1.725
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.522 1.085
18 39.8 40.4 0.067 0.132 6.520 0.600
24 32.2 32.6 0.119 -0.064 6.884 0.403
30 26.5 Set Up -0.240 -0.185 6.853 0.345
36 22.1 22.4 -0.334 -0.279 6.293 0.335
42 17.8 18.0 -0.530 -0.475 4.873 0.295
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.055

Rev. 31 Jul/14
133C
9511F_a
2.9 FULL RADIUS
2.6 FULL RADIUS

9511F(A)
46.125
9511F(A)-2
45.125
44.5 9511F(A)-4
42
9511F(A)-11
41
R2.0
R2.0
36
Blade Model 9511F(A) Blade Tip

Figure 11-66

Rev. 29 Nov/12
133C
9511F(A), -2 * Blade “D”SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.547 1.475
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.664 1.035
18 40.9 41.5 0.100 0.165 6.809 0.590
24 33.8 34.2 -0.110 -0.055 7.226 0.365
30 29.7 Set Up -0.225 -0.170 7.274 0.345
36 26.1 26.3 -0.344 -0.289 7.076 0.315
42 23.7 23.9 -0.489 -0.434 5.550 0.235
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.080
9511F(A)-4 Blade “D”SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.543 1.475
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.649 1.035
18 40.9 41.5 0.100 0.165 6.773 0.590
24 33.8 34.2 -0.110 -0.055 7.177 0.365
30 29.7 Set Up -0.225 -0.170 7.180 0.345
36 26.1 26.3 -0.344 -0.289 6.792 0.315
42 23.7 23.9 -0.489 -0.434 4.884 0.205
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.120
9511F(A)-11 Blade “D”SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.541 1.475
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.646 1.035
18 40.9 41.5 0.100 0.165 6.767 0.590
24 33.8 34.2 -0.110 -0.055 7.158 0.365
30 29.7 Set Up -0.225 -0.170 7.114 0.345
36 26.1 26.3 -0.344 -0.289 6.502 0.315
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.180

Rev. 29 Nov/12
133C
9512
46.125
9512-1
45.625
2.06 R.
42
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
36
Blade Model 9512( ) Blade Tip

Figure 11-67

Rev. 30 Apr/13
133C
9512 (A, AE, AF, C, D, G), -1* Blade “D”, “E” SHANK

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.510 1.885
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.800 1.415
18 42.3 42.9 0.265 0.330 6.910 0.970
24 35.5 35.9 0.010 0.075 7.230 0.680
30 30.0 Set Up -0.190 -0.125 7.010 0.495
36 25.6 26.0 -0.355 -0.300 5.940 0.365
42 23.1 23.3 -0.505 -0.450 3.990 0.215
43 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.175
44 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.130
45** ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.080
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.045
** Does not apply to -1 blade
Page 11-172.1
133C
9515
R3.00 R0.25
46.125
42
LEADING EDGE
ROTATIONAL AXIS
36

Figure 11-67.1
Page 11-172.2
133C
9515 Blade “D”SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.807 1.761
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.239 1.339
18 39.8 40.4 0.199 0.264 7.302 0.804
24 32.2 32.6 -0.093 -0.038 7.711 0.410
30 26.5 Set Up -0.241 -0.186 7.537 0.323
36 22.1 22.4 -0.312 -0.257 7.115 0.376
42 17.8 18 -0.448 -0.393 5.739 0.351
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 29 Nov/12
133C
9587
9587A
46.5 47.5
1" R. 1" R.
9587D-2
2" R.
44.5
9587A-7
44
2" R.
2" R.
42.5
9587A-10
42
9587C-15S 2.5" R. 2.5" R.

40
9587C-17S
1" R. 1" R.
39
1" R. 1" R.
38
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
32.5

Figure 11-68

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
9587A Blade “Y” SHANK


8.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.225 1.405
14.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.235 0.865
20.5 35.25 35.75 0.038 0.102 6.660 0.530
26.5 29.75 30.25 -0.122 -0.058 6.690 0.401
32.5 25.5 Set Up -0.240 -0.176 6.390 0.338
38.5 22.1 22.5 -0.358 -0.294 5.455 0.253
44.5 19.4 19.8 -0.476 -0.412 3.560 0.172
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.035
9587A-10 Blade “Y” SHANK


8.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.225 1.405
14.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.235 0.865
20.5 35.25 35.75 0.038 0.102 6.660 0.530
26.5 29.75 30.25 -0.122 -0.058 6.690 0.401
32.5 25.5 Set Up -0.240 -0.176 6.354 0.330
38.5 22.1 22.5 -0.358 -0.294 5.262 0.245
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.035

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
9587D-2 Blade “Y” SHANK


8.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.225 1.405
14.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.235 0.865
20.5 37.55 38.05 0.038 0.102 6.660 0.530
26.5 30.45 30.95 -0.122 -0.058 6.690 0.401
32.5 25.5 Set Up -0.240 -0.176 6.390 0.330
38.5 21.8 22.2 -0.358 -0.294 5.455 0.245
44.5 18.8 19.2 -0.476 -0.412 3.560 0.167
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.035
9587D-7 Blade “Y” SHANK


8.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.225 1.405
14.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.235 0.865
20.5 37.55 38.05 0.038 0.102 6.660 0.530
26.5 30.45 30.95 -0.122 -0.058 6.690 0.401
32.5 25.5 Set Up -0.240 -0.176 6.354 0.330
38.5 21.8 22.2 -0.358 -0.294 5.262 0.245
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- -------- 0.035

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
9587C-15(S) Blade “Y” SHANK


8.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.225 1.405
14.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.235 0.865
20.5 35.25 35.75 0.038 0.102 6.650 0.530
26.5 29.75 30.25 -0.122 -0.058 6.661 0.401
32.5 27.0 Set Up -0.240 -0.176 6.195 0.329
35.5 25.8 26.2 -0.328 -0.264 5.653 0.284
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.035
9587C-17S Blade “Y” SHANK


8.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.225 1.405
14.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.235 0.865
20.5 35.25 35.75 0.038 0.102 6.650 0.530
26.5 29.75 30.25 -0.122 -0.058 6.620 0.401
32.5 27.0 Set Up -0.240 -0.176 6.124 0.329
35.5 25.8 26.2 -0.328 -0.264 5.551 0.284
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.035

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
W10095
.50 R. TYP.

Figure 11-69

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
9612* Blade “E” SHANK


8.0 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.540 1.935
12.0 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.820 1.445
18.0 41.3 41.9 0.313 0.378 6.910 1.020
24.0 34.5 34.9 0.070 0.125 7.230 0.720
30.0 29.0 Set Up -0.149 -0.094 7.010 0.495
36.0 23.9 24.1 -0.321 -0.266 5.940 0.365
42.0 21.1 21.3 -0.491 -0.436 4.350 0.245
45.0 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.400 0.140
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 30 Apr/13
133C
9673
46.625
2 X R1.00
42
36
Blade Model 9673( ) Blade Tip

Figure 11-69.1

Rev. 30 Apr/13
133C
9673* Blade “E” SHANK


8.0 58.3 60.3 0.924 0.999 4.552 1.935
12.0 48.8 49.8 0.643 0.718 5.792 1.445
18.0 42.5 43.1 0.183 0.248 6.957 1.020
24.0 35.9 36.3 -0.075 -0.020 7.539 0.720
30.0 30.3 Set Up -0.303 -0.248 7.604 0.495
36.0 25.4 25.6 -0.484 -0.429 7.117 0.365
42.0 21.1 21.3 -0.582 -0.527 6.066 0.245
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 30 Apr/13
133C
9684

Figure 11-70

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
9684, -3R Blade “Y” SHANK


9.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.164 1.695
15.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.062 1.220
21.5 32.7 33.7 .080 .140 6.285 0.790
27.5 29.15 29.65 -.120 -.060 6.186 0.568
33.5 25.8 Set Up -.240 -.180 5.676 0.425
39.5 22.6 23.0 -.365 -.305 4.638 0.295
42.5 21.3 21.7 -.460 -.400 3.762 0.220
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.055
9684-12 Blade “Y” SHANK


9.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.167 1.695
15.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.064 1.220
21.5 32.7 33.7 .080 .140 6.286 0.790
27.5 29.15 29.65 -.120 -.060 6.152 0.568
33.5 25.8 Set Up -.240 -.180 5.560 0.425
39.5 22.6 23.0 -.365 -.305 4.261 0.295
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
9690
2.125 R.
2.125 R.
46.625
0.255
0.115
42
LEADING EDGE
36

Figure 11-71

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.542 1.735
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.805 1.315
18 43.1 43.7 0.233 0.298 6.892 0.800
24 35.1 35.5 0.029 0.084 7.425 0.530
30 30.0 Set Up -0.063 -0.008 7.623 0.505
36 26.4 26.6 -0.145 -0.090 7.052 0.495
42 23.4 23.6 -0.279 -0.224 5.021 0.375
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
9900
R 1.00
R 1.50
48.125
45
42
36
30

Figure 11-72

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.488 1.635
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.664 1.275
18 40.5 41.1 0.172 0.237 6.811 0.750
24 32.4 32.8 -0.106 -0.041 7.533 0.400
30 27.0 Set Up -0.206 -0.151 7.827 0.315
36 22.1 22.5 -0.205 -0.150 7.766 0.355
42 18.4 18.6 -0.206 -0.151 6.727 0.365
45 16.9 17.1 -0.247 -0.192 5.528 0.295
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075
Page 11-185
133C
9990
R 1.82
49.25
46
42
LEADING EDGE
36
Blade Model 9990N Blade Tip

Figure 11-73

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
9990N* Blade “M” SHANK


8.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.682 3.085
10.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.335 2.185
12.0 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.919 1.875
18.0 40.8 41.4 0.527 0.592 6.409 1.330
24.0 32.5 32.9 0.247 0.312 7.253 0.970
30.0 26.6 Set Up 0.020 0.075 7.689 0.715
36.0 21.4 21.8 -0.192 -0.137 7.451 0.495
42.0 17.3 17.5 -0.398 -0.343 5.937 0.285
46.0 14.9 15.1 -0.529 -0.474 4.027 0.155
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.045

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
CPS0568

Figure 11-74

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10133D, -3 Blade "MV","X", "V" SHANK

10133N, -3 Blade

9.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.690 1.983
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.340 1.501
18 39.1 40.1 .293 .357 6.060 0.922
24 32.9 33.5 .038 .102 6.290 0.691
30 29.4 Set Up -.122 -.058 6.160 0.518
36 25.6 26.0 -.242 -.178 5.670 0.425
42 22.6 23.0 -.357 -.293 4.620 0.317
48 19.9 20.3 -.532 -.468 NL NL
10133D-11 Blade "MV","X","V" SHANK

10133N-11 Blade

9.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.690 1.983
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.335 1.500
18 39.1 40.1 .293 .357 6.050 0.921
24 32.9 33.5 .038 .102 6.275 0.689
30 29.4 Set Up -.122 -.058 6.115 0.515
36 25.6 26.0 -.242 -.178 5.535 0.415
42 22.6 23.0 -.357 -.293 4.290 0.197

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10151
10151(C)-5
.5 R. TYP
.5 R. TYP
10151-8
10151-8R
10151-10
.
2
R
R
2
.
10151-10R 2
.
R
R
.
.
R
.5
R
.5
.

Figure 11-75

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10151-8(R) Blade "Z","W" SHANK

10151-10(R) Blade

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.043 2.854
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.355 1.501
18 ---- ---- .293 .357 6.071 0.922
24 32.9 33.5 .038 .102 6.306 0.690
30 29.4 Set Up -.122 -.058 6.175 0.516
36 25.6 26.0 -.242 -.178 5.655 0.422
42 22.6 23.0 -.357 -.293 NL NL
10151C-5 Blade "Z","W" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.043 2.854
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.355 1.501
18 ---- ---- .293 .357 6.071 0.922
24 32.9 33.5 .038 .102 6.306 0.690
30 29.4 Set Up -.122 -.058 6.175 0.516
36 26.3 26.7 -.242 -.178 5.655 0.422
42 24.5 24.9 -.357 -.293 4.514 0.308

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10152
10152-5.5
.
.4
R
4
4
R
.4
.

Figure 11-76

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10152-5.5 Blade "Z", "W", "P", "R" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.870 2.890
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.825 1.610
18 ---- ---- .393 .457 5.500 1.120
24 32.9 33.5 .088 .152 5.816 0.802
30 29.3 Set Up -.122 -.058 5.982 0.580
36 25.8 26.2 -.242 -.178 5.655 0.430
42 23.3 23.7 -.357 -.293 4.514 0.330
43.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.315
44.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.285
45.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.247
46.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.208

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
CPS0612
10160-1
50
0.
R.
44
10160-3
44
R.
49
0.
48
10160-6
47.5
47
46
45.5
45
44
43
42
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
36

Figure 11-77

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10160-1, -3 Blade "Z", "W", "P", "R" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.859 3.045
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.812 1.770
18 38.4 39.4 0.429 0.491 5.492 1.193
24 32.9 33.5 0.089 0.151 5.811 0.805
30 29.3 Set Up -0.091 -0.029 5.970 0.625
36 25.8 26.2 -0.216 -0.154 5.636 0.461
42 23.3 23.7 -0.346 -0.284 4.467 0.350
48 21.4 21.8 -0.466 -0.404 2.960 0.231
10160-6 Blade "Z", "W", "P", "R" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.870 2.890
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.825 1.775
18 ---- ---- .428 .492 5.500 1.198
24 32.9 33.5 .088 .152 5.816 0.812
30 29.3 Set Up -.092 -.028 5.982 0.630
36 25.8 26.2 -.217 -.153 5.666 0.476
42 23.3 23.7 -.347 -.283 4.532 0.365
43.5 ---- ---- ---- ----- ---- 0.345
44.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.308
45.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.261
46 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.225

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
CPS0612-1
10160-6.5R
47.25
47
46.25
10160-8.5R
R.
5
.
46
R
2.
25
2.
R.
45
5
2.2
.
R
25
2.
44
43
42
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
36
Blade Models 10160-6.5R, 10160-8.5R Blade Tip

Figure 11-78

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10160-8.5R Blade "Z" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.870 2.890
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.825 1.775
18 ---- ---- .428 .492 5.500 1.198
24 32.9 33.5 .088 .152 5.816 0.812
30 29.3 Set Up -.092 -.028 5.982 0.630
36 25.8 26.2 -.217 -.153 5.666 0.476
42 23.3 23.5 -.347 -.283 4.375 0.310
43.25 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.270
44.25 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.210
45.25 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.160

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10160-12E
10160-12E
44.5
44
42
LEADING EDGE
ROTATIONAL AXIS
36
Blade Model 10160-12E Blade Tip

Figure 11-79

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10160-12E Blade "P","R" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.870 2.890
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.825 1.775
18 ---- ---- .428 .492 5.500 1.198
24 32.9 33.5 .088 .152 5.816 0.812
30 29.3 Set Up -.092 -.028 5.890 0.630
36 25.8 26.2 -.217 -.153 5.390 0.476
42 23.3 23.7 -.347 -.283 3.770 0.310

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10172
10172
50.5
.
1"
R
1"
R
.
48
46.5
42
AXIS OF ROTATION
LEADING EDGE
36

Figure 11-80

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10172 Blade "T" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.055 2.565
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.367 1.195
18 39.1 40.1 .228 .292 6.083 0.732
24 33.0 33.5 .038 .102 6.306 0.546
30 29.4 Set Up -.122 -.058 6.187 0.417
36 25.6 26.0 -.240 -.176 5.702 0.338
42 22.6 23.0 -.358 -.294 4.644 0.253
48 19.9 20.3 -.476 -.412 2.930 0.172
10172C Blade "T" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.055 2.565
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.367 1.195
18 39.1 40.1 .228 .292 6.083 0.732
24 33.0 33.5 .038 .102 6.306 0.546
30 29.4 Set Up -.122 -.058 6.187 0.417
36 26.3 26.7 -.240 -.176 5.702 0.338
42 24.5 24.9 -.358 -.294 4.644 0.253
48 23.5 23.9 -.476 -.412 2.930 0.172

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10173A-1
10173A
50.5
1" R 1" R
1" R 1" R
48.5
10173A-4
10173A-6Q
48.2
2" R 2" R
45
10173AN-12.5
44.25
2.5" R 2.5" R
42
36
Blade Model 10173A Blade Tip

Figure 11-81

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10173A(N) Blade "T" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.741
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.925
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.405
18 43.1 44.1 .289 .351 6.237 0.854
24 35.5 35.8 .038 .102 6.655 0.595
30 30.0 Set Up -.122 -.058 6.682 0.465
36 25.2 25.6 -.240 -.176 6.380 0.392
42 20.9 21.3 -.358 -.294 5.450 0.299
48 17.6 18.0 -.476 -.412 3.560 0.217
10173A(N)-6, -6Q* Blade "T" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.741
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.925
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.405
18 43.1 44.1 .289 .351 6.237 0.854
24 35.5 35.8 .038 .102 6.655 0.595
30 30.0 Set Up -.122 -.058 6.670 0.464
36 25.2 25.6 -.240 -.176 6.330 0.389
42 20.9 21.3 -.358 -.294 5.290 0.291
manual

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10173AN-12.5* Blade "T" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.741
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.925
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.407
18 43.1 44.1 .289 .351 6.235 0.845
24 35.5 35.8 .038 .102 6.645 0.582
30 30.0 Set Up -.122 -.058 6.660 0.451
36 25.3 25.5 -.240 -.176 6.230 0.380
42 21.0 21.2 -.358 -.294 5.155 0.295
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.070

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10173D
Blade Model 10173D Blade Tip

Figure 11-82

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10173D(N)-6Q* Blade "T" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.916
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.543
18 43.1 44.1 .244 .306 6.237 0.944
24 35.3 35.8 -.042 .022 6.655 0.638
30 30.0 Set Up -.242 -.178 6.670 0.498
36 25.2 25.6 -.405 -.341 6.330 0.434
42 20.9 21.3 -.578 -.514 5.290 0.321
of this manual

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
T10173F
50.5
R 1.00
R 1.00
48
44.25 45.25
10173FB-10.5
45
10173F-11, -11R
10173F-12.5 R 2.50
R 2.94
R 2.50
R 2.50
R 2.50
42
10173F-21R
40
R 3.35
36
LEADING EDGE
30
Blade Model 10173F Blade Tip

Figure 11-83

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10173F(N)-10.5*, -11R Blade and

10173F(N)-12.5* on all aircraft except Beech A100
"T" SHANK

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.750
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.870
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.205
18 43.1 44.1 .178 .242 6.235 0.644
24 35.25 35.75 .038 .102 6.645 0.471
30 30.0 Set Up -.122 -.058 6.660 0.408
36 25.2 25.6 -.240 -.176 6.230 0.345
42 20.9 21.3 -.358 -.294 5.155 0.251
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.070
10173F(N)-12.5* Blade on Beech A100 applications only

"T" SHANK
Angle Face Align. Width Thickness

Sta Min Max Min Max Min Min
8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.750
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.870
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.205
18 43.1 44.1 .178 .242 6.235 0.644
24 35.25 35.75 .038 .102 6.645 0.471
30 30.0 Set Up -.122 -.058 6.734 0.408
36 25.2 25.6 -.240 -.176 6.456 0.345
42 20.9 21.3 -.358 -.294 5.619 0.255
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.070

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10173F(N)-21R Blade "T" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.750
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.870
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.334 1.205
18 43.1 44.1 .178 .242 6.231 0.644
24 35.25 35.75 .038 .102 6.623 0.471
30 30.0 Set Up -.122 -.058 6.571 0.408
36 25.2 25.6 -.240 -.176 5.851 0.345
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
T10173
Blade Model (T)10173 Blade Tip

Figure 11-84

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10173 and +1 Blade "T" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.585
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.195
18 43.1 44.1 .228 .292 6.192 0.732
24 35.25 35.75 .038 .102 6.615 0.547
30 30.0 Set Up -.122 -.058 6.670 0.417
36 25.2 25.6 -.240 -.176 6.370 0.342
42 20.9 21.3 -.358 -.294 5.450 0.253
48 17.6 18.0 -.476 -.412 3.560 0.172
10173(N) and +1 Blade "T" SHANK

Category 2

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.745
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.925
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.360
18 43.1 44.1 .289 .351 6.192 0.830
24 35.25 35.75 .038 .102 6.615 0.547
30 30.0 Set Up -.122 -.058 6.670 0.417
36 25.2 25.6 -.240 -.176 6.370 0.342
42 20.9 21.3 -.358 -.294 5.450 0.253
48 17.6 18.0 -.476 -.412 3.560 0.172

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10173(N)-3 Blade "T" SHANK

Category 2

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.745
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.925
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.360
18 43.1 44.1 0.289 0.351 6.192 0.830
24 35.25 35.75 0.038 0.102 6.615 0.547
30 30.0 Set Up -0.122 -0.058 6.670 0.417
36 25.2 25.6 -0.240 -0.176 6.370 0.342
42 20.9 21.3 -0.358 -0.294 5.450 0.253
48 17.6 18.0 -0.476 -0.412 ---- ----
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075
10173-3 Blade "T" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.585
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.195
18 43.1 44.1 0.228 0.292 6.192 0.732
24 35.25 35.75 0.038 0.102 6.615 0.547
30 30.0 Set Up -0.122 -0.058 6.670 0.417
36 25.2 25.6 -0.240 -0.176 6.370 0.342
42 20.9 21.3 -0.358 -0.294 5.450 0.253
48 17.6 18.0 -0.476 -0.412 ---- ----
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10173-8(R) Blade "T" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.585
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.195
18 43.1 44.1 0.228 0.292 6.192 0.732
24 35.25 35.75 0.038 0.102 6.615 0.546
30 30.0 Set Up -0.122 -0.058 6.648 0.415
36 25.2 25.6 -0.240 -0.176 6.257 0.338
42 20.9 21.3 -0.358 -0.294 5.185 0.242
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075
10173(N)-8(R), -9 Blade "T" SHANK

Category 2

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.745
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.925
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.360
18 43.1 44.1 0.289 0.351 6.192 0.830
24 35.25 35.75 0.038 0.102 6.615 0.546
30 30.0 Set Up -0.122 -0.058 6.648 0.415
36 25.2 25.6 -0.240 -0.176 6.257 0.338
42 20.9 21.3 -0.358 -0.294 5.185 0.242
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10173-11 Blade "T" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.585
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.195
18 43.1 44.1 0.228 0.292 6.186 0.732
24 35.25 35.75 0.038 0.102 6.608 0.546
30 30.0 Set Up -0.122 -0.058 6.640 0.415
36 25.2 25.6 -0.240 -0.176 6.230 0.336
42 20.9 21.3 -0.358 -0.294 5.155 0.241
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075
10173(N)-11(R) Blade "T" SHANK

Category 2

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.745
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.925
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.360
18 43.1 44.1 0.289 0.351 6.186 0.830
24 35.25 35.75 0.038 0.102 6.608 0.546
30 30.0 Set Up -0.122 -0.058 6.640 0.415
36 25.2 25.6 -0.240 -0.176 6.230 0.336
42 20.9 21.3 -0.358 -0.294 5.155 0.241
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10173(N)-13Q* Blade "T" SHANK

Category 2

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.745
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.925
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.360
18 43.1 44.1 .228 .292 6.186 0.830
24 35.25 35.75 .038 .102 6.608 0.546
30 30.0 Set Up -.122 -.058 6.640 0.415
36 25.2 25.6 -.240 -.176 6.230 0.336
42 20.9 21.3 -.358 -.294 5.155 0.170
*see paragraph 2.M. of the Blade Airfoil Overhaul chapter of this
manual

Category 2

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.745
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.925
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.360
18 43.1 44.1 .228 .292 6.186 0.830
24 35.25 35.75 .038 .102 6.608 0.546
30 30.0 Set Up -.122 -.058 6.640 0.415
36 25.2 25.6 -.240 -.176 6.230 0.336
42 20.9 21.3 -.358 -.294 3.760 0.112
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10173(N)-17R Blade "T" SHANK

Category 2

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.745
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.925
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.360
18 43.1 44.1 0.289 0.351 6.186 0.830
24 35.25 35.75 0.038 0.102 6.608 0.546
30 30.0 Set Up -0.122 -0.058 6.640 0.415
36 25.2 25.6 -0.240 -0.176 5.999 0.336
39 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.026 0.295
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Category 2

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.745
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.925
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.360
18 43.1 44.1 0.289 0.351 6.186 0.830
24 35.25 35.75 0.038 0.102 6.608 0.546
30 30.0 Set Up -0.122 -0.058 6.640 0.415
36 25.2 25.6 -0.240 -0.176 5.999 0.336
39 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.369 0.295
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C

Category 2

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.020 2.770
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.925 x
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.325 1.382
18 43.1 44.1 0.289 0.351 6.213 0.820
24 35.25 35.75 0.038 0.102 6.589 0.532
30 30.0 Set Up -0.122 -0.058 6.468 0.401
36 25.2 25.6 -0.240 -0.176 5.974 0.323

Category 2

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.02 2.770
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.925
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.325 1.382
18 43.1 44.1 0.27 0.35 6.213 0.820
24 35.25 35.75 0.02 0.10 6.589 0.532
30 30.0 Set Up -0.14 -0.06 6.468 0.401
34 26.7 27.1 -0.22 -0.14 5.974 0.345
35 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.761 ----
36 25.2 25.6 -0.26 -0.18 5.160 0.230
37 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.891 ----
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10173C and +1 Blade "T" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.585
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.195
18 43.1 44.1 .228 .292 6.192 0.732
24 35.25 35.75 .038 .102 6.615 0.547
30 30.0 Set Up -.122 -.058 6.670 0.417
36 26.8 27.2 -.240 -.176 6.370 0.342
42 24.7 25.1 -.358 -.294 5.450 0.253
48 22.8 23.2 -.476 -.412 3.560 0.172
10173C(N) and +1 Blade "T" SHANK

Category 2

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.745
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.925
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.360
18 43.1 44.1 .289 .351 6.192 0.830
24 35.3 35.8 .038 .102 6.615 0.547
30 30.0 Set Up -.122 -.058 6.670 0.417
36 26.8 27.2 -.240 -.176 6.370 0.342
42 24.7 25.1 -.358 -.294 5.450 0.253
48 22.8 23.2 -.476 -.412 3.560 0.172

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10173C(N)-8 Blade "T" SHANK

Category 2

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.745
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.925
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.360
18 43.1 44.1 .289 .351 6.192 0.830
24 35.25 35.75 .038 .102 6.615 0.546
30 30.0 Set Up -.122 -.058 6.648 0.415
36 26.8 27.2 -.240 -.176 6.257 0.338
42 24.7 25.1 -.358 -.294 5.185 0.242

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10176

Figure 11-85

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10176(H)(S)-6, -5 Blade "T" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.585
12 ---- ---- --- ---- 5.300 1.195
18 43.1 44.1 .228 .292 6.192 0.732
24 35.25 35.75 .038 .102 6.615 0.547
30 30.0 Set Up -.122 -.058 6.670 0.441
36 25.2 25.6 -.240 -.176 6.325 0.360
42 20.9 21.3 -.358 -.294 5.290 0.285
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075
10176(H)(N)(S)-6, -5, -8 Blade "T" SHANK

Category 2

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.745
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.925
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.360
18 43.1 44.1 .289 .351 6.192 0.830
24 35.25 35.75 .038 .102 6.615 0.547
30 30.0 Set Up -.122 -.058 6.670 0.441
36 25.2 25.6 -.240 -.176 6.325 0.360
42 20.9 21.3 -.358 -.294 5.290 0.285
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10176 and +1 & -3 Blade "T" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.585
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.195
18 43.1 44.1 .228 .292 6.192 0.732
24 35.25 35.75 .038 .102 6.615 0.547
30 30.0 Set Up -.122 -.058 6.670 0.417
36 25.2 25.6 -.240 -.176 6.370 0.342
42 20.9 21.3 -.358 -.294 5.450 0.253
48 17.6 18.0 -.476 -.412 3.560 0.172
10176C and +1 Blade "T" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.585
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.195
18 43.1 44.1 .228 .292 6.192 0.732
24 35.25 35.75 .038 .102 6.615 0.547
30 30.0 Set Up -.122 -.058 6.670 0.417
36 26.8 27.2 -.240 -.176 6.370 0.342
42 24.7 25.1 -.358 -.294 5.450 0.253
48 22.8 23.2 -.476 -.412 3.560 0.172

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10176(N) and +1 & -3 Blade "T" SHANK

Category 2

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.990 2.745
10 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.925
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.300 1.360
18 43.1 44.1 .289 .351 6.192 0.830
24 35.25 35.75 .038 .102 6.615 0.547
30 30.0 Set Up -.122 -.058 6.670 0.417
36 25.2 25.6 -.240 -.176 6.370 0.342
42 20.9 21.3 -.358 -.294 5.450 0.253
48 17.6 18.0 -.476 -.412 3.560 0.172

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10178A

Figure 11-86

Rev. 30 Apr/13
133C
10178(H)(N)(R) Blade "T" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 .319 .381 6.435 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 .089 .151 7.090 0.655
30 30.0 Set Up -.081 -.019 7.345 0.505
36 25.2 25.6 -.231 -.169 7.400 0.364
42 20.9 21.3 -.351 -.289 7.130 0.253
48 17.6 18.0 -.461 -.399 6.250* 0.153
tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075
*5.450 for 10178(R) blade
10178C(H)(N)(R), +1 Blade "T" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 .319 .381 6.435 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 .089 .151 7.090 0.655
30 30.0 Set Up -.081 -.019 7.345 0.505
36 26.8 27.2 -.231 -.169 7.400 0.364
42 24.7 25.1 -.351 -.289 7.130 0.253
48 22.8 23.2 -.461 -.399 6.250* 0.153
tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075
*5.450 for 10178CR blade

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10178(H)(N)-3R Blade "T" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 .319 .381 6.435 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 .089 .151 7.090 0.657
30 30.0 Set Up -.081 -.019 7.345 0.515
36 25.2 25.6 -.231 -.169 7.400 0.375
42 20.9 21.3 -.351 -.289 7.050 0.265
44 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.230
46 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.195
48 17.6 18.0 -.461 -.399 NL NL
10178(H)(N)-5 and -6 Blade "T" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 .319 .381 6.435 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 .089 .151 7.090 0.657
30 30.0 Set Up -.081 -.019 7.345 0.507
36 25.2 25.6 -.231 -.169 7.380 0.365
42 20.9 21.3 -.351 -.289 6.915 0.247
48 17.6 18.0 -.461 -.399 ---- ----

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 .319 .381 6.435 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 .089 .151 7.090 0.657
30 30.0 Set Up -.081 -.019 7.345 0.507
36 25.2 25.6 -.231 -.169 7.380 0.365
42 20.9 21.3 -.351 -.289 6.350 0.247
48 17.6 18.0 -.461 -.399 ---- ----


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.435 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.090 0.657
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.345 0.507
36 25.2 25.6 -0.231 -0.169 7.390 0.365
42 20.9 21.3 -0.351 -0.289 6.700 0.247
48 17.6 18.0 -0.461 -0.399 NL 0.060

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.435 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.090 0.657
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.325 0.506
36 25.2 25.6 -0.231 -0.169 7.270 0.362
42 20.9 21.3 -0.401 -0.339 5.850 0.154
10178(H)(N)-10Q* Blade "T" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 .319 .381 6.430 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 .089 .151 7.080 0.655
30 30.0 Set Up -.081 -.019 7.315 0.505
36 25.2 25.6 -.231 -.169 7.250 0.364
42 20.9 21.3 -.351 -.289 6.800 0.241
of this manual

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10178(H)(N)-11 Blade "W", "T" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 .319 .381 6.430 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 .089 .151 7.080 0.655
30 30.0 Set Up -.081 -.019 7.315 0.505
36 25.2 25.6 -.231 -.169 7.250 0.364
42 20.9 21.3 -.351 -.289 6.800 0.241


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 .319 .381 6.430 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 .089 .151 7.080 0.655
30 30.0 Set Up -.081 -.019 7.315 0.505
36 25.2 25.6 -.231 -.169 7.000 0.364
42 20.9 21.3 -.401 -.339 5.200 0.153

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 .319 .381 6.430 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 .089 .151 7.080 0.655
30 30.0 Set Up -.081 -.019 7.290 0.503
36 25.2 25.6 -.281 -.219 6.800 0.310
42 20.9 21.3 -.401 -.339 4.620 0.136
10178(N)-5Q, -7Q Blade "T" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 .319 .381 6.435 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 .089 .151 7.090 0.657
30 30.0 Set Up -.081 -.019 7.345 0.507
36 25.2 25.6 -.231 -.169 7.380 0.365
42 20.9 21.3 -.351 -.289 6.915 0.247
45 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.450 ----*
of this manual

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10178(N)-13Q Blade "T" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 .319 .381 6.430 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 .089 .151 7.080 0.655
30 30.0 Set Up -.081 -.019 7.315 0.505
36 25.2 25.6 -.231 -.169 7.250 0.364
42 20.9 21.3 -.351 -.289 6.800 ----*
of this manual


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.430 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.080 0.655
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.290 0.503
36 25.2 25.6 -0.281 -0.219 6.800 0.310
42 20.9 21.3 -0.401 -0.339 ---- 0.136
tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
TPI-10282-1

Figure 11-87

Rev. 31 Jul/14
133C
10282(N)+4 Blade "T" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913*
9 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 2.790**
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.201 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.435 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.090 0.657
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.345 0.508
36 26.0 26.4 -0.261 -0.199 7.400 0.367
42 23.1 23.5 -0.431 -0.369 7.130 0.253
48 20.9 21.3 -0.571 -0.509 6.250 0.153
51.625 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.109
tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.050
*Minimum thickness for "N" blades is 3.170 inch
**Station 9 specifications apply to "N" blades only
10282(N)-4P, -4R Blade "T" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913*
9 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 2.790**
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.435 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.090 0.657
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.345 0.508
36 26.0 26.4 -0.261 -0.199 7.400 0.365
42 23.1 23.5 -0.431 -0.369 7.130 0.253
48 20.9 21.3 -0.571 -0.509
tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.050

Rev. 31 Jul/14
133C
10282(N)R Blade "T" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913*
9 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 2.790**
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 .319 .381 6.435 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 .089 .151 7.090 0.657
30 30.0 Set Up -.081 -.019 7.345 0.508
36 26.0 26.4 -.261 -.199 7.400 0.367
42 23.1 23.5 -.431 -.369 7.130 0.253
48 20.9 21.3 -.571 -.509 5.650 0.153
tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.070
10282(N)+6 Blade "M","T" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913*
9 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 2.790**
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.201 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 .319 .381 6.469 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 .089 .151 7.164 0.657
30 30.0 Set Up -.081 -.019 7.435 0.514
36 26.0 26.4 -.261 -.199 7.543 0.367
42 23.1 23.5 -.431 -.369 7.503 0.253
48 20.9 21.3 -.571 -.509 6.872 0.153
52.5 19.5 19.9 -.591 -.529 4.380 0.109
tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.050
*Station 9 specifications apply to "N" blades only

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10282(N) -6R Blade "T" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913*
9 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 2.790**
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.435 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.090 0.657
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.345 0.505
36 26.0 26.4 -0.261 -0.199 7.400 0.365
42 23.1 23.5 -0.431 -0.369 7.083 0.253
tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.035
10282D(N) Blade "T" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913*
9 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 2.790**
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 .319 .381 6.435 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 .089 .151 7.090 0.657
30 30.0 Set Up -.081 -.019 7.345 0.508
36 25.2 25.6 -.261 -.199 7.400 0.367
42 20.9 21.3 -.431 -.369 7.130 0.253
48 17.6 18.0 -.571 -.509 5.979 0.153
tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.070

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10282D(N)-4R Blade "T" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913*
9 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 2.790**
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 .319 .381 6.435 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 .089 .151 7.090 0.657
30 30.0 Set Up -.081 -.019 7.345 0.508
36 25.2 25.6 -.261 -.199 7.400 0.365
42 20.9 21.3 -.431 -.369 7.130 0.253
48 17.6 18.0 -.571 -.509 NL NL
tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.050
10282(N) Blade "T" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913*
9 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 2.790**
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.435 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.090 0.657
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.345 0.508
36 26.0 26.4 -0.261 -0.199 7.400 0.367
42 23.1 23.5 -0.431 -0.369 7.130 0.253
48 20.9 21.3 -0.571 -0.509 5.979 0.153
tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.070
***Refer to paragraph 2.B. of this chapter for blades used in
a 4 bladed propeller

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10282NS-5.3R* Blade "T" SHANK

Angle Face Align. Width Thickness

Sta Min Max Min Max Min Min A B
8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.861 3.175 ---- ----
9 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 2.790 ---- ----
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.213 1.550 ---- 1.575
18 43.1 44.1 .319 .381 6.518 0.940 ---- 0.965
24 35.25 35.75 .089 .151 7.173 0.650 ---- 0.675
30 30.0 Set Up -.081 -.019 7.430 0.500 ---- 0.525
36 26.0 26.4 -.261 -.199 7.516 0.365 0.395 ----
42 23.1 23.5 -.431 -.369 7.459 0.255 0.285 ----
44 ---- ---- ---- ---- 7.089 0.212 0.242 ----
46.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.162 0.162 0.192 ----
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.070 0.100 ----
*If any thicknesses from the 36-inch station to the tip are less than
that in column A (but above minimums), then from the
12-inch station through the 30-inch station the blade must be
reduced in thickness to no more than the figures in column B.
To reduce thickness at these stations, the airfoil (thickness) profile
between one inch from the lead edge and one inch from the trail
edge must be reduced the same amount as the maximum thickness.
10282(N)-9.5R Blade "T" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.830 2.913*
9 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 2.790**
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.165 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 0.319 0.381 6.435 0.942
24 35.25 35.75 0.089 0.151 7.090 0.657
30 30.0 Set Up -0.081 -0.019 7.345 0.508
36 26.0 26.4 -0.261 -0.199 7.400 0.365
42 23.1 23.5 -0.431 -0.369 7.000 0.253
tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.070

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10282A
Blade Model 10282(A) Blade Tip

Figure 11-88

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10282A(N)+2.5* Blade "T" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.855 2.913
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.201 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 .319 .381 6.495 0.927
24 35.25 35.75 .089 .151 7.215 0.645
30 30.0 Set Up -.081 -.019 7.530 0.504
36 26.0 26.4 -.231 -.169 7.620 0.396
42 23.1 23.5 -.351 -.289 7.620 0.342
48 20.9 21.3 -.431 -.369 6.486 0.247
50.25 20.1 20.5 -.460 -.399 ---- 0.181
tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.090
10282A(N)+4* Blade "T" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.855 2.913
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.201 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 .319 .381 6.495 0.927
24 35.25 35.75 .089 .151 7.215 0.645
30 30.0 Set Up -.081 -.019 7.530 0.504
36 26.0 26.4 -.231 -.169 7.620 0.396
42 23.1 23.5 -.351 -.289 7.620 0.342
48 20.9 21.3 -.431 -.369 7.010 0.247
50.25 20.1 20.5 -.460 -.399 ---- 0.181
tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.050

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10282A(N)+6* Blade "M","T" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.855 2.913
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.201 1.541
18 43.1 44.1 .319 .381 6.495 0.927
24 35.25 35.75 .089 .151 7.215 0.645
30 30.0 Set Up -.081 -.019 7.530 0.504
36 26.0 26.4 -.231 -.169 7.620 0.396
42 23.1 23.5 -.351 -.289 7.620 0.342
48 20.9 21.3 -.431 -.369 7.010 0.247
50.25 20.1 20.5 -.461 -.399 6.600 0.181
52.5 19.5 19.9 -.501 -.439 5.000 0.109
tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.050

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10290

Figure 11-89

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10290N, +2 Blade "T" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.879 3.170
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.332 1.565
18 43.0 43.6 0.299 0.364 6.617 0.975
24 35.7 36.1 0.027 0.092 7.396 0.650
30 30.6 31.0 -0.132 -0.077 7.745 0.525
36 27.7 28.1 -0.270 -0.215 7.721 0.455
42 25.8 Set Up -0.422 -0.367 7.017 0.355
48 23.6 23.8 -0.590 -0.535 5.052 0.220
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
TI-4137
2X 4.00
50.125
46
42
LEADING EDGE

Figure 11-90

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10305 Blade "E" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.724 1.855
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 6.017 1.345
18 42.5 43.1 0.228 0.293 7.096 0.860
24 35.4 35.8 0.030 0.095 7.586 0.670
30 29.5 29.9 -0.058 -0.003 7.844 0.690
36 24.7 25.1 -0.182 -0.127 7.903 0.655
42 21.0 Set Up -0.353 -0.298 7.804 0.520
46 18.7 18.9 -0.504 -0.449 7.628 0.355
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
CPS0604

Figure 11-91

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10476(N)S* Blade "M" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.860 2.945
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.341 1.695
18 41.6 42.2 0.200 0.265 6.646 0.888
24 35.3 35.7 -0.030 0.035 7.435 0.635
30 30.0 Set Up -0.165 -0.110 7.802 0.558
36 25.0 25.4 -0.285 -0.230 7.826 0.510
42 20.8 21.0 -0.415 -0.360 7.297 0.445
48 16.9 17.1 -0.577 -0.522 5.642 0.305
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.050

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10477
1.75 R
50.625
47
42
LEADING EDGE
ROTATIONAL AXIS
36

Figure 11-92

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10477(A)(S)* Blade “E” SHANK


Min Min Max Min Max Min Min
8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.250 1.755
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.674 1.185
18 40.3 40.9 0.167 0.232 6.818 0.720
24 34.2 34.6 -0.025 0.040 7.494 0.540
30 29.0 Set Up -0.137 -0.082 7.769 0.515
36 24.2 24.6 -0.259 -0.204 7.647 0.485
42 20.0 20.2 -0.391 -0.336 6.768 0.430
47 16.8 17.0 -0.547 -0.492 4.995 0.295
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10478
50.625
2.00 R.
+
48
0.880
42
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
36

Figure 11-93

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10478S Blade “E” SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.292 2.619
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.659 1.452
18 40.9 40.3 0.200 0.135 6.827 0.808
24 34.6 34.2 0.007 -0.058 7.533 0.615
30 Set Up 29.0 -0.132 -0.187 7.835 0.548
36 24.6 24.2 -0.254 -0.309 7.775 0.503
42 20.2 20.0 -0.380 -0.435 7.119 0.432
48 16.4 16.2 -0.577 -0.632 5.051 0.240
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.050

Rev. 32 Nov/15
133C
50.625
48
42
LEADING EDGE
36
10479
Blade Model 10479S Blade Tip

Figure 11-93.1

Rev. 32 Nov/15
133C
E10479S Blade "E" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.289 2.628
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.660 1.451
18 40.3 40.9 0.091 0.156 6.827 0.808
24 34.2 34.6 -0.103 -0.038 7.535 0.615
30 29.1 Set Up -0.225 -0.170 7.826 0.548
36 24.2 24.6 -0.332 -0.277 7.678 0.497
42 20.0 20.2 -0.440 -0.385 6.929 0.432
48 16.2 16.4 -0.625 -0.570 5.195 0.240
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.050

Rev. 32 Nov/15
133C
3.00 R
10541

Figure 11-94

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.120 1.610
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.445 1.205
18 40.3 40.9 0.210 0.145 6.915 0.925
24 34.3 34.7 -0.117 -0.182 7.660 0.620
30 29.8 Set Up -0.380 -0.435 7.737 0.470
36 24.5 24.9 -0.580 -0.635 7.530 0.440
42 20.6 20.8 -0.790 -0.845 6.940 0.390
48 17.8 18.0 -1.035 -1.090 6.043 0.265
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.155

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
CPS0605
Blade Model 10574F Blade Tip

Figure 11-95

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10574* Blade "T" SHANK
NOTE: 10574* Blade is obsolete and has been replaced by

10574FS per AD 87-15-05 and Hartzell Propeller Inc.
Service Bulletin 140( ).
10574A(S)* Blade "T" SHANK
NOTE: 10574A(S)* Blade is obsolete and has been replaced

by 10574FS per AD 87-15-05 and Hartzell Propeller Inc.
Service Bulletin 140( )
10574F(N)S* Blade "T" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.840 2.945
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.944 1.445
18 42.2 42.8 0.215 0.280 5.845 0.815
24 36.3 36.7 -0.005 0.060 6.422 0.690
30 30.0 Set Up -0..220 -0.165 6.780 0.590
36 23.9 24.3 -0.430 -0.375 6.670 0.525
42 19.2 19.4 -0.660 -0.605 6.080 0.475
48 16.2 16.4 -0.900 -0.845 4.830 0.375
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
10673

Figure 11-96

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10673(N), -2Q* Blade "T" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.840 2.945
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.107 1.745
18 42.0 43.0 0.190 0.265 5.954 0.943
24 36.25 36.75 -0.010 0.055 6.386 0.729
30 30.0 Set Up -0.245 -0.190 6.781 0.561
36 23.9 24.3 -0.455 -0.400 6.871 0.445
42 19.1 19.5 -0.685 -0.630 6.449 0.335
48 16.1 16.5 -0.905 -0.850 5.301 0.205
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.060**
of this manual
**Applies only to the 10673(N) blade

Rev. 31 Jul/14
133C
R2.70
53.25
48
42
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
36
TPI-10702

Figure 11-96.1

Rev. 31 Jul/14
133C
10702(N)(S)* Blade "T" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.761 3.170
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.931 1.545
18 52.1 52.7 0.154 0.219 6.300 0.900
24 48.1 48.5 -0.147 -0.082 7.165 0.600
30 44.8 Set Up -0.357 -0.302 7.538 0.480
36 41.9 42.3 -0.571 -0.516 7.437 0.365
42 40.0 40.2 -0.781 -0.726 6.840 0.255
48 38.7 38.9 -0.986 -0.931 5.764 0.155
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.045
*Refer to paragraph 2.B. of this chapter.

Rev. 31 Jul/14
133C
10876
10876A(S)
10876A(N, S)-2Q 10876AS-2Q

Figure 11-97

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10876(N)* Blade "M" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.86 2.685
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.34 1.370
18 43.0. 43.6 0.185 0.250 6.65 0.825
24 35.7 36.1 -0.045 0.020 7.44 0.605
30 30.0 Set Up -0.189 -0.124 7.81 0.540
36 25.2 25.6 -0.308 -0.253 7.83 0.485
42 22.0 22.2 -0.435 -0.380 7.31 0.425
48 19.4 19.6 -0.595 -0.540 5.67 0.285
52 17.8 18.0 -0.726 -0.671 3.85 0.145
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.070
10876A(N)(S)* Blade "M" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.86 3.045
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.34 1.370
18 43.0 43.6 0.175 0.250 6.64 0.825
24 35.7 36.1 -0.055 0.020 7.44 0.605
30 30.0 Set Up -0.194 -0.129 7.81 0.540
36 25.2 25.6 -0.316 -0.253 7.83 0.485
42 22.0 22.2 -0.443 -0.380 7.31 0.425
48 19.4 19.6 -0.603 -0.540 5.67 0.285
52 17.8 18.0 -0.734 -0.671 3.85 0.145
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.070

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10876A(N)(S) -2Q Blade "T" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.86 3.045
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.33 1.370
18 43.0 43.6 0.175 0.250 6.62 0.825
24 35.7 36.1 -0.055 0.020 7.40 0.605
30 30.0 Set Up -0.194 -0.129 7.75 0.540
36 25.2 25.6 -0.316 -0.253 7.74 0.485
42 22.0 22.2 -0.443 -0.380 7.10 0.425
48 19.4 19.6 -0.603 -0.540 5.20 0.285
52 17.8 18.0 -0.799 -0.671 3.36 ----*
of this manual

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10890
3.00 R. TYP.
2X R. 3.75
10890
54
52.75
10890( )-2
51
48
LEADING EDGE
42
Blade Models 10890, 10890( )-2 Blade Tip

Figure 11-98

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10890N* Blade "T" SHANK


8.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.999 3.085
10.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 2.155
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.341 1.695
18 40.0 40.6 0.354 0.419 6.646 0.980
24 33.4 33.8 0.117 0.182 7.440 0.710
30 29.1 Set Up -0.053 0.002 7.788 0.565
36 25.3 25.7 -0.200 -0.145 7.885 0.485
42 22.3 22.5 -0.344 -0.289 7.746 0.405
48 19.7 19.9 -0.501 -0.446 7.420 0.295
51 18.5 18.7 -0.601 -0.546 7.175 0.195
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.045
10890CN-2 Blade "T" SHANK


8.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.996 3.085
10.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 2.155
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.333 1.695
18 38.3 38.9 0.354 0.419 6.618 0.980
24 33.4 33.8 0.117 0.182 7.398 0.710
30 29.1 Set Up -0.053 0.002 7.730 0.565
36 25.3 25.7 -0.200 -0.145 7.783 0.485
42 22.3 22.5 -0.344 -0.289 7.486 0.405
48 19.7 19.9 -0.501 -0.446 6.706 0.295
51 18.5 18.7 -0.601 -0.546 ---- 0.195
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10891
54
51
48
42
LEADING EDGE
Blade Model 10891N Blade Tip

Figure 11-99

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
10891N* Blade "T" SHANK


8.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.999 2.886
10.5 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1.993
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.341 1.631
18 41.2 41.8 0.368 0.433 6.646 1.010
24 34.5 34.9 0.097 0.162 7.440 0.670
30 29.8 30.2 -0.048 0.007 7.788 0.577
36 26.5 26.9 -0.169 -0.114 7.885 0.549
42 24.3 Set Up -0.296 -0.241 7.615 0.502
48 22.2 22.4 -0.476 -0.421 6.715 0.343
51 21.1 21.3 -0.595 -0.540 5.728 0.203
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.045

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
11276
3.25 R
56
54.5
4.00 R
11276-3
11276-4 3.50 R
54
51
48
LEADING EDGE
ROTATIONAL AXIS
42

Figure 11-100

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
11276N(S)* Blade "M" SHANK

11276(C)N-3* Blade**

8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.881 3.045
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.341 1.645
18 43.0 43.6 0.260 0.320 6.646 0.980
24 35.8 36.0 -0.090 -0.030 7.441 0.690
30 29.9 30.1 -0.240 -0.180 7.810 0.585
36 25.1 25.3 -0.380 -0.320 7.891 0.515
42 21.5 Set Up -0.510 -0.450 7.611 0.455
48 18.4 18.6 -0.630 -0.570 6.938 0.385
51 17.0 17.2 -0.720 -0.660 6.349 0.302
54** 15.7 15.9 -0.840 -0.780 5.411 0.175
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.070
**Station 54 does not apply to blade 11276(C)N-3
11276NSA Blade "M" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.879 3.045
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 5.332 1.645
18 43.0 43.6 0.245 0.310 6.619 0.980
24 35.7 36.1 -0.096 -0.031 7.401 0.690
30 29.8 30.2 -0.250 -0.195 7.759 0.585
36 25.0 25.4 -0.387 -0.332 7.810 0.515
42 21.5 Set Up -0.517 -0.462 7.443 0.455
48 18.4 18.6 -0.640 -0.585 6.498 0.385
51 17.0 17.2 -0.727 -0.675 5.742 0.302
54 15.7 15.9 -0.845 -0.790 4.720 0.175
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.070

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
11296
3.25 R
56
54
48
LEADING EDGE
ROTATIONAL AXIS
42

Figure 11-101

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
11296N* Blade "M" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.763 3.045
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.763 1.645
18 42.5 43.1 0.245 0.310 5.832 0.980
24 35.2 35.6 -0.096 -0.031 7.196 0.690
30 29.8 Set Up -0.250 -0.195 7.810 0.585
36 25.7 26.1 -0.387 -0.332 7.891 0.515
42 22.6 23.0 -0.517 -0.462 7.611 0.455
48 19.6 19.8 -0.640 -0.585 6.938 0.385
54 17.4 17.6 -0.845 -0.790 5.411 0.175
tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.070

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
11691

Figure 11-102

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.577 3.385
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.929 2.045
18 42.5 43.1 0.402 0.467 6.439 1.080
24 37.4 37.8 0.140 0.205 7.306 0.760
30 33.0 33.4 -0.013 0.042 7.764 0.650
36 29.1 29.5 -0.154 -0.099 7.770 0.580
42 26.1 Set Up -0.297 -0.242 7.358 0.500
48 23.3 23.5 -0.446 -0.391 6.526 0.405
54 21.2 21.4 -0.635 -0.580 4.861 0.225
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
11692

Figure 11-103

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
11692N* Blade "M" SHANK


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.577 3.385
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.929 2.045
18 42.5 43.1 0.407 0.472 6.439 1.090
24 37.4 37.8 0.173 0.238 7.306 0.826
30 33.0 33.4 0.052 0.107 7.764 0.782
36 29.1 29.5 -0.072 -0.017 7.770 0.745
42 26.1 Set Up -0.215 -0.160 7.358 0.665
48 23.3 23.5 -0.397 -0.342 6.526 0.505
54 21.2 21.4 -0.621 -0.566 4.861 0.255
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
11693
ROTATIONAL AXIS
LEADING EDGE
Blade Model 11693N(S) Blade Tip

Figure 11-104

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C


8 ---- ---- ---- ---- 3.577 3.385
12 ---- ---- ---- ---- 4.929 2.045
18 42.5 43.1 0.398 0.463 6.439 1.090
24 37.4 37.8 0.156 0.221 7.306 0.826
30 33.0 33.4 0.026 0.081 7.764 0.782
36 29.1 29.5 -0.107 -0.052 7.906 0.745
42 26.1 Set Up -0.260 -0.205 7.697 0.665
48 23.3 23.5 -0.449 -0.394 7.123 0.505
54 21.2 21.4 -0.681 -0.626 5.862 0.255
Tip ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0.075

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
CONTENTS - APPENDIX D - BLADE TIP SPECIFICATIONS
1. Blade Tip Specifications...........................................................................Relocated
NOTE: The blade tip specifications information has been relocated to

Appendix C of this manual.
Page 12-1
APPENDIX D - BLADE TIP SPECIFICATIONS 61-13-33 Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
Page 12-2
APPENDIX D - BLADE TIP SPECIFICATIONS 61-13-33 Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
CONTENTS - APPENDIX E - ROLLING MACHINE

1. DT-1724-( ) Rolling Machine General Information ............................................13-3
2. DT-1724-3 Rolling Machine Principles of Operation .........................................13-3
3. Electrical Switch Operations .............................................................................13-8
A. Main Power Switch .....................................................................................13-8
B. Start Cycle Switch ......................................................................................13-8
C. Carriage Aft Stop Switch ............................................................................13-8
D. Blade Drive Motor Switch ...........................................................................13-8
E. Carriage Forward Stop Switch (not shown).................................................13-8
F. Roller Motor Forward Direction Limit Switch (under head cover) ................13-8
G. Carriage Return Switch ...............................................................................13-8
H. Roller Motor Aft Direction Limit Switch (under head cover) .........................13-8
4. Assembly After Receipt of New or Exchanged Units .......................................13-9
5. Functional Check Without Blade Installed ......................................................13-10
6. Roller Assembly Setup Procedures ................................................................13-17
A. Setup Procedure for “D” and “Y” Shank Blades ........................................13-17
B. Setup Procedure for “T” Shank Blades .....................................................13-18
C. Setup Procedure for “W” and “Z” Shank Blades........................................13-18
D. Setup Procedure for “M” Shank Blades.....................................................13-19
E. Setup Procedure for “P” and “R” Shank Blades ........................................13-19
F. Setup Procedure for “E” Shank Metal Blades ...........................................13-20
G. Setup Procedure for “MV” Shank Blades ..................................................13-22
H. Setup Procedure for "C" Shank Blades ..................................................13-22.1
7. Blade Inspection ..........................................................................................13-22.2
8. Rolling Process of DT-1724-3 .........................................................................13-23
9. Maintenance ...................................................................................................13-26
A. Cleaning ....................................................................................................13-26
B. Lubrication .................................................................................................13-27
C. Roller Wheel Inspection ............................................................................13-27
D. Pressure Gauge Inspection .......................................................................13-28
E. Oil Requirements.......................................................................................13-28
10. Sample Program .............................................................................................13-28
A. Compression Rolling .................................................................................13-28
APPENDIX E - ROLLING MACHINE 61-13-33 Page 13-1

Rev. 33 Jul/16
133C
LIST OF FIGURES - APPENDIX E - ROLLING MACHINE
Rolling Machine DT-1724-( )............................................................Figure 13-1 .........13-5

Rolling Machine DT-1724-( ) Roller Head Assembly .......................Figure 13-2 .........13-6
Rolling Machine DT-1724-( ) Carriage Traverse Motor....................Figure 13-3 .........13-7
"M", "P", and "R" Shank Rolling Characteristics ..............................Figure 13-4 ....... 13-11
"T", "W", and "Z" Shank Rolling Characteristics ..............................Figure 13-5 .......13-12
"D" and "Y" Shank Rolling Characteristics .....................................Figure 13-6 .......13-13
"E" Shank Metal Blade Rolling Characteristics ...............................Figure 13-7 .......13-14
"MV" Shank Rolling Characteristics.................................................Figure 13-8 ....13-14.1
"C" Shank Rolling Characteristics ...................................................Figure 13-8.1 .13-14.2
DT-1724-34 Blade Holding Fixture Modification ..............................Figure 13-9 .......13-20
LIST OF TABLES - APPENDIX E - ROLLING MACHINE
Rolling Machine DT-1724-( ) Spacer, Expansion Sleeve,

and Clamp Applications .............................................................Table 13-1 ........13-16

Rev. 33 Jul/16
133C
1. DT-1724-( ) Rolling Machine General Information

A. The DT-1724-( ) rolling machine has been provided in four basic design configurations,
beginning with the DT-1724 (no dash number). Improvements have been incorporated
into the design of the unit throughout the years. Each subsequent design change
raised the dash number by one (that is, DT-1724-1, DT-1724-2, etc.).
B. The current design configuration number is DT-1724-3. All units manufactured in any
configuration other than the dash three (-3) that have not been reworked within the
past ten years will require updating to the present configuration. Machines recertified
after August 1987 and new machines are issued certificates to allow ten (10) years of
operation from the Hartzell Propeller Inc. shipping date. All machines must be returned
to Hartzell Propeller Inc. for recertification before the expiration of the ten-year
operating period.
C. Compressive rolling of Hartzell Propeller Inc. aluminum blades must be performed only
with
DT-1724-( ) Rolling Machines that have been manufactured by Hartzell Propeller Inc.
and are on Hartzell's list of approved rolling machines; that is, machines that have
been manufactured within the past ten years or have been returned to the factory for
inspection/overhaul within the past ten years.
CAUTION: ROLLING MACHINE MODELS DT-1724, DT-1724-1, AND DT-1724-2 ARE

OBSOLETE AND MUST NOT BE USED TO ROLL BLADES.
2. DT-1724-3 Rolling Machine Principles of Operation
A. The following description applies to all configurations of the DT-1724-( ) rolling

machine with the following exceptions:
(1) DT-1724 and DT-1724-1 These units are obsolete and are no longer approved
for use. These models should not be rebuilt or upgraded to a DT-1724-3
configuration.
(2) DT-1724-2 This unit was originally designed for rolling only D and Y shank
blades and must be converted in order to accept other blade shanks. This model
is obsolete, and must be updated to a DT-1724-3 at the Hartzell Propeller Inc.
factory.

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
B. The function of the DT-1724-( ) rolling machine is to provide a controlled process

of compression rolling the radius of the retention shoulder of Hartzell Propeller
Inc. "D", "E", "M", "MV", "P", "R", "T", "W", "Y", and "Z" shank single shoulder
aluminum propeller blades. The equipment rotates the blade, using a geared motor-
transmission combination with a face plate and collet to retain the blade. The initial
rotation of this assembly is controlled by a microswitch activated by the carriage
motion.
NOTE: A separate mounting kit and a modification to the blade holding fixture are
required to roll E shank blades. Refer to Setup Procedures for "E" Shank
Blades in this chapter.
C. The roller portion of the unit consists of a roller head that rotates to follow the blade
retention radius. This unit is mounted on a carriage that moves parallel to the blade
centerline to extend the rolled area beyond the radius.
D. The roller assembly uses a small reversible motor to drive a geared wheel to which
the roller head is attached. As this wheel rotates, it rotates the roller head through
the required radius. The movement of the roller is controlled by a microswitch placed
at each end of the travel.
E. The carriage movement is controlled automatically by an electric motor. The rolling

operation begins with the carriage full forward (nearest the blade butt). Once the
roller head has proceeded through the radius portion of the rolling process, the
carriage will begin to move toward the tip of the blade (aft), parallel to the blade
centerline. The roller pressure is gradually decreased to zero. The reduction of roller
pressure is accomplished by releasing the hydraulic pressure, which is automatically
controlled by an air-ball check valve installed in the air line.
F. The carriage traverse motor controls the forward and aft movement of the carriage.
Start and stop action is controlled by microswitches located at the stops at either
end of the carriage travel. The forward switch activates the rolling action when the
carriage has reached the full forward position. The aft switch stops the carriage
movement at the home position.

Rev. 28 Sep/12
aps0925
Start Cycle Switch

Blade Drive Motor Switch
Main Power Switch
Blade Drive Motor
Carriage Aft
Stop Switch
133C
APPENDIX E - ROLLING MACHINE

F.R.L. Unit
Carriage
FORWARD DIRECTION AFT DIRECTION
61-13-33
Rolling Machine DT-1724-( )
Rev. 27 Sep/11
Page 13-5
Figure 13-1
133C
W10376
Carriage
Blade Drive Motor
Switch
Carriage Return
Switch
Roller Motor Limit

Switch
Roller
Support
Arm
Blade Drive
Motor Switch
Roller Head Roller Motor Aft

Carriage Drive Motor Direction Limit Switch
Rolling Machine DT-1724-( ) Roller Head Assembly

Figure 13-2

Rev. 22 Jun/07
133C
W10375
Carriage Traverse Motor
Drive Gear
Worm Gear
Rolling Machine DT-1724-( ) Carriage Traverse Motor

Figure 13-3

Rev. 22 Jun/07
133C
3. Electrical Switch Operations

Refer to Figures 13-1 through 13-3
A. Main Power Switch

Supplies power to all circuits.
B. Start Cycle Switch

Starts the rolling machine cycle.
C. Carriage Aft Stop Switch

(1) Supplies power to the carriage traverse motor.
(2) Stops aft (farthest from blade butt) movement of the carriage.
D. Blade Drive Motor Switch

(1) Stops the blade drive motor when the carriage moves aft, opening the blade
drive motor switch to stop the carriage before possible contact with the blade
counterweight.
E. Carriage Forward Stop Switch (not shown)

(1) Stops forward movement of the carriage.
(2) Provides power to the roller head drive motor.
(3) Trips the contact relays, which in turn starts the blade drive motor and allows
pressure to be applied.
F. Roller Motor Forward Direction Limit Switch (under head cover)

(1) Limits travel of the roller head in reverse direction.
NOTE: Reverse direction is the direction in which the roller head moves at
the beginning of the rolling cycle.
G. Carriage Return Switch

(1) The carriage return switch is positioned on the roller support arm and is
activated when the roller body makes contact, closing the switch.
(2) When the switch is closed, power is provided to the carriage traverse motor,
starting the carriage return.
H. Roller Motor Aft Direction Limit Switch (under head cover)

(1) As the roller completes its arc, the roller motor aft direction switch limits and
stops the travel of the roller head by cutting power to the roller head drive
motor.

Rev. 22 Jun/07
133C
4. Assembly After Receipt of New or Exchanged Units

A. Documentation
(1) Make sure that the information on the rolling machine certificate is correct.
B. Accessory Parts
(1) The following accessory parts are packaged separately from the rolling
machine. Make sure that all of these parts have been received, before
beginning assembly of the machine.
PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION
AST-2867 Spacer - (Stamp Serial Number and arrow)
AST-2867-1 Spacer - (Stamp Serial Number and arrow)
AST-2865 Spacer 0.2500 Radius
AST-2865-1 Spacer 0.3750 Radius
BST-2866 Expansion Sleeve
BST-2866-1 Expansion Sleeve
BST-2869 Spacer
Standard Lock Screw - (Paint red)
DT-1724+88 Handle
C. Supply 110 volts to the master switch box located adjacent to the blade drive motor.
This is the only power connection required.
NOTE: Unless otherwise stated at the time of order, all machines are shipped with
110 volt 60 cycle systems. Conversion units are available for foreign use
with step down transformers, which are designated by a letter “F” following
the machine part number (e.g., DT-1724-3F - foreign). Units with 110 volt
60 cycle systems are designated by a letter “D” following the machine part
number (e.g., DT-1724-3D - domestic).
D. Remove the electrical supply cord, if a step down transformer is used and a
permanent supply connection is provided.
E. The main power switch is fused to act as a protective device. Push down on the
master switch to reset it, if required.
F. Connect the air line to the F.R.L. unit.
NOTE: Air line pressure must be 110 ± 20 psi.

Rev. 33 Jul/16
133C
5. Functional Check Without Blade Installed

Refer to Figures 13-1 through 13-3.
A. With air and electrical connections complete, the carriage will be in the aft position
(farthest from blade butt). All units are shipped with the carriage in the full aft
position.
WARNING: BE SURE THE COLLET DRAW BAR HAS BEEN REMOVED BEFORE
STARTING THE MACHINE.
B. Turn the main power switch to the ON position.
WARNING: USE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN ACTIVATING THE START CYCLE

SWITCH. AS THE BLADE DRIVE MOTOR IS ACTIVATED, THE BLADE
DRIVE WILL ROTATE WITHOUT WARNING, AND COULD CAUSE
INJURY.
C. Press the START cycle switch. When the carriage moves full forward, the blade drive
motor will be activated and the blade drive assembly will begin to rotate. The forward
motion will also close the ball-check valve, allowing the accumulated hydraulic
pressure to reach 1950-2000 psi.
D. When the carriage forward movement begins, the carriage forward stop switch will
activate the roller head assembly, beginning its aft rotational movement.
E. When the roller head is perpendicular to the blade centerline, the roller arm will
contact the carriage return switch, activating the carriage traverse motor. The
carriage will begin to move aft (toward the blade tip).
F. As the carriage moves aft, the ball-check valve will open, and the hydraulic pressure
will start to bleed off.
CAUTION: PRESSURE BLEED-OFF MUST BE ACCOMPLISHED IN A MINIMUM

OF 60 TO 80 SECONDS TO ASSURE A SMOOTH TRANSITION AREA
IN THE ROLLING SURFACE.
G. Using a stop watch, verify that the pressure bleed-off time is between 60 and 80
seconds.
H. As the carriage continues to move aft, the blade drive motor switch will be
deactivated and the blade drive assembly will stop.
I. After the carriage traverse motor has completed its cycle, turn off the main power
switch.

Rev. 22 Jun/07
133C
APS0510B
0.570 Inch
(14.48 mm)
Maximum
0.500 ±
0.060 Inch
(12.70 ±
1.5 mm) 0.220
Rolled at full pressure Inch
(5.59
mm) Pressure must
Min. flare out to zero
compression in
18 +3/-0 Degrees this zone *
Roller Angle Start
Pressure transition
zone
Critical Area
0.3735 Inch (9.487 mm)
Radius
* Pressure must bleed to zero PSI before the blade stops rotating.
"M", "P", and "R" Shank Rolling Characteristics

Figure 13-4

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
APS0507B
0.570 Inch (14.48 mm) Maximum

Rolled at full pressure
0.375 ± 0.075 Inch
(9.53 ± 1.91 mm) Pressure must flare out to zero
compression within this zone *
0.220
Inch
(5.59
mm)
Min.
Pressure
transition zone
Critical Area
0.250 Inch (6.35 mm) Radius
18 +3/-0 Degrees
Roller angle start
"T", "W", and "Z" Shank Rolling Characteristics

Figure 13-5

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
APS0508B
0.570 Inch
Rolled at full pressure (14.48 mm)
0.540 ± 0.075 Inch Maximum
(13.72 ± 1.91 mm)
Pressure must flare out

0.220
to zero compression
Inch
within this zone *
15 +0/-5 (5.59
Degrees mm)
Roller angle Min.
start
Pressure
transition zone
Critical area
0.415 Inch
(10.54 mm)
Radius
"D" and "Y" Shank Rolling Characteristics

Figure 13-6

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
APS0509A
0.570 Inch
(14.48 mm)
Rolled at full pressure Maximum
0.562
± 0.075 Inch
(14.27 ± 1.91
mm)
0.220
Inch
(5.59 Pressure must
mm) flare out to zero
Min. compression within
15 +0/-5 this zone *
Degrees
Roller angle
start
Pressure
transition zone
Critical area
0.437 Inch
(11.10 mm)
"E" Shank Metal Blade Rolling Characteristics

Figure 13-7

Rev. 27 Sep/11
133C
W10097
0.570 Inch (14.48 mm)

Maximum
Rolled at full pressure
0.375 ±
0.075
Inch
(9.53 ± 0.220
1.91 mm) Inch Pressure must flare out
(5.59 to zero compression
mm) within this zone *
Min.
Pressure
transition zone
Critical area
0.250 Inch (6.35 mm) radius
18 +3/-0 Degrees
Roller angle start
"MV" Shank Rolling Characteristics

Figure 13-8
APPENDIX E - ROLLING MACHINE 61-13-33 Page 13-14.1

Rev. 33 Jul/16
133C
0.570 Inch
(14.48 mm)
Maximum
Critical area Pressure Transition

rolled at full pressure 0.220 Zone
0.562 ± Inch
0.075 Inch (5.59
(14.27 ± mm)
1.91 mm) Min.
Pressure must flare out

to zero compression
within this zone *
0.432 Inch
(10.97 mm)
Radius
TPI-133-048
"C" Shank Rolling Characteristics

Figure 13-8.1

Rev. 33 Jul/16
133C

Rev. 33 Jul/16
133C
Rolling Machine Adaptor Usage
DT-1724+31
DT-1724+33
DT-1724+34
DT-1724+171
DT-1724+172
DT-1724+173
DT-1724+161
DT-1724+162
DT-1724+164
DT-1724+160
BST-2866-1
AST-2865-1
AST-2867-1
AST-2867-2
AST-2867-3
BST-2866
AST-2865
BST-2872
BST-2869
AST-2867
Shank
"E" x x x x x x x x
"D" x x x x x
"M" x x x x x x x x
"P" x x x x x x x x
"R" x x x x x x x x
"T" x x x x x x x
"W" x x x x x x x
"Y" x x x x x
"Z" x x x x x x x
"MV" x x x x x x
"C" x x x x x
Rolling Machine DT-1724-( ) Spacer, Expansion Sleeve, and Clamp Applications

Table 13-1

Rev. 33 Jul/16
133C
6. Roller Assembly Setup Procedures
NOTE: Refer to Table 13-1 to determine the correct spacers and expansion sleeve
for the type of blade to be rolled. Dimensional characteristics of the different
blade types are shown in Figures 13-4 through 13-8.
A. Setup Procedure for “D” and “Y” Shank Blades

Refer to Table 13-1.
NOTE: No special expansion sleeves are required.

(1) Loosen the adjustment screws and move the rolling head assembly to allow
installation of the AST-2867 spacer.
(2) Place AST-2867 spacer between rolling head assembly and AST-2868 plate.
(3) Reposition rolling head assembly against spacer and tighten adjustment
screws.
(4) Remove AST-2869 sleeve from roller limit pin, if installed.
(5) Install the BST-2872 spacer on the roller arm, opposite plunger “P”.
NOTE: When installing or removing a counterweighted blade, always do so

with the counterweight knob away from the roller arm.
(6) Install the blade on the fixture, tighten the collet with a draw bar, then remove
the draw bar.
NOTE: If the blade does not completely tighten, adjust the Allen head screw
in the end of the blade mounting collet.

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
B. Setup Procedure for “T” Shank Blades

(1) Install the AST-2865 spacer and the BST-2866 expansion sleeve over the
collet.
(2) Loosen the adjustment screws (7) and move the rolling head assembly to allow
installation of the AST-2867-2 spacer.
(3) Place the AST-2867-2 spacer between the rolling head assembly and the
AST-2868 plate.
(4) Reposition the rolling head assembly against the spacer and tighten the
adjustment screws.
(5) Install the AST-2869 sleeve onto the roller limit pin.
(6) Remove the BST-2872 spacer from roller arm, if installed.
the draw bar.
in the end of the blade mounting fixture.
C. Setup Procedure for “W” and “Z” Shank Blades

(1) Install the AST-2865 spacer and the BST-2866-1 sleeve over the collet.
AST-2868 plate.
adjustment screws.
(5) Install the AST-2869 sleeve onto roller limit pin.
(6) Remove the BST-2872 spacer from roller arm, if installed.
the draw bar.
in the end of blade mounting fixture.

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
D. Setup Procedure for “M” Shank Blades

(1) Install the AST-2865-1 spacer and BST-2866 expansion sleeve over the collet.
AST-2868 plate.
adjustment screws.
(6) Install the BST-2872 spacer onto the roller arm, opposite plunger “P”.
the draw bar.
in the end of blade mounting collet.
E. Setup Procedure for “P” and “R” Shank Blades

(1) Install the AST-2865-1 spacer and the BST-2866-1 expansion sleeve over the
collet.
AST-2868 plate.
adjustment screws.
(6) Install the BST-2872 spacer onto the roller arm, opposite plunger “P”.

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
the draw bar.
in the end of blade mounting collet.
F. Setup Procedure for “E” Shank Metal Blades

NOTE: New production DT-1724-3 rolling machines manufactured after July

1996 require no new provisions to roll "E" shank blades. Overhauled
DT-1724-3 machines will have "E" shank capacity. DT-1724-3 machines
manufactured before July 1996, or machines that have not been
overhauled since July 1996 will need to be modified or adapted to roll
"E" shank blades, according to the following procedure.
APS0659
0.250 Inch (6.35 mm)
Remove this area
DT-1724-34 Blade Holding Fixture Modification

Figure 13-9

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
(1) Modify the existing DT-1724+34 Blade Holding Fixture (one time only). This
modification will not require any changes in the setup procedures for other
styles of blades.
(a) Using a surface grinder, remove 0.250 inch (6.35 mm) from the end of the
DT-1724+34 Blade Holding Fixture (Figure 13-9).
(b) Using black oxide coat or other suitable method, corrosion protect
the exposed area of the Blade Holding Fixture after material removal
(optional).
(2) Acquire the necessary parts for modifying each DT-1724-3 rolling machine:
Part Number Keyword Quantity
DT-1724+160 collet screw 1/machine
DT-1724+161 "E" shank collet 1/machine
DT-1724+162 "E" shank spacer 1/machine
(3) Remove the collet screw, collet, and spacer DT-1724+33 if applicable, from the
rolling machine.
(4) Install the DT-1724+162 spacer and DT-1724+161 collet.
(5) Tighten the collet with DT-1724+160 collet screw.
NOTE: The DT-1724+160 collet screw is special and is necessary only for
the DT-1724+161 collet. The standard collet screw is used for all
other blade applications.
(7) Place the AST-2867-1 spacer between the rolling head and AST-2868 plate.
(8) Reposition the rolling head assembly against the spacer, and tighten the
adjustment screws.
(9) Install the BST-2872 spacer on the roller arm, opposite the plunger "P".
(10) Install the blade on the fixture, tighten the collet with the draw bar, then remove
the draw bar.
(a) If the blade does not completely tighten, adjust the Allen head screw in the
end of the blade mounting collet.

Rev. 31 Jul/14
133C
G. Setup Procedure for “MV” Shank Blades

(1) Remove the collet screw, collet, and DT-1724+33 spacer.
(2) Install the DT-1724+164 spacer, collet, and collet screw.
AST-2868 plate.
(5) Reposition the rolling head assembly against the spacer, and tighten the
adjustment screws.
(7) Remove the BST-2872 spacer from the roller arm, if installed.
the draw bar.
in the end of the blade mounting fixture.

Rev. 33 Jul/16
133C
H. Setup Procedure for "C" Shank Blades

NOTE: Refer to the Blade Shank Rolling Machine Maintenance Manual 128
(61-00-28), Machine Setup and Testing for instructions on calibrating
the rolling machine baseline for a "Y" shank test specimen and one-time
machine setup instructions for "C" shank blades.
(1) Loosen the adjustment screws and move the rolling head assembly to permit
(2) Replace the installed AST-2867(-) spacer with the AST-2867-3 spacer between
the rolling head assembly and the AST-2868 plate.
(3) Reposition the rolling head assembly against the AST-2867-3 spacer and
tighten the adjustment screws.
(4) Remove the AST-2869 sleeve from the roller limit pin, if installed.
(5) Install the BST-2872 spacer on the roller arm, opposite plunger “P”.
CAUTION: WHEN INSTALLING OR REMOVING A COUNTERWEIGHTED

BLADE, ALWAYS DO SO WITH THE COUNTERWEIGHT KNOB
AWAY FROM THE ROLLER ARM.
(6) Remove the collet fixture from the spindle face plate by removing the two
1/2-13 bolts.
(7) Install the "C" shank rolling conversion kit to the face plate by aligning the
dowel pins.
(a) Install the 1/2-13 bolts in the "C" shank rolling conversion kit.
(b) Torque the 1/2-13 bolts to 35-45 Ft-Lb.
(8) Install the blade on the "C" shank rolling conversion kit.
CAUTION: DO NOT TIGHTEN THE CLAMPING BOLTS MORE THAN

70 IN-LBS.
(9) Tighten the 1/4-28 clamping bolts to 35-70 In-Lbs.

Rev. 33 Jul/16
133C
7. Blade Inspection

A. Before the cold rolling process, the blade must be measured, cleaned, and free of
any nicks, scratches, or marks. Refer to the Blade Shank Overhaul chapter of this
manual.
B. After the rolling process, inspect the blade shank in accordance with the Blade
Shank Overhaul chapter of this manual.

Rev. 33 Jul/16
133C
8. Rolling Process of DT-1724-3

NOTE: “D”, “E”, and “Y” shank blades are rolled without the needle bearings installed.
“M”, “P”, “R”, “T”, “W”, “Z”, and “MV” shanks are rolled with needle bearings
or blade bushings installed. (The rolled surface is the blade retention radius/
shoulder.)
A. The supply air pressure to the air regulator must be maintained at 110 ± 20 psi.
B. When the ball-check valve is depressed, the booster pressure must read
1950-2000 psi. This will supply 250 pound force to the roller wheel when operating.
NOTE 1: The booster pressure is controlled by the air regulator in the line ahead of
the ball-check valve.
NOTE 2: The gauge on the booster has been calibrated and certified.
C. Adjust the booster pressure to 1950-2000 psi, regardless of the pressure on the
regulator gauge.
D. With the carriage in the aft position, lock the face plate to the support block by
tightening the anti-rotation screw in place.
E. Install the blade to be rolled on the fixture located on the face plate.
F. For “D,” “E”, “M”, “P”, “R”, “T”, “W”, “Y”, “Z”, and “MV” shanks
(1) Make sure that the blade is as far forward as possible before tightening the
collet.
(2) When the draw bar is tight, remove and store the handle.
G. For “C” shanks

(1) Make sure that the blade is as far forward as possible before tightening the
clamping bolts.
H. Remove the anti-rotation screw between the face plate and support block.

Rev. 33 Jul/16
133C
WARNING 1: USE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN ACTIVATING ANY SWITCH ON THE

ROLLING MACHINE. WHEN CERTAIN MOTORS ARE ACTIVATED,
MACHINE PARTS WILL AUTOMATICALLY MOVE OR ROTATE
WITHOUT WARNING AND COULD CAUSE INJURY.
WARNING 2: FOR “D,” “E”, “M”, “P”, “R”, “T”, “W”, “Y”, “Z”, AND “MV” SHANKS, MAKE
SURE THE COLLET DRAW BAR HAS BEEN REMOVED BEFORE
STARTING THE MACHINE.
I. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION: THE CARRIAGE MUST BE IN THE FULL AFT POSITION BEFORE

BEGINNING THE ROLLING PROCESS.
J. With the roller head in the aft position, the machine is ready to operate.

K. Using a clean soft cloth soaked in CM106 or other equivalent solvent, clean the roller
wheel and blade shank.
L. Sparingly apply a vegetable-based oil or non-fluid lubricator to the radius area.
M. Depress the start cycle button momentarily.
N. As the carriage moves forward, the rolling cycle will begin.
O. When the carriage reaches the start position, the accumulated booster pressure
must read 1950-2000 psi, adjusted in accordance with step 8.B. in this section.
P. As the roller progresses through the radius, it will contact the carriage return switch
on the roller support arm, reversing the carriage travel.
Q. As the carriage travels aft, the ball-check valve begins to release the accumulated
pressure and the pressure transition zone begins.
R. The roller pressure will decrease to zero (0) and the rolling process will be
completed.
(1) For time cycle information, refer to the section, "Functional Check Without
Blade Installed" in this chapter.

Rev. 33 Jul/16
133C
S. The carriage will return to the full aft position and stop.
T. Turn the main power switch to the OFF position.
U. Install the anti-rotation screw in the support block, locking the face plate.
V. For “D,” “E”, “M”, “P”, “R”, “T”, “W”, “Y”, “Z”, and “MV” shanks
(1) Release the tension on the blade retention collet.
W. For “C” shanks

(1) Loosen the C-shank rolling conversion kit screws.
CAUTION: WHEN INSTALLING OR REMOVING A COUNTERWEIGHTED BLADE,

ALWAYS DO SO WITH THE COUNTERWEIGHT KNOB AWAY FROM
THE ROLLER ARM.
X. Remove the blade.

Y. Using a clean soft cloth soaked in CM106 or equivalent solvent, wipe the blade
shank.
Z. Continue the blade shank overhaul procedures in accordance with the Blade Shank
Overhaul chapter of this manual.

Rev. 33 Jul/16
133C
9. Maintenance
NOTE: For additional information about the maintenance, repair, and troubleshooting
of the DT-1724-3 rolling machine, refer to Hartzell Propeller Inc. Blade Shank
Rolling Machine Manual 128 (61-00-28).
A. Cleaning

PROTECTION ARE REQUIRED. AVOID PROLONGED CONTACT
AND BREATHING OF VAPORS. USE SOLVENT RESISTANT
GLOVES TO MINIMIZE SKIN CONTACT AND WEAR SAFETY
GLASSES FOR EYE PROTECTION. USE IN A WELL VENTILATED
AREA AWAY FROM SPARKS AND FLAME. READ AND OBSERVE
ALL WARNING LABELS.
CAUTION 1: DISCONNECT ALL ELECTRIC AND AIR SUPPLIES BEFORE

CLEANING.
CAUTION 2: COVERING THE MACHINE WHEN NOT IN USE IS
RECOMMENDED.
(1) Clean all machine components as indicated. Depending on the condition of the
machine, certain cleaning methods may or may not be required. The order in
which components are cleaned may vary.
(a) An abrasive pad CM47 and solvent CM23 may be used as necessary to
clean parts.
(b) Clean motors and other painted surfaces with a mild solvent, such as
CM23, that will not remove the paint.
(c) Using a putty knife, scrape excess grime and grease from accessible
areas.
CAUTION: USE CARE NOT TO BEND THE ARMS OR ALTER THE

ORIGINAL POSITIONS OF THE LIMIT SWITCHES. THE LIMIT
SWITCHES PLAY A KEY ROLE IN THE FUNCTION OF THE
MACHINE.
(d) Keep all limit switches clean and free of dust, contaminants, and
corrosion.

Rev. 28 Sep/12
133C
B. Lubrication
(1) Lubricate the pillow block assemblies annually with a high quality bearing
lubricant.
CAUTION: USE OF AIRCRAFT HYDRAULIC FLUID (MIL-H-5606) IS NOT

PERMITTED.
(2) Refill the lubricator in the F.R.L. unit with the specified oil, as necessary. For oil
specifications, refer to the section "Oil Specifications" in this chapter.
(a) If the lubricator is not using oil, or is using more than the required amount
of oil, make the necessary adjustments in accordance with the Machine
Setup and Testing chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Blade Shank Rolling
Machine Manual 128 (61-00-28).
(b) Drain the water separator as necessary to keep the rolling machine free of
moisture.
(3) Before each use, check the level of hydraulic oil in the booster.
(a) To fill the reservoir of the booster:
1 Remove the reservoir cap.
2 Fill the reservoir to the appropriate level with hydraulic oil, such as
Mobil DTE 24, Shell TELLUS 23, Chevron EP22, Pro-Cool AW 46, or
automatic transmission fluid.
(b) A low level of hydraulic oil in the booster with no evidence of external
leakage may be an indication of internal oil leakage in the booster. Refer
to the Troubleshooting chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Blade Shank
Rolling Machine Maintenance Manual 128 (61-00-28).
C. Roller Wheel Inspection

(1) Before each use, inspect the roller wheel for the following conditions: nicks,
excessive wear, flat spots in the r adius, corrosion pitting, or tearing of the
material.
(2) Annually measure the OD of the roller wheel with a micrometer. The minimum
diameter permitted for use is 1.9985 inch (50.761 mm).
(a) If any of these conditions exist, replace the roller wheel in accordance with
the Repair and Replace chapter of Hartzell Propeller Inc. Blade Shank
Rolling Machine Manual 128 (61-00-28).
NOTE: The condition of the roller wheel surface and the roller wheel bearing
have the greatest impact on the surface finish and appearance of the
rolled surface.

Rev. 32 Nov/15
133C
D. Pressure Gauge Inspection
CAUTION: ANNUAL CALIBRATION AND CERTIFICATION OF THE PRESSURE

GAUGE IS REQUIRED.
(1) The pressure gauge must be recalibrated and certified annually.
(a) If the pressure gauge does not function properly, refer to the
Troubleshooting and Repair and Replace chapters of Hartzell Blade
Shank Rolling Machine Manual 128 (61-00-28).
NOTE: A pressure gauge purchased separately through Hartzell Propeller

Inc. is not certified when shipped.
E. Oil Requirements
(a) The oil used in the F.R.L. unit lubricator must be non-detergent oil and
must have a kinematic viscosity rating that meets one of the following three
requirements:
1 SAE 10 or SAE 10W (Society of Automotive Engineers)
2 150 SUS (Saybolt Universal Second [often SUS or SSU] at 210 F [98 C]
degrees in accordance with ASTM D156-02)
3 ISO VG32 (International Standardization Organization viscosity grading
system for lubricants of 32 cSt (centistokes) at 40 deg C.)
(b) An additional feature (not required) that also prolongs the life of the air contact
components is that the lubricant have a capability to absorb up to 10 percent of
its weight in water to avoid rust or corrosion.
10. Sample Program
A. Compression Rolling
(1) For information about how a facility can be approved to perform compressive
rolling, refer to the Approved Facilities chapter of Hartzell Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02).

Rev. 27 Sep/11

Aluminum Blade Overhaul Manual Hartzell Prop R32 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Aluminum Blade Overhaul Manual Hartzell Prop R32 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Manual No.

Hartzell Propeller Inc.

22 Jun/07 Jun/07 HPI

23 Mar/08 Mar/08 HPI

24 Nov/08 Nov/08 HPI

25 Apr/09 Apr/09 HPI

26 Oct/09 Oct/09 HPI

27 Sep/11 Sep/11 HPI

28 Sep/12 Sep/12 HPI

29 Nov/12 Nov/12 HPI

30 Apr/13 Apr/13 HPI

31 Jul/14 Jul/14 HPI

32 Nov/15 Nov/15 HPI

33 Jul/16 Jul/16 HPI

34 Jan/17 Jan/17 HPI

RECORD OF REVISIONS 61-13-33 Page 1

RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS

RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS 61-13-33 Page 1

RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS

SERVICE DOCUMENT LIST

CAUTION 1: DO NOT USE OBSOLETE OR OUTDATED INFORMATION. PERFORM

CAUTION 2: THE INFORMATION FOR THE DOCUMENTS LISTED INDICATES THE

Service Document Incorporation Service Document Incorporation

SERVICE DOCUMENT LIST

2. For airworthiness limitations information, refer to the applicable Hartzell Propeller

AIRWORTHINESS LIMITATIONS 61-13-33 Page 1

(This page is intentionally blank.)

AIRWORTHINESS LIMITATIONS 61-13-33 Page 2

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Chapter Page Revision Level Date

Cover Cover and Inside Cover Rev. 34 Jan/17

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Chapter Page Revision Level Date

Blade Shank Overhaul 2-7 Rev. 27 Sep/11

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Chapter Page Revision Level Date

Blade Shank Overhaul 2-130 Rev. 25 Apr/09

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Chapter Page Revision Level Date

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Chapter Page Revision Level Date

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Chapter Page Revision Level Date

Appendix C - Blade Specification Tables 11-7 Rev. 34 Jan/17

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Chapter Page Revision Level Date

Appendix C - Blade Specification Tables 11-226 Rev. 30 Apr/13

(This page is intentionally blank.)

TABLE OF CONTENTS 61-13-33 Page 1

(This page is intentionally blank.)

TABLE OF CONTENTS 61-13-33 Page 2

LIST OF FIGURES - CONTINUED

Visual Inspection Area Of Blade Bore .....................................Figure 2-26 ...............2-100

LIST OF FIGURES - CONTINUED

Expanding Arbor Fixture ..........................................................Figure 2-54 ...............2-168

LIST OF FIGURES - CONTINUED

"D" and "E" Shank ..................................................................Figure 8-8 ...................8-16

LIST OF FIGURES - CONTINUED

Blade Model 7282 Blade Tip....................................................Figure 11-6 ............... 11-28

LIST OF FIGURES - CONTINUED

Blade Model 8074 Blade Tip....................................................Figure 11-33 ............. 11-88

LIST OF FIGURES - CONTINUED

Blade Model 9349 Blade Tip....................................................Figure 11-61 ........... 11-160